Skip to main content

Academic & Professional Publishing, July - December 2015

Page 1

Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop and Catalogshop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly • Download all Cambridge publicity material in PDF and other formats from Catalogshop

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press,University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

Academic & Professional Publishing | New Books July – December 2015

Services for Booksellers

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books July – December 2015 www.cambridge.org/knowledge


Contents Music...........................................1 Film, media and sport ������������������ 4 Classical studies...........................4 English literature........................12 American literature.....................21 European and world literature....24 Drama and Theatre.....................26 Language and linguistics............26 Philosophy.................................32 Religion.....................................40 Management.............................42 Sociology...................................45 Anthropology.............................48 Archaeology...............................48 Psychology.................................52 Politics, social theory, history of ideas.....................56 Economics, business studies........73 Law...........................................78 Education ................................100 British history...........................102 American history......................104 European history......................108 History – other areas................117 History – cross discipline..........124 Statistics and probability...........129 Mathematics............................130 Computer science.....................139 Physics.....................................141 Earth and environmental science...............................145 Astronomy...............................150 Engineering..............................153 Life sciences.............................162 Medicine..................................165

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East & North Africa - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press 32 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10013-2473, USA Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Asia

The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.


Music

Music Foreign Opera at the London Playhouses From Mozart to Bellini Christina Fuhrmann | Ashland University, Ohio

In the early nineteenth century over forty operas by foreign composers, including Mozart, Rossini, Weber and Bellini, were adapted for London playhouses. This is the first comprehensive study of these adaptations. Christina Fuhrmann reveals how integral these operas are to our understanding of early nineteenth-century theatre, opera and canon formation. • Sets operatic adaptations within the complex context of theatre and opera in early nineteenth-century London • Provides an appendix of all operas adapted for the playhouses during this period, including those that have never been studied before • Charts critical reactions to operatic adaptations, as well as changing standards for fidelity to the original opera Opera | Cambridge Studies in Opera

Hildegard of Bingen and Musical Reception The Modern Revival of a Medieval Composer Jennifer Bain | Dalhousie University, Nova Scotia

Hildegard of Bingen has attracted interest ever since her death in 1179. In this book Jennifer Bain traces the reception of Hildegard, focusing particularly on the modern era. This book will appeal to those interested in the history of reception, culture, politics and religion, and women’s studies. • Places the current reception of the composer Hildegard of Bingen in a broader historical context • Provides a vivid and engaging account of key historical figures and their stories • Approaches music from a historical perspective, avoiding technical jargon, and will appeal to readers from a variety of fields Medieval and Renaissance music

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 246pp 18 b/w illus. 7 tables 8 music examples 978-1-107-07666-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 250pp 3 b/w illus. 6 tables 40 music examples 978-1-107-02221-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The Guitar in Tudor England

Opera Acts

The guitar was played everywhere in the age of Elizabeth I and Shakespeare from the royal court to the tavern. This groundbreaking book uses new literary and archival material, together with depictions in contemporary art, to explore the social and musical world of the instrument among courtiers, gentlemen and apprentices. • The first-ever history of the most popular instrument in the world as it was in the England of Elizabeth and Shakespeare • Written by a performing musician who has played the renaissance guitar for many years • Offers social as well as musical perspectives and will appeal to nonspecialists as well as to a wide range of scholars in music, literature and history

Singers and Performance in the Late Nineteenth Century Karen Henson | University of Miami

Karen Henson uses four detailed case studies to explore a wealth of new historical material about singers in the late nineteenth century and to challenge the idea that this was a period of decline for the opera singer. • Uncovers new historical material about opera singers in the late nineteenth century • Argues for a new perspective on the role of the singer in the late nineteenth century, making an important new historical argument • Explores the neglected subject of acting and physicality in opera, approaching opera as a performed art and a form of theater as well as a musical phenomenon

A Social and Musical History Christopher Page | Sidney Sussex College, Cambridge

Medieval and Renaissance music | Musical Performance and Reception

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 320pp 26 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10836-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Opera | Cambridge Studies in Opera

Key Reference

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 279pp 17 b/w illus. 44 music examples 978-1-107-00426-9 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

George Frideric Handel

The Operas of Maurice Ravel Emily Kilpatrick

In this comprehensive study, Emily Kilpatrick unites musical, literary, documentary and cultural perspectives to shed new light on Ravel’s two operas, his working life and his compositional practice. The first study devoted to Ravel’s operas, this book will be an invaluable resource for anyone who is interested in French music. • Presents previously unpublished or untranslated documentation to form an important contribution to documentary scholarship • Brings diverse analytical methods to bear on Ravel’s compositional practice, with a particular focus upon language and literature and the collaborative process • Unites biographical, cultural, historical, musical and literary perspectives on Ravel’s operas Opera | Music in Context

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 304pp 11 b/w illus. 2 tables 92 music examples 978-1-107-11812-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

C

Collected Documents Volume 1: 1609–1725 Edited by Donald Burrows | The Open University, Milton Keynes

Handel’s life and career are intricately documented in a wide range of contemporary sources. This multi-volume major publication is the most upto-date and comprehensive collection of these documents available. Presented in an accessible form, the volumes include English translations of foreign-language texts and commentaries incorporating the results of recent research. • A major reference work that includes recently discovered documents as well as the established repertory • Provides complete chronological coverage of contemporary material relating to Handel’s life and music, his performers and environment, including opera performances and music publishing • Detailed commentaries and illustrations of the documents in their original form set the materials in their proper contexts • Includes archive material from an extensive variety of sources on topics such as musical patronage in Rome, the circumstances of the eighteenth-century music professions and concert life in Britain Eighteenth-century music

February 2014 247 x 174 mm 855pp 20 b/w illus. 10 music examples 978-1-107-01953-9 Hardback £120.00 / US$180.00 R Previously Announced

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

1


Music

Key Reference

George Frideric Handel Collected Documents Volume 2: 1725–1734 Edited by Donald Burrows | The Open University, Milton Keynes

2

Handel’s life and career are intricately documented in a wide range of contemporary sources. This major multi-volume publication is the most upto-date and comprehensive collection of these documents available. Presented in an accessible form, the volumes include English translations of foreign-language texts and commentaries incorporating the results of recent research. • A major reference work that includes recently discovered documents as well as the established repertory • Provides complete chronological coverage of contemporary material relating to Handel’s life and music, his performers and environment, including opera performances and music publishing • Detailed commentaries and illustrations of the documents in their original form set the materials in their proper contexts • Includes archive material from an extensive variety of sources on topics such as musical patronage in Rome, the circumstances of the eighteenth-century music professions and concert life in Britain Eighteenth-century music

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 972pp 16 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 978-1-107-01954-6 Hardback £120.00 / US$180.00 R Previously Announced Key Reference

George Frideric Handel Collected Documents Volume 3: 1734–1742 Edited by Donald Burrows | The Open University, Milton Keynes

Handel’s life and career are intricately documented in a wide range of contemporary sources. This multi-volume major publication is the most upto-date and comprehensive collection of these documents available. Presented in an accessible form, the volumes include English translations of foreign-language texts and commentaries incorporating the results of recent research. • A major reference work that includes recently discovered documents as well as the established repertory • Provides complete chronological coverage of contemporary material relating to Handel’s life and music, his performers and environment, including opera performances and music publishing • Includes archive material from an extensive variety of sources on topics such as musical patronage in Rome, the circumstances of the eighteenth-century music professions and concert life in Britain Eighteenth-century music

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 780pp 12 b/w illus. 3 music examples 978-1-107-01955-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$180.00 R Previously Announced

Music in the Georgian Novel Pierre Dubois | Universite Francois Rabelais, Tours

This book investigates the literary representation of music in the Georgian novel. Pierre Dubois analyses the meaning, and highlights the importance, of musical scenes in novels by authors from Richardson to Austen and explores the implicit cultural issues, in particular the way musical instruments were perceived in the collective imagination. • A global account of the treatment of music in the British novels of the Georgian period • Gathers and studies in depth numerous passages from various novels by authors ranging from Richardson to Austen • Presents a new picture of musical life in eighteenth-century Britain and a fresh insight into contemporary theories of music Eighteenth-century music

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 320pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10850-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Bach’s Numbers Compositional Proportion and Significance Ruth Tatlow

In the eighteenth century the universal harmony of God’s creation and the perfection of the unity (1:1) were philosophically, morally and devotionally significant. Ruth Tatlow employs theoretical evidence and practical demonstrations to explain how and why Bach used numbers in his published compositions. • Proposes a new theoretical basis for Bach’s compositional method • Part I provides comprehensive coverage of the evidence supporting every aspect of the theory of proportional parallelism • Part II uses practical demonstrations to apply the new method to all of Bach’s works Eighteenth-century music

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 337pp 9 b/w illus. 119 tables 978-1-107-08860-3 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

C

New in Paperback

Mozart’s Requiem Reception, Work, Completion Simon P. Keefe | University of Sheffield

Simon Keefe presents a fresh interpretation of one of western music’s most celebrated works. The study focuses on historical and current understandings of Mozart’s Requiem in fiction, drama, film, criticism and performance, paying special attention to legends surrounding the work, and re-appraises Mozart’s musical contributions and completions of the score. • Provides a new interpretation of this familiar work by emphasizing the reception of Mozart’s Requiem pertaining to the legend as well as the known facts • Discusses Mozart’s work on the Requiem, paying attention to the completion by Franz Xaver Süssmayr and modern completions, presenting a rounded discussion of the Requiem as a whole, not just an account of Mozart’s portions of it • Combines different methods of scholarly enquiry – aesthetic, historical, theoretical, source- and reception-related – to suggest directions in which the study of Mozart’s Requiem and Mozart’s music more generally, will evolve in the future Eighteenth-century music | Music in Context

July 2015 244 x 170 mm 278pp 3 tables 48 music examples 978-1-107-53295-3 Paperback £18.99 / c. US$32.99 C Also available 978-0-521-19837-0 Hardback

£59.99 / US$109.99

C


Music

Schubert’s Late Music

Ernest Bloch Studies

History, Theory, Style Edited by Lorraine Byrne Bodley | National University of Ireland, Maynooth

Edited by Alexander Knapp | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

This overview of current issues in Schubert studies captures the interdisciplinary diversity of contemporary scholarship on the composer’s late works. Contributions offer a revised exploration of Schubert’s compositional style including a close examination of the topical issue of ‘late’ style. • Reveals new avenues of research into Schubert studies, with a particular focus upon the topical issue of ‘late’ style • Offers a unique variety of international scholarship, combining both traditional and ‘new’ musicology together with analytic criticism and music theory • Explores a wide range of sub-disciplines beyond Schubert studies including reception studies, performance studies, aesthetics and philosophy

Drawing on first-hand recollections of those who knew and worked with the composer, this collection is the most comprehensive study to date of Bloch’s life, musical achievement and reception. Contributors present the latest research on Bloch’s works and compositional practice, setting his output in its historical and cultural contexts. • Essays by the leading scholars on Bloch cover all periods of his creative output and its reception around the world • Offers unique insights, through first-hand knowledge, into the composer’s character and personal development • Provides a reliable and comprehensive resource for Bloch and his music, correcting errors in previous sources

Nineteenth-century music

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 340pp 5 b/w illus. 18 tables 187 music examples 978-1-107-11129-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

Harmony in Chopin David Damschroder | University of Minnesota

Chopin’s oeuvre holds a secure place in the nineteenth-century repertoire, beloved by audiences, performers and aesthetes. In Harmony in Chopin, David Damschroder integrates Schenkerian structural analyses with his innovative perspective on harmony to analyse the composer’s works and provide a new way to examine and understand their compositional style. • Proposes and demonstrates a fresh approach to harmonic analysis, reinvigorating central components of analytical practice • Provides detailed analyses of over fifty works by Chopin, exploring broader contexts and levels of harmonic organization • Juxtaposes analytical outcomes attained using the author’s method with those of other prominent Chopin analysts Nineteenth-century music

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 310pp 121 music examples 978-1-107-10857-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Schoenberg and Hollywood Modernism Kenneth H. Marcus | University of la Verne, California

Schoenberg is often viewed as an isolated composer who was ill-at-ease in exile. Kenneth H. Marcus shows that, contrary to this perception, Schoenberg was deeply involved in the cultural and intellectual environment in which he found himself, and had multiple connections in Hollywood as well as within academia. • Presents a new perspective on Schoenberg’s exile in the United States that will appeal to those interested in cultural history, American studies, and the film industry • Offers an interdisciplinary viewpoint, revealing the multiple connections between Schoenberg and Southern California Modernism • Provides an accessible historical discussion that largely avoids musical terminology and analysis

Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Cambridge Composer Studies

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 300pp 10 b/w illus. 1 table 32 music examples 978-1-107-03909-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

Transformations of Musical Modernism Edited by Erling E. Guldbrandsen | Universitetet i Oslo

Modernism is key to Western art music yet remains poorly understood. This book offers new perspectives on transformations in recent composition, performance and musical thought. It recasts modernism as a whole, revealing both its connections to tradition and its contemporary vitality. • Rethinks musical modernism in the light of recent scholarship, offering readers a new understanding of its relation to the history of music • Contributors from Europe and North America include leading figures in the field and emerging new voices • Chapters are grounded in specific examples of musical composition, performance and reception Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music Since 1900

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 335pp 50 music examples 978-1-107-12721-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Luigi Nono A Composer in Context Carola Nielinger-Vakil

The anti-fascist cantata Il canto sospeso, the string-quartet Fragmente – Stille, an Diotima and the ‘Tragedy of Listening’ Prometeo cemented Luigi Nono’s place in music history. In this study, Nielinger-Vakil examines these three major works in the context of related works and the diverging circumstances in Italy and Germany after 1945. • Offers detailed musical analysis of selected works along with their historical, political and philosophical context • Examines original sketch material by the composer to provide unique insights into his compositional techniques • Explains Nono’s use of live electronics, which is essential for an understanding of the spatial dramaturgy of Prometeo Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music Since 1900

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 389pp 20 b/w illus. 18 tables 31 music examples 978-0-521-84534-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Twentieth-century and contemporary music

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 360pp 27 b/w illus. 3 maps 1 table 7 music examples 978-1-107-06499-7 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

3


Music / Film, media and sport / Classical studies

Classical studies

Highlight

Musical Witness and Holocaust Representation Amy Lynn Wlodarski | Dickinson College, Pennsylvania

4

Musical Witness and Holocaust Representation explores the historiography of musical Holocaust representations and outlines the genre’s compositional and reception history through a series of analyses. Amy Lynn Wlodarski engages interdisciplinary sources from the fields of musicology, Holocaust and Jewish studies, and philosophy and situates musical representations within a broader discussion about Holocaust aesthetics. • The first full-length monograph in English devoted entirely to the subject of postwar Holocaust representations in art music • Utilises previously unpublished archival materials and sketches in its musical and cultural analyses • Asserts the value of lesser known works by major composers and critics, including Schoenberg, Adorno, Eisler and Reich Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music Since 1900

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 270pp 7 tables 15 music examples 978-1-107-11647-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Jaroslav Folda traces the appropriation of the Byzantine Virgin and Child Hodegetria icon by thirteenth-century Crusader and central Italian painters and explores its transformation by the introduction of chrysography on the figure of the Virgin in the Crusader Levant and in Italy. • First book-length study to explore the impact of Crusader art on the medieval art of Western Europe, and to examine the reinvention of chrysography in Byzantium after 843 • First book-length study to examine the transformation of the Byzantine icon of the Virgin and Child Hodegetria • Includes a chapter on the techniques, methods, processes, and materials of chrysography written by a scholar, Dr Lucy J. Wrapson, who is both a research conservator and an art historian Classical art, architecture

C

Artists and Signatures in Ancient Greece

Textbook

Jeffrey M. Hurwit | University of Oregon

Crisis Communication in a Digital World Edited by Mark Sheehan | Deakin University, Victoria

Crisis Communication in a Digital World provides an introduction to major crisis communication theories and issues management. Written by authors with over six decades combined experience in the public relations field, it is an essential resource for those learning to apply communications and public relations to crisis situations. • Explores the role of public relations specialists in different crisis situations • Uses practical examples from Australia and New Zealand • Each chapter explores a different aspect of communications Contents: Part I. Understanding Crisis and Issues Management: 1. Theorising and practising public relations crisis management; Part II. Industrial Disasters: 2. Outrage management or consensus communication: what is the best way of doing risk communication?; 3. Confronting the reputation risks: New Zealand’s biggest food safety scare; Part III. Corporate Risks: 4. Crisis communication: when sorry is the hardest word in elite sport; 5. Corporate responses to a racially framed incident in Malaysia: KFC I-City flight; 6. Managing issues through crosssector collaboration: Unilever and Greenpeace; Part IV. Social Media and Crisis: 7. Media targets: when a spark in social media develops into a mainstream media firestorm; 8. Harnessing the power of slacktivism: boom and bust cycle of issues management and crisis; 9. Social media adoption and risk aversion: Australian not-for-profits; Part V. Natural Disasters: 10. Communicating during disasters: insights from the 2013 Bundaberg flood; 11. Government roles in emergency communication response; 12. Post crisis: rebuilding a company, a reputation, a community. Media, mass communication

Previously Announced

The Virgin and Child Hodegetria and the Art of Chrysography Jaroslav Folda | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

September 2015 253 x 177 mm 424pp 48 colour illus. 978-1-107-01023-9 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

Film, media and sport

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 350pp 978-1-107-67823-1 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99

Byzantine Art and Italian Panel Painting

X

The practice of signing works of art, which begins in the eighth century BCE, sets the Greeks apart from most other peoples of the ancient world. This book offers insight into Greek conceptions of art, the artist, and artistic originality by examining the phenomenon of artists’ signatures in ancient Greece. • Wide breadth of coverage, examining various genres that are not often treated together, over the entire span of Greek art • Wide chronological range of the works examined • Wealth of illustrations, some in color Classical art, architecture

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 240pp 88 b/w illus. 15 colour illus. 978-1-107-10571-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Civic Monuments and the Augustales in Roman Italy Margaret L. Laird | University of Delaware

This book examines ancient Roman statues and their bases, tombs, altars, and panels commemorating gifts of civic beneficence made by the Augustales, civic groups composed primarily of wealthy ex-slaves. These objects reveal how ordinary Romans expressed their communal identities. • The first book-length study of the semantic meanings of inscribed monuments made by ‘ordinary Romans’ in Roman towns, and the first book to examine the monuments made by and for Augustales • Broadens beyond the well-known sites of Ostia, Pompeii, and Herculaneum to consider towns throughout Italy, bringing new sites into English language scholarship on Roman art and urbanism • Integrates methodologies from art history, architectural history, social history, and epigraphy with archaeological and sociological theories of community Classical art, architecture

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 338pp 100 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00822-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C


Classical studies

Highlight

Highlight

The Pantheon

The Poems of Catullus

From Antiquity to the Present Edited by Tod A. Marder

An Annotated Translation Catullus Edited and translated by Jeannine Diddle Uzzi | University of Southern Maine

This book treats the Pantheon from the unique perspective of its construction, survival and reception through history. Each chapter is an investigation of a particular architectural aspect of the building or a historical period during its survival to explain how the Pantheon has been understood over the centuries, why it looks as it does today and why it has endured as an architectural model. • The most up-to-date study of the Pantheon, this volume includes recent archaeological findings about the history and development of the building • Provides a comprehensive history of the building, from its construction to its continued influence on architecture and our imagination • The essays assume little prior knowledge of architecture, yet provide enough new material to engage the scholar

The Roman poet Catullus is one of the most popular and frequently studied ancient authors. This new translation presents the poems as contemporary and concise with an energy and pace that both enhance Catullus’ appeal for nonspecialists and challenge specialists to consider his work from a fresh perspective. • Presents a modern, accessible English language translation of a poet who is often unknown to non-classicists • Makes the poems appealing to anyone reading, writing, and teaching poetry, whether or not they know Latin • Offers a new way of thinking about Catullus’ poetics based in modern popular culture

Classical art, architecture

Classical literature

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 350pp 174 b/w illus. 18 colour illus. 978-0-521-80932-0 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

June 2015 198 x 129 mm 240pp 978-1-107-02855-5 Hardback £39.99 / US$69.99

P

Previously Announced

978-1-107-68213-9 Paperback £14.99 / US$24.99

P

Key Reference

Stesichorus in Context

The Cambridge History of Painting in the Classical World Edited by J. J. Pollitt | Yale University, Connecticut

Painting was one of the major achievements of the Classical world. This book examines the development of mural and panel painting in the Classical world from the Bronze Age to Late Antiquity. It provides an up-to-date and muchneeded overview of the monuments that are now known and of the ideas that have been generated about them. • A multi-authored volume written by experts in various fields • Makes accessible information that is published in seven foreign languages, much of it in books and periodicals that are difficult to find • Contains more than 300 images, with over 100 in colour Classical art, architecture

March 2015 276 x 219 mm 500pp 237 b/w illus. 140 colour illus. 6 maps 978-0-521-86591-3 Hardback £150.00 / US$250.00 R

From Hittite to Homer The Anatolian Background of Ancient Greek Epic Mary R. Bachvarova | Willamette University, Oregon

Bold new approach to the prehistory of Homeric epic. Argues that Near Eastern influence on early Greek hexameter poetry primarily came from a single Syro-Anatolian tradition of oral narrative song, which included the Song of Gilgamesh and the Kumarbi Cycle, starting in the eleventh century BCE. • Links together in a new way the four sets of data used to discuss the prehistory of Homeric epic: Akkadian epic, Hittite texts, Mycenaean material culture, and early Iron Age material culture • Focuses not only on parallels between texts, but also on how these parallels came about: mechanisms of contact, motivations for borrowing • Combines historical and literary approaches to the question of the origin of the Iliad, providing a new solution to the long-debated question of the historicity of the Trojan War

Edited by P. J. Finglass | University of Nottingham

This book presents ten new essays on aspects of the Greek poet Stesichorus, whose works have only recently been rediscovered. It will appeal to everybody interested in Greek poetry and its influence, and in the recovery of long-lost texts. • Presents ten essays on Stesichorus by leading scholars • Focuses not on individual poems or particular philological problems, but on Stesichorus’ poetic work as a whole • Considers the importance of Stesichorus for later literature, both ancient and modern Classical literature

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 222pp 978-1-107-06973-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Antiquity Now The Classical World in the Contemporary American Imagination Thomas E. Jenkins | Trinity University, Texas

Through the lens of reception studies, Antiquity Now examines the ideological uses of the classical world in contemporary media, including surprising new developments in comic books, film, drama and fiction. This book will be valuable to scholars and students of American, classical and cultural studies. • Examines the ideological uses of antiquity in contemporary media, appealing to a wide swathe of readers, including those with interests in film, comic books, theatre and television • Written in a vibrant and accessible style that gives adequate background for those without expertise in the classical world • The introduction provides a brief overview of the field of reception studies in classics, and is suitable for use in undergraduate curricula Classical literature

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 260pp 25 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19626-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Classical literature

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 600pp 27 b/w illus. 5 maps 4 tables 978-0-521-50979-4 Hardback £100.00 / US$160.00 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

5


Classical studies

6

Pindar and the Emergence of Literature

Landscape and the Spaces of Metaphor in Ancient Literary Theory and Criticism

Boris Maslov | University of Chicago

Nancy Worman | Barnard College, Columbia University

For much of Western history, Pindar’s work was recognized as the pinnacle of lyric poetry. This book presents an introduction to different aspects of Pindar’s art, while demonstrating its importance for the coming into being of literature as it has been conceived of in the West. • Discusses all major aspects of Pindar’s art and thus serves as a starting point for all readers interested in his poetry • Presents a new, historically and theoretically informed account of the rise of literature in late Archaic Greece • Provides a new method of writing literary history based on the tradition of historical poetics

Explores a previously uncharted area of ancient literary theory and criticism by examining how metaphors of place and spaces of metaphor shape discussions of literary style in Greece and beyond. Figurative imagery highlighting details of significant landscapes provide writers with a vivid and influential vocabulary for distinguishing among styles. • Proposes a new approach to ancient criticism and theory, focusing on imagery rather than argument and highlighting how a figurative discourse develops out of familiar landscape settings • The interpretive frame is broad and innovative, appealing to readers interested in landscape and metaphor in antiquity and beyond • Provides detailed readings of lesser-known but important texts

Classical literature

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 325pp 978-0-521-76955-6 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 391pp 4 tables 978-1-107-11663-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

C

Latin Literature and its Transmission

The Sublime in Antiquity

Edited by Richard Hunter | University of Cambridge

James I. Porter | University of California, Irvine

The first book to break away from existing scholarship’s dominant focus on Longinus and to outline an alternative account of the sublime in Greek and Roman poetry, philosophy, and the sciences, in addition to rhetoric and literary criticism. Argues for a tradition of sublime criticism that pre-existed and survived Longinus. • Proposes a new history of the sublime in antiquity that is virtually coextensive with Greek and Roman thought, from Homer to Cicero to the Neoplatonists • Provides a set of tools and methods (including thematic and logical markers) for identifying the sublime in the absence of its explicit mention or denomination by a pair of terms, hupsos and sublimitas • Offers a first attempt at a global reconstruction of the sublime on a large scale: its history, its reception, and its concept Classical literature

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 736pp 8 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-03747-2 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$160.00 C

The Closure of Space in Roman Poetics Empire’s Inward Turn Victoria Rimell | Sapienza Università di Roma

Aimed at scholars and students of Latin literature and at those interested in space, security and dwelling across the humanities. Presents an ambitious and detailed analysis of the Roman literary obsession with retreat and closed spaces (caves, corners, villas, bathrooms, bodies and prisons) in the context of expanding empire. • Presents an ambitious and coherent analysis of a key yet underexplored theme of Roman cultural history • Brings ideas and methods from literary theory, cultural studies and philosophy to bear on an extraordinary range of ancient texts rarely studied in juxtaposition • Emphasizes the significant role played by Roman literature in the history of Western thinking about space and dwelling Classical literature

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 367pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07926-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Classical literature

C

A series of innovative studies in the textual and literary criticism of Latin literature, exploring how these two branches of the discipline are mutually supportive. The contributors include many leading scholars in the field. Individual essays are devoted to Catullus, Cicero, Horace, Lucretius, Ovid, Tacitus and Virgil. • Covers topics in both the textual and literary criticism of Latin literature, showing how the two broad approaches are in fact mutually supportive • Presents essays on Republican and Imperial Latin literature, as well as the reception of the classics • All significant quotations of Greek and Latin are translated Classical literature | Cambridge Classical Studies

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 320pp 14 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-11627-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C Textbook

Apollonius of Rhodes: Argonautica Book IV Apollonius of Rhodes Edited by Richard Hunter | University of Cambridge

The first modern commentary in English on Apollonius’ narrative of the Argonauts’ return with the Golden Fleece. Completely accessible to advanced undergraduates and graduate students studying Greek poetry. Problems of syntax and language are fully explained, and there is a sophisticated discussion of the poem as literature. • Syntax and grammar are fully explained, often with the aid of translation, ensuring that Apollonius’ difficult Greek is made accessible to students • Poetic echoes, especially of Homer and Callimachus, are fully explained where they are important, and the Introduction discusses how the technique of allusion contributes to poetic meaning • Explains geographical references and sets them in the context of contemporary geographical knowledge Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

August 2015 216 x 138 mm 325pp 1 map 978-1-107-06351-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00

X

978-1-107-63675-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$39.99

X


Classical studies

Textbook

Plotinus on the Soul

Valerius Flaccus: Argonautica Book III

Damian Caluori | Trinity University, Texas

Valerius Flaccus Edited by Gesine Manuwald | University College London

Valerius Flaccus’ epic on the adventures of Jason and the Argonauts (one of the central myths of classical antiquity) has been the subject of much scholarly and critical attention in recent years. This is the first edition of a book of the poem suitable for graduate and advanced undergraduate students. • First accessible commentary in English on an interesting book of this Flavian epic • Provides all the information required for the student to read and understand the Latin • Encourages comparison with other Latin epics more familiar to students Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

September 2015 216 x 138 mm 305pp 978-1-107-03732-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

X

978-1-107-69726-3 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$39.99

P

Ancient philosophy

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-10595-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

7 C

Bridging the Gap between Aristotle’s Science and Ethics Edited by Devin Henry | University of Western Ontario

Cicero’s De Finibus Philosophical Approaches Edited by Julia Annas | University of Arizona

Cicero’s abilities as a philosopher and his use of the dialogue form are now much better appreciated. This is the first substantial philosophical reassessment of the De Finibus, the most theoretical of his ethical dialogues and the best source for the ethical theories of the Epicureans, Stoics and Antiocheans. • A new philosophical appraisal of Cicero’s De Finibus, offering a philosophical and historical analysis of the central arguments of the book • Analyses and assesses Cicero’s text on its own right and not as a mere source for Hellenistic ethical theories • Special attention paid to Cicero’s authorial role and the dialogue form throughout the work Ancient philosophy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-07483-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

This is the first comprehensive study of Plotinus’ theory of the soul for half a century. It shows how Plotinus derives his psychology from an innovative interpretation of Plato’s Timaeus and proposes it as a response to Aristotelian and Stoic conceptions of the soul. • The first comprehensive study for half a century of Plotinus’ theory of the soul, the most sophisticated version of a Platonist theory of the soul in antiquity • Discusses Plotinus’ theory of the soul as a Platonist response to Aristotle and the Stoics • Gives a detailed account of theoretical and practical thinking in Plotinus, who develops an interesting notion of rationality

Intended for scholars interested in the history of ethics. It consolidates emerging research on Aristotle’s science and ethics in order to explore the extent to which he uses the concepts, methods, and practices developed for scientific inquiry and explanation to investigate moral phenomena. • Consolidates emerging research on Aristotle’s science and ethics, thereby opening up new and innovative directions for research into Aristotle’s moral philosophy • Deals with perennial issues in moral philosophy • Offers readers cutting edge interpretations by leading scholars in a manner accessible to a wide variety of scholars and students Ancient philosophy

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 316pp 978-1-107-01036-9 Hardback £70.00 / US$110.00

C

Analogical Investigations Historical and Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Human Reasoning G. E. R. Lloyd | University of Cambridge

C

Porphyry’s Commentary on Ptolemy’s Harmonics A Greek Text and Annotated Translation Edited and translated by Andrew Barker | University of Birmingham

The first English translation of Porphyry’s Commentary on Ptolemy’s Harmonics, accompanied by a revised Greek text, an introduction and substantial annotation. The work deserves close attention for its remarkable mixture of philosophical, musicological and arithmetical reasoning, and for its special place in the ancient commentary tradition. • The first translation into English of a text of great importance to students of both ancient musicology and ancient philosophy • Offers an improved version of the standard edition of the Greek text, with a revised apparatus criticus • The Introduction highlights and discusses themes and passages of special philosophical and musicological interest, thereby providing an informative starting-point for those unfamiliar with the work as a whole

A penetrating cross-cultural analysis of alternative models of human reasoning producing a radical critique of Western ideals of logic and scientific method. Uses examples from ancient Greek and Chinese thought and recent ethnography. Of interest to philosophers, anthropologists, historians, linguists and cognitive scientists as well as classicists and sinologists. • Presents a powerful critique of certain Western assumptions concerning logic and scientific method • Develops original notions in the philosophy of language, especially that of ‘semantic stretch’ • Provides a way to make progress on the realism versus relativism, and nature versus nurture debates, using the notion of the ‘multidimensionality of reality’ Ancient philosophy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 154pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10784-7 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00

P

978-1-107-51837-7 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P

Ancient philosophy

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 528pp 30 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00385-9 Hardback £100.00 / US$160.00

R

Previously Announced

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.


Classical studies

The Birth of Critical Thinking in Republican Rome

Federalism in Greek Antiquity Edited by Hans Beck | McGill University, Montréal

Claudia Moatti | University of Southern California

8

Classic work arguing that the major social and political changes during the last century of the Roman Republic were accompanied by major intellectual developments seeing a move away from traditional understandings of where consensus and authority were to be located to approaches to knowledge based on critical reasoning. • Classic work now available for the first time in English, with a new introduction by the author and a foreword by Malcolm Schofield • Proposes a new, dynamic analysis of the intellectual changes that occurred at the end of the Republic, emphasising the common features of the application of reason, the development of writing, the critique of traditions and authority, and the construction of a Roman identity • Provides a good example of an epistemological revolution and an analysis of the distinction between different forms of thinking (logical, topical, and deductive) Ancient philosophy

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 978-0-521-89578-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$115.00

C

Previously Announced

Justice and Reciprocity in Aristotle’s Political Philosophy Kazutaka Inamura | Hirosaki University, Japan

How do Aristotle’s ethical concepts offer a basis for his political philosophy, and how is that philosophy relevant to politics today? Kazutaka Inamura examines Aristotle’s notions of justice, friendship, democracy, citizenship and the mixed constitution, and explores the receptions of his political thought in present-day democratic theories. • Compares Aristotle’s own thought with presentday ‘Aristotelian’ political theories in order to reveal its distinctiveness • Explores how Aristotle uses the ideas of justice and friendship in his political philosophy • Explains how Aristotle’s ‘aristocratic’ idea can be used in modern democratic theory Ancient philosophy | Cambridge Classical Studies

August 2015 216 x 138 mm 220pp 978-1-107-11094-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

New in Paperback

Universal Empire A Comparative Approach to Imperial Culture and Representation in Eurasian History Edited by Peter Fibiger Bang | University of Copenhagen

The claim by certain rulers to universal empire has a long history stretching as far back as the Assyrian and Achaemenid Empires. This book traces its various manifestations in classical antiquity, the Islamic world, Asia and Central America as well as considering seventeenth- and eighteenth-century European discussions of international order. • Proposes a new view of the notion of universal empire across world history • Adopts a wide-ranging, comparative approach across time and geography • Examines imperial universalism from a multiplicity of disciplinary perspectives Ancient history

February 2015 229 x 152 mm 400pp 53 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-107-52747-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02267-6 Hardback

C

£69.99 / US$119.99

This comprehensive reassessment of federalism in Greek antiquity investigates political integration, regionalism, and ethnic identity in the distinct political environment of the ancient Greek world. It will appeal to ancient historians, classicists, and readers in the social sciences alike. • The first comprehensive study for half a century • Integrates all the available bodies of evidence into an accessible account • Combines scholarly trends and approaches from diverse fields, including classics, history, political science, cultural studies and law Ancient history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 600pp 6 maps 978-0-521-19226-2 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$160.00

C

The Ancient Greek Economy Markets, Households and City-States Edited by Edward M. Harris | University of Edinburgh

The Ancient Greek Economy: Markets, Households and City-States brings together sixteen essays by leading scholars of the ancient Greek economy. The essays investigate the role of market-exchange in the economy of the ancient Greek world in the Classical and Hellenistic periods. • Presents a broad array of evidence (archaeology, epigraphy, numismatics) and methods • Focuses on the role and importance of markets and market exchange in ancient Greece • Provides an original and compelling approach to the issue of explaining economic growth in the Classical and Hellenistic periods Ancient history

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 496pp 20 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-03588-1 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

C

Prison, Punishment and Penance in Late Antiquity Julia Hillner | University of Sheffield

The first book in English on the Roman prison, and the first on the Roman prison’s late antique incarnation as a penal institution. It describes how late Roman penal strategies, in particular different spatial forms of imprisonment, responded to new social values of penance and purification of society. • Pushes the boundaries of what is commonly understood as ‘legal history’ by focusing more on legal anthropology and the social and cultural ramifications of late Roman law • Invites reflection on the comparison of ancient and modern forms of punishment and corresponding social theory • Analyses a wide range of primary source material with all key terms given in their original language and in translation Ancient history

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 440pp 3 maps 4 tables 978-0-521-51751-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$115.00

C


Classical studies

A History of the Jewish War

The Politics of Public Space in Republican Rome

AD 66–74 Steve Mason | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

The first war between Jews and Romans (AD 66 to 74), which saw the fall of Jerusalem’s temple (AD 70), is among the West’s most consequential conflicts. This book revisits its context and causes, its phases and key players. • Re-examines the Jewish-Roman war from the ground up, questioning common assumptions and overturning many accepted opinions • Is explicit about its method, approaching each phase of the war with a set of questions to be answered, then considering possible scenarios while working out the most adequate explanation • Does not assume that evidence speaks for itself, but recognizes the need first to understand each piece of evidence (literary or material) in its own context before using it to reconstruct the lost past Ancient history

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 735pp 41 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-0-521-85329-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$150.00 R

Fiscal Regimes and the Political Economy of Premodern States Edited by Andrew Monson | New York University

Inspired by the New Fiscal History, this book represents the first global survey of taxation in the premodern world. It introduces new theoretical and comparative approaches from the social sciences and extends its coverage beyond Europe, the Mediterranean, and the Near East to East Asia and the Americas. • Introduces new theories and provocative new questions for the study of fiscal history • Adopts a comparative approach • Provides a global perspective, with in-depth analysis of many states and regions

Amy Russell | University of Durham

In Republican Rome the Forum Romanum, the Capitoline, victory temples, and Pompey’s theatre complex were less public than they appear. Using innovative spatial approaches to question the public/private divide, Amy Russell deploys archaeological and textual evidence to propose a new understanding of public space. • Explores the topography of the Republican city of Rome, a period less well covered in the literature on topography • Takes public space as the starting point, whereas most previous scholarship on public and private space has concentrated on the house • The explicitly feminist approach uses space to expand the range of what can be considered political history Ancient history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-107-04049-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Boiotia in Antiquity Selected Papers Albert Schachter | McGill University, Montréal

Boiotia was – next to Athens and Sparta – one of the most important regions of ancient Greece. Albert Schachter, a leading expert on the region, has for many decades been publishing seminal work on its history, institutions, and literature. This volume conveniently brings together twenty-three papers (two previously unpublished, others revised and updated). • Deals with aspects of Greek history from the point of view of the Boiotians, rather than, as is usually the case, from that of the Athenians and/or Spartans • Uses source material drawn from inscriptions, archaeology, numismatics and art, as well as literature • Provides readers with a clearer view of what happened in Boiotia at crucial times in its history Ancient history

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 430pp 5 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-05324-3 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

C

Ancient history

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 602pp 22 b/w illus. 3 maps 19 tables 978-1-107-08920-4 Hardback £80.00 / US$130.00 C

Women and Modesty in Late Antiquity Kate Wilkinson | Towson State University, Maryland

New in Paperback

Democracy beyond Athens Popular Government in the Greek Classical Age Eric W. Robinson | Indiana University, Bloomington

First full study of ancient Greek democracy in the Classical period outside Athens, which has three main goals: to identify where and when democratic governments established themselves; to explain why democracy spread to many parts of Greece; and to further our understanding of the nature of ancient democracy. • Allows a broader overview of democracy in the Classical period by considering many examples outside Athens • Important new addition to the history of democracy • All Greek is translated, so the book is accessible to non-specialists Ancient history

June 2015 229 x 152 mm 286pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-69482-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-84331-7 Hardback

C

£69.99 / US$109.99

Uses the body of letters and treatises addressed by major Christian thinkers to the women of the Anicia family, as well as comparative evidence from modern Hinduism and Islam, to explore how modesty became a creative and performative mode of being for late Roman Christian ascetic women. • Proposes a new understanding of women’s modest behaviors as opportunities for agency, thereby moving feminist conversation about conventional feminine virtues in new directions • Uses extensive comparative material from contemporary ethnography • Places women’s concerns at the center rather than the sidelines of a major early theological debate, the Pelagian controversy, adding to the social history of the debate Ancient history

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 184pp 978-1-107-03027-5 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

9


Classical studies

New in Paperback

Roman Festivals in the Greek East

The Maeander Valley

From the Early Empire to the Middle Byzantine Era Fritz Graf | Ohio State University

Explores how Roman religious festivals were celebrated in the Greek East, how they changed in the centuries between Augustus and the Middle Byzantine Era, and how this influenced the Christian liturgical calendar. Of interest to scholars of the religions of Rome, Greece, and the Near East, including Judaism and Christianity. • Provides a new approach to the spread of Roman culture in the Greek East • Presents a fresh view of the Christianisation of the Roman Empire • Shows how developments of the late Roman festival calendar shaped the Christian festival calendar Ancient history | Greek Culture in the Roman World

10

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 384pp 978-1-107-09211-2 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

C

The End of Greek Athletics in Late Antiquity The demise of the ancient Olympics has commonly been blamed on a ban imposed by the Christian emperor Theodosius I. Dr Remijsen challenges this conventional view, and traces instead the collapse of the entire professional circuit of Greek athletics under the pressure of changing institutions and perceptions in late antiquity. • The first comprehensive overview of the evidence for athletic contests in late antiquity • Challenges the traditional idea of an imperial ban on games and of complete Christian intolerance • Sets the decline of Greek athletics within the context of economic change and the rise of new ideals Ancient history | Greek Culture in the Roman World

C

Textbook

The Hellenistic World Using Coins as Sources Peter Thonemann | University of Oxford

Provides undergraduate and graduate students with an up-to-date introduction to the coinages of the Hellenistic world (323–31 BC). Written in an accessible style, and illustrated with over 250 photographs, it will be suitable as a textbook for university courses in Greek and Roman history and archaeology. • Provides the only up-to-date introduction to this period of ancient Greek coinage • Analyses Hellenistic coinage in its historical contexts, showing historians how to use coins as evidence for political, economic and cultural history • Includes more than 250 photographs of Hellenistic gold, silver and bronze coins, presenting a vivid and attractive ‘visual essay’ on Hellenistic coins Contents: Part I. Globalization: 1. Alexander and the transformation of Greek coinage; 2. A ‘big’ Hellenistic world; Part II. Identity: 3. Civic identities; 4. Collective identities; 5. Hellenizing identities; Part III. Political Economy: 6. Currency systems; 7. Bronze and silver; Part IV. Ideology: 8. Kings; 9. From Flamininus to Augustus; Guide to further reading; Appendices: 1. Glossary of numismatic terms; 2. Denominational systems; 3. The manufacture and material of ancient coinage. Ancient history | Guides to the Coinage of the Ancient World

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 200pp 256 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-08696-8 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$70.00 X 978-1-107-45175-9 Paperback c. £15.99 / c. US$24.99

This 2011 book is a groundbreaking study of the long-term historical geography of Asia Minor in Graeco-Roman antiquity and the Byzantine Middle Ages. It uses an astonishing breadth of sources, ranging from Byzantine monastic archives to Latin poetic texts, ancient land records to hagiographic biographies. • Provides a detailed local history of south-western Asia Minor in the Greek, Roman and Byzantine periods • Proposes a new way of writing historical geography over long time periods • Makes a theoretical contribution with potential impact beyond the field of ancient history and Byzantine studies Ancient history | Greek Culture in the Roman World

Sofie Remijsen | Universität Mannheim, Germany

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 405pp 9 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-107-05078-5 Hardback £70.00 / US$115.00

A Historical Geography from Antiquity to Byzantium Peter Thonemann | University of Oxford

X

July 2015 244 x 170 mm 414pp 110 b/w illus. 13 maps 978-1-107-53813-9 Paperback £23.99 / c. US$39.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-00688-1 Hardback

C

£74.99 / US$124.99

New in Paperback

The Emperor and Rome Space, Representation, and Ritual Edited by Björn C. Ewald | University of Toronto

The advent of monarchy at Rome brought major changes to the city of Rome as well as the political system. Here experts reassess the impact of imperial building programs on the configuration of space, representations of the emperor in the city, and the performance of rituals linking emperor and people. • Explores the city of Rome under the impact of monarchy from a structural and systematic perspective rather than concentrating exclusively on individual emperors’ reigns • Reflects developments in our understanding of concepts such as communication, space, and ritual when applied to ancient Rome • Builds on the extensive recent programs of archaeological excavation and restoration in Rome and the proliferation of digital technologies Ancient history | Yale Classical Studies, 35

July 2015 244 x 170 mm 388pp 128 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-51906-0 Paperback £25.99 / US$39.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-51953-3 Hardback

C

£69.99 / US$114.99

Religion, Society and Culture at Dura-Europos Edited by Ted Kaizer | University of Durham

Advances our understanding of the religion, society and culture of Dura-Europos, the small town on the Euphrates known as the ‘Pompeii of the Syrian desert’ and one of the best sources for day-to-day life in a community on the periphery of the Roman world. • Adopts an interdisciplinary and theoretically informed approach to the subject • Addresses the current scholarly interest in the Roman Near East, whose sites are currently suffering heavy damage due to the unrest in Syria and Iraq • Boasts a broad and international range of contributors Ancient history | Yale Classical Studies, 38

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 280pp 67 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-12379-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C


Classical studies

Textbook

Textbook

An Introduction to the Composition and Analysis of Greek Prose

Reading Latin Grammar and Exercises Second edition Peter V. Jones | Friends of Classics

Eleanor Dickey | University of Reading

This work is aimed at university students and others who have a passive knowledge of ancient Greek and would like an active command of the language. It provides a structured review of grammar and syntax together with clear explanations, examples, and large numbers of exercises both with and without key. • Clear, complete explanations of Greek grammar and syntax, including recent discoveries where appropriate • Combines practice in translation into Greek with practice in analysing, rewriting, and otherwise manipulating passages from ancient authors • Includes a comprehensive review of paradigms and vocabulary, with step-by-step training in syntax and the construction of Greek sentences, allowing students who begin with no active command of Greek at all to learn everything they need to know as they progress through the book Contents: Preface; Bibliography; Accentuation; 1. Articles; 2. Modifiers; 3. Tenses, voices, and agreement; 4. Cases; 5. Participles; 6. The structure of a Greek sentence: word order and connection; Review exercises; 7. Conditional, concessive, and potential clauses; 8. Relative clauses; 9. Pronouns; 10. Indirect statement; 11. Questions; Review exercises; 12. Purpose, fear, and effort; 13. Cause, result, and ‘on condition that’; 14. Comparison and negatives; 15. Commands, wishes, and prevention; 16. Temporal clauses; Review exercises; 17. Impersonal constructions and verbal adjectives; 18. Oratio obliqua; 19. Summary; 20. Consolidation; Appendices: A. Errors in Smyth’s Grammar; B. English tenses and their Greek equivalents (indicative only); C. Hints for analysing Greek sentences; D. English conditional clauses; E. A selection of terminologies for describing Greek conditional sentences; F. Short, easily confused words; G. Partial answer key; H. The next step: prose composition as an art form; Principal parts; Vocabulary; Index to vocabulary. Classical languages

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 220pp 978-0-521-76142-0 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

X

978-0-521-18425-0 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$32.99

X

Learning Latin the Ancient Way Latin Textbooks from the Ancient World Eleanor Dickey | University of Exeter

During the Roman empire Greek speakers learned Latin using textbooks that still offer special advantages: authentic and enjoyable vignettes about the ancient world, easy Latin composed by Romans, insight into ancient learning practices. This book makes the ancient Latin-learning materials available to modern students for the first time. • Provides a unique resource for Latin students and teachers • All texts composed by Romans in antiquity, but with a solid scholarly underpinning • Fun, enjoyable stories with authentic insight into Roman life, with a wide range of different kinds of materials as well as illustrations Classical languages

A bestselling Latin course designed to help mature beginners read classical Latin fluently and intelligently. The Text and Vocabulary presents a series of carefully graded original classical Latin texts, initially adapted but later unadulterated. The accompanying Grammar and Exercises volume completes the course by supplying all the grammatical help needed. • A bestselling course helping students to learn classical Latin at the same time as beginning to explore Latin literature • The second edition has been extensively revised to make the course better suited to today’s students and course structures • Uses a fresh, modern, spacious design, making it easier to navigate, with extensive use of colour Contents: Preface; Notes to grammar and exercises; Pronunciation; Glossary of English–Latin grammar; Grammar and exercises for Parts I-VI; A-G verbs; H-I nouns, pronominal nouns/adjectives; J-K adjectives, adverbs and prepositions; L-V constructions; W word-order; Appendix: the Latin language; Total Latin-English learning vocabulary; Total English-Latin vocabulary for exercises; Index of grammar. Classical languages

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 360pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-63226-4 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$36.99

X

Previously Announced Textbook

Reading Latin Text and Vocabulary Second edition Peter V. Jones | Friends of Classics

A bestselling Latin course designed to help mature beginners read classical Latin fluently and intelligently. The Text and Vocabulary presents a series of carefully graded original classical Latin texts, initially adapted but later unadulterated. It accompanies the Grammar and Exercises volume, but could be used as a self-standing beginner’s reader. • A bestselling course helping students to learn classical Latin at the same time as beginning to explore Latin literature • The second edition has been extensively revised to make the course better suited to today’s students and course structures • Uses a fresh, modern, spacious design, making it easier to navigate, with extensive use of illustration Contents: Introduction; Part I. Plautus and the Roman Comic Tradition: Section 1. Plautus’ Aulularia; Section 2. Plautus’ Amphitruo; Part II. Early Roman History: From Aeneas to Hannibal: Section 3A. Aeneas and the Trojan War; Section 3B. Romulus and Remus; Section 3C. The rape of Lucretia; Section D. Hannibal; Part III. The Demise of the Roman Republic: Section 4. Provincial corruption: the Verres scandal; Section 5. The conspiracy of Catiline in Rome, 64–62; Section 6. Poetry and politics: Caesar to Augustus; Additional reading; Total Latin-English learning vocabulary. Classical languages

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 320pp 78 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-61870-1 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$32.99 X Previously Announced

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 112pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09360-7 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$75.00

P

978-1-107-47457-4 Paperback c. £15.99 / c. US$27.99

P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

11


Classical studies / English literature

English literature

Oscan in Southern Italy and Sicily Evaluating Language Contact in a Fragmentary Corpus Katherine McDonald | Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge

12

In pre-Roman Italy and Sicily, dozens of languages and writing systems competed and interacted. Using new archaeological evidence and modern theories of bilingualism, this book explores the relationship between Greek and Oscan, two of the most widely spoken languages in the south of the peninsula. • Proposes new ways of understanding the evidence for language contact in the ancient world • Places the languages of Southern Italy in context, including a synthesis of the history of Southern Italy 800–80 BC not available anywhere else • Explains the linguistic background to bilingualism and language contact for the non-specialist reader

Literature and the Development of Feminist Theory Edited by Robin Truth Goodman | Florida State University

This book offers an insightful look at the development of feminist theory through a literary lens. Stressing the significance of feminism’s origins in the European Enlightenment, it traces the literary careers of feminism’s major thinkers in order to elucidate the connection of feminist theoretical production to literary work. • Provides a comprehensive overview of the subject that is useful to students and specialists alike • Incorporates the most up-to-date scholarship • Contributive aspect lends varied perspectives to familiar topics

Classical languages | Cambridge Classical Studies

Literary theory

September 2015 216 x 138 mm 302pp 26 b/w illus. 4 maps 28 tables 978-1-107-10383-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-12608-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Oscan in the Greek Alphabet

The Medieval Manuscript Book

Nicholas Zair | Peterhouse, Cambridge

Collects and examines the Greek-alphabet inscriptions of Oscan, spoken in Southern Italy in the second half of the 1st millennium BC. It provides new insights into the sociolinguistics, epigraphy and linguistics of Ancient Italy, showing that bilingualism involving Greek was key to the evolving use of the alphabet. • Redates many Oscan inscriptions, giving a better understanding of social and institutional history of Ancient Italy • Explains phonology and etymology of all words discussed, filling a gap in Oscan study and understanding of Oscan etymology • Aids understanding of what Oscan inscriptions say by showing how to interpret spelling variation Classical languages | Cambridge Classical Studies

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 205pp 52 tables 978-1-107-06892-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Cultural Approaches Edited by Michael Johnston | Purdue University, Indiana

An important collection of essays by expert scholars in the field that explores the impact of the recent shift towards cultural approaches to manuscript studies. It offers practical and theoretical analysis of the medieval manuscript book in its cultural contexts, from production to transmission to its continued adaptation. • Suggests a new way of looking at medieval manuscripts, by bringing new emphasis to their cultural context • Offers broad and theoretical approaches to key aspects of manuscript studies • Contains landmark chapters by expert scholars in a number of academic fields English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 94

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 26 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06619-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

New in Paperback

Severan Culture

C

C

Celebrating Shakespeare

Edited by Simon Swain

The first authoritative survey of the developments in literature, philosophy, religion, art, archaeology and culture within the Roman Empire under the rule of the Severan dynasty (AD 193–225). General trends and specific instances are discussed, providing a vibrant picture of an extraordinary period of cultural innovation. • First volume to provide a detailed assessment of the culture of the Severan period • Offers general assessments of broad topics intermingled with detailed investigations of particular ideas, texts, works of art and buildings • Offers a view of Christian origins based in Graeco-Roman culture Classical studies (general)

April 2015 244 x 170 mm 604pp 978-1-107-49989-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$37.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-85982-0 Hardback

C

£104.99 / US$199.99

Commemoration and Cultural Memory Edited by Clara Calvo | Universidad de Murcia, Spain

On the 400th anniversary of Shakespeare’s death, this collection of fifteen new essays written by leading scholars explore the variety and complexity of commemoration that has made Shakespeare a global cultural icon. Using rich visual images, new research and astute analysis, the volume will appeal to scholars and students of Shakespeare, literature and cultural history. • Presents commemoration as a social practice that has kept Shakespeare culturally alive worldwide • Provides the critical perspectives on a variety of commemoration practices, from traditional anniversaries through cultural tourism: Shakespeare gardens, sculptures, cottages and cartoons • Features over forty figures that illustrate the questions explored English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 46 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04277-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C


English literature

Highlight

Monuments and Literary Posterity in Early Modern Drama

The Shakespeare Circle An Alternative Biography Edited by Paul Edmondson | The Shakespeare Birthplace Trust

Brian Chalk | Manhattan College, New York

Re-evaluating the relationship between Renaissance dramatists and literary posterity, this book centres on the question of how writers attempted to cope with mortality, with particular focus on drama and the building of monuments. It will interest scholars and upper-level students of Renaissance drama, memory studies, early modern theatre, and print history. • Provides a new, dynamic model for understanding the relationship between early modern dramatists and literary posterity • Offers fresh readings of plays from both central and more marginal early modern dramatists • Establishes the historical and cultural context that distinguished early modern England English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 236pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12347-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Written by a distinguished team of scholars, biographers and writers, this volume tells the stories of Shakespeare’s family, friends and colleagues. Accompanied by a website featuring imagined first-person audio accounts from the subjects presented in the book, it will interest anyone looking to learn something new about Shakespeare’s life and times. • Features twenty-five chapters telling the stories of those who knew Shakespeare during his lifetime, casting new light on Shakespeare himself • Written by a distinguished team of contributors including some of the foremost biographers, writers and Shakespeare scholars of today • Accompanied by a website featuring imagined first-person audio accounts from the subjects presented in the book, at www. theshakespearecircle.com English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05432-5 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$45.00

G

Imagery in Paradise Lost Stephen B. Dobranski | Georgia State University

978-1-107-69909-0 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

G

Critics have traditionally thought of John Milton as an author who wrote for the ear more than the eye. In Milton’s Visual Imagination, Stephen B. Dobranski proposes that, on the contrary, Milton enriches his biblical source text with acute and sometimes astonishing visual details. • Presents a detailed and thorough analysis of Milton’s visual techniques in Paradise Lost, arguably the greatest single poem written in English • Uncovers new cultural and historical evidence that sheds light on the meaning of Milton’s individual descriptions • Situates Milton’s visual strategies in the context of early modern and classical debates about the relative power of verbal expression and visual art

The Destruction of Jerusalem in Early Modern English Literature

Milton’s Visual Imagination

English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09439-0 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00

C

Beatrice Groves | University of Oxford

This book provides a fresh perspective on texts by Marlowe, Nashe, Shakespeare, Dekker and Milton by situating them within their historical and theological context. Its interdisciplinary and broad appeal will interest researchers and upper-level students of early modern literature and theatre, religious studies, intellectual history, Jewish studies and biblical studies. • Focusing on attitudes to the fall of Jerusalem, this book provides a fresh historical context for the study of early modern literature • Brings together canonical and non-canonical works • Offers an interdisciplinary approach by linking together early modern literature, medieval literature and religious history English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

The Dynamics of Inheritance on the Shakespearean Stage

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 282pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11327-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Michelle M. Dowd | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

The Drama of Memory in Shakespeare’s History Plays

The first book-length study examining how the Shakespearean theatre shaped attitudes about primogeniture, one of England’s most important and longstanding socio-economic systems. This book offers a new understanding of the history of both inheritance and patriarchy in early modern England, appealing to readers interested in Renaissance drama, economic history, family history, and gender studies. • The first full-length study of how Renaissance theatre shaped attitudes to primogeniture, one of England’s most significant and long-standing socio-economic systems • Explores new ground by examining non-royal lineage • Discusses drama and inheritance in terms of gender, authority and family relationships, appealing to historians and gender readers English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09977-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

C

Isabel Karremann | Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg, Germany

This book offers fresh readings of Shakespeare’s history plays through the development of an innovative vocabulary and methodology for analysing Shakespeare’s dramatic devices. Situated at the intersection of memory studies, performance studies and historical formalism, this book will appeal to researchers and upper-level students in these subjects. • Proposes a new account of cultural memory situated at the intersection of memory studies, performance studies and historical formalism • Develops a new vocabulary and methodology for analysing Shakespeare’s dramaturgy • Offers innovative readings of Shakespeare’s history plays English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11758-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

13


English literature

Shakespeare and Textual Studies

Writing the Monarch in Jacobean England Jonson, Donne, Shakespeare and the Works of King James Jane Rickard | University of Leeds

Edited by Margaret Jane Kidnie | University of Western Ontario

14

This cutting-edge and comprehensive collection gathers contributions from the leading specialists in the fields of manuscript and textual studies, book history, editing, and digital humanities to provide a comprehensive reassessment of how manuscript, print and digital practices have shaped the body of works that we now call ‘Shakespeare’. • Contributors include a wide range of experts, from Shakespeare editors, to manuscript and textual scholars, book historian and digital humanities specialists • Presents the latest evidence about the treatment of Shakespeare’s texts in the early modern period and identifies the legacies of older theories and practices in current approaches • Discusses the transmission of Shakespeare’s texts through manuscript, print and digital technologies and explains the impact of archival research upon the editing of Shakespeare English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 448pp 34 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02374-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Shakespeare and the Idea of Apocrypha Negotiating the Boundaries of the Dramatic Canon Peter Kirwan | University of Nottingham

This book explores how, and on what grounds, plays have been excluded from the Shakespeare canon over the past four centuries. Combining approaches from varying fields of interest, it will appeal to researchers and graduate students in Shakespeare studies, early modern drama, theatre history, book history and attribution studies. • Offers the first overview of the problems, questions and authorship debates in determining the Shakespeare canon • Combines approaches from book history, theatre history and attribution studies • Explores well-known as well as less-discussed texts English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 270pp 5 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-09617-2 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00

C

Shakespeare and the Natural World Tom MacFaul | University of Oxford

Exploring the rich range of meanings that Shakespeare finds in the natural world, this book fuses ecocritical approaches to Renaissance literature with recent thinking about the significance of religion in Shakespeare’s plays, enabling powerful new readings of a wide range of his works. • Proposes a new interpretation of Shakespeare’s attitude to the natural world and its religious underpinnings • Provides new understandings of the relationship between Reformation thought and Renaissance natural philosophy • Offers new readings of a wide range of Shakespeare’s plays English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 214pp 978-1-107-11793-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

This book is the first sustained study of the reception of King James VI and I’s works, covering various genres including poetry, drama and sermons. It is of great interest to researchers and upper-level students of Renaissance and Jacobean literature, Shakespeare studies, Ben Jonson, John Donne and Jacobean history. • Explores King James I’s literary activities interacted with those of the best known writers of the time • Considers a broad range of Jacobean authors and genres • Provides fresh perspectives on Jonson, Donne and Shakespeare English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 310pp 978-1-107-12066-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Shakespeare and the Visual Imagination Stuart Sillars | Universitetet i Bergen, Norway

This book is a fully illustrated study of Shakespeare’s knowledge of visual art, its theories and contemporary debates, and their importance in his plays and poems. It will be of value for upper-level students and academic researchers of Shakespeare, as well as readers interested in early modern theatre, literature and art history. • Discusses the ways in which the Shakespearean canon uses aspects of the visual art of the period • Heavily illustrated in colour as well as black and white, including images not previously examined in relation to the Shakespearean canon • Explores early modern concepts of visual art within the framework of European aesthetics, extending readers’ understanding of the Shakespearean canon as part of an international tradition English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

July 2015 246 x 189 mm 288pp 83 b/w illus. 29 colour illus. 978-1-107-02995-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C Key Reference

The Cambridge Guide to the Worlds of Shakespeare Edited by Bruce R. Smith | University of Southern California

This work’s focus is equally divided between Volume 1, which covers the time period of 1500–1660, and Volume 2, which covers 1660 to the present. It is transhistorical, international and interdisciplinary and will be of interest to students, theater professionals and Shakespeare scholars. • Frequent cross-references between articles allow readers to make quick connections to related topics • Act, line and scene references to Shakespeare’s plays and poems allow readers to see the book’s ideas in action • No other reference book integrates Shakespeare’s works and accumulated knowledge about Shakespeare so seamlessly English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

September 2015 279 x 216 mm 2248pp 332 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05725-8 2 Volume Hardback Set £400.00 / US$650.00 Previously Announced

R


English literature

The Cambridge Companion to Paradise Lost

Mapping Mythologies

Edited by Louis Schwartz | University of Richmond

Short, accessible essays from fifteen recognized Milton specialists touching on the most important topics and themes in Paradise Lost. The essays invite readers to begin their own independent exploration of the poem by equipping them with useful background knowledge, introducing them to key passages, and acquainting them with the current state of critical debates. • Presents short, accessible essays on the topics most important to understanding Paradise Lost • Essays are written by fifteen recognized Milton specialists • Includes a detailed guide to further reading, offering students and teachers of Milton fresh critical insights and resources English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 238pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02946-0 Hardback £50.00 / US$80.00

P

978-1-107-66440-1 Paperback £17.99 / US$27.99

P

English literature – 1700 – 1830

C

The Afterlives of EighteenthCentury Fiction Edited by Daniel Cook | University of Dundee

Edited by Sarah Hatchuel | University of Le Havre

This volume offers up-to-date coverage of screen versions of Othello as well as original critical reviews of older, canonical films. Written by an international team of leading scholars, the essays explore productions from around the world. It will be a valuable resource for students, scholars and teachers of Shakespeare and film studies. • Offers up-to-date coverage of recent screen versions as well as new critical reviews of canonical films • Includes a select film-bibliography, as well as accompanying online resources at www.cambridge.org/9781107109735 • Written by an international team of leading scholars, examining productions from around the world English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Shakespeare on Screen

C

This collection of essays offers new insights into the ways in which eighteenth-century novels have been adapted and appropriated by later writers. It will be of interest to students of the rise of the novel, interdisciplinary approaches to literature, and the developing field of adaptation studies. • Offers new insights into the process of adaptation and appropriation in relation to eighteenth-century fiction • Contributors are a mix of leading scholars and exciting new voices in the field • The essays provide salient examples of interdisciplinary research across genres and media, such as theatre, opera, poetry, film and visual culture English literature – 1700 – 1830

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05468-4 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

The Invention of English Criticism

Shakespeare Survey 68

1650–1760 Michael Gavin | University of South Carolina

Shakespeare, Origins and Originality Volume 68 Edited by Peter Holland | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production which has published the best international scholarship in English since 1948. The theme for Volume 68 is ‘Shakespeare, Origins and Originality’. The complete set of Survey volumes is also available online at http://www.cambridge.org/online/ shakespearesurvey. English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Shakespeare Survey, 68

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 450pp 35 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10884-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$130.00

Witty, informative, full of sharp and provocative insights, this study by leading scholar, Marilyn Butler, offers a compelling account of the varied, ambitious ‘mythologies’ of the nation developed by writers in eighteenth-century Britain who felt themselves to be marginalized or excluded from centres of power. • A distinguished scholar who changed the intellectual landscape of Romantic studies here offers a provocative view of an earlier period • Drawing on wide-ranging reading in social and political history, in anthropology, in political theory, this is a book that challenges disciplinary boundaries • Sheds unexpected light on well-known texts and brings them into conjunction with less familiar writings of the period August 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-11638-2 Hardback £24.99 / US$39.99

Shakespeare on Screen: Othello

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10973-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Countercurrents in Eighteenth-Century British Poetry and Cultural History Marilyn Butler | University of Oxford

R

A lively account of the ways in which literary criticism developed through the mid-seventeenth to the mid-eighteenth centuries, from the informal verbal responses of readers and playgoers, through engagement of authors in criticising each other’s works, to the establishment of editors and book reviewers as official arbiters of literary taste. • Identifies role of literary criticism in seventeenth- and eighteenthcentury print culture • Proposes a new prehistory of literary studies as a discipline • Offers a provocative new model for what constitutes knowledge in literary studies English literature – 1700 – 1830

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 227pp 978-1-107-10120-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

15


English literature

New Essays on John Clare

The Cambridge Companion to Emma

Poetry, Culture and Community Edited by Simon Kövesi | Oxford Brookes University

16

John Clare (1793–1864), one of England’s most important early chroniclers of nature and environmental change, was keenly interested in natural history, folk culture, balladry and the literary tradition. This collection assesses Clare’s work from many different angles – analysing his engagements with religion, ecology, ‘green’ politics, class prejudice and working-class culture. • Ranges across thematic, theoretical and historical issues relating to John Clare, a poet only now being recognised for his commitment to community and the environment • Provides access to complex and diverse ideas and approaches, introduced by a revisionist account of the reception history of Clare since his first publication • Includes an environmental polemic from one of Scotland’s leading creative writers and poets – Professor John Burnside English literature – 1700 – 1830

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 256pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03111-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

This collection of essays on Jane Austen’s Emma, her last novel published in her lifetime, offers both close readings of the text and a survey of the historical and literary context in which it was written. Topics discussed include composition and publication, reception, translations and adaptations for film and TV. • Offers both close readings of the text and a survey of the historical and literary context of one of the greatest of English novels • Topics discussed encompass a wide variety of approaches, including recent translations and screen adaptations • Brings together essays from leading scholars of Jane Austen and the English novel English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08263-2 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

P

978-1-107-44299-3 Paperback £17.99 / US$25.99

P

Crotchet Castle Thomas Love Peacock Edited by Freya Johnston | University of Oxford

Women and Shakespeare in the Eighteenth Century Fiona Ritchie | McGill University, Montréal

Interdisciplinary and employing a broad range of sources, this book establishes, for the first time, the significant role played by women – in particular actresses, female playgoers and women critics – in the establishment of Shakespeare’s burgeoning reputation in the eighteenth century. • First scholarly work to comprehensively explore the role of gender in the establishment of Shakespeare’s reputation in the eighteenth century • Interdisciplinary approach that unites theatre history, literary history, gender studies and cultural studies • Examines a broad range of sources, some published for the first time, drawing important texts and documents together English literature – 1700 – 1830

October 2014 228 x 152 mm 266pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04630-6 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00

Edited by Peter Sabor | McGill University, Montréal

Thomas Love Peacock’s sixth novel, Crotchet Castle (1831), is full of the humour and social satire for which Peacock is so highly regarded. This comprehensive scholarly edition, the first for more than forty years, includes a full introduction, annotations and other essential textual and scholarly apparatus. • Crotchet Castle (1831), Peacock’s sixth novel, is a humorous satire that reveals much about nineteenth-century society • This is volume six of the first complete edition of Thomas Love Peacock’s novels to appear for over forty years • The most comprehensive edition of the novels ever published, with full introductions, annotations and other textual and scholarly apparatus English literature – 1700 – 1830 | The Cambridge Edition of the Novels of Thomas Love Peacock, 6

November 2015 216 x 138 mm 400pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03072-5 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00

R

C

Radical Orientalism

The Cambridge Companion to Women’s Writing in Britain, 1660–1789

Rights, Reform, and Romanticism Gerard Cohen-Vrignaud | University of Tennessee

Edited by Catherine Ingrassia | Virginia Commonwealth University

The Cambridge Companion to Women’s Writing in Britain, 1660–1789 brings together the most recent scholarship by leading scholars in the field to provide a comprehensive overview of women’s writing in eighteenth-century Britain. The chapters discuss both canonical and lesser-known women writers in multiple genres, including poetry, drama, fiction and travel writing. • Contains fifteen original essays from leading scholars on women’s writing covering a formative period in literary history • Discusses key genres in which women wrote including poetry, drama, fiction, history, the ballad, periodicals, and travel writing • Includes an extensive guide to further reading and an integrated chronology of the period English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-01316-2 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

P

978-1-107-60098-0 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

This fascinating study explores why ideas of the East mattered to Romantic writers, including Byron and the Shelleys, as well as their readers, political reformers and working-class activists. Imagining and invoking the Muslim world helped radicals to formulate their opposition to electoral disenfranchisement, police repression, and economic exploitation in Britain. • Offers new readings of Romantic Orientalism based on internal politics rather than imperial context • Explains the importance of Lord Byron’s Orientalism to his poetic career and contemporary fame • Mines rare and unread radical satires, journalism and tracts to illuminate Romantic-era reformism English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 111

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11032-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C


English literature

Key Reference

The Cambridge Companion to Victorian Women’s Writing

The Ambassadors

Edited by Linda H. Peterson | Yale University, Connecticut

A comprehensive, accessible and informative collection of essays exploring women writers of the Victorian period, focusing on their careers and the wide range of literary work they produced, from fiction, poetry and drama to reviewing, travel writing and children’s literature. It also includes a chronology and guide to further reading. • Traces the stages of the Victorian woman writer’s career and reveals the crucial roles that editors, publishers, and reviewers played in its success (or failure) • Reveals the achievements of Victorian women in multiple genres, including essays, reviews, history, drama, travel writing and children’s literature • Features women writing in and about their experiences throughout the British Empire, setting them within colonial and imperial contexts English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06484-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

P

978-1-107-65961-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

Henry James considered his late novel The Ambassadors (1903) ‘quite the best, ‘all round’’ of all his works. This volume based on the first book edition provides extensive annotations, a detailed textual history of the work and a full introduction exploring the novel’s literary, cultural and historical contexts. • One of the first volumes in the new Cambridge Edition of the Complete Fiction of Henry James, to be published in 34 volumes • Places The Ambassadors, one of the masterpieces of James’ final period, within its cultural and literary contexts • Recounts the development of this dark comedy, including discussion of the notorious ‘misplaced chapter’ conundrum English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The Cambridge Edition of the Complete Fiction of Henry James, 18

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 800pp 1 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-00283-8 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$150.00

R

New in Paperback

Picturing Reform in Victorian Britain

Key Reference

The Europeans

Janice Carlisle | Yale University, Connecticut

Henry James Edited by Susan M. Griffin | University of Louisville, Kentucky

Henry James’ wryly comic novel, The Europeans (1878), gently satirizes both early nineteenthcentury Boston society and the sophisticated Europeans who visited the city. This first scholarly edition provides extensive annotations, a detailed textual history of the work, and a full introduction exploring the novel’s literary, cultural and historical contexts. • The first scholarly edition of a wryly comic novel addressing the complex relationship between people and ideas of the Old World and the New, a theme which would be key through James’ career as a writer • Offers an authoritative text, traces the various versions of the work through James’ lifetime, and situates the story within its literary, cultural and historical context partly through use of newly available James letters • One of the first volumes in the new Cambridge Edition of the Complete Fiction of Henry James, to be published in 34 volumes English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The Cambridge Edition of the Complete Fiction of Henry James, 4

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00403-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$100.00

Henry James Edited by Nicola Bradbury | University of Reading

R

Featuring a wide range of images, from paintings displayed at Royal Academy exhibitions and in the Houses of Parliament to wood engravings in Punch and the Illustrated London News, this study offers new perspectives on the connections between Victorian art and politics by examining visualizations of franchise reform. • Explores the visual impact of the Reform Acts – two central historical events of the Victorian period • Demonstrates that images typically dismissed as ephemeral have significant political potential • Combines political history, art history and cultural history with methods of literary criticism English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 79

March 2015 244 x 170 mm 290pp 34 b/w illus. 978-1-107-47975-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-86836-5 Hardback

C

£64.99 / US$104.99

New in Paperback

Dickens’ Style Edited by Daniel Tyler | University of Oxford

Charles Dickens was known as ‘The Inimitable’, not least for his very distinctive way of writing. This collection of essays by leading scholars explores the variety, range and technical skill of Dickens’s style, and shows how it is inextricably involved with all kinds of historical, political and ideological concerns. • First comprehensive and accessible investigation into Dickens’s writing and the idea of style as a critical tool • Contains essays by eminent Dickens scholars from the UK, Australia and the US • Ranges widely across all Dickens’s writing, including his novels, short stories, travel writing and his journalism English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 86

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-52743-0 Paperback £18.99 / c. US$29.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02843-2 Hardback

C

£60.00 / US$95.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

17


English literature

Translation as Transformation in Victorian Poetry

English Fiction and the Evolution of Language, 1850–1914

Annmarie Drury | Queens College, City University of New York

Explores how the range and subject-matter of Anglophone poetry were diversified by the Victorian practice of translation. This study offers a new account of translation’s dynamic role in nineteenth-century culture, gives fresh interpretations of canonical and non-canonical poems, and describes poetic translation into, as well as out of, English. • Uses interpretive and associative methods to give a new account of Victorian translation practices • Interprets Victorian poems and poetic translations as enacting intercultural negotiation in an imperialist era • Unusually, considers the importance of translation into, as well as out of, English English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 99

18

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 309pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07924-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

The Bigamy Plot

Will Abberley explores how Victorian fiction and science imagined the evolution of language, providing a new, historical angle on current debates about language evolution and the language of science. Abberley offers fresh perspectives on authors including Thomas Hardy and H. G. Wells, and genres including utopian, historical and science fiction. • Reveals how nineteenth-century debates and thought experiments about the evolution of language prefigured current, twenty-firstcentury discussions of the subject • Considers intersections between science and literature and connects debates over Standard English with arguments about scientific objectivity • Discusses popular authors such as Charles Kingsley, Thomas Hardy, H. G. Wells, Jack London and William Morris, as well as neglected and rarely discussed authors and literary genres English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 101

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 247pp 978-1-107-10116-6 Hardback

Sensation and Convention in the Victorian Novel Maia McAleavey | Boston College, Massachusetts

A study exploring the prevalence of bigamy as a popular plot in Victorian fiction that upends familiar categories and revises our sense of the period’s social and narrative conventions. It features the innovative use of periodical archives, an exhaustive appendix, and detailed close readings of familiar and unfamiliar novels. • First extended study of the prevalent bigamy plot, filling an important gap in the history of the Victorian novel • Revises the common view of the Victorian novel that links its narrative structure to courtship and marriage • Provides an exhaustive appendix of nearly 300 novels featuring a bigamy plot and detailed close readings of familiar and unfamiliar novels English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 100

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 258pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10316-0 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00

Will Abberley | University of Oxford

C

£64.99 / US$99.99

C

The Racial Hand in the Victorian Imagination Aviva Briefel | Bowdoin College, Maine

The hands of colonized subjects were vital sites of fascination and interpretation in late-Victorian imperial narratives. The book considers accounts of fingerprinting, amputation, disease, manual labor, and mummification as central examples of the racial significance assigned to hands around the fin de siècle. • Offers an innovative way of understanding Victorian conceptions of empire and race • Its focus reflects a growing scholarly interest on hands in Victorian literature and culture • Provides fresh readings of familiar as well as lesser known narratives English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 102

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11658-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Victory An Island Tale Joseph Conrad Edited by J. H. Stape | St Mary’s University, Twickenham, London

Victory: An Island Tale is the latest volume in the widely praised The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad. Like its predecessors, this volume offers scholars an authoritative text, free from the interference of Conrad’s typists, compositors and editors; a full scholarly introduction, and textual and explanatory notes. • Offers for the first time an authoritative version of a text that has circulated in highly defective forms since its original publication • Provides a full and authoritative history of composition and publication of one of Conrad’s key formative works • An MLA Approved Edition, MLA Committee on Scholarly Editions English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 850pp 9 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-10161-6 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$150.00

R


English literature

Shell Shock, Memory, and the Novel in the Wake of World War I

The Cambridge Companion to Ulysses Edited by Sean Latham | University of Tulsa

Trevor Dodman | Hood College, Maryland

Shell Shock, Memory, and the Novel in the Wake of World War I explores the narrative traces, subaltern faces, and commemorative spaces of shell shock in wartime and postwar novels by Mulk Raj Anand, Ford Madox Ford, Mary A. Ward, George Washington Lee, Ernest Hemingway, F. Scott Fitzgerald, and Christopher Isherwood. • Focuses on shell shock novels, as opposed to poems and memoirs • Defamiliarizes canonical World War I novels and recuperates noncanonical World War I novels • Moves across national borders and academic disciplines English literature – 1900 – 1945

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 19 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11420-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

C

Literature and the Politics of Post-Victorian Decadence Kristin Mahoney | Western Washington University

In Literature and the Politics of Post-Victorian Decadence, Kristin Mahoney argues that the early twentieth century was a period in which the specters of the fin de siècle exercised a remarkable draw on the modern cultural imagination and troubled emergent avant-gardistes to whom they represented a keen source of competition. • Offers the most recent scholarship on the subject • Written in a clear style accessible to academics and lay readers alike • Clarifies the relationship between late Victorian and early Modernist writers English literature – 1900 – 1945

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 21 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10974-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Few books in the English language seem to demand a companion more insistently than Ulysses. This volume offers fourteen concise and highly accessible essays by accomplished scholars that explore this masterpiece of world literature. It also includes numerous resources to aid both new and returning readers on their own Odyssean journey through the novel. • Addresses the question, ‘why does Ulysses matter?’ and offers an array of answers • Essays written by experts in a scholarly yet accessible style • Useful to readers interested in tackling the twentieth century’s most important and influential book

C

December 2014 228 x 152 mm 262pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07390-6 Hardback £50.00 / US$80.00

P

978-1-107-42390-9 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

The Cambridge Companion to The Waste Land Edited by Gabrielle McIntire | Queen’s University, Ontario

This Companion is the first to be dedicated to T. S. Eliot’s The Waste Land, offering fifteen new essays from a team of international scholars. Written in a style that is both sophisticated and accessible, these fresh critical perspectives will serve as an invaluable guide for scholars, students, and general readers alike. • The first book of its kind to consider T. S. Eliot’s poem in its entirety and from a diverse array of perspectives • Offers a topical ecocritique of Eliot’s work • Features the most up-to-date scholarship on The Waste Land from leading scholars English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

Modernism and Homer The Odysseys of H.D., James Joyce, Osip Mandelstam, and Ezra Pound Leah Culligan Flack | Marquette University, Wisconsin

Explores the surprising versatility of Homer’s epics of wandering and homecoming for the radical formal experiments and changing sociopolitical agendas of modernist writers responding to war, tyranny, censorship, and empire. Of interest to students and researchers interested in classical receptions, modernism, twentieth-century literature, and comparative literature. • Will help readers in both classics and modernist studies to appreciate the special significance of Homer to transnational modernism • Combines both formalist and historicist literary analysis with several different methodological approaches, including reception studies and genetic criticism • Engages multiple linguistic, cultural, and national traditions in order to explore the transnational dimensions of modernist Homeric writing English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Classics after Antiquity

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 232pp 978-1-107-10803-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-05067-9 Hardback £50.00 / US$80.00

P

978-1-107-67257-4 Paperback £18.99 / US$27.99

P

Previously Announced

The Cambridge Companion to the Bloomsbury Group Edited by Victoria Rosner | Columbia University, New York

This Companion examines the intellectual and social contexts surrounding the influential Bloomsbury Group while providing fresh, incisive portraits of its members, which include luminaries such as writer Virginia Woolf, economist Maynard Keynes, art critic Roger Fry, and others. • Provides the only general introduction to the Bloomsbury Group in print • Offers a radically new interpretation of Bloomsbury, with an emphasis on politics, both international and sexual • Brings together many of the major scholars of the Bloomsbury Group English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 256pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01824-2 Hardback £55.00 / US$80.00

P

978-1-107-62341-5 Paperback £17.99 / US$27.99

P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

19


English literature

20

The Selected Letters of Joseph Conrad

The Cambridge Companion to British Fiction since 1945

Joseph Conrad Edited by Laurence Davies | University of Glasgow

Edited by David James | Queen Mary, University of London

These selected letters taken from the Cambridge edition illuminate Conrad’s significance as the Polish-speaking child of political exiles, a deckhand who worked his way up to captain, and one of the major writers of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. • Brings together, in one volume with updated explanatory notes, highlights from the nine-volume collected letters edition • Casts light on Conrad’s early years as the child of political exiles in the Russian and Austro-Hungarian empires, his worldwide voyages as a sailor, and later years in the Kentish countryside • Shows the range and variety of Conrad’s correspondence, including letters translated from French and Polish

Covering subjects from immigration and environmentalism to science and globalism, The Cambridge Companion to British Fiction since 1945 provides insight into the critical traditions shaping the literary landscape of modern Britain, thus making it an essential resource for students and specialists alike. • Provides series of approaches to postwar and contemporary British literature, taking into account both regional and global contexts • Relates a range of environmental, economic and political questions to specific formal developments in British fiction • Includes an extensive guide to further reading for this methodologically and thematically expanding field of study English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Companions to Literature

English literature – 1900 – 1945 | The Cambridge Edition of the Letters of Joseph Conrad

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-04023-6 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00

P

August 2015 216 x 138 mm 480pp 16 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19192-0 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$70.00

978-1-107-56271-4 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$27.99

P

R

The Cambridge Introduction to British Poetry, 1945–2010

An Outcast of the Islands Joseph Conrad Edited by Allan H. Simmons | St Mary’s University, Twickenham

Eric Falci | University of California, Berkeley

An Outcast of the Islands is the latest volume in the widely praised Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad. Like its predecessors in this series, this volume offers scholars an authoritative text, free from the interference of early typists, compositors and editors, and comprehensive textual and explanatory notes. • The first full critical edition of An Outcast of the Islands • Provides a full and authoritative history of composition and publication • An MLA Approved Edition, MLA Committee on Scholarly Editions English literature – 1900 – 1945 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 500pp 6 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-12644-2 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$120.00

English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

R

J. M. Coetzee and the Politics of Style Jarad Zimbler | University of Birmingham

This book argues for the centrality of linguistic understanding in the study of literary works by exploring the subterranean operations of syntax, lexis, prosody and semantics in J. M. Coetzee’s early fiction. • Presents the first book-length study of the distinctive style of J. M. Coetzee’s early and middle fictions • Offers a detailed account of Coetzee’s South African literary contexts • Provides a significant contribution to what has been called the ‘postcolonial aesthetic’ English literature – 1945 and beyond

August 2014 228 x 152 mm 242pp 2 tables 978-1-107-04625-2 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00

This book provides a broad overview of an important body of poetry from England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland from the postwar period through to the twenty-first century. It offers a comprehensive view of the historical context surrounding the poetry and provides in depth readings of many of the period’s central poets. • Offers a broad and comprehensive range of coverage, presented in a readable and lively way • Contains a detailed historical background that converges with close attention to individual poems • Covers the full gamut of poetry, from the most mainstream to the most experimental

C

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-02963-7 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.00

P

978-1-107-54257-0 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$27.99

P

The Cambridge Introduction to Postmodernism Brian McHale | Ohio State University

This Introduction surveys the full spectrum of postmodern culture – high and low, avant-garde and popular, famous and obscure – across a range of fields, from architecture and visual art to fiction, poetry, and drama. Comprehensive and accessible, this book is indispensable for scholars, students, and general readers interested in late twentiethcentury culture. • A comprehensive and wide-ranging survey of postmodern culture • Accessible and engaging, avoiding jargon and assuming no prior knowledge of the subject • Richly informative and detailed English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 252pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02125-9 Hardback £44.99 / US$74.99

P

978-1-107-60551-0 Paperback £14.99 / US$24.99

P


English literature / American literature

American literature

The Value of the Novel Peter Boxall | University of Sussex

Peter Boxall’s The Value of the Novel offers a reappraisal of the political and literary value of the novel as a genre at turning point in the history both of literature and of criticism. It asks us to see how richly the novel informs our attempts to understand our present and future. • Covers the historical range of the novel • Addresses contemporary critical debates • Written in a clear, lucid style that makes complex arguments accessible to undergraduates

A History of California Literature Edited by Blake Allmendinger | University of California, Los Angeles

English literature – 1945 and beyond | The Value of

September 2015 216 x 138 mm 115pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05749-4 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$45.00

P

978-1-107-63724-5 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$17.99

P

At Vanity Fair From Bunyan to Thackeray Kirsty Milne | University of Oxford

American literature

In The Pilgrim’s Progress, John Bunyan presented Vanity Fair as a place of sin and punishment, but by the nineteenth century it had come to symbolise glamour and worldliness. Kirsty Milne explores the fascinating story of a literary metaphor that has utterly reversed its meaning over three centuries of fiction. • Traces the progress of a hugely influential literary metaphor to reveal broader insights into literary and cultural attitudes • Explores the changing attitudes towards pleasure from seventeenth century to the present, while showing the long legacy of Puritanism • Proposes new ideas about the origins of our current consumer culture, and how literary texts and images are ‘handed down’ across the ages English literature (general)

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 237pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10585-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Blake Allmendinger’s A History of California Literature encompasses the prismatic nature of California by exploring a variety of historical periods, literary genres, and cultural movements affecting the state’s development, from the colonial era to the twenty-first century. • The first critical anthology that covers the entirety of California literature; other critical anthologies have focused on specific periods or themes • Includes a rich diversity of mainstream and minority writers, literature and popular fiction, journalism, poetry, memoir, and autobiography • Is intended for everyone – not only students and specialists in the field, but general readers as well

C

The Cambridge Companion to Lesbian Literature

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 441pp 978-1-107-05209-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Key Reference

A History of Virginia Literature Edited by Kevin J. Hayes

A History of Virginia Literature chronicles a story that has been more than four hundred years in the making. This History looks at the development of literary culture in Virginia from the founding of Jamestown in 1607 to the twenty-first century. • The first collaborative literary history of Virginia • Contains exciting new information about the development of Virginian literature • Forms a contribution to the study of canon formation and the study of the interrelationship between literature, history, and culture American literature

Edited by Jodie Medd | Carleton University, Ottawa

The Cambridge Companion to Lesbian Literature examines literary representations of lesbian sexuality, identities, and communities, from the medieval period to the present. In so doing, it delivers insight into the variety of traditions that have shaped the present landscape of lesbian literature. • Features wide-ranging essays accessible to scholars and general readers alike • Essays written by a host of leading scholars • Offers analyses of works by both well-known and neglected writers English literature (general) | Cambridge Companions to Literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05400-4 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-66343-5 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 432pp 978-1-107-05777-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

A History of American Civil War Literature Edited by Coleman Hutchison | University of Texas, Austin

This book is the first history of the literature of the American Civil War, the deadliest conflict in US history. A History of American Civil War Literature examines the way in which the war has been remembered and rewritten over time in prose, poems, and other narratives. • The first omnibus history of the literature of the American Civil War • Includes 21 essays by many of the leading scholars of Civil War literature • Tells a compelling story about the way the war has been remembered and rewritten over time, spanning the nineteenth, twentieth, and twenty-first centuries American literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 450pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10972-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

21


American literature

Key Reference

The Cambridge Companion to Asian American Literature

The Cambridge History of Asian American Literature

Edited by Crystal Parikh | New York University

Edited by Rajini Srikanth | University of Massachusetts, Boston

22

The Cambridge History of Asian American Literature presents a comprehensive history of the field, from its origins in the nineteenth century to the present day. It offers an unparalleled examination of all facets of Asian American writing that help readers to understand how authors have sought to make their experiences meaningful. • Offers a range of essays that cover the entirety of the history of Asian American literature • Provides students and researchers with the most current scholarship on the subject • The authors are well known and established scholars in the field who speak from a position of impressive authority American literature

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 600pp 978-1-107-05395-3 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$180.00

R

This Companion explores the variety of historical periods, literary genres and cultural movements affecting the development of Asian American literature. Written by a host of leading scholars in the field, this book provides insight into the representative movements, regional settings, archival resources and critical reception that define Asian American literature. • Features leading scholars and critics in Asian American literary studies • Includes a chronology of major events and works • Provides a bibliography of major primary Asian American literary works American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-09517-5 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$85.00

P

978-1-107-47914-2 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$27.99

P

The Cambridge Companion to American Poets

Key Reference

Edited by Mark Richardson | Doshisha University, Kyoto

The Cambridge History of Jewish American Literature

This Companion brings together essays on some fifty-four American poets, from Anne Bradstreet to contemporary performance poetry. This book also examines such movements in American poetry as modernism, the Harlem (or New Negro) Renaissance, ‘confessional’ poetry, the Black Mountain School, the New York School, the Beats, and L=A=N=G=U=A=G=E poetry. • Benefits from breadth in its examination of fifty-four poets spanning nearly 400 years • Shows diversity in that its essays reflect a wide variety of perspectives • Is accessible yet expansive enough to do justice to the many traditions American poets have modified, inaugurated, or made their own

Edited by Hana Wirth-Nesher | Tel-Aviv University

This History offers an unparalleled examination of all aspects of Jewish American literature. It takes a fresh look at celebrated authors, introduces new voices, locates Jewish American literature on the map of American ethnicity, and stretches the boundaries of American literature beyond the Americas and the West. • Shows the centrality of Jewish American literature in the making of mainstream American culture • Explores the Jewish American experience as a catalyst in rethinking the concepts of race, ethnicity, nation, and diaspora in American culture • Engages Jewish American literature with other minority literature in America American literature

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 720pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04820-1 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$180.00

R

The Cambridge Companion to Alfred Hitchcock

American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 454pp 978-1-107-12382-3 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-56078-9 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$27.99

P

Highlight

The Letters of Ernest Hemingway Volume 3: 1926–1929 Ernest Hemingway Edited by Rena Sanderson | Boise State University, Idaho

Edited by Jonathan Freedman | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

In this Companion, leading film scholars and critics of American culture and imagination trace Hitchcock’s interplay with the Hollywood studio system, the Cold War, and new forms of sexuality, gender and desire over his thirty-year American career. • Features an approach to both film studies and cultural studies • Features distinguished contributors from both cinema studies and American studies • Provides visual context by including stills from Hitchcock’s work American literature | Cambridge Companions to American Studies

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 270pp 39 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10757-1 Hardback £50.00 / US$90.00

P

978-1-107-51488-1 Paperback £17.99 / US$29.99

P

The letters, many previously unpublished, of Volume 3 (1926–1929) explore Hemingway’s move into the American mainstream and a lifelong publishing contract with Scribner’s. Under the guidance of the legendary editor Maxwell Perkins, Hemingway begins to take his place on the national and international stage as a professional author. • The first authorised edition of Ernest Hemingway’s complete letters, including much previously unpublished material • This volume covers key professional and personal events: the publication of The Sun Also Rises, one of the signature works of the twentieth century, and the break-up of his first marriage and its aftermath • The letters are accompanied by notes, a detailed introduction, chronologies, illustrations, maps and indexes American literature | The Cambridge Edition of the Letters of Ernest Hemingway, 3

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 750pp 30 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-0-521-89735-8 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$45.00

G


American literature

New in Paperback

The Poetry of Disturbance

Romance, Diaspora, and Black Atlantic Literature

The Discomforts of Postwar American Poetry David Bergman | Towson University

Yogita Goyal | University of California, Los Angeles

In The Poetry of Disturbance, David Bergman argues that post-war poetry underwent a significant if subtle shift in emphasis, moving from the modernist concern with the poem as a visual text to one that was chiefly oral in nature. • Offers a new look at well-established poets • Provides a reading of many overlooked poets • Employs a style that is accessible and amusing American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 192pp 978-1-107-08668-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

New in Paperback

American Literature and the Free Market, 1945–2000

American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture, 159

Michael W. Clune | Case Western Reserve University, Ohio

The years after World War Two have seen a widespread fascination with the free market, going beyond individualism in expressing a desire for an entirely economic world. In this book, Michael W. Clune considers this fascination evident within postwar literature. • Includes both a broad overview of postwar American literature and detailed interpretations of key works, allowing readers interested in contemporary poetry, rap and fiction to find a new model for understanding and teaching these works • Includes a new theory of the relation between literature and society, describing the power of literature that previous texts have largely ignored • Highlights limitations of analyses that focus on individualism and thereby contribute to the understanding of the postwar spread of free market thinking American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture, 158

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-68065-4 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-51399-9 Hardback

C

£59.99 / US$99.99

Romance, Diaspora, and Black Atlantic Literature provides a wide-ranging examination of politics in the literature of the African diaspora. Yogita Goyal identifies the creative tensions between romance and realism, drawing on a remarkably diverse group of twentieth-century authors, including Du Bois, Achebe and Phillips. • Covers crucial ground in a variety of national and international spaces, developing a theory of the black diaspora as a field of study • Proposes methods for reading cross-cultural literatures of the Atlantic • A unique study of the place of Africa in diasporic thought, correcting and revising previous absences of influential accounts March 2015 229 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-63291-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-76359-2 Hardback

C

£59.99 / US$99.99

Fictions of Mass Democracy in Nineteenth-Century America Stacey Margolis | University of Utah

This book examines how mass democracy was understood before public opinion could be measured by polls. It demonstrates how novels by Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman Melville, Fanny Fern, Harriet Jacobs, and James Fenimore Cooper attempt to understand a public organized by political discourse and informal social networks. • Reveals how public opinion worked prior to opinion polling • Explores American literature’s analysis of social networks • Shows the political effects of ordinary conversation American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-1-107-10780-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Nineteenth-Century American Literature and the Long Civil War

Hobbes, Sovereignty, and Early American Literature Paul Downes | University of Toronto

Cody Marrs | University of Georgia

Hobbes, Sovereignty, and Early American Literature explores the development of ideas about sovereignty and democracy in the early United States. It looks at Puritan sermons and poetry, founding-era political debates and representations of revolutionary and anti-slavery violence to reveal how Americans imagined the elusive possibility of a democratic sovereignty. • Argues that Hobbes’s Leviathan contains a sophisticated theory of democratic sovereignty that remains vital in the twenty-first century • Critiques the orthodox American liberal misreading of Hobbes’s political philosophy • Proposes that key Hobbesian insights can be used to inform new readings of major early American political, religious and literary texts

Nineteenth-century American literature is often divided into two asymmetrical halves, neatly separated by the Civil War. Focusing on the later writings of Walt Whitman, Frederick Douglass, Herman Melville, and Emily Dickinson, this book shows how the war took shape across the nineteenth century, inflecting literary forms for decades after 1865. • Offers fresh readings of lesser-known writings by Whitman, Melville, Douglass, and Dickinson • Reframes the Civil War as an event that eclipses the years 1861 to 1865 • Relates studies of time to studies of Civil War literature

American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08529-9 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.00

American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10983-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

23


American literature / European and world literature

Time, Tense, and American Literature

Russian Literature since 1991 Edited by Evgeny Dobrenko | University of Sheffield

When Is Now? Cindy Weinstein | California Institute of Technology

24

In Time, Tense, and American Literature, Cindy Weinstein examines canonical American authors who employ a range of tenses to tell a story that has already taken place. This book argues that key texts in the archive of American literature are inconsistent in their retrospective status, ricocheting between past, present, and future. • Chronologically broad, covering eighteenth- to twenty-first-century American literature • Combines the virtues of close reading/formal analysis and new historicism • Places Poe’s ‘Pym’ at the center of new literary history of American novels American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 190pp 978-1-107-09987-6 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00

This collection provides an invaluable account of post-Soviet Russian literature in its historical, cultural and political contexts. An international team of leading commentators on contemporary Russia cover the most important trends, topics, authors and texts in Russian literature after Brodsky and Solzhenitsyn in a wide range of literary genres. • Presents a broad panorama of forms and genres of post-Soviet literature, covering the most important trends, topics, authors and texts in Russian literature since 1991 in practically all its literary genres • Combines a survey of post-Soviet Russian literature and culture with close readings of the most prominent works published in Russia over more than two decades • Challenges a traditional idea of Russian studies as chained to the classics of the nineteenth century and irrelevant to contemporary cultural debates European literature

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-06851-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

C

Lyric in the Renaissance From Petrarch to Montaigne Ullrich Langer | University of Wisconsin, Madison

European and world literature Key Reference

The Cambridge History of Latin American Women’s Literature Edited by Ileana Rodríguez | Ohio State University

The Cambridge History of Latin American Women’s Literature is an essential resource for anyone interested in the development of women’s writing in Latin America. Ambitious in scope, it explores women’s literature from ancient indigenous cultures to the beginning of the twenty-first century. • First comprehensive history of Latin American women’s literature • Offers thorough account of indigenous writing and culture • Incorporates the most recent scholarship on the subject Latin American literature

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 800pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08532-9 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$170.00

R

Russian Writers and the Fin de Siècle The Twilight of Realism Edited by Katherine Bowers | University of British Columbia

An essay collection that explores late nineteenthcentury Russian literature and culture through close study of the ways in which writers, including Gogol, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy and Chekhov, approached the fin de siècle when the golden age of Russian realism was coming to an end. • Proposes a new way of understanding nineteenth-century Russian realism • Provides innovative and wide-ranging scholarship from established and emerging scholars in the field • Reconceptualizes the fin de siècle thematically rather than temporally European literature

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07321-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

This wide-ranging study of the lyric as a literary genre in Renaissance Europe, by a leading scholar of the period, explores how Petrarch revolutionized love lyric and how European poetic language was changed thereafter. It includes discussions of the work of Charles d’Orléans, Ronsard, Du Bellay, and Montaigne, among others. • Provides clear definitions of what lyric is, from classical antiquity to the modern period • Discusses features of Petrarch’s language that resonate in poetry of the Renaissance and shows that salient features of poetic language can also appear in prose • Opens readings of pre-modern lyric to modern ethical considerations European literature

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-11028-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Proust and the Arts Edited by Christie McDonald | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Proust and the Arts brings together expert Proustians and renowned interdisciplinary scholars in a major reconsideration of the novelist’s complex relation to the arts. It examines many of Proust’s key models in painting and music, and explores his engagement with modern artistic fields from fashion to photography. • Explores how art shapes Proust’s complex relationship to identity, sexuality, humour, and the craft of writing • Discusses different critical approaches to Proust by scholars from a variety of fields, including Proust specialists of international reputation • Showcases the fascinating ways in which Proust developed his writing process, with close attention to how his drafts and revisions evolved European literature

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 53 b/w illus. 2 music examples 978-1-107-10336-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 C


European and world literature

The Cambridge Companion to Petrarch

Dante in Context Edited by Zygmunt G. Barański | University of Cambridge

Edited by Albert Russell Ascoli | University of California, Berkeley

Petrarch (Francesco Petrarca, 1304–1374) was a scholar and poet who helped shape the literature of his time and influenced the development of Renaissance humanism. This Companion offers an account of his life and works, gathering the great themes and problems of the age around this charismatic, symptomatic and influential figure. • Reveals the full importance of this scholar and poet in his time and for posterity • Covers the principal aspects of Petrarch’s oeuvre, including early and late works, Italian and vernacular, prose and poetry • Demonstrates Petrarch’s influential practice of resuscitating and revising the relationship of late medieval, early modern European culture to its classical past

This interdisciplinary collection of essays by leading international scholars provides a comprehensive account of the context of Dante’s life and work. It will not only answer questions, but also inspire new research into the connections between material culture, intellectual traditions, and literary and artistic expression. • Offers in one volume a unique collection of essays essential for the understanding of the genius of Dante and the historical context in which it arose and found expression • An international team of experts present material of major interest not just for Dante specialists but for all students and scholars of late medieval Europe • Provides a rich overview of the ways in which Dante’s works were received in his lifetime and in the centuries following his death European literature | Literature in Context

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 520pp 20 b/w illus. 3 maps 2 music examples 978-1-107-03314-6 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$135.00 R

European literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-00614-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99

P

978-0-521-18504-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

The Cambridge Companion to Boccaccio Edited by Guyda Armstrong | University of Manchester

This Companion provides a comprehensive and revisionary account of the life and works of Giovanni Boccaccio and his reception over the seven hundred years since his birth. Drawing upon the most recent research and archival discoveries, this collection of essays re-evaluates Boccaccio’s status within the Italian and global literary canon. • A comprehensive and revisionary assessment that positions Boccaccio as a key cultural mediator equal to Dante and Petrarch • Focuses particular attention on Boccaccio’s masterpiece Decameron, but also discusses the material production of his texts, his innovative textual practices, and the place of women at the centre of his work • Includes the most up-to-date list of Boccaccio’s autograph manuscripts in any English-language publication European literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01435-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99

P

978-1-107-60963-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

The Cambridge Introduction to French Literature Brian Nelson | Monash University, Melbourne

A highly readable and accessible introduction to French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, through a sequence of chapters on major French writers of their time. A comprehensive and engaging account of the riches and pleasures of one of the world’s great literary traditions. • Accessible and beautifully written overview of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present • Provides detailed close reading and textual analysis of exemplary passages • Features important French and Francophone writers including Molière, Voltaire, Zola, Proust, Sartre and Beckett

A History of the Indian Novel in English Edited by Ulka Anjaria | Brandeis University, Massachusetts

This History traces the development of the Indian novel from its beginnings in the late nineteenth century up until the present day. Beginning with an introduction that charts important contributions to the field, this book includes extensive essays that shed light on the legacy of English in Indian writing. • Includes 25 original chapters from scholars around the world and a number of perspectives • Includes a radical rethinking of the relationship between English and other Indian languages • Situates familiar Indian English novels, like those by Salman Rushdie, Jhumpa Lahiri, and others, in a longer historical perspective Asian literature

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 448pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07996-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Key Reference

The Cambridge History of Japanese Literature Edited by Haruo Shirane | Columbia University, New York

The first English-language history of Japanese literature in a single volume, from its beginnings in pre-medieval times to the present day, accompanied by extensive bibliographies. Indispensable not only for scholars and students, but for all those interested in learning more about one of the world’s great literatures. • The first ever English-language history of Japanese literature in a single volume • Offers a comprehensive account of one of the world’s major literatures from pre-medieval beginnings to the present day • Constructed through a series of short, accessible chapters, and with extensive bibliographies to suggest further reading Asian literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 864pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02903-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$195.00

R

European literature | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-0-521-88708-3 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99

P

978-0-521-71509-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$32.99

P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

25


Drama and theatre / Language and linguistics

Drama and theatre

New in Paperback

A History of Theatre in Spain Edited by Maria M. Delgado | Queen Mary, University of London

British Drama of the Industrial Revolution Frederick Burwick | University of California, Los Angeles

26

Frederick Burwick reveals how from the 1790s to 1830s the most volatile developments in British drama took place in the industrial provinces where the melodrama of the wicked villain lusting after his innocent victim was modified to represent the factory owner exploiting his workers with long hours and low wages. • Provides insights into provincial theatres neglected in previous histories of British drama • Explains how theatres enabled workers to organize during the period in which assembly was prohibited by the Combination Acts • Illuminates the complex economic tensions that engendered support for and opposition to the reform movement • Examines the role of mythic heroes of protest such as King Ludd, Captain Swing, and Captain Rock as characters in the drama of reform British theatre

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11165-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 558pp 28 b/w illus. 978-1-107-53366-0 Paperback £24.99 / c. US$37.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-11769-2 Hardback

R

£74.99 / US$134.99

Michael Y. Bennett | University of Wisconsin, Whitewater

Jim Davis | University of Warwick

Jim Davis explores the relationship between comic performance and the visual arts in England c.1780–1830, focussing on the influence of Hogarth and Wilkie on theatre criticism and portraiture, caricature as critique and the contribution of comic actors to notions of national identity. • Offers an original and innovative study of a neglected area of English theatre history • Explores the significance of the visual arts to the understanding and critiquing of comic performance c.1780–1830 • Provides an informed and accessible introduction to the range of critical perceptions underlying art and comic acting during this period British theatre

C

George Bernard Shaw in Context Edited by Brad Kent | Université Laval, Québec

Setting Bernard Shaw’s life and work in the dynamic times in which he lived, this collection of 42 essays on a wide range of themes provides new directions for future research. Contributors reveal the subjects that defined Shaw’s life and work, from theatre and music to politics and philosophy. • 42 essays on everything from people and places to politics and reception will appeal to a broad variety of interests • Demonstrates the importance of broader historical context to an understanding of Shaw’s life and works • Includes competing visions of Shaw’s legacy and paves the way for areas of further study British theatre | Literature in Context

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 428pp 26 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04745-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

European theatre

The Cambridge Introduction to Theatre and Literature of the Absurd

Comic Acting and Portraiture in Late-Georgian and Regency England

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 284pp 76 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09885-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

From the religious environments of medieval Iberia to the theatre companies established in the aftermath of Franco’s demise, this collection presents a new assessment of Spain’s theatrical history. Written by theatre historians and practitioners, the book features interviews with actress Nuria Espert, director Lluís Pasqual and playwright Juan Mayorga. • Presents a detailed historical overview alongside chapters that treat specific phenomena and theatrical forms, including the evolution of the director and flamenco and zarzuela • Features interviews with three leading Spanish practitioners: actress Nuria Espert, director Lluìs Pasqual and playwright Juan Mayorga • Considers important interactions with Latin America throughout the volume

R

This accessible Introduction provides an in-depth overview of absurdism and its key figures in theatre and literature, from Samuel Beckett and Harold Pinter to Tom Stoppard. Essential reading for students, this book provides the necessary tools to develop the study of some of the twentieth century’s most influential works. • Offers a comprehensive survey of absurd literature, from its early influences to its cultural legacy today • Explains the historical and intellectual contexts behind absurdism to provide a greater understanding of the movement and its key texts • Presents a new way to understand and group absurd writers through a structured approach Theatre (general) | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-05392-2 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

P

978-1-107-63551-7 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$27.99

P

Language and linguistics The Linguistic Typology of Templates Jeff Good | State University of New York, Buffalo

Linguistic templates have long been of interest to linguists. They have yet to be comprehensively studied at the word and sentential level. This book provides the first general reference and develops cutting-edge computational methods to examine their cross-linguistic variation. It will be of interest to theoretical, descriptive, and typologically oriented linguists. • The first comprehensive overview of cross-linguistic variation in templatic constructions across morphology and syntax • Introduces readers to cutting-edge methods in linguistic typology • A valuable reference work on state-of-the-art linguistic research in this area Grammar and syntax

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 63 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-01502-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 C


Language and linguistics

Language Faculty Science Hajime Hoji | University of Southern California

The Structure of Spoken Language

Language Faculty Science explores how the language faculty can be studied as exact science, providing its conceptual basis and experimental demonstration. It proposes how we can deduce from universal and language-particular hypotheses definite predictions about acceptability judgments by individual speakers and obtain experimental results precisely in accordance with such predictions. • Provides empirical evidence to support the viability of the proposed methodology • Experimental data is based on English and Japanese, demonstrating how the same universal hypotheses can be tested in experiments dealing with different languages • The accompanying website provides detailed information about the design and results of every experiment discussed in the book

Drawing on data from six Romance languages (French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Catalan and Romanian), this monograph focuses on a widely debated area of phonetics and phonology: intonation, and specifically its relation to metrics, its interface with syntax, and whether it can be attributed to phonetics or phonology, or to both. • Challenges the assumptions of traditional phonological approaches, and re-evaluates the data in favour of a new usage-based model of intonation • Draws on data from six Romance languages (French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Catalan and Romanian) • Proposes an integrated intonation grammar for all Romance languages, leading to meaningful applications in language teaching

Grammar and syntax

Phonetics and phonology

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 200 tables 978-1-107-04676-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Inflectional Defectiveness Andrea Sims | Ohio State University

An innovative investigation of ‘missing’ grammatical forms and their significance for linguistic theory. This accessible introduction to inflectional defectiveness draws on both formal and psycholinguistic perspectives to explore the structure of inflectional paradigms: the text’s novel approach makes it essential reading for graduate students and researchers in linguistics. • Organised so that the argument unfolds incrementally and progresses from empirical to theoretical issues • Draws on both formal and psycholinguistic perspectives to explore the structure of inflectional paradigms, stimulating new reflections on other areas of linguistics • Mathematical formulas are explained and illustrated in an appendix, affording readers the opportunity to engage with this material further, if desired Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 18 b/w illus. 64 tables 978-1-107-04584-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00 C

Regional Variation in Written American English Jack Grieve | Aston University

Intonation in Romance Philippe Martin | Université Paris Diderot

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 205 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-03618-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 C

Lexical Conflict Theory and Practice Danko Šipka | Arizona State University

Lexical Conflict combines theoretical and applied linguistic perspectives to explore the lexical richness of over 100 world languages. The text systematises cross-linguistic and cross-cultural differences and then formulates strategies of lexicographic treatment across these differences, building a foundation for the establishment of similar solutions in other branches of applied linguistics. • Establishes patterns of cross-linguistic lexical differences • Combines theoretical and applied linguistic perspectives to address the nexus of linguistics, anthropology, cross-cultural psychology, international marketing and other related disciplines • Provides practical applied linguistic solutions relevant in various fields Semantics and pragmatics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 18 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-11615-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Elastic Language How and Why we Stretch our Words Grace Zhang | Curtin University of Technology, Perth

Taking a corpus-based approach, this innovative and groundbreaking text maps regional grammatical variation in written American English. A statistical analysis of these maps demonstrates for the first time that regional variation exists in written Standard American English, and identifies modern American dialect regions. • Identifies and maps regional linguistic variation in written Standard English for the first time • Introduces a corpus-based approach to dialectology • Presents a statistical method for identifying individual and common patterns of regional variation

Language is like a slingshot, stretching for various communicative targets. Using fascinating natural language data to support a new theory of elasticity, Elastic Language reveals the art of purposive and powerful language stretching. An invaluable text for students and researchers working in pragmatics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, and communication. • Proposes a new conceptual framework for vague language and hedging • Uses stimulating data from interesting situations to support arguments • Presents mixed-methods research for data analysis which will appeal to both quantitative and qualitative researchers

Grammar and syntax | Studies in English Language

Semantics and pragmatics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 286pp 81 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-03247-7 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 C

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 225pp 7 b/w illus. 38 tables 978-1-107-02844-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

27


Language and linguistics

New in Paperback

The Cambridge Handbook of Child Language

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Pragmatics

Second edition Edited by Edith L. Bavin | La Trobe University, Victoria

Edited by Keith Allan | Monash University, Victoria

28

In the fast-developing field of pragmatics, this Handbook fills the gap in the market for a onestop resource to today’s research and the many theoretical debates. It is an authoritative guide with its focus on the areas and theories that will mark progress in pragmatic research in the future. • Fills the unquestionable need for a comprehensive and up-to-date handbook on the fast-developing field of pragmatics • Includes contributions from many of the principal figures in a wide variety of fields of pragmatic research as well as some up-and-coming pragmatists • A useful future resource for researchers with its focus on those areas and theories that will mark progress in pragmatic research in the future Semantics and pragmatics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

May 2015 244 x 170 mm 788pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-107-55867-0 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-19207-1 Hardback

R

£109.99 / US$174.99

Imperatives Mark Jary | Roehampton University, London

This book explores one of the most central and puzzling features of language: imperative sentences. It is the first systematic survey to employ data from a range of languages, including many outside the Indo-European family and it provides a comprehensive and in-depth critical discussion of existing semantic and pragmatic theories. • Provides an in-depth analysis of the major theories of the imperative mood, giving the reader a systematic ‘roadmap’ of the field • Contains three appendices which summarize all the necessary technical information • Each chapter includes discussion questions and suggestions for further reading • Includes a glossary giving accessible definitions of key words

With new chapters on bilingualism and autism; additional chapters on the acquisition of words, specific language impairment, and Williams syndrome, plus a new section on reading development, the revised and updated Cambridge Handbook of Child Language offers a uniquely wide-ranging perspective on the theories and methods of child language research. • Completely updated and extended, with eight additional chapters, including a new section on reading and two chapters with new authors • The most comprehensive and multidisciplinary survey of the subject available • Written by the world’s leading experts in the field, and incorporating the most recent developments in the study of child language Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 700pp 29 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-08732-3 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$160.00 R

Language, Space and Mind The Conceptual Geometry of Linguistic Meaning Paul Chilton | Lancaster University

The idea that spatial cognition provides the foundation of linguistic meanings, even highly abstract meanings, has been put forward by a number of linguists in recent years. This book takes this proposal into new dimensions and develops a theoretical framework based on simple geometric principles. • A new approach to linguistic meaning and grammatical constructions based on spatial concepts and point of view • Highly abstract meanings of perspective, time and modality are analysed in terms of spatial concepts of direction and distance • Includes clear geometrical diagrams to illustrate the theory Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 319pp 95 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01013-0 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Semantics and pragmatics | Key Topics in Semantics and Pragmatics

Textbook

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 336pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01234-9 Hardback £65.00 / US$95.00

P

978-1-107-63235-6 Paperback £23.99 / US$38.99

P

Pragmatic and Discourse Disorders

Modification Marcin Morzycki | Michigan State University

Modification is a thorough and accessibly written exploration of what adjectives and adverbs mean, how they interact with what they modify, and how language expresses the inherent gradience of the world. An invaluable addition to the field for students and researchers in linguistics, the philosophy of language and psycholinguistics. • Uses an accessible, pedagogical style for greater understanding of the empirical phenomena, theoretical proposals, and analytical tools • Provides detailed, worked-out examples of technical computations • Includes a glossary of technical terminology Semantics and pragmatics | Key Topics in Semantics and Pragmatics

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 347pp 978-1-107-00975-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

P

C

A Workbook Louise Cummings | Nottingham Trent University

Written for students of speech-language pathology, this workbook is an invaluable self-learning tool which allows students to test and improve their knowledge of pragmatic and discourse disorders. Includes coverage of disorders which are often overlooked in speech-language pathology curricula, but which are essential for students considering a clinical career. • 200 short-answer questions and 67 data analysis exercises allow students to test their knowledge • Use of actual linguistic data gives readers an authentic insight into the clinical setting • Covers conditions which are overlooked by other texts Contents: 1. Introduction to pragmatic and discourse disorders; 2. Developmental pragmatic and discourse disorders; 3. Acquired pragmatic and discourse disorders; 4. Mental health and pragmatic and discourse disorders; 5. Pragmatics and discourse in other disorders and populations; Appendix A; Appendix B. Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 275pp 978-1-107-09920-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

X

978-1-107-49196-0 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$39.99

P


Language and linguistics

Narrative Development in Young Children

Scalarity in the Verbal Domain The Case of Verbal Prefixation in Russian Olga Kagan | Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam

Gesture, Imagery, and Cohesion Elena T. Levy | University of Connecticut

As children begin to use language in early childhood, they produce increasingly larger units of coherent speech which include narrative descriptions of events. This book examines the process of narrative development in young children, focusing in particular on ‘cohesion’ – development of coherent perspectives on events, involving both speech and gesture. • Will interest readers in the emerging fields of embodied cognition, gesture studies, and other language-related fields • Advances a synthesis of socially based approaches to language development with an account of the embodiment of language development in imagery and gesture • Presents longitudinal data from the spontaneous narratives of two children between the ages of two and three Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 38 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-107-04111-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Bilingual Processing Edited by John W. Schwieter | Wilfrid Laurier University, Ontario and University of Greenwich

Bringing together some of the world’s leading experts in bilingualism, cognitive psychology and language acquisition, The Cambridge Handbook of Bilingual Processing presents a clear overview of current theories and findings in bilingual processing. • First book to provide a comprehensive overview of the field of bilingual processing • Contains contributions from leading experts in the field • Includes a section dedicated to bilingual language control, an emerging research area within bilingual processing Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 700pp 31 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06058-6 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00

R

Policy and Planning for Endangered Languages Edited by Mari C. Jones | University of Cambridge

A collaborative work written by academics working in the field of language endangerment and members of indigenous communities acting on the frontline of language support and maintenance, this volume offers a unique perspective on how the development and implementation of language policy and planning impact on endangered languages. • A unique volume which focuses explicitly on planning and policy for endangered languages • Widespread coverage which includes discussion of endangered languages from five continents • A collaborative work which offers readers an insight into policy and planning from the perspective of professional linguists and community members working to maintain their native language

Olga Kagan presents a new unified analysis of Russian verbal prefixes which combines a formal semantic approach with detailed discussion of data. In doing so, she sheds light on an intricate and puzzling phenomenon which is of interest to linguists working across a wide range of fields. • Develops a unified approach to Russian verbal prefixes • Provides detailed discussion and analysis of individual prefixes • Intuitively explained and accessible to readers unfamiliar with formal logic Sociolinguistics

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 290pp 21 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-09262-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 C

29

Language, Literacy, and Technology Richard Kern | University of California, Berkeley

This book explores how technology matters to language and the ways in which we use it. Richard Kern provides an historical framework through which to understand new literacy practices and a set of principles by which to organize language and literacy education in the twenty-first century. • Offers a new perspective on language in relation to technology that avoids deterministic thinking • Deals with fundamental principles rather than just current trends, which can quickly become outdated • Provides pedagogical goals to improve educational programs and will appeal to teachers and curriculum designers Sociolinguistics

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 44 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-03648-2 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

The Emergence of Hybrid Grammars Language Contact and Change Enoch Oladé Aboh | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Based on a detailed study of creole languages, this book contributes to the debate on language acquisition and change by showing that language acquisition requires contact between different linguistic sub-systems that feed into the hybrid grammars that learners develop. Competition between these grammars may eventually result in language change. • Proposes a new view of the acquisition of grammar in a multilingual context • Provides theoretical discussions based on detailed empirical data taken from a variety of creole and non-creole languages • Offers a comprehensive evaluation of alternative theories of creole formation and the emergence of new vernaculars Sociolinguistics | Cambridge Approaches to Language Contact

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 4 b/w illus. 3 maps 19 tables 978-0-521-76998-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Sociolinguistics

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 23 b/w illus. 8 maps 9 tables 978-1-107-09922-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org


Language and linguistics

30

Languages in Contact

Standards of English in Higher Education

Lisa Lim | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Issues, Challenges and Strategies Neil Murray | University of Warwick

Introducing new insights from popular culture, the globalised new economy and computermediated communication, this is a fascinating study of contact between languages in modern societies. Ansaldo and Lim bring together findings on multilingualism, code-switching, language endangerment, and globalisation, into a comprehensive overview of world Englishes and creoles. • Features numerous original examples and case studies, with a particular focus on Asia • Presents and critically evaluates the issues and debates in creole studies • Considers language contact in the era of globalisation and computermediated communication Sociolinguistics | Key Topics in Sociolinguistics

September 2015 216 x 138 mm 200pp 2 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-0-521-76795-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P

Essential reading for policymakers, senior university managers, university English language providers, admissions bodies, and the many academics who find themselves teaching students who struggle to cope with the language demands of their degree courses, this book identifies and clarifies key issues and challenges and recommends strategies for addressing them. • Draws together in a single volume a number of key and interrelated issues around English language proficiency in today’s higher education context • Provides a framework for ongoing discussion and debate on a critical area in higher education • Highlights the potential tension between the maintenance of educational standards in higher education and the need to reflect an international orientation, widen participation and maintain financial buoyancy Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 308pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03278-1 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

C

Textbook Key Reference

Second Language Speech Theory and Practice Laura Colantoni | University of Toronto

Drawing on research from applied linguistics, linguistics, psychology and the speech sciences, this textbook focuses particularly on second language speech – how individuals perceive and produce the sounds of their second language. Each chapter includes illustrative case studies, review questions, and a tutorial section with practical exercises. • First ever textbook to introduce the methods, techniques and background to research in second language speech • Compares second language speech across the three main second languages taught in North America and Europe (English, French and Spanish) • Each chapter has a tutorial section with exercises and case studies based on authentic data Contents: Part I. Questions and Frameworks for the Study of Second Language Speech: 1. An introduction to second language speech research; 2. Theoretical concepts and frameworks; Part II. Research Methodology: 3. Research methodology; Part III. Case Studies and Analysis of L2 Speech Perception and Production: 4. Vowels; 5. Obstruents; 6. Sonorants; 7. Sequences; 8. Prosody; 9. Conclusion.

The Cambridge Handbook of Learner Corpus Research Edited by Sylviane Granger | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

A wide-ranging survey of a fast-growing field, The Cambridge Handbook of Learner Corpus Research is an essential tool for students, teachers and researchers alike. This unique handbook provides a state-of-the-art review of all the key aspects of learner corpus research, from collection and annotation to methodology, theory, analysis and applications. • Presents a state-of-the-art introduction to all the facets of the fast expanding field of learner corpus research • Acts as an accessible how-to guide for researchers who are new to the field • The strongly interdisciplinary nature of the handbook opens up new perspectives for seasoned researchers Applied linguistics and second language acquisition | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 500pp 16 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-04119-6 Hardback £94.99 / US$160.00 R

Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

Communicating with Asia

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 350pp 43 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-01834-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$105.00 X

The Future of English as a Global Language Edited by Gerhard Leitner | Freie Universität Berlin

978-1-107-65575-1 Paperback £25.99 / US$41.99

In today’s global world, where Asia is an increasing area of focus, it is vital to explore what it means to ‘understand’ Asian cultures through English and other languages. This volume presents new research on English in Asia, alongside Mandarin, Cantonese, Hindi-Urdu, Malay, and Russian and other languages. • Sets English and other Asian languages in their respective national and regional contexts • Provides an integrative view of language contact • Focuses on regional language repertoires

X

Asian language, linguistics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 15 b/w illus. 44 tables 978-1-107-06261-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00 C


Language and linguistics

Textbook

The Making of Vernacular Singapore English

Introducing Morphology Second edition Rochelle Lieber | University of New Hampshire

System, Transfer, and Filter Zhiming Bao | National University of Singapore

Charts the history of Singapore English and explores the linguistic, historical and social factors that have influenced the variety as it is spoken today. This study will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working on language contact, world varieties of English, historical linguistics and sociolinguistics. • Proposes a new theory of contact-induced grammatical restructuring • Argues for a usage-based theory of language growth • Offers a new analytical approach to New English from a formal or structural perspective Asian language, linguistics | Cambridge Approaches to Language Contact

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 33 tables 978-1-107-02208-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Key Reference

A Reference Grammar of Chinese

A lively introduction to morphology (how words are put together), this textbook is intended for undergraduates with relatively little background in linguistics. This second edition has been thoroughly updated, including new examples and exercises as well as a detailed introduction to using linguistic corpora to find and analyze morphological data. • ‘How-to?’ sections show students how to find data as well as solve problems • ‘Challenge’ boxes promote hands-on learning by students • Exercises at the ends of chapters encourage students to apply material covered in the preceding chapter Contents: 1. What is morphology?; 2. Words, dictionaries, and the mental lexicon; 3. Lexeme formation: the familiar; 4. Productivity and creativity; 5. Lexeme formation: further afield; 6. Inflection; 7. Typology; 8. Words and sentences: the interface between morphology and syntax; 9. Sounds and shapes: the interface between morphology and phonology; 10. Theoretical challenges. Morphology | Cambridge Introductions to Language and Linguistics

Edited by Chu-Ren Huang | Hong Kong Polytechnic University

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 200pp 10 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-09624-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$114.99 X

A Reference Grammar of Chinese offers comprehensive coverage of all the important linguistic features of the language, written by renowned experts. The corpus-based approach and accompanying example and citation databases make this the ultimate guide to Chinese grammar for students, teachers and researchers. • Chapters are written by leading Chinese linguists • Material is data-driven and corpus-based, meaning examples incorporate authentic contemporary Chinese • Accompanying example database and citation database ensures the material remains relevant and up to date

978-1-107-48015-5 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$39.99

Asian language, linguistics | Reference Grammars

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 700pp 3 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-0-521-76939-6 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$119.00 P 978-0-521-18105-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$48.00

P

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of English Historical Linguistics Edited by Merja Kytö | Uppsala Universitet, Sweden

English historical linguistics is a subfield of linguistics which has developed theories and methods for exploring the history of the English language. This Handbook provides an account of the state-of-the-art research on this history, and the important conclusions we can draw from it. • Provides the reader with a comprehensive and up-to-date picture of English historical linguistics as a field of research • Focuses on how the language’s history is studied and analysed, and what conclusions we can draw from those analyses • Chapters are written by leading researchers in the field

X

Textbook

Exploring Language and Linguistics Edited by Natalie Braber | Nottingham Trent University

Ideal for first-year students in linguistics, Exploring Language and Linguistics considers the key concepts of language and the application of these concepts to real-world settings. Student support is provided by numerous learning features, including chapter previews, exercises, figures, summaries and suggestions for further reading. Additional student resources are available online. • Meets the needs of courses in both linguistics (in its coverage of core concepts) and the English language (in its application of concepts) • Reflects trends in the subject, such as an increased emphasis on language disorders and language and ideology • Suitable for students with no prior background in linguistics Contents: 1. Introduction: what is language? What is linguistics?; 2. Phonetics; 3. Phonology; 4. Morphology; 5. Grammar; 6. Syntax; 7. Semantics; 8. Pragmatics; 9. Discourse analysis; 10. Historical linguistics; 11. Sociolinguistics; 12. Child language acquisition; 13. Psycholinguistics; 14. Clinical linguistics; 15. Language and ideology; 16. Media discourse; 17. Literary linguistics. English language, linguistics (general)

September 2015 246 x 189 mm 450pp 41 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-03546-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 X 978-1-107-66250-6 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$49.00

X

Historical linguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 600pp 33 b/w illus. 2 maps 19 tables 978-1-107-03935-3 Hardback c. £105.00 / c. US$165.00 R

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

31


Language and linguistics / Philosophy

32

What is Poetry?

Hume

Language and Memory in the Poems of the World Nigel Fabb | University of Strathclyde

An Intellectual Biography James A. Harris | University of St Andrews, Scotland

This new approach to poetry, which explores how language is shaped to fit human memory, is substantiated by an unrivalled selection of examples taken from over 130 world literatures. An impressive survey of metre, rhyme, alliteration and parallelism in poetical forms across the globe and throughout history. • Elucidating examples from every part of the world introduce the reader to original poetic material • A new theory of poetry, linking language and memory, forms part of the cutting-edge attempts to understand literature from a cognitive perspective • Clear and engaging explorations of the basic aspects of literary form ensure that the reader has a firm grasp of how poetry works

This book will be read by all those interested in the life and writing of David Hume. This includes students (undergraduate and postgraduate) and academics working in a wide variety of fields, including philosophy, politics, history, English/ Scottish literature, the history of economics and divinity/theology. • Rejects the popular idea that Hume’s main concern was to discredit the Christian religion • Rejects the view, common in the philosophical community, that Hume’s philosophical writings are more important than his writings on politics, economics and history History of philosophy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 575pp 978-0-521-83725-5 Hardback £35.00 / US$55.00

C

English language, linguistics (general)

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00185-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Key Reference

C

Language and Complex Systems

Edited by Lawrence Nolan | California State University, Long Beach

William A. Kretzschmar, Jr | University of Georgia

Following Kretzschmar’s foundational study The Linguistics of Speech, this book demonstrates how the science of complex systems changes every area of linguistics: how to make a grammar, how to think about the history of language, how language works in the brain, and also in social settings. • Applies complex systems to many aspects of linguistics so that readers can see how they are connected • Makes specific recommendations on improving the management of empirical data in order to make better generalizations about a language and its varieties • Confirms complexity science as the basis for speech, showing how linguistics is connected to many other academic disciplines English language, linguistics (general)

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 242pp 68 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-10045-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Cambridge Descartes Lexicon

C

The Cambridge Descartes Lexicon is the most comprehensive reference source devoted to the thought of the seventeenth-century French philosopher, mathematician and scientist René Descartes. It will serve as the definitive reference source on Descartes’ achievements and legacy. • These scholarly entries are written by the largest and most distinguished team of Cartesian scholars ever assembled for a collaborative research project – 92 contributors from ten countries • Includes an annotated bibliography for those interested in investigating Descartes’ life further, and each entry also has a short list of references • The entries are meticulously cross-referenced History of philosophy

November 2015 253 x 177 mm 808pp 34 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19352-8 Hardback £110.00 / US$180.00

R

Hegel and Modern Society Charles Taylor | McGill University, Montréal

Philosophy Must We Mean What We Say? A Book of Essays Second edition Stanley Cavell

Stanley Cavell’s famous collection of essays includes discussions of issues in a diverse range of topics in philosophy, literature, the arts, politics and ethics, including his interpretation of ‘ordinary language philosophy’. Presented in a fresh twentyfirst-century series livery this influential work is now available to a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Features essays that are wide-ranging and interdisciplinary, from philosophy and literature to music and drama • Offers Stanley Cavell’s fascinating interpretation of ‘ordinary language philosophy’ • Features a specially commissioned Preface written by Stephen Mulhall Ethics | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 379pp 978-1-107-11363-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-53423-0 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P

Charles Taylor’s study of Hegel’s social and political thought has continuing relevance to contemporary society. Presented in a fresh series livery and with a specially commissioned new preface, this influential work is now available for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first century readership • Accessible introduction to the key elements of Hegel’s social and political thought • Combats the post-World War II stereotype of Hegel of as proto-fascist History of philosophy | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 180pp 978-1-107-11367-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-53426-1 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P


Philosophy

Plato: Theaetetus and Sophist

Ockham’s Razors

Edited and translated by Christopher Rowe | University of Durham

A User’s Manual Elliott Sober | University of Wisconsin, Madison

Plato’s Theaetetus and Sophist are two of his most important dialogues and are widely discussed by philosophers. With a supporting introduction and notes, this new and lively translation is the first to present both dialogues together and will pave the way for fresh interpretations of Plato’s writings in general. • Provides accurate and accessible translations for those without a knowledge of Greek • Proposes a fresh interpretation of Theaetetus and Sophist which relates them to each other and to other Platonic dialogues • Offers detailed explanations of variations from the new, standard Greek text

The theory of Ockham’s razor has a history dating back to Aristotle. In this book Elliott Sober presents a clear and multidimensional study of the various different incarnations of the theory including their history, the role which they play in several different sciences, and their importance to philosophical argumentation. • Defends two justifications for using Ockham’s razor in science and examines whether Ockham’s razor can be used to solve philosophical problems • Provides non-expert readers with a brief tutorial in probability theory • Includes several detailed case studies of the uses and misuses of Ockham’s razor

History of philosophy | Cambridge Texts in the History of Philosophy

Philosophy of science

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 190pp 978-1-107-01483-1 Hardback £50.00 / US$85.00

P

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 240pp 42 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06849-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-69702-7 Paperback £14.99 / US$21.99

P

978-1-107-69253-4 Paperback £17.99 / US$29.99

P

Physics and Philosophy

Textbook

Philosophical Papers Volume 4 Paul Feyerabend

The Prisoner’s Dilemma Edited by Martin Peterson | Texas A & M University

This collection of Feyerabend’s philosophical papers provides the first comprehensive picture of his works on quantum physics, some of which are made available in English for the first time. They cover the first and most elaborate period of Feyerabend’s production (1948–70), the hotbed of all his later production. • Feyerabend is one of the most important contemporary philosophers of science: his work continues to be discussed and his provocative style still challenges philosophers nowadays • Provides the first comprehensive picture of Feyerabend’s works on the philosophy of physics • Makes available in English, for the first time, a few key works which were originally published in German, as well as an unpublished article. The papers originally published in English are not always readily available to scholars Philosophy of science

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-0-521-88130-2 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

C

Creating Scientific Controversies Uncertainty and Bias in Science and Society David Harker | East Tennessee State University

This is the first book-length introductory study of the concept of a created scientific controversy, providing a comprehensive and wide-ranging analysis for students of philosophy of science, environmental and health sciences, and social and natural sciences. • The first book-length introduction to the concept of a created scientific controversy • Discusses a wide variety of issues from climate change to creation science, public health to critical thinking • Features discussion questions which will be helpful to students

This volume of new essays examines and explores the ramifications of the Prisoner’s Dilemma, one of the most debated thought experiments in philosophy and the social sciences. It is a vital and accessible resource for students and scholars in philosophy, game theory, economics, and the social and political sciences. • Wide-ranging collection of essays on one of the most debated thought experiments in philosophy and the social sciences • Fourteen new essays by leading philosophers, game theorists, and economists • Non-technical language and supporting diagrams and figures make this an accessible and student-friendly introduction Contents: Introduction; 1. Why all the fuss? The many aspects of the Prisoner’s Dilemma; 2. How I learned to stop worrying and love the Prisoner’s Dilemma; 3. Taking the Prisoner’s Dilemma seriously: what can we learn from a trivial game?; 4. Prisoner’s Dilemma doesn’t explain much; 5. The Prisoner’s Dilemma and the coevolution of descriptive and predictive dispositions; 6. I cannot cheat on you after we talk; 7. Prisoner’s Dilemma cannot be a Newcomb problem; 8. Counterfactuals and the Prisoner’s Dilemma; 9. The Tragedy of the Commons as a Voting Game; 10. The role of numbers in Prisoner’s Dilemmas and public good situations; 11. The inner struggle: why you should cooperate with people you will never meet again; 12. Prisoner’s Dilemmas, intergenerational asymmetry, and climate change ethics; 13. Prisoner’s Dilemma experiments; 14. The lesson of the Prisoner’s Dilemma; Bibliography; Index. Philosophy of science | Classic Philosophical Arguments

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 270pp 42 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-04435-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00

X

978-1-107-62147-3 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

X

Philosophy of science

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 240pp 13 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-06961-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-69236-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$27.99

P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

33


Philosophy

34

Proofs and Refutations

Justice at a Distance

The Logic of Mathematical Discovery Imre Lakatos Edited by John Worrall

Extending Freedom Globally Loren E. Lomasky | University of Virginia

Imre Lakatos’s influential and enduring work on the nature of mathematic discovery and development continues to be relevant to philosophers of mathematics. Including a specially commissioned Preface written by Paolo Mancosu, and presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, it is now available for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Offers a new generation of readers access to Imre Lakatos’s influential theory on the nature of mathematical discovery and methodology • Proposes a philosophy of mathematics that accounts for both the static and dynamic complexities of mathematical practice • Features a specially commissioned Preface written by Paolo Mancosu Philosophy of science | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 201pp 27 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-11346-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-53405-6 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-11586-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-53602-9 Paperback £20.99 / US$32.99

P

Revisiting Just War Theory Larry May | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

Pragmatism and Liberal Virtue William Curtis | University of Portland, Oregon

Liberal democracy requires a robust defense to face the increasingly complex challenges of the twentyfirst century. Unlike most contemporary liberal theorists, Richard Rorty provides this defense. Mixing American pragmatism and romanticism, he offers a comprehensive vision of liberal modernity that features a virtue-based conception of the liberal democratic regime. • Offers a novel interpretation of pragmatist philosopher Richard Rorty’s work as advocating a virtue-based conception of liberal political community • Shows how Rorty’s controversial conception of pragmatism and critique of traditional philosophy is integral to his theory of virtue liberalism • Examines and continues debates that Rorty has with other seminal thinkers, like philosophers Charles Taylor, Hilary Putnam, and Richard Bernstein Political philosophy

Larry May offers a new account of contingent pacifism from within the just war tradition. Featuring real-life examples and considering a variety of traditions and thinkers from Socrates to Kant, this book will interest scholars and upperlevel students of political philosophy, global justice, philosophy of law, and war studies. • Offers a new account of pacifism • Features many real-life examples and discusses a range of thinkers including Socrates, Seneca, Grotius, Hobbes, and Kant • Provides applications of approaches including contemporary just war theory, international law and human rights, and conscientious objection Political philosophy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-107-12186-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Climate Change and Justice Edited by Jeremy Moss | University of New South Wales, Sydney

C

Alienation and Nature in Environmental Philosophy Simon Hailwood | University of Liverpool

Is it possible to understand the idea of alienation from nature without recourse to excessive romanticism or mythologising? This book tackles this key question in environmental philosophy, examining it in light of different philosophical traditions. It is of interest to scholars and advanced students of environmental philosophy and environmental studies. • Proposes a new way of understanding alienation from nature • Encompasses a range of environmental philosophies, including nonanthropocentric and anthropocentric approaches • Considers a range of environmental problems, bringing together critical and pragmatist approaches Political philosophy

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-08196-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Political philosophy

Contingent Pacifism

Defending Rorty

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-10985-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Justice at a Distance is the first philosophical work to recommend liberalization of political structures to address global problems, especially poverty. For the most part, local injustice, and not rich countries’ failings, generates poverty and stagnation. The book is aimed at fellow academics and students of political philosophy social justice, law, and international relations. • By providing a new ethical approach to the question of aiding others, the book will allow readers to see global matters in a new way, under a different theory of value • Ambitious in its coverage, including a look into poverty, immigration, trade, state legitimacy, foreign aid and war • With its direct, non-jargonistic style, the book will easily reach colleagues, students and the educated public alike

C

Written by a team of leading scholars, this collection offers a series of original discussions of climate change justice, providing new treatments of key topics and issues. It will be a valuable resource for researchers and upper-level students of ethics, environmental studies, and political philosophy. • Sheds new light on key issues in climate justice • Presents new and original approaches to the problems of climate change • Considers a broad range of issues from geoengineering and carbon budgets, to the impact on future generations Political philosophy

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09375-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C


Philosophy

The Ethics of Nuclear Energy

Models of Man

Risk, Justice, and Democracy in the postFukushima Era Edited by Behnam Taebi | Delft University of Technology

Philosophical Thoughts on Social Action Martin Hollis

Written by leading international contributors, this book examines the ethical issues concerning nuclear energy technology and waste disposal. Discussing topics such as risk, safety, security, justice and democracy, it is relevant to a broad range of readers including scholars of environmental philosophy, ethics, energy policy studies and the social sciences. • Readable and accessible to a broad audience of philosophers, social scientists and nuclear engineers • Provides up-to-date and high quality essays written by an international team of leading scholars • Proposes a new field of study: the ethics of nuclear energy Political philosophy

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 6 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-05484-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

New in Paperback

The Decline of Mercy in Public Life Alex Tuckness | Iowa State University

This study explores why mercy, once prominent, is now rarely invoked in contemporary political discourse. Covering thought from Homer to the late Enlightenment, and including treatment of Buddhist, Islamic, and Eastern Orthodox traditions, this book will be valuable to students of political philosophy, political theory, and the philosophy of law. • Outlines the important history of mercy in politics, law, religion, philosophy and literature • Features a variety of sources from contemporary analytic philosophy, religious texts, theological treatises, tragedies, epics, histories, court cases, legal commentaries, and canonical texts in the history of political philosophy • Offers suggestions for how mercy might contribute to contemporary life Political philosophy

Martin Hollis’s influential study of human nature continues to be an important and illuminating exploration of human action and identity. Presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery and including a specially commissioned Preface written by Geoffrey Hawthorn, this classic work is now available to a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Proposes an account of human action that allows us to act freely while being subjects for scientific explanation • Offers an accessible and engaging exploration of metaphysical views of human nature • Features a specially commissioned Preface written by Geoffrey Hawthorn Political philosophy | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 184pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11376-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-53437-7 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P

Obscenity and Film Censorship An Abridgement of the Williams Report Edited by Bernard Williams

Bernard Williams’s Report on Obscenity and Film Censorship continues to be an important and influential reference for discussions on obscenity and censorship. Presented in a fresh series livery for the twenty first century, and with a specially commissioned new preface, this influential work is now available for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first readership • Applies Mill’s ‘harm principle’ to the issues surrounding obscenity and censorship • Makes the case for a liberal approach to regulating obscene or pornographic material, challenging both the most liberal views of freedom of expression and their critics

August 2015 229 x 152 mm 322pp 1 table 978-1-107-66113-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-05014-3 Hardback

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 190pp 5 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-11377-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

P

C

978-1-107-53440-7 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P

£60.00 / US$95.00

Political philosophy | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

Key Reference

Schopenhauer: Parerga and Paralipomena Short Philosophical Essays Volume 2 Arthur Schopenhauer Edited and translated by Adrian Del Caro | University of Tennessee

A new translation of Schopenhauer’s collection of popular philosophical essays, featuring a substantial introduction explaining the context of the essays, and extensive editorial notes on the different published versions of the work. Essential for those studying Schopenhauer, the history of philosophy, and nineteenth-century German philosophy. • Provides a new, up-to-date translation of this historically important collection of essays • The first English edition to be translated and edited by specialists in philosophy and German studies, and to give thorough scholarly notes on the differences between editions • Includes a scholarly introduction outlining the context of the works and a guide to reading them Philosophy texts | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Schopenhauer

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 680pp 2 b/w illus. 978-0-521-87185-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

R

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

35


Philosophy

36

The Epistemology of Indicative Conditionals

The Problem of Universals in Contemporary Philosophy

Formal and Empirical Approaches Igor Douven | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris

Edited by Gabriele Galluzzo | University of Exeter

Conditionals are sentences of the form ‘If A, then B’, and they play a vital role in reasoning and communication. Combining the formal machinery of logic and probability theory with the empirical methods of cognitive psychology, this book is the first systematic study of the central epistemological questions surrounding conditionals. • Focusing on the epistemology of conditionals, there is no comparable book • Addresses key philosophical questions by combining formal and empirical approaches Logic

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 212pp 978-1-107-11145-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

C

Epistemology and metaphysics

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-10089-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Textbook

Externalism, Self-Knowledge, and Skepticism

An Introduction to Metametaphysics Tuomas E. Tahko | University of Helsinki

New Essays Edited by Sanford C. Goldberg | Northwestern University, Illinois

Looking at the implications of semantic externalism for self-knowledge and skepticism through debates at the intersection of philosophy of mind, philosophy of language and epistemology, this collection of new essays will appeal greatly to graduate students and scholars working in these fields, as well as in cognitive science and psychology. • Thirteen new essays by leading figures in the field • Brings together recent work in philosophy of mind, philosophy of language and epistemology • Provides readers with the latest developments in the debates covered Philosophy of mind and language

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-06350-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The problem of universals is one of the most fascinating and enduring topics in the history of metaphysics, with roots in ancient and medieval philosophy. The contributors to this book provide a critical, up-to-date and original overview of the contemporary debate on the problem of universals. • Provides a critical and innovative overview of contemporary metaphysical debates on universals • Contributors are internationally recognized experts on the subject • Will appeal to those who are interested not only in metaphysics but also in analytic philosophy generally, particularly epistemology as well as philosophy of language and mathematics

C

Dilemmas The Tarner Lectures 1953 Gilbert Ryle

Gilbert Ryle’s classic book is an exploration of the apparent dilemmas that arise from everyday ways of thinking, showing that these conflicts are in fact false dilemmas. Presented in a fresh series livery it has been revived for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first century readership • Provides an example of the new conception of the relation between philosophy and everyday life that emerged in the middle of the twentieth century • Shows that the apparent conflicts that arise from everyday ways of thinking are false dilemmas Philosophy of mind and language | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 120pp 978-1-107-11362-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-53419-3 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P

This is the first systematic student introduction dedicated to metametaphysics, discussing the methodology, epistemology and ontology of metaphysical enquiry. It is an essential resource for students of advanced metaphysics, philosophical methodology, metametaphysics, epistemology and philosophy of science. • Provides students with a basic understanding of the central issues in metametaphysics • Includes an extensive bibliography of the latest research, offering students and instructors a choice as to the primary material they wish to engage with having first grasped the basics • Explains the relevance of metametaphysics with examples and reference to other fields • Discusses and outlines examples from the natural sciences in relation to their philosophical relevant within metametaphysics Contents: 1. Why should you care about metametaphysics?; 1.1. Metametaphysics or metaontology?; 1.2. How to read this book; 1.3. Chapter outlines; 1.4. Further reading; 2. Quine vs Carnap: on what there is and what there isn’t; 2.1. On what there is; 2.2. Plato’s beard; 2.3. Enter Meinong; 2.4. External and internal questions; 2.5. Language pluralism; 3. Quantification and ontological commitment; 3.1. The meaning of the existential quantifier; 3.2. The existential quantifier and ontological commitment; 3.3. Quantifier variance and verbal debates; 3.4. More than existence questions; 4. Identifying the alternatives: ontological realism, deflationism, and conventionalism; 4.1. Ontological realism and anti-realism; 4.2. Ontological deflationism; 4.3. Towards extreme conventionalism; 4.4. A case study: Sider’s ontological realism; 4.5. Taking stock; 5. Grounding and ontological dependence; 5.1. Ontological dependence: a fine-grained notion; 5.2. Identity-dependence and essential dependence; 5.3. Is grounding ontological dependence?; 5.4. Formal features of ground; 5.5. Grounding, causation, reduction, and modality; 5.6. Grounding and truthmaking; 6. Fundamentality and levels of reality; 6.1. The ‘levels’ metaphor; 6.2. Mereological fundamentality; 6.3. Further specifications: well-foundedness and dependence; 6.4. Generic ontological fundamentality; 6.5. Fundamentality and physics; 7. The epistemology of metaphysics: a priori or a posteriori?; 7.1. A priori vs. a posteriori; 7.2. Modal rationalism and a priori methods; 7.3. The epistemology of essence; 7.4. Modal empiricism and the status of armchair methods; 7.5. Combining a priori and a posteriori methods; 8. Intuitions and thought experiments in metaphysics; 8.1. Specifying ‘intuition’; 8.2. Intuitions and experimental philosophy; 8.3. Experience-based intuitions; 8.4. Rational intuition; 8.5. Scientific thought experiments; 8.6. Philosophical thought experiments; 9. Demarcating metaphysics and science: can metaphysics be naturalised?; 9.1. Autonomous metaphysics; 9.2. Fully naturalistic


Philosophy

metaphysics; 9.3. The Principle of Naturalistic Closure and the primacy of physics; 9.4. Methodological similarities; 9.5. Moderately naturalistic metaphysics; Glossary; Bibliography; Index. Epistemology and metaphysics | Cambridge Introductions to Philosophy

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 240pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07729-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

X

978-1-107-43429-5 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

X

Experience and its Modes Michael Oakeshott

Michael Oakeshott’s classic discussion of modality and human experience in relation to the practical, the historical and the scientific modes of understanding, is presented in a new series livery with a specially commissioned Preface, written by Paul Franco, for twenty-first-century readers, in recognition of its enduring importance. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Forms the basis of Michael Oakeshott’s later political philosophy • Offers a new generation of readers access to a groundbreaking work on modality and experience • Features a specially commissioned Preface written by Paul Franco Epistemology and metaphysics | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 308pp 978-1-107-11358-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-53418-6 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P

The Concept of Nature Tarner Lectures Alfred North Whitehead

Textbook

Explaining Social Behavior More Nuts and Bolts for the Social Sciences Second edition Jon Elster | Collège de France, Paris

This substantially revised edition of Jon Elster’s acclaimed book exploring the nature of social behavior features a wholly new chapter and a new conclusion. Proposing choice as the central concept of the social sciences, this book will greatly interest upper-level students and undergraduates of political philosophy, economics, psychology and social theory. • Includes substantially revised and updated material throughout, with a wholly new chapter and a new conclusion • Offers an informal yet sophisticated introduction to the social sciences, featuring case studies and experiments that illustrate the variety and complexity of human motivations • Proposes choice as the central concept of the social sciences, addressing the nature of both rational and irrational choice Contents: Preface; Part I. Explanation and Mechanisms: 1. Explanation; 2. Mechanisms; 3. Interpretation; Part II. The Mind: 4. Motivations; 5. Selfinterest and altruism; 6. Myopia and foresight; 7. Beliefs; 8. Emotions; 9. Transmutations; Part III. Action: 10. Constraints: opportunities and abilities; 11. Reinforcement and selection; 12. Persons and situations; 13. Rational choice; 14. Rationality and behavior; 15. Responding to irrationality; 16. Implications for textual interpretation; Part IV. Interaction: 17. Unintended consequences; 18. Strategic interaction; 19. Games and behavior; 20. Trust; 21. Social norms; 22. Collective belief formation; 23. Collective action; 24. Collective decision making; 25. Institutions and constitutions; Conclusion: is social science possible?; Index. Philosophy of social science

This influential discussion of the fundamental metaphysical problems of space, time and substance continues to be important and illuminating for philosophers and scientists alike. With a specially commissioned preface this book is presented in a fresh twenty first century series livery for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first century readership • Features Whitehead’s attempt to formulate a radical new concept of nature against the background of empirical advances in the early twentieth century • Includes Whitehead’s theory of the four-dimensional ‘space-time manifold’ Epistemology and metaphysics | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-11373-2 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-53431-5 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 525pp 43 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-07118-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

P

978-1-107-41641-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$36.99

P

Highlight

Quantum Mind and Social Science Unifying Physical and Social Ontology Alexander Wendt | Ohio State University

Proposes a quantum physical basis for consciousness and its place in the natural world, and explores the implications of this perspective for the social sciences. Wendt’s argument provides a philosophical basis for human agency through free will, and for a holistic or ‘non-local’ vision of social life. • Proposes a radical new way of thinking about social science that addresses a number of long-standing philosophical debates • Clear and readable prose which makes potentially daunting material as accessible as possible • Draws on quantum theory, philosophy of mind, philosophy of biology, philosophy of language, and social theory Philosophy of social science

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 366pp 978-1-107-08254-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

P

978-1-107-44292-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

37


Philosophy

Key Reference

Aristotle and the Arabic Tradition

Kant: Lectures and Drafts on Political Philosophy

Edited by Ahmed Alwishah | Pitzer College, Claremont

38

This rich and wide ranging collection of essays devoted to the influence of Aristotle upon medieval Arabic philosophy will appeal to those who are interested in the themes, development and context of Aristotle’s legacy within the Arabic tradition. The book provides a critical analysis of philosophical topics in this tradition. • Explores the central themes throughout Aristotle’s corpus and their influence upon philosophers in the Arabic tradition • Bridges the historical gap between ancient Greek philosophy and the Latin West specifically by emphasizing the continuity of the Aristotelian tradition • Provides a series of new interpretations to a set of philosophical problems pertaining to Arabic philosophy Medieval philosophy

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 5 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-10173-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Idealism, History and Nationalism David James | University of Warwick

This volume offers an original interpretation of the connection between idealism, history and nationalism in Fichte’s writings, aimed at academic researchers and upper-level students interested in German Idealism, nationalism, political theory, political philosophy and the history of ideas. • Provides readers with an accessible account of previously neglected aspects of Fichte’s philosophy • Offers an alternative view of Addresses to the German Nation without underplaying the problematic nature of this text • Demonstrates the place of Addresses to the German Nation within Fichte’s general philosophical project, relating it to aspects of the philosophy of Kant and Rousseau Eighteenth-century philosophy

C

Naturalism and Realism in Kant’s Ethics Frederick Rauscher | Michigan State University

This book is the first detailed analysis of Kant’s ethics as anti-realist and idealist, arguing that Kant’s ethics does not require non-natural metaphysics. It will appeal to academic researchers and advanced students of Kant, German idealism and intellectual history. • The first detailed analysis of all facets of Kant’s ethics in relation to the moral realism and idealism debate • Defines moral realism, antirealism, constructivism, idealism and naturalism in relation to Kant’s philosophy • Argues that Kant did not require the non-natural metaphysics often attributed to his ethical theory Eighteenth-century philosophy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 277pp 978-1-107-08880-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

This is the first translation into English of the only surviving set of student notes from Kant’s course on political philosophy and the notes and drafts he wrote whilst formulating his ideas on the importance of freedom, the social contract, international peace, property rights, the French Revolution, and other topics. • The concluding volume in the Cambridge Edition of the Works of Immanuel Kant • Includes a translation of the only surviving student transcription of Kant’s lectures on political philosophy • Has extensive notes, glossary, and a topical and chronological concordance Eighteenth-century philosophy | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Immanuel Kant

December 2015 234 x 156 mm 480pp 978-0-521-84308-9 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$150.00

R

978-0-521-84308-9 Hardback

R

c. £90.00 / c. US$150.00

New in Paperback

Fichte’s Republic

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 249pp 978-1-107-11118-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Edited and translated by Frederick Rauscher | Michigan State University

C

Schopenhauer: On the Fourfold Root of the Principle of Sufficient Reason and Other Writings Volume 4 Arthur Schopenhauer Edited and translated by David E. Cartwright | University of Wisconsin, Whitewater

On the Fourfold Root, translated here in a readable and scholarly edition, is an essential preliminary to Schopenhauer’s great book The World as Will and Representation. In the companion works Schopenhauer defends his idea that all nature is an expression of will and attacks Newton’s account of colour perception. • These essays reveal Schopenhauer’s controversial views on science, explanation and the essence of nature • The first English translation to provide thorough scholarly notes on the differences between editions • The volume includes a substantial introduction to all three works Nineteenth-century philosophy | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Schopenhauer

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 558pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-55957-8 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$54.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-87271-3 Hardback

R

£69.99 / US$119.99


Philosophy

New in Paperback

Wittgenstein: Lectures, Cambridge 1930–1933

Key Reference

G. E. Moore: Early Philosophical Writings

From the Notes of G. E. Moore Edited by David G. Stern | University of Iowa

Edited by Thomas Baldwin | University of York

This edition presents G. E. Moore’s fellowship dissertations of 1897 and 1898, which show how he initiated his influential break with idealism. The edition includes comments by Moore’s examiners, and in a substantial introduction the editors explore the crucial importance of the dissertations to the history of twentieth-century philosophical thought. • Includes two of Moore’s fellowship dissertations, identifying the early development of his philosophy • Presents Moore’s extensive critical discussions of Kant • By including comments of the examiners, shows how Moore’s criticisms of Kant’s idealism were received at the time Twentieth-century philosophy

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 338pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-55934-9 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$36.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-19014-5 Hardback

R

£74.99 / US$124.99

Twentieth-century philosophy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 40 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-04116-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$100.00 R

Theory and Practice in Aristotle’s Natural Science Edited by David Ebrey | Northwestern University, Illinois

New Approaches to Neo-Kantianism Edited by Nicolas de Warren | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

This collection of new essays assesses the most influential philosophical movement in early twentieth-century Europe, looking at topics in areas such as ethics, culture, and theory of knowledge. It will interest researchers and upper-level students of Kant, twentieth-century philosophy, continental philosophy, psychology, and the social sciences. • Provides a thorough topic-based assessment of Neo-Kantianism • Features discussions of key texts that are not available in English or are out of print • Offers a variety of perspectives from an international team of distinguished scholars Twentieth-century philosophy

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-03257-6 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

This volume provides, for the first time, an almost verbatim record of Wittgenstein’s lectures from the early 1930s. It forms a valuable introduction to his philosophy and will be a useful resource for scholars, undergraduate students and upper-level students of philosophy, linguistics, anthropology, logic, and the social sciences. • Provides an accurate and transparent record of Wittgenstein’s early years as a lecturer at Cambridge • Includes topics little discussed elsewhere in Wittgenstein’s writing, offering a new approach to his later thought • A companion website features pictures of the source manuscripts

These groundbreaking essays show how Aristotle’s natural science and his philosophy shed light on one another. This is the first volume in forty years to discuss both biological and non-biological works. Topics include the role of blood, the goal of meteorological phenomena, and the value of reasonable claims in science. • Presents new research on philosophical topics in Aristotle’s natural science • The first volume in forty years to discuss both Aristotle’s biological and non-biological works • Provides a more integrated view of Aristotle’s science and how it fits with his larger philosophical theories Classical philosophy

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-107-05513-1 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

Socrates and Self-Knowledge Christopher Moore | Pennsylvania State University

C

Adorno’s Modernism Art, Experience, and Catastrophe Espen Hammer | Temple University, Philadelphia

Situating Adorno’s aesthetics in the context of post-Kantian European philosophy, this book explores his contribution to an understanding of modernism in the arts. Espen Hammer also discusses the philosophical significance of aesthetic modernism. The volume is of particular interest to scholars and students of social philosophy, art, and aesthetics. • Provides a deeper understanding of Adorno’s aesthetics by placing it in the context of classical German philosophy • Accessible to readers with a limited background in Adorno’s aesthetics • Integrates Adorno’s aesthetics into his philosophy more generally

This book, the first systematic study of Socrates’s interest in selfknowledge, offers new interpretations of both familiar and overlooked texts on self-knowledge in ancient philosophy and will interest researchers and upper-level students of ancient philosophy, Plato, Socrates, and selfhood. • The first systematic study of Socrates’s interest in self-knowledge • Connects epistemic and metaphysical concerns to ancient ethics and moral psychology • Offers new interpretations of both familiar and overlooked texts on self-knowledge in ancient philosophy Classical philosophy

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 296pp 978-1-107-12330-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Twentieth-century philosophy

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-12159-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

39


Philosophy / Religion

40

The Platonic Alcibiades I

Art and its Objects

The Dialogue and its Ancient Reception François Renaud | Université de Moncton, Canada

Second edition Richard Wollheim

This book captures the drama of the first ever conversation between the young Alcibiades and his lover Socrates the philosopher. The Platonic dialogue about Self-Knowledge brilliantly blends the erotic, religious, and educational traits of Socrates, a combination widely acknowledged by interpreters of late antiquity but often ignored by modern scholars. • Examines the Alcibiades I in the light of the interpretations of the ancient Platonists • Rejects the idea that there must be a choice between theological and narrowly individual interpretations of the dialogue • Demands that interpretation should make the dialogue both dramatically and philosophically plausible

Richard Wollheim’s classic reflection on art continues to be an important and illuminating exploration of art and its objects. Presented in a fresh twenty-first century series livery, and with a specially commissioned new preface, this influential work is now available for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first century readership • Powerfully critiques different theories of art • Offers an understanding of what we are doing when we are making or experiencing art

Classical philosophy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 tables 978-0-521-19912-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

C

Aristotle’s Physics A Critical Guide Edited by Mariska Leunissen | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

This volume provides cutting-edge research on Aristotle’s Physics by reassessing its key concepts, reconstructing its methodology, and determining the boundaries of Aristotle’s natural philosophy. Because of the foundational nature of Aristotle’s Physics itself, this volume is a must-read for all scholars working on Aristotle. • Offers new, cutting-edge interpretations of Aristotle’s Physics • Reassesses key notions in Aristotle’s natural philosophy to provide a new understanding of fundamental concepts • Provides new perspectives on Aristotle’s methodology in the natural sciences and on their relation to other sciences in Aristotle Classical philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

C

Aristotle’s Politics A Critical Guide Edited by Thornton Lockwood | Quinnipiac University, Connecticut

P

978-1-107-53441-4 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

P

Early Quakers and their Theological Thought Edited by Stephen W. Angell | Earlham School of Religion

Provides the most comprehensive theological analysis to date of the leading early Quakers’ work. Spanning the first seventy years of the Quaker movement, it examines in depth the lives and writings of sixteen prominent figures to illuminate the variety and constancy of the Quaker message in the seventeenth century. • Provides comprehensive coverage of key early Quaker writers • Uses interlocking chapters to clearly illustrate the connections between writers • Features contributions from leading Quaker studies scholars that offer cutting-edge analyses Theology

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 368pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05052-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Christ and the Cosmos

Arguably the foundational text of Western political theory, Aristotle’s Politics has become one of the most carefully studied works in ethical and political philosophy. This volume offers fresh interpretations of Aristotle’s key work by internationally renowned contributors and opens new paths for students and scholars to explore. • Presents landmark research that will influence the way that Aristotle’s Politics is understood and debated • Sets Aristotle’s work both within the context of its time and that of recent debates in political theory • Contributors from a diverse international background represent research traditions found in North America and Europe Classical philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 268pp 978-1-107-05270-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-11380-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

Religion

Highlight

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03146-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

Philosophy (general) | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

C

A Reformulation of Trinitarian Doctrine Keith Ward | Heythrop College, University of London

Challenging the concept of the ‘social Trinity’ that posits three conscious subjects in God, this volume furthers the arguments of theologians such as Barth and Rahner to offer a coherent, wholly monotheistic interpretation. Keith Ward analyses theistic belief in a scientific context, demonstrating the necessity of cosmology to theological thinking. • Presents a clear Trinitarian account of God that avoids the confusion and needless paradoxes of much traditional theology • Preserves belief in the unity of God by critiquing the ‘social Trinity’ • Provides an explanation of the Trinity that non-Christian monotheists can understand, facilitating interfaith conversation about this divisive issue Theology

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-11236-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

P

978-1-107-53181-9 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P


Religion

Mark Darrell Bock | Dallas Theological Seminary

This commentary provides an accessible introduction to Mark’s gospel, widely considered the first recorded treatment of Jesus. Darrell Bock discusses the meaning and significance of the text, addressing key issues such as its historical background and the role of Greek. Mark is a valuable resource for students, teachers, and pastors. • Written in an accessible style that makes it useful for pastors and Bible studies leaders as well as for personal study and enrichment • Clearly organizes and summarizes the existing scholarly resources on Mark’s gospel, allowing readers to progress to the next level of study more easily • Includes specific notes on ancient sources to guide readers to additional information on the historical background of Mark Theology | New Cambridge Bible Commentary

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 978-1-107-03421-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-67767-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$36.99

P

Jesus, Sin, and Perfection in Early Christianity Jeffrey S. Siker | Loyola Marymount University, California

The first full-length study to trace how early Christians came to view Jesus as sinless, this volume presents a taxonomy of sin in early Judaism and examines moments in Jesus’ life associated with sinfulness. It explores the implications of a retrospective faith that elevated Jesus to perfect divinity, redefining sin. • Considers Jesus as fully human and examines traditions that undermine his full humanity • Helps contemporary Christians appreciate the radicality of Jesus • Allows for the re-examination of orthodox theology

The Pauline Church and the Corinthian Ekklēsia Greco-Roman Associations in Comparative Context Volume 164 Richard Last | York University, Toronto

This volume is the first English-language monograph to examine Paul’s Corinthian church in relation to contemporary cult groups from Mediterranean antiquity. Richard Last employs a new comparative methodology for research on the earliest Christian churches, generating highly original theses on their financial practices and leadership organisation that challenge traditional portrayals. • Features new readings of problematic passages in the Corinthian correspondence • Provides fresh insight into recruitment to early Christianity • Presents a new taxonomical model for associations, churches, and synagogues Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 164

November 2015 216 x 138 mm 274pp 4 tables 978-1-107-10063-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

The Hermeneutics of Christological Psalmody in Paul An Intertextual Enquiry Matthew Scott | University of Otago, New Zealand

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-10541-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

A provocative study of Paul’s use of metalepsis, or echo, that considers the psalms quoted by David and Christ in Romans and 2 Corinthians. Matthew Scott offers a fresh interpretation of the New Testament’s reception of the Old Testament that will appeal to scholars of both. • Offers fresh and meticulous readings of New Testament quotations • Refines a highly influential account of biblical intertextuality • Addresses a fundamental debate over the continuity of the Old and New Testaments

Paul’s Political Strategy in 1 Corinthians 1–4

July 2014 216 x 138 mm 240pp 978-1-107-05635-0 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00

Biblical studies – New Testament

Constitution and Covenant Volume 163 Bradley J. Bitner | Oak Hill Theological College

Drawing extensively on epigraphical and papyrological evidence, this volume interprets 1 Corinthians 1-4 within the first-century politics of thanksgiving and of construction. Bradley J. Bitner demonstrates that Paul’s response incorporated both Corinth’s constitution and Jewish-biblical notions of covenant, ultimately redirecting gratitude and glory to God in Christ. • Is the first study to demonstrate the methodological viability and relevance of Corinth’s constitution to the interpretation of 1 Corinthians • Analyses new documentary evidence • Incorporates original methodological work and detailed exegesis Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 163

July 2015 216 x 138 mm 358pp 6 b/w illus. 1 map 2 tables 978-1-107-08848-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 158

C

The Origins of Organized Charity in Rabbinic Judaism Gregg E. Gardner | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Charity is a central concept of Judaism and a hallmark of Jewish giving is to provide for the poor in collective and anonymous ways. This book examines the origins of these ideas in the foundational works of rabbinic Judaism, texts from the second to third centuries CE. • Combines approaches of scholars of rabbinic Judaism, and ideas from anthropology, ethics, and economics • Analyzes religious texts in light of material culture and archaeological finds • Written in a manner accessible to scholars who do not specialize in rabbinic literature Judaism

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 247pp 978-1-107-09543-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

41


Religion / Management

Management

The Medieval Islamic Hospital Medicine, Religion, and Charity Ahmed Ragab | Harvard University, Massachusetts

42

The first monograph on Islamic hospitals, this volume examines their origins, development, and architecture; their role in charity networks and political projects; and their connections to non-Islamic institutions. Ahmed Ragab sheds light on who medieval hospital patients were and how early hospital medicine differed from other forms of medical practice. • Discusses medieval Islamic medical practice in detail, revealing how physicians at the time thought • Explores how Islamic hospitals fit into the larger history of hospitals worldwide • Considers art and architecture as crucial aspects in the making of hospitals Islam

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 274pp 8 b/w illus. 1 map 1 table 978-1-107-10960-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 C

Lying and Christian Ethics Christopher O. Tollefsen | University of South Carolina

This book defends the controversial ‘absolute view’ that lying is always wrong. Whereas most people believe that lying for a good cause is morally acceptable, Tollefsen argues that Christians should support the absolute view, invoking Augustine and Aquinas to illustrate that lying violates the goods of integrity, sociality, religion, and truth. • Very readable, non-technical prose • Striking conclusion: even for a good cause, lying is always wrong • Argues that social movements are corrupted by lying in service of moral truth, and that democracy is ill-served by the lies of those with authority Religious ethics | New Studies in Christian Ethics

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-06109-5 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00

C

Key Reference

Cambridge Handbook of Strategy as Practice Second edition Edited by Damon Golsorkhi | Grenoble School of Management

This extended and thoroughly updated second edition introduces researchers and students to the growing range of theoretical and methodological perspectives being developed in the vibrant field of strategy as practice. With new authors and additional chapters, it summarizes recent developments in the field while presenting a clear agenda for future research. • Synthesis of an important stream of strategy research: brings together developments in the field of strategy as practice in one volume, and fully updated since the publication of the first edition in 2010 • Provides an in-depth, multidimensional (epistemological, theoretical and methodological) discussion of the consequences of a practice approach to strategy • Points out the central research directions in strategy as practice and provides links to other important strands of research in organization and management studies, such as institutional theory, behavioral strategy and routines literature – particularly helpful to researchers who are new to the field Strategic management

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 550pp 14 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-07312-8 Hardback £120.00 / US$190.00

R

Textbook

Organizational Design A Step-by-Step Approach Third edition Richard M. Burton | Duke University, North Carolina

Written specifically for executives and MBA students, the third edition of this successful textbook provides a step-by-step guide to designing an organization, from diagnosis, to design and implementation. It includes a new chapter on project management, additional case studies and a rich package of online tools. • Focuses on actions, not just theory, with a range of pedagogical aids, including diagnostic questions, ‘fits and misfits’ and end-of-chapter summaries, helping readers understand and determine the changes needed in an organization • New edition features a number of important improvements, including a greater emphasis on practical project management skills, greater discussion of knowledge systems and a rich package of online tools • Specifically written for managers, the book follows their natural way of thinking by applying ‘misfit’ analysis: providing examples of nonoptimal situations and walking readers through the steps to fix them Contents: List of figures; List of tables; Preface to first edition; Preface to second edition; Preface to third edition; An outline of the step-by-step approach; Step 1. Getting Started: 1. Assessing scope and goals of the organization; Step 2. Assessing the Strategy: 2. Strategy; 3. Environment; Step 3. Analyzing the Structure: 4. The configuration of the firm; 5. New organizational forms; Step 4. Assessing Processes and People: 6. Task design; 7. People; 8. Leadership and organizational climate; Step 5. Analyzing Coordination, Control and Incentives: 9. Coordination, control, and information and knowledge systems; 10. Incentives; Step 6. Designing the Architecture: 11. Designing the architecture and the sequence of change; Step 7. Implementing the Architecture: 12. Implementing the change: who should do what when?; References; Index. Organisation studies

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 320pp 39 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-09765-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

X

978-1-107-48361-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$54.99

X


Management

The Psychology of Innovation in Organizations

Mindfulness in Organizations Foundations, Research, and Applications Edited by Jochen Reb | Singapore Management University

David H. Cropley | University of South Australia

Organizations increasingly need to innovate in order to survive, and this book demonstrates how they can effectively apply the psychology of creativity to business. The authors analyze the nature of innovative products and the processes that generate them, the psychological characteristics of innovative people, and the environments that facilitate innovation. • Provides an extensive review of validated instruments for measuring aspects of the building blocks of innovation • Presents a phase model of innovation that resolves its paradoxical nature • Written by top experts in the field who have published extensively on creativity from a psychological perspective Organisation studies

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 28 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-08839-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 P 978-1-107-45917-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

P

Managing and Working in Project Society

Organisation studies | Cambridge Companions to Management

Institutional Challenges of Temporary Organizations Rolf A. Lundin | Jönköping International Business School

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 464pp 7 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-06480-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Businesses and public organizations are increasingly challenged by projectification – the movement towards projects and other forms of temporary management and work. Written for researchers, graduate students, and professionals, this book examines the effects, opportunities and complications of a project society, with suggested ways to better handle the change. • Provides a societal view of projectification: explores managing and working in project society and lifts from traditional project management perspectives to present an important new perspective to be observed by researchers, students and practitioners • Provides a focus on institutions: by putting the existing institutions of industrial society at the fore, this book provides bases for discussing societal changes in the future • Breaks down the concept of ‘project’ to explore the contexts in which projects appear and to examine what is happening in society at large, including adapting to ICT development Organisation studies

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07765-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This must-read edited volume is the first to bring together world-leading researchers to explore the foundations, definitions, research directions and applications of mindfulness in an organizational context. It will become the standard reference for researchers and professionals wanting to understand, research and enhance mindfulness in organizations. • Up-to-date theoretical and empirical research from the world’s leading researchers on mindfulness in organizations: summarizes a field that is exploding in popularity and provides a foundation for future research and practice • Initial chapters make up a ‘foundations section’, providing a detailed overview and historical background of mindfulness to help readers to put mindfulness research in perspective and develop their research studies • Pragmatic descriptions of the applications of mindfulness: informative for leaders, HR and other managerial professionals who are considering whether to adopt mindfulness programs in their organizations; provides information for coaches and instructors on mindfulness-based approaches and applications

P

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Meeting Science Edited by Joseph A. Allen | University of Nebraska, Omaha

More than just a tool for increasing individual and organizational effectiveness, meetings provide a window into the very essence of organizations and employees’ experiences with the organization. The first volume to analyze meeting science, this handbook serves scholars across a variety of disciplines who seek to understand and improve meetings. • Takes a unique, scientific approach that distinguishes it from other books on work meetings • Offers evidence-based techniques for improving meetings • Addresses the topic of work meetings from an international perspective Organisation studies | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

C

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 500pp 43 b/w illus. 50 tables 978-1-107-06718-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$150.00

R

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

43


Management

New in Paperback

Climate Change, Capitalism, and Corporations

Cambridge Handbook of Institutional Investment and Fiduciary Duty

Processes of Creative Self-Destruction Christopher Wright | University of Sydney

44

This book explores the complex relationship that the corporate world has with climate change and examines the different ways that corporations engage with the climate crisis. Topics include climate change as business risk; corporate climate politics; the role of justification and compromise; managerial identity and emotional reactions to climate change. • Identifies and explains the different processes through which corporations respond to climate change; reveals the varied activities that corporations are undertaking in response to the climate crisis and also the central role that corporations play in shaping political and social responses to climate change • Structured around a thematic approach with key topics including the corporate framing of climate risk; corporate climate politics; environmental compromises; managerial identity and climate change; the emotionologies of climate change; and political myths supporting ‘business as usual’ • Identifies and explains the different roles that corporations play, as producers of greenhouse gas emissions, technological innovators, employers and corporate citizens; readers gain a complex understanding of corporate engagement with climate change in terms of strategy, practice and discourse

Edited by James P. Hawley | St Mary’s College, California

Covering recent changes and trends in the principles that govern institutional investors and fiduciaries, this comprehensive handbook offers new perspectives on the dynamics that drive the current emphasis on short-term investment returns. With multidisciplinary commentary from a range of scholars and practitioners, this is essential reading for policy-makers, researchers and students. • Covers the latest trends and events to provide an up-to-date insight into the world of institutional investment • Features commentary from scholars and practitioners with diverse backgrounds • Adopts a global perspective and includes examples of legislation, policies, practices and institutions from around the world • Provides forward-looking advice for practitioners and policy-makers looking to develop new services, products, marketing, policies and regulations Governance

July 2015 244 x 170 mm 512pp 20 b/w illus. 39 tables 978-1-107-56208-0 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99

R

Responsible and ethical business

Also available 978-1-107-03587-4 Hardback

R

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 264pp 5 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-07822-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 P

Textbook

£90.00 / US$145.00

Managing Employee Performance and Reward

New in Paperback

Virtue in Business Conversations with Aristotle Edwin M. Hartman | New York University

Edwin Hartman introduces graduate students and academic researchers to the value of applying Aristotle’s virtue approach to business. He demonstrates how the virtue approach can deepen our understanding of business ethics, and how it can contribute to contemporary discussions of character, rationality, corporate culture, ethics education and global ethics. • Introduces readers to Aristotle’s virtue ethics and its value within the business world • Shows how Aristotle’s approach explains human behaviour and can contribute to contemporary discussions of character, rationality, corporate culture, ethics education and global ethical issues • Written by one of the foremost Aristotelian scholars working in the field today Responsible and ethical business | Business, Value Creation, and Society

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 290pp 978-1-107-64230-0 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-03075-6 Hardback

C

£60.00 / US$95.00

Concepts, Practices, Strategies Second edition John Shields | University of Sydney

This second edition continues to explore employee performance and reward, two pivotal and closely connected (yet controversial and challenging) facets of human resource management. Updated and revised by a team of specialist contributors, the book is an indispensable resource for those studying and practising people management in the Asia-Pacific region. Contents: Part I. The Fundamentals: 1. Performance and reward basics; 2. Managing for engagement; 3. Strategic alignment; Part II. Performance Management in Action: 4. Managing for results; 5. Shaping behaviour; 6. Reviewing and developing employee performance; Part III. Base Pay and Benefits: 7. Base pay purpose, structures and options; 8. Developing position-based base pay systems; 9. Developing person-based base pay systems; 10. Employee benefits; Part IV. Rewarding Employee Performance: 11. Overview of performance-related rewards; 12. Individual performance pay plans; 13. Individual recognition plans; 14. Group incentives; 15. Employee share ownership; 16. Executive incentives; Part V. System Change and Dynamic Alignment: 17. Achieving alignment: system review, change and development. Human resource management

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 448pp 978-1-107-65353-5 Paperback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00

X


Management / Sociology

Sociology

Textbook

Innovations in Sustainability Fuel and Food Alfred A. Marcus | University of Minnesota

This insightful book uses a series of high-profile company case studies to focus on two major challenges for sustainable innovation: fuel and food. It will appeal to graduate students and researchers in the fields of sustainable business, strategic management, business ethics and environmental economics. • Twenty open-ended, interrelated cases are used to examine the ongoing challenge of achieving sustainable innovation in some of the world’s largest and most prominent organizations; readers are encouraged to join the debate • Covers the main activities in the evolutionary stages of innovation, including funding and business model testing, coping with shifts in external conditions, finding new customers and moving sustainable innovations to the mainstream • Comprehensively covers questions of which sustainable options are the most promising for investors, and at which stage – early or late – they should back new sustainable companies: in-depth analysis of the choices made by Khosla Ventures and KPCB, and by Intel Capital and Google Ventures Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Introduction: the path to sustainability; Part I. Funding Sustainable Startups: 1. Leaders of the pack: Khosla Ventures and KPCB; 2. Scaling up: Intel Capital and Google Ventures; Part II. Business Models: 3. Follow the sun: First Solar and Suntech; 4. Making a revolution: Tesla and Better Place; Part III. The Macroenvironment and Industry Context: 5. Ticket to ride: Toyota and General Motors; 6. Blowing in the wind: Vestas and General Electric; Part IV. Finding Customers: 7. Carrying that weight: General Mills and Kellogg’s; 8. Bridge over troubled waters: Pepsi and Coke; Part V. Competition between Mission and Non-Mission-Based Businesses: 9. Consensus capitalism: Whole Foods and Walmart; 10. Sustainability’s next frontier: Dupont and Monsanto; Concluding observations: the journey continues; Index. Entrepreneurship and innovation | Organizations and the Natural Environment

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 275pp 1 b/w illus. 58 tables 978-1-107-07279-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00

P

978-1-107-42111-0 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$38.00

P

Communication Skills for Business Professionals

Towards a More Visual Sociology and Anthropology Luc Pauwels | Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium

Insights into culture and society can be acquired by observing, analyzing and theorizing visible behavior of people and material products of culture. This book provides scholars, students, artists and professionals with a systematic and analytical presentation and discussion of methods and techniques to visually study and communicate culture and society. • Proposes an integrated and structured overview of the field, providing a clear overview of the benefits and intricacies of different methods • Works toward achieving a more explicit and refined methodology in which to perform research • Features examples from a variety of sources and fields Social theory

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 113 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00807-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Previously Announced

Reconstructing Sociology The Critical Realist Approach Douglas V. Porpora | Drexel University, Philadelphia

The first book-length introduction to critical realism for students and scholars of sociology, this book offers a general critique of sociology, particularly in the United States, from a critical realist perspective. Numerous sociological examples are included, and each chapter addresses well-known and current work in sociology. • The first book-length introduction to critical realism for a sociological audience • Coverage of the broad array of current sociological perspectives makes it an accessible introduction to sociological theory as well as a novel argument concerning critical realism • The philosophical ideas are explained clearly with numerous sociological examples Social theory

Phillip Cenere | Notre Dame University, Australia

Communication Skills for Business Professionals is a student-friendly introduction to the principles and practice of effective communication in the workplace. Engagingly written and full of real-life examples, it explains the key theories underpinning communication strategies and encourages students to consider how to apply them in a contemporary business environment. • Covers all the core topics of standard undergraduate courses but more concisely than competitors • Has a strong practical focus reinforced by contributions from authors with industry experience • Includes rich pedagogical resources Management (general)

September 2015 249 x 176 mm 456pp 978-1-107-65662-8 Paperback £64.99 / US$99.99

Reframing Visual Social Science

X

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 210pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-10737-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

P

978-1-107-51471-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

P

Climate Change as Social Drama Global Warming in the Public Sphere Philip Smith | Yale University, Connecticut

This book looks at climate change in the mass media and in public communication. Chapters include the rise of the apocalyptic scenario in public debate, the success of Al Gore’s An Inconvenient Truth, climate art and ill-conceived advertising campaigns, the meaning of recent climate conferences, and the impacts of climate-linked natural disasters. • Lively and widely accessible; though aimed at a scholarly audience also has mass appeal – very hot topic • Indicates the surprising relevance of Aristotle for the analysis of contemporary culture • Explains effective and failed climate change communication, with an emphasis on culture Social theory

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-107-10355-9 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

P

978-1-107-50305-2 Paperback £20.99 / US$29.99

P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

45


Sociology

46

Performing Civility

Neoliberalising Old Age

International Competitions in Classical Music Lisa McCormick | Haverford College, Pennsylvania

John Macnicol | London School of Economics and Political Science

Lisa McCormick considers the history of classical music competitions and their role in society by examining their highlights and ongoing controversies. She explains why, despite a widespread belief that performances cannot be ranked, aspiring musicians still enter them, professionals still judge them and audiences still invest emotionally in the results. • The first academic study to examine classical music competitions from a sociological perspective • Provides a unified history of the emergence of classical music competitions, including a previously unpublished record of historical membership in the World Federation of International Music Competitions (WFIMC) • Based upon firsthand observations, as well as interviews and conversations with participants about sharing their personal experiences and opinions Social theory | Cambridge Cultural Social Studies

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 7 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-10086-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Anger and Racial Politics The Emotional Foundation of Racial Attitudes in America Antoine J. Banks | University of Maryland, College Park

Anger and Racial Politics provides a theoretical framework for understanding the emotional conditions that cause race to have a more pervasive effect on politics. Antoine J. Banks argues that anger, and not other negative emotions, provides the foundation upon which contemporary white racial attitudes are structured. • A novel perspective on emotional underpinnings of racial attitudes in America • Offers an important theoretical contribution: deconstructing the emotions underlying contemporary racism, old-fashioned racism, and non-racial considerations • Demonstrates the conditions that cause race to be more pervasive in American society Political sociology

July 2014 216 x 138 mm 220pp 45 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-04983-3 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00

C

New in Paperback

The Peasant in Postsocialist China History, Politics, and Capitalism Alexander F. Day | Occidental College, Los Angeles

A radical appraisal of the role of the peasant throughout Chinese history, and how that role has transformed in the reform-era and beyond. Indispensable reading for all those wishing to understand Chinese history and politics, and the debate as to the nature of tomorrow’s China. • The first comprehensive, historically informed look at reform-era Chinese debates on the role of the peasant • Radical appraisal of the development of reform-era Chinese intellectual politics • Demonstrates the centrality of the peasant to the contemporary Chinese perspective on Chinese history Political sociology

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 242pp 978-1-107-54498-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-03967-4 Hardback

C

£55.00 / US$90.00

Examines the ways in which neoliberalism as a political ideology has affected the current ageing and social policy debate in the UK and the USA, with particular regard to the raising of state pension ages, demographic pressures, retirement, state pensions, intergenerational equity, ageism and age discrimination in employment. • Offers a unique interdisciplinary focus on a highly topical issue, which is one of today’s key social policy debates • Explores a central issue: do we wish to preserve old age as a discrete stage of life, to be protected by welfare policies specifically targeting ‘the old’? Should old age be accorded a privileged status? • Makes a challenging and original analysis, critically examining many of today’s received wisdoms in the debate on ageing and social policy Political sociology

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 5 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-11518-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-53554-1 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P

Citizenship and Identity in the Age of Surveillance Pramod K. Nayar | University of Hyderabad, India

This book is a study of cultures of surveillance, from CCTV to genetic data-gathering and the new forms of subjectivity and citizenship that are forged in such cultures. It studies data, bodies and space as domains within which this subjectivity of the vulnerable individual emerges. • Suggests a huge shift in the very meaning of surveillance itself • Brings into discussion popular culture, from Facebook and Twitter to ‘Big Boss’ and ‘Big Brother’ Political sociology

February 2015 234 x 156 mm 240pp 978-1-107-08058-4 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00

C


Sociology

Textbook

Social Sequence Analysis

The Political Sociology of Human Rights

Methods and Applications Benjamin Cornwell | Cornell University, New York

Kate Nash | Goldsmiths, University of London

This textbook develops a sociological approach to human rights that considers both commonalities and differences in contexts, actors and claims for human rights around the world. Drawing on case studies of organisations and institutions, it illustrates how human rights are being used to address structures of violence, inequality and insecurity. • Presents debates alongside case studies, helping students to understand not only how others have approached the study of human rights but how they might approach it themselves • Explains the complexities of achieving respect for human rights in practice using simple, clear language but without recourse to simplistic formulations and solutions • Discusses contemporary examples of human rights issues: social and economic (poverty, displacement) and cultural (group rights to protection of ways of life), as well as civil and political (state killing, detention of migrants) and those that do not easily fit into existing categories (violence against women) • Gives close attention to activism, organisations and structures in the global south as well as the northwest Contents: 1. The social construction of human rights; 2. (A) human rights movement(s) and other organisations; 3. States of human rights; 4. The United Nations: not a world state; 5. Humanising capitalism; 6. Women’s rights are human rights; 7. Do migrants have rights?; 8. What works? Paradoxes in the human rights field. Political sociology | Key Topics in Sociology

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-0-521-19749-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

X

978-0-521-14847-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

X

Sociology as a Population Science John H. Goldthorpe | University of Oxford

John Goldthorpe provides a new rationale for recent developments in sociology, proposing that sociology should be understood as a ‘population science’ and develop as a science in a way which allows for a degree of continuity with the natural sciences, while preserving the field’s distinctiveness. • A new rationale for the development of sociology as a social science in a sense that implies continuity with the natural science while preserving the field’s proper distinctiveness • Features a distinct argument structured around nine clearly stated propositions • Emphasises the importance of statistically informed methods of data collection and analysis in sociology Research methods in sociology and criminology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-12783-8 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

P

978-1-107-56731-3 Paperback c. £16.99 / c. US$27.99

P

Social Sequence Analysis is a comprehensive guide to analytic methods for scientists who are interested in studying sequenced social processes. This book is ideal for teachers of both undergraduate and graduate courses, and as a reference for researchers at all levels who are inexperienced in social sequence analysis. • Packages different sequence analysis methods together as a family of social science methods • Expands on existing sequence analysis methods by showing how sequence analysis can be done using social network analysis techniques • Shows how sequence analysis techniques can be used to study timeuse data • Emphasizes visualization Research methods in sociology and criminology | Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences, 37

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 328pp 41 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-10250-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-50054-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P

Illuminating Dark Networks The Study of Clandestine Groups and Organizations Edited by Luke M. Gerdes | United States Military Academy

Clandestine groups and networks are fundamentally different than transparent organizations. Consequently, we need new and different tools to understand terror groups, criminal networks, and other violent non-state actors (VNSAs). Illuminating Dark Networks explores the state of the art in methods to study dark networks. • Describes new tools to study big data that will appeal to researchers attempting to understand extremist groups’ use of social media • Describes context-specific means to conduct measurement in dark networks • Explores theoretical issues in the application of network method to the study of clandestine groups Research methods in sociology and criminology | Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences, 39

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 224pp 71 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-10269-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

C

Puberty in Crisis The Sociology of Early Sexual Development Celia Roberts | Lancaster University

Puberty today is understood to be in crisis: many claim children are growing up too fast and becoming sexual too early. This book critically explores cultural, scientific and medical debates around contemporary changes to pubertal timing, using examples from news media, environmental campaigns and paediatric science and medicine. • Proposes an original, interdisciplinary understanding of early sexual development that will appeal to a broad range of readers interested in sex, gender and children’s development • Provides a feminist analysis of early sexual development and explains the significance of this issue to feminism • Makes a serious contribution both to social studies of health and biomedicine, and to feminist and social theory Sociology of gender

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10472-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

47


Anthropology / Archaeology

Anthropology

Archaeology

Nature, Culture, and Society

Archaeological Resource Management

Anthropological Perspectives on Life Gisli Palsson | University of Iceland, Reykjavik

48

Reflecting upon the changing human condition, Palsson addresses various conflated zones of life at particular times and scales. Engaging with topical issues on the public agenda, from personal genomics to human-animal relations to the global environment, the book sets out a compelling case for meaningful change. • Incorporates developments from the humanities, social sciences and life sciences • Broad coverage of a range of fundamental issues • Presents a theory of ‘biosocial relations’, which helps readers engage with biopolitics and bioethics

An International Perspective John Carman | University of Birmingham

Archaeological Resource Management provides an international comparison of the main practices involved in managing archaeological remains, especially their identification and recording, their evaluation for ‘significance’, their preservation and their presentation to the public. • Has global relevance • Takes a comparative approach • A unique treatment of this subject matter Archaeological theory, method

Social, cultural anthropology

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 225pp 18 tables 978-0-521-84168-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$105.00

P

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 241pp 978-1-107-08584-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

978-0-521-60259-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$36.99

P

C

Making Ancient Cities

Textbook

Space and Place in Early Urban Societies Edited by Andrew T. Creekmore, III | University of Northern Colorado

Race An Introduction Peter Wade | University of Manchester

Exploring a wide range of historical and regional contexts, this textbook takes a comparative approach to race, illustrated with detailed examples. Numerous textboxes highlight interesting global case studies and help students to appreciate the different meanings of race in varied contexts. Figures, tables and exercises provide further student support. • Combines a broad historical overview (from the ancient world to the present day) with wide geographical and comparative coverage to show that race means different things in different contexts • Detailed historical and ethnographic material in textboxes, figures, photos and tables demonstrates the operation of race in everyday life • Offers an up-to-date, critical overview of a fast-changing field Contents: 1. Knowing ‘race’; Part I. Race in Time: 2. Early approaches to understanding human variation; 3. From Enlightenment to eugenics; 4. Biology, culture and genomics; 5. Race in the era of cultural racism: politics and the everyday; Part II. Race in Practice: 6. Latin America: mixture and racism; 7. The United States and South Africa: segregation and desegregation; 8. Race in Europe: immigration and nation; 9. Conclusion. Social, cultural anthropology

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 275pp 13 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-03411-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

X

978-1-107-65228-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

X

This volume investigates how the structure and use of space developed and changed in cities, and examines the role of different societal groups in shaping urbanism. Culturally and chronologically diverse case studies provide a basis to examine recent theoretical and methodological shifts in the archaeology of ancient cities. • Contains analysis of a diverse array of cities in several regions of the world • Includes case studies of interesting cities that are not well known • Examines the development of urban space at many levels ranging from the actions of everyday residents to the dictates of powerful rulers Prehistory

July 2014 253 x 177 mm 437pp 69 b/w illus. 12 maps 978-1-107-04652-8 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

Knowledge and Power in Prehistoric Societies Orality, Memory, and the Transmission of Culture Lynne Kelly | La Trobe University, Victoria

This book offers new insights into the purpose of ancient monuments through an analysis of the methods by which oral cultures maintain a vast store of pragmatic knowledge. Lynne Kelly considers how the Australian Aboriginal, Native American, African, Pacific, and European cultures stored and transmitted knowledge in the absence of writing. • Offers a new theory for the purpose of Stonehenge and other stone circles in the UK, the great houses of Chaco Canyon in New Mexico, and the mound-building site of Poverty Point in Louisiana, in a way which applies to many other sites around the world • Identifies objects which have to date defied interpretation as memory aids, such as the Scottish carved stone balls • Explains the complex memory methods and physical memory aids used by oral cultures who are totally dependent on their memories to store all the practical information on which their survival depends Prehistory

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 304pp 43 b/w illus. 4 maps 4 tables 978-1-107-05937-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C


Archaeology

Death Rituals, Social Order and the Archaeology of Immortality in the Ancient World

Rural Lives and Landscapes in Late Byzantium Art, Archaeology, and Ethnography Sharon E. J. Gerstel | University of California, Los Angeles

‘Death Shall Have No Dominion’ Edited by Colin Renfrew | University of Cambridge

The twenty-seven essays in this volume, edited and written by leading archaeologists and prehistorians, consider how prehistoric humans attempted to recognise, understand and conceptualise death. Together they trace the emergence of death as a concept and contributing factor to the formation of communities and social hierarchies, and sometimes the creation of divinities. • Deals with a universal feature of the human condition: death • Geographically wide in scope, with insightful examples from most parts of the world • Social implications of mortality and the reactions of society to it are coherently considered Prehistory

September 2015 279 x 216 mm 460pp 163 b/w illus. 13 maps 7 tables 978-1-107-08273-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 P

Clay in the Age of Bronze Essays in the Archaeology of Prehistoric Creativity Joanna Sofaer | University of Southampton

This book is the first to explore creativity in the Bronze Age. Focusing on the rich archaeology of the Carpathian Basin, where clay was a ubiquitous material, it includes eight thematic essays each examining a different aspect of creativity as expressed through the medium of clay. • The first book to explore this important topic in later prehistory • Includes case studies • An accessible and provocative theoretical discussion Prehistory

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 225pp 32 b/w illus. 7 maps 2 tables 978-0-521-76826-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$105.00 P 978-0-521-15536-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

P

Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East

August 2015 279 x 216 mm 234pp 34 b/w illus. 90 colour illus. 3 maps 978-0-521-85159-6 Hardback £70.00 / US$115.00 C

The Archaeology of Malta From the Neolithic through the Roman Period Claudia Sagona | University of Melbourne

This book synthesizes the archaeology of the Maltese archipelago from the first human colonization c.5000 BC through the Roman period (c.400 AD). Claudia Sagona interprets the archaeological record to explain changing social and political structures, intriguing ritual practices, and cultural contact through several millennia. • There is no comprehensive and detailed book such as this that covers the period from human colonization to the Roman period in the Maltese archipelago • This is an up-to-date synthesis of archaeological finds recorded in excavation reports and sources that are not readily available • Includes new illustrations, updated maps, and plans and finds pertaining to all periods, as well as an extensive and exhaustive bibliography on ancient Malta and related fields • Offers fresh ways of interpreting the archaeological data, challenging how we view cultural change, land use and people’s adaptability in an island environment Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East | Cambridge World Archaeology

Bronze Age Eleusis and the Origins of the Eleusinian Mysteries

September 2015 253 x 177 mm 464pp 66 b/w illus. 2 maps 5 tables 978-1-107-00669-0 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$115.00 C

Michael B. Cosmopoulos | University of Missouri, St Louis

Despite the tremendous popularity of the Eleusinian Mysteries, their origins are unknown and can only be reconstructed with the help of archaeology. This book provides a much needed synthesis of the archaeology of Eleusis during the Bronze Age and reconstructs the formation and early development of the Eleusinian Mysteries. • The only book on the origins of the Eleusinian Mysteries • The most recent update on the status of research on the archaeology of Eleusis and the religious aspects of the Eleusinian Mysteries • The only book on the history of Eleusis in the Bronze Age Classical archaeology

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 230pp 79 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-01099-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This is the first book to examine the late Byzantine (thirteenth to fifteenth centuries) village through written, archaeological and painted sources. This study inserts the Byzantine peasant into broader examinations of Mediterranean history and ethnography by discussing both the medieval villager and villagers of more recent centuries. • Discusses a number of unpublished sites and includes new information on previously published sites • Straddles the fields of history, art history and archaeology • Richly illustrated, with 127 images (90 of which are in color)

C

Art and Vision in the Inca Empire Andeans and Europeans at Cajamarca Adam Herring | Southern Methodist University, Texas

This book offers a new, art-historical interpretation of pre-contact Inca culture and power. Adam Herring offers close readings of Inca and Andean art in a variety of media: architecture and landscape, geoglyphs, sculpture, textiles, ceramics, featherwork, and metalwork. The volume is richly illustrated with over sixty color images. • A close art-historical reading of Inca artworks and visual expression • Provides in-depth consideration of historical and performative contexts of Inca art • Features full-color illustrations of objects in several media: architecture, sculpture, weaving, woodwork, and metalwork Archaeology of the Americas

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 276pp 10 b/w illus. 61 colour illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-09436-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

49


Archaeology

Ancient Teotihuacan

The Archaeology of South Asia

Early Urbanism in Central Mexico George L. Cowgill | Arizona State University

Long before the Aztecs and 800 miles from Classic Maya centers, Teotihuacan was part of a broad Mesoamerican tradition but had a distinctive personality. This book synthesizes a century of research, including recent finds, and covers the lives of commoners as well as elites. • Intended for general readers as well as specialists • Brings to light a spectacular civilization that long preceded the Aztecs and was quite different from the better-known Maya • Up to date on the most recent finds, superseding and sometimes correcting early interpretations

50

From the Indus to Asoka, c.6500 BCE–200 CE Robin Coningham | University of Durham

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 100 b/w illus. 9 maps 3 tables 978-0-521-87033-7 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00 P

This book offers a critical synthesis of the archaeology of South Asia from the Neolithic period (c.6500 BCE), when domestication began and permanent settlements were established across the subcontinent, to the spread of Buddhism which accompanied the reign of the Mauryan Emperor Asoka in the third century BCE. • The only volume to explicitly compare the archaeological sequences of the Indus urban period with the Early Historic urban period • Focuses on urban-rural interaction and interactions within adjacent regions • An integrated study of the development of the discipline of archaeology within South Asia and a discussion of the sequences thus produced

978-0-521-69044-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

Archaeology of Asia, Sub-Saharan Africa, Pacific | Cambridge World Archaeology

Archaeology of the Americas | Case Studies in Early Societies

P

September 2015 253 x 177 mm 552pp 178 b/w illus. 28 maps 978-0-521-84697-4 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00 C

Previously Announced Highlight

The Archaeology of Urbanism in Ancient Egypt

The Colonial Caribbean Landscapes of Power in Jamaica’s Plantation System James A. Delle | Kutztown University, Pennsylvania

From the Predynastic Period to the End of the Middle Kingdom Nadine Moeller | University of Chicago

The Colonial Caribbean is an archaeological analysis of Jamaican coffee plantation landscapes at the turn of the nineteenth century. Framed by Marxist theory, the analysis considers plantation landscapes using a multiscalar approach to landscape archaeology. • Uses Marxist theory to understand the archaeological past • Examines the role of capitalism in the plantation system • Focuses on landscape archaeology Archaeology of the Americas | Case Studies in Early Societies

August 2014 228 x 152 mm 266pp 48 b/w illus. 16 maps 7 tables 978-0-521-76770-5 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00 P 978-0-521-74433-1 Paperback £20.99 / US$32.99

P

Writing and the Ancient State Early China in Comparative Perspective Haicheng Wang | University of Washington

Writing and the Ancient State: Early China in Comparative Perspective is a comparative study of the use of writing to create and maintain order in early states. It explores the early development of writing and its relationship to the growth of political structures in the concrete settings of six regions – Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Maya lowlands, Central Mexico, the Andes, and China. • Side-by-side comparisons and a global perspective make this a farreaching study • Vividly illustrated with over 100 images and a color insert • Imaginative scenarios for the invention of writing bring the story to life for both the specialist and the student Archaeology of Asia, Sub-Saharan Africa, Pacific

July 2014 253 x 177 mm 427pp 69 b/w illus. 26 colour illus. 15 maps 978-1-107-02812-8 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

This book presents the latest archaeological evidence that makes a case for Egypt as an early urban society. It traces the emergence of urban features during the Predynastic Period up to the disintegration of the powerful Middle Kingdom state (c.3500–1650 BC). • Includes a considerable number of new and reinterpreted site plans and maps, which illustrate the available archaeological evidence in a groundbreaking way • Takes the latest archaeological data into account, some of which have not been published or discussed elsewhere • The author addresses this topic for the first time within an analytical framework, and assembles a wide range of evidence in English • Discussions focus on new interpretations of the available evidence, which will stimulate new debate in the scholarly community Egyptology

November 2015 279 x 216 mm 450pp 188 b/w illus. 6 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-07975-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C


Archaeology

New in Paperback

New in Paperback

Cities and the Shaping of Memory in the Ancient Near East

Stone Tools in the Paleolithic and Neolithic Near East A Guide John J. Shea | State University of New York, Stony Brook

Ömür Harmansah | University of Illinois, Chicago

This book investigates the practice of constructing cities in the ancient Near East. City building was an important component of how Assyrian and Syro-Hittite rulers of the Early Iron Age (c.1200– 850 BCE) constructed their political identity. A unique contribution in its field, it brings together architecture and cultural history with the study of antiquity in the Near East. • Interdisciplinary, engaging with archaeological, textual, architectural, and visual evidence – the book’s sources are from excavated remains, monumental inscriptions, landscape archaeology (regional surveys), art historical analysis, and environmental research • The discussion seamlessly moves from broad regional overviews of landscape histories to specific examples of foundations and urban context, to specific architectural technologies that operated as royal insignia and shaped urban spaces • This book is a product of the spatial turn in the humanities and social sciences: it pays close attention to hotly debated questions of space, place, and landscape, while relating spatial processes to questions of social memory and identity, political discourse, and desire

This book surveys the archaeological record for stone tools from the earliest times to 6,500 years ago in the Near East. It includes descriptions, definitions and illustrations of stone tools from all the major periods of Stone Age prehistory. Written by an archaeologist with extensive experience making and using stone tools, it provides unique insights into how differences among stone tools reflect variability in prehistoric behavior. • Extensively illustrated with line drawings of stone tools from archaeological sites and schematic diagrams illustrating important aspects of stone tool technology • Covers the evidence from all the major periods of Stone Age prehistory in the Levant • Includes insights from the author’s experience making and using stone tools Ancient Near East

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 93 b/w illus. 7 maps 53 tables 978-1-107-55202-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99 C Also available 978-1-107-00698-0 Hardback

£64.99 / US$104.99

C

Ancient Near East

May 2015 253 x 177 mm 367pp 51 b/w illus. 9 maps 978-1-107-53374-5 Paperback £23.99 / US$36.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02794-7 Hardback

C

£69.99 / US$104.99

Highlight

Ancient Kanesh A Merchant Colony in Bronze Age Anatolia Mogens Trolle Larsen | University of Copenhagen

This book presents a detailed description of the political, cultural, and economic world of ancient Kanesh (present-day Kültepe, Turkey), a vibrant Bronze Age Anatolian trade outpost and the earliest attested commercial society in world history. • There is no comparable description of the ancient Anatolian city of Kanesh • Allows an unprecedented view of an ancient society based on longdistance trade • Includes family archives, which provide an exciting opportunity for micro-history with a close understanding of the lives of ordinary people Ancient Near East

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 43 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-11956-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The Archaeology of Prehistoric Arabia Adaptation and Social Formation from the Neolithic to the Iron Age Peter Magee | Bryn Mawr College, Pennsylvania

This book provides the first extensive coverage of the archaeology of the Arabian peninsula from c.9000 to 800 BC. Providing a wealth of detail on the environmental and archaeological record, it argues that this ancient region was in many ways very different from the surrounding states in Egypt and Mesopotamia. • Provides the first detailed analysis of the archaeology of Arabia, covering a land mass greater than Turkey, Syria, Iraq, Egypt, Palestine, Lebanon, Israel, Cyprus, Greece, and Italy combined • Examines the adaptation of humans to Arabia’s environment and the eventual formation of a unique society that flourished for millennia • Builds upon two decades of field research by the author Ancient Near East | Cambridge World Archaeology

August 2014 253 x 177 mm 309pp 97 b/w illus. 21 maps 978-0-521-86231-8 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

51


Psychology

Psychology

Self-Regulation in Adolescence Edited by Gabriele Oettingen | New York University

Regulating Reproductive Donation Edited by Susan Golombok | University of Cambridge

52

The emergence of new empirical evidence and ethical debate has called into question the current regulatory frameworks that govern reproductive donation, both in the UK and overseas. In response, this book offers fresh interdisciplinary perspectives on current challenges facing the regulation of reproductive donation, and suggests possible ways forward. • Focuses on key issues relating to the regulation of assisted reproduction, such as the number of offspring that should be created from each sperm donor, and whether it is important, or even possible, to regulate across borders • Presents cutting-edge research on the latest social, policy and technological developments in assisted reproduction • Includes high quality contributions from an international team of academics, researchers and practitioners, including leading authors in the field Developmental psychology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09096-5 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

C

New in Paperback

The Cambridge Handbook of Environment in Human Development Edited by Linda Mayes | Yale University, Connecticut

Differences in culture, education, family life, peers and media provide considerable diversity for the environments in which children grow up. While acknowledging the importance of environment, developmental psychologists have traditionally considered environmental input secondary to individual progress. This volume discusses the environments surrounding children as an essential piece of development. • Discusses the environments surrounding children as an essential piece of development • Discusses the interaction of different environments and their effects on development • The only volume to focus exclusively on environments Developmental psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

Developmental psychology | The Jacobs Foundation Series on Adolescence

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 422pp 22 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-03600-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Constructive Controversy Theory, Research, Practice David W. Johnson | University of Minnesota

Using the social psychological theory of ‘constructive controversy’, this book analyses the nature of disagreement among members of decision-making groups. It addresses questions such as: do differences of opinion enhance or obstruct creative thinking? And why do people make decisions based only on their own perspective without considering alternative viewpoints? • Presents a theory relevant to a variety of fields and practical applications, to help summarize and guide research and practice • Includes entertaining and intriguing examples of constructive controversy • Will guide practitioners to improve their practice and innovate with new procedures Social psychology

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 6 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-08981-5 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

P

978-1-107-46150-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

P

New in Paperback

Political Psychology

July 2015 254 x 178 mm 740pp 26 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-53168-0 Paperback £39.99 / c. US$65.00

C

Also available 978-0-521-86882-2 Hardback

C

£94.99 / US$159.99

This volume combines the fields of adolescence and self-regulation to shed new light on the challenges adolescents face and the self-regulation tools that effectively ease their transition to adulthood. Emphasizing practical applications, it will be a valuable resource not only for scholars, but also for adolescents and those who support them. • Offers practical, research-based strategies to help individuals cope with the challenges of adolescence • Considers the adolescent period in relation to historical and cultural contexts, biological influences, and social constraints • Features contributions from prominent researchers across a variety of fields

Critical Perspectives Cristian Tileagă | Loughborough University

This book provides an introduction to political psychology through a focus on European politics and topics. By emphasising the theoretical and methodological diversity of political psychology, the book contributes to a greater understanding of the strength and utility of the field. • A wide coverage of topics in political psychology with distinctively European approaches and examples – readers will appreciate the breadth and diversity of the field • Demonstrates the importance of alternative approaches in political psychology – readers will realise the broad and rich epistemological, theoretical and methodological base of the field • Chapters provide clear theoretical grounding of the topics covered in relation to classic and contemporary research, alongside critical analytical considerations of actual research practice Social psychology

August 2015 229 x 152 mm 244pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-67252-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$24.99

P

Also available 978-1-107-01768-9 Hardback

P

£60.00 / US$95.00


Psychology

A Richer, Brighter Vision for American High Schools

Colours and Colour Vision An Introductory Survey Daniel Kernell | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

Nel Noddings | Stanford University, California

Challenging the too-common view of education as merely a means of achieving financial wellbeing, Noddings advocates a unifying educational aim of producing better adults. This book offers strategies to improve high schools that consider the full range of students’ talents and interests and encourage more choice for students and teachers. • Outlines methods for democratizing high schools • Addresses issues related to school and community ecology • Argues for additional programs in schools, such as a rich ninth-grade remedial program Educational psychology

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-1-107-07526-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$97.99

P

978-1-107-42791-4 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P

School Bullying in Different Cultures Eastern and Western Perspectives Edited by Peter K. Smith | Goldsmiths, University of London

An unusually broad account of colours and colour vision which deals with the historical and cultural roles of colours as well as the physical and neurophysiological mechanisms. Variations of colour vision are also described, both within human populations and between different species of animals. • Explains technical concepts in an accessible fashion and includes a glossary of specialised terms • Features a detailed account of inherited colour vision deficiencies to enable a better understanding of the mechanisms and consequences of common kinds of colour blindness • Describes various complexities of sensory functions in the context of colour vision Cognition

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 260pp 20 b/w illus. 45 colour illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-08303-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-44354-9 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99

P

Previously Announced

School bullying is recognised as an international problem, but publications have focussed on the western tradition of research. This is the first volume to bring together perspectives on school bullying from a range of eastern as well as western countries, covering basic findings, direct comparisons, explanations and implications for intervention. • Research findings present a clear summary of what is known about bullying in Europe, North America, Australasia, Japan, South Korea, Mainland China and Hong Kong • Provides insight into factors such as methodological issues, school systems, societal values and linguistic issues, that can help understand similarities and differences between findings in different countries • Examines the different kinds of interventions used to tackle school bullying in eastern and western countries and the lessons that can be learnt from the extent of their success in different environments Educational psychology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 18 b/w illus. 37 tables 978-1-107-03189-0 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00 C

The Conceptual Representation of Consciousness Thomas Natsoulas | University of California, Davis

A valuable contribution to psychology of consciousness. Each of its six main chapters adopts the perspective of a different concept of consciousness employed in ordinary thought and speech. The author examines the sources of each concept and relates them to relatively recent or contemporary conceptual counterparts still perforce under development. • Explores how six ordinary English concepts of consciousness have been exercised or are currently being exercised • Compares these six concepts with related technical or scientific concepts • Critically considers how the several concepts of consciousness are treated in the most authoritative dictionary

Using Figurative Language

Cognition

Herbert L. Colston | University of Alberta

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 478pp 978-1-107-02227-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Using Figurative Language is for both interdisciplinary scholars who study or are interested in figurative language such as linguists, psychologists, philosophers, communication scholars, cognitive scientists and literary scholars, as well as a broad audience of anyone who works with, is intrigued by, enjoys using or has ever used figurative language. • The book proposes a much more broad view of figurative language cognition that will appeal to and inspire multiple interdisciplinary constituencies that study figurative language • Readers will be able to understand discussed phenomena through access to vivid examples culled from authentic language data and widely available cultural sources • By demonstrating the deceptively complex interplay of mixed mechanisms in seemingly simple ‘everyday’ figurative utterances, the book will leave readers with an appreciation of the depth and complexity of figurative language

C

Cognition

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-10565-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

53


Psychology

Key Reference

Re-Visioning Psychiatry

The Cambridge Handbook of Consumer Psychology

Cultural Phenomenology, Critical Neuroscience, and Global Mental Health Edited by Laurence J. Kirmayer | McGill University, Montréal

54

Edited by Michael I. Norton | Harvard Business School, Harvard University

Re-Visioning Psychiatry brings together new perspectives on the causes and treatment of mental health problems. The contributors emphasize the importance of understanding experience and explore how the brain, the person, and the social world interact to give rise to mental health problems as well as resilience and recovery. • Interdisciplinarity – presents psychobiological, clinical, cultural, philosophical, and global mental health perspectives, allowing readers to sample cutting edge research being conducted within and outside their own disciplines • Multi-level analysis – the book focuses on mental illness in different social and cultural contexts and at many different levels, including genetic and epigenetic, neurobiological, behavioral, clinical, cultural, political, historical, and social dimensions • International in scope – chapters discuss fieldwork in Fiji, Indonesia, Kosovo, Liberia, Nepal, and North America Health and clinical psychology

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 563pp 33 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-03220-0 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00 C Textbook

The Psychology of the Internet Second edition Patricia Wallace | University of Maryland, University College

This engaging, research-based textbook explores the psychological aspects of cyberspace and provides a balanced overview of the internet’s effects on human behavior and social relationships. Readers learn how social media, texting, online games, and other environments influence impression formation, attraction, online dating, aggression, group dynamics, child development, and privacy. • Features numerous examples that will resonate with students and encourage critical thinking about internet psychology and their own online behavior • Discusses cases of online gaffes and shows how students can avoid making similar mistakes • Considers how students can influence the future of the internet, improving the online climate Contents: 1. The internet in a psychological context; 2. Your online persona: the psychology of impression formation; 3. Group dynamics on the internet; 4. The psychology of online aggression; 5. Liking and loving on the net: the psychology of interpersonal attraction; 6. Altruism on the net: the psychology of prosocial behavior; 7. The psychology of online gaming; 8. Child development and the internet: growing up online; 9. Gender issues and sexuality on the internet; 10. The psychology of online privacy and surveillance; 11. The internet as a time sink; 12. Nurturing life on the internet. Applied psychology

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 408pp 5 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-07913-7 Hardback c. £62.00 / c. US$99.00

X

978-1-107-43732-6 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

X

This handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the latest research in consumer psychology and considers future directions for the field. Leading scholars examine findings through individual, interpersonal, and societal lenses to answer key questions, such as why consumers make the purchases they do and which purchases make them truly happy. • Covers the most recent material not available in other handbooks • Features contributions from the most accomplished and innovative young scholars in their areas of expertise • Lays the foundation for future research in consumer psychology Applied psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 768pp 9 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-06920-6 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00

R

A History of Psychology in Western Civilization Bruce K. Alexander | Simon Fraser University, British Columbia

Classical scholarship on psychology originates with Plato, Marcus Aurelius and St Augustine, and these thinkers can help unravel many problems in contemporary psychology. This book re-introduces scholarly psychology to readers today, and demonstrates its potential for dealing with the challenges of the twenty-first century. • Presents a ‘parallel’ rather than ‘sequential’ conception of the history of psychology – where scholarly history is presented as seven classic perspectives on the human psyche, all of which have been evolving separately since • Focuses in depth on the key classic scholars considered to be the most important to psychology – Plato, Marcus Aurelius, St Augustine, Hobbes, Locke, Hume, Darwin and Freud • Each of the classic scholars is linked with at least one contemporary psychologist, enabling readers to see that classical perspectives already live in the present, but there is also much more about them to be discovered History of psychology

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 559pp 6 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-00729-1 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

P

978-0-521-18930-9 Paperback £27.99 / US$44.99

P


Psychology

A Conceptual History of Psychology

Free Will and the Brain Neuroscientific, Philosophical, and Legal Perspectives Edited by Walter Glannon | University of Calgary

Exploring the Tangled Web Second edition John D. Greenwood | City University of New York

A new edition of a critical conceptual history of psychology that traces the continuities and discontinuities in scientific thought about human psychology and behaviour from the Ancient Greeks to the modern day, including mini-histories of the development of abnormal and clinical psychology. For scholars and graduate students. • An illuminating analysis of historical change and development, focusing on real conceptual connections between psychological theories rather than imposed philosophical categories (rationalism vs empiricism, for example) • Explores some of the engaging and enlivening details of the lives of the early proto-psychologists and pioneers of modern scientific psychology • Allows the reader to appreciate the different perspectives of psychologists working in different historical periods and contexts, and with different assumptions and goals

Drawing upon the perspectives of neuroscience, philosophy, psychology and law in explaining and assessing human thought and behavior, Free Will and the Brain provides a distinctive approach to the perennial question of whether we have free will and can be responsible for our actions. • Shows how cognitive and clinical neuroscience can elucidate the concept of free will – informing readers of the brainmind relation and how it mediates human thought and behavior • A distinctive interdisciplinary approach to free will, including neuroscience, philosophy, cognitive psychology and law • Contributions from both distinguished neuroscientists and philosophers provides a unique perspective from which to examine questions about how brain function enables and how brain dysfunction disables the will Biological psychology

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03603-1 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

Previously Announced

History of psychology

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-107-05739-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

P

978-1-107-66680-1 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$42.00

P

Tip-of-the-Tongue States and Related Phenomena Edited by Bennett L. Schwartz | Florida International University

Textbook

Doing Interview-based Qualitative Research A Learner’s Guide Eva Magnusson | Umeå Universitet, Sweden

A step-by-step guide to conducting interviewbased qualitative research projects. The book covers formulating research questions, designing and successfully carrying out interviews and systematically analyzing interview talk. An invaluable resource for students and researchers in psychology, sociology, counseling, education, nursing, social work, and public health. • Uses many detailed examples of analyses of interview material drawn from actual projects • Extensive treatment of how to select and successfully recruit research participants • Discusses the ethical issues that arise in interviews, as well as strategies for dealing with moments of crises during interview conversations Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Some examples of interpretative research; 3. Planning and beginning an interpretative research project; 4. Making decisions about participants; 5. Designing the interview guide; 6. Doing the interview; 7. Preparing for analysis; 8. Finding meanings in people’s talk; 9. Analyzing stories in interviews; 10. Analyzing talk as action; 11. Analyzing for implicit cultural meanings; 12. Reporting your project; Epilogue. Psychology research methods/statistics

The oft-experienced memory retrieval glitch commonly referred to as the ‘tip-of-the-tongue state’ is a topic frequently discussed theoretically and empirically. This volume seeks to assemble various works on this state and related phenomena, which stand at the crossroads of cognitive psychology and popular conceptions of mind and memory. • First edited book on tip-of-the-tongue phenomena • The top researchers in this area from across the world • A mix of cognitive psychology and neuroscience, memory science and psycholinguistics Biological psychology

September 2014 228 x 152 mm 363pp 43 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-03522-5 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C Key Reference

Handbook of Color Psychology Edited by Andrew J. Elliot | University of Rochester, New York

Color is ubiquitous in our perceptual world. This Handbook features comprehensive coverage of emerging theory and research from the exciting and burgeoning area of color psychology. This is a must-have resource with contributions from the top scholars in the field. • Organizes the currently unstructured area of color psychology literature • Provides state-of-the-art reviews for each research area • Puts color psychology ‘on the map’ by establishing it as a coherent scientific discipline Biological psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 220pp 978-1-107-06233-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

X

978-1-107-67470-7 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$47.99

X

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 600pp 75 b/w illus. 92 colour illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-04323-7 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$200.00 R

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

55


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Heidegger and Politics The Ontology of Radical Discontent Alexander Duff | Boston University

The Mortality and Morality of Nations Jews, Afrikaners, and French-Canadians Uriel Abulof | Princeton University, New Jersey

56

The Mortality and Morality of Nations introduces political existentialism – a new school of thought – and demonstrates its merits in the study of ethnicity, nationalism and political legitimacy. Scholars and students of politics and political sociology, philosophy and psychology will gain groundbreaking insights into the role of mortality and morality in modern societies. • Goes beyond familiar social science models to examine how our distinctive human sense of mortality, morality, liberty, and language shapes politics • Resolves tenacious debates in the literature and clarifies the nature and interplay of nationalism, peoplehood and ethnicity in the matrix of identity politics • Answers why and how nations emerge, evolve and end through the human quest for symbolic immortality and collective morality Political theory

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 230pp 16 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-09707-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

C

Nietzsche’s Culture of Humanity Beyond Aristocracy and Democracy in the Early Period Jeffrey Church | University of Houston

Nietzsche scholars have long been divided over whether Nietzsche is an aristocratic or democratic thinker. Nietzsche’s Culture of Humanity overcomes this debate by proving both sides wrong. As such, this book should be of interest to Nietzsche scholars, political theorists and philosophers interested in modern thought. • Breaks through the scholarly debate between ‘aristocratic’ and ‘democratic’ interpretations of Nietzsche • By presenting a novel interpretation of Nietzsche’s political theory, the book offers a way to understand how he could display both elitist and democratic sensibilities • Offers a comprehensive reconstruction of Nietzsche’s early period philosophy, something that is lacking from current literature Political theory

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-12026-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Heidegger and Politics shows the relevance of Heidegger’s thought for contemporary evaluations of politics by responding to widespread confusion about the political implications of his work. The book will appeal to researchers and graduate students in political theory, political philosophy, moral philosophy, and intellectual history. • Offers a fresh interpretation of Heidegger’s work that will explain the connection between his influence and the details of his difficult thought • By responding to widespread confusion about the political implications of his work, the book shows the relevance of Heidegger’s thought for contemporary evaluations of politics • Uses a jargon-free, carefully supported interpretation of the details of Heidegger’s ontology Political theory

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-08153-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Secrecy and Publicity in Votes and Debates Edited by Jon Elster | Columbia University, New York

In the spirit of Jeremy Bentham’s Political Tactics, this volume offers the first comprehensive discussion of the effects of secrecy and publicity on debates and votes in committees and assemblies. • The first book of its kind – a comprehensive overview of secrecy and publicity in debates and votes • Discusses a topic of perennial interest and will appeal to practitioners of politics as well as students of the subject • Highly interdisciplinary – will appeal to historians, sociologists, political scientists and legal scholars Political theory

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 8 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-08336-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

New in Paperback

Imagined Democracies Necessary Political Fictions Yaron Ezrahi | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

Ezrahi proposes that publics that lost their faith in extra-human sources of authority during the Enlightenment are now equally skeptical about the role of rational deliberation in politics. In our era of mass electronic communications, political realities are produced by believable fictions that echo popular desires. • Proposes a reassessment of the evolution of democracy following the collapse of the monarchy and a novel approach to understanding democratic politics in the twenty-first century • Argues that when public confidence in the sharp distinction between facts and fictions is declining, political power is derived more from political fictions and from political gestures rather than policy choices and facts Political theory

July 2015 234 x 156 mm 340pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-52992-2 Paperback £19.99 / c. US$34.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02575-2 Hardback

C

£62.00 / US$100.00


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Terrorism and the Right to Resist

Deliberative Democracy between Theory and Practice

A Theory of Just Revolutionary War Christopher J. Finlay | University of Birmingham

Michael A. Neblo | Ohio State University

Provides a systematic account of the right to resist oppression and of the forms of violence it can justify. Christopher J. Finlay specifies the conditions rebels must meet to claim recognition as legitimate actors in revolutionary conflicts against domestic tyranny and injustice, and wars of liberation against wrongful foreign occupation. • Provides a theory with which to guide moral and political evaluation of political violence by non-state groups • Presents a theory of the ethics of armed rebellion consistent with liberal-democratic political and moral commitments, exploring the ethical consequences of a sincere attachment to moral rights against oppression • Applies the theory of just war to non-state parties engaged in armed rebellion and revolution Political theory

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-04093-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Many people agree that deliberative democracy is attractive in theory but argue that it is utterly unrealistic as a matter of practice. In this book, Michael A. Neblo develops a novel theory of deliberative democracy and then addresses each of the major practical criticisms of its workability, bridging theory and practice. • Combines both normative theory and empirical research • The most comprehensive treatment of deliberative democracy in a single volume • This book’s claims have important implications for institutional design, normative theory, and priorities for future research and practice Political theory

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 245pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02767-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

57 C

Extraordinary Responsibility C

American Dionysia Violence, Tragedy, and Democratic Politics Steven Johnston | University of Utah

Exposing many of democracy’s ugly secrets, American Dionysia demonstrates that classic and contemporary resources of tragedy can counter the violence inherent in it. Ironically, this may require not only anti-democratic remedies, but also the deployment of democratic violence – both in the name of democracy itself. • Confronts democracy with its routine deployment of violence, and calls for its democratic appropriation and redistribution • Deals extensively with popular political culture, including contemporary and classic films and movies • Explores a legislative reparations session as a fundamental party of a democracy’s constitution Political theory

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 312pp 978-1-107-10060-2 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

P

978-1-107-49667-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

Politics Beyond the Moral Calculus Shalini Satkunanandan | University of California, Davis

Extraordinary Responsibility: Politics beyond the Moral Calculus explores how an impoverished understanding of human responsibility as quantifiable and dischargeable encourages moralistic politics. By reconstructing narratives of ‘conversion’ from ‘calculable responsibility’, which are offered by Plato, Kant, Nietzsche, Weber, and Heidegger, Extraordinary Responsibility elaborates an ethos for a less moralized politics. • Accessible readings of five difficult thinkers in the history of political and moral thought • A novel understanding of the problem of moralism in ethics and politics • Blends history of political and moral thought, normative theory, literature, and contemporary political and cultural analysis Political theory

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 255pp 978-1-107-08272-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$94.99

P

978-1-107-44313-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

Microfinance, Rights and Global Justice Edited by Tom Sorell | University of Warwick

Hume and the Politics of Enlightenment Thomas W. Merrill | American University, Washington DC

The first work to make Hume’s comparison of himself to Socrates the basis of an extended interpretation, this book shows how Hume’s turn to moral and political philosophy is a response to the crisis of radical questioning. It will interest Hume specialists, political theorists, and historians of political philosophy. • First work to show the meaning and relevance of Hume’s Socratic analogy • Demonstrates Hume’s relevance to tradition of political philosophy in a novel way • Offers the first account of the tension between philosophy and politics as a major theme of the Essays

Microfinance in the form of small loans to promote entrepreneurial activity is increasingly seen as a sustainable means of aiding the global poor. This book examines the ethical issues arising from microfinance practices, including important questions about exploitation, human rights, and efforts to promote global justice. • Focuses on ethical issues arising in microfinance and will appeal to readers across the spectrum of development studies and ethical theory • Advances the increasingly integral debate about the creation of ‘new human rights’ • Presents leading-edge thinking on what constitutes exploitation in the microfinance context Political theory

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 2 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-11097-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Political theory

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-10870-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

58

The Politics of Objectivity

Taking Rites Seriously

An Essay on the Foundations of Political Conflict Peter J. Steinberger | Reed College, Oregon

Law, Politics, and the Reasonableness of Faith Francis J. Beckwith | Baylor University, Texas

Peter Steinberger reaffirms the idea of rationalism in politics by examining important problems of public life in the light of established philosophical doctrine. This book argues that political conflict is a discursive endeavor deeply implicated in the rational pursuit of theories about how things in the world really are. • Offers a uniquely novel account of modern political conflict as rooted in issues of objectivity • Proposes a new defense of rationalism in politics which takes issue with, and provocatively challenges, the field’s current orthodoxy • Explores basic issues in politics from the perspective of central themes in contemporary metaphysics

Taking Rites Seriously is about how religious beliefs and religious believers are assessed by judges and legal scholars and are sometimes mischaracterized and misunderstood by those who are critical of the influence of religion in politics or in the formation of law. • Reader will acquire a better understanding of the intellectual credentials of certain religious and moral beliefs • Explains how the prevailing narrative on religion, politics, and law does not adequately capture the real reasons for our cultural disagreements • Accessible to readers not formally trained in law, politics, philosophy or religion American government, politics, policy

Political theory

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-11272-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

P

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-10938-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-53305-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$28.99

P

C

Welfare for the Wealthy

Anxious Politics

Parties, Social Spending, and Inequality in the United States Christopher G. Faricy | Syracuse University, New York

Democratic Citizenship in a Threatening World Bethany Albertson | University of Texas, Austin

Anxiety affects civic life broadly – by affecting the news we consume, who we trust, and what public policies we support. Anxious Politics explores these dynamics in four policy areas: immigration, public health, terrorism, and climate change. The book will appeal to public opinion and political psychology scholars. • The authors use multiple experiments to test the effects of anxiety on politics so the reader sees a variety of approaches • Using studies that rely on threatening campaign ads and threatening news articles or broadcasts, the book shows how anxiety operates in these contexts • The research is carried out across four policy areas: immigration, public health, terrorism and climate change and presents a set of issues that appeals to a variety of readers American government, politics, policy

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 264pp 14 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-08148-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-44148-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

James Madison and Constitutional Imperfection Jeremy D. Bailey | University of Houston

This book presents a provocative account of James Madison’s political thought by focusing on Madison’s treatment of the problem of constitutional imperfection. Its repositioning of Madison’s political thought will be of interest to specialists in American political thought, historians of the early republic, as well as students of constitutional identity. • Provides a new interpretation of Madison’s political thought by emphasizing Madison’s proximity to Jefferson • Offers a controversial reflection on the difficulties of deliberation in constitutional politics • Offers the first account of constitutional imperfection in studies of the early republic American government, politics, policy

Welfare for the Wealthy examines how political party power influences both public spending and private subsidies and how, in turn, these changes affect inequality. Christopher Faricy finds that both Democrats and Republicans have increased federal social spending, but differ in how they spend federal money, and which socioeconomic groups benefit. • Uses a new data set of federal expenditures to examine the relationship between political parties and subsidies for private social welfare • Theorizes and shows that Republican party control of the federal government produces higher levels of social tax subsidies for private welfare in both the short and long term • Theorizes and shows how increases to social tax expenditures and decreases in discretionary public spending correlate with increases to the level of income inequality American government, politics, policy

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 18 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-107-10101-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Hacking the Electorate How Campaigns Perceive Voters Eitan D. Hersh | Yale University, Connecticut

Hacking the Electorate focuses on the consequences of campaigns using microtargeting databases to mobilize voters. Eitan Hersh shows that most of what campaigns know about voters comes from a core set of public records, and the content of public records varies from state to state. This variation accounts for differences in campaign strategies and voter coalitions. • Analyses a political database of the measures, behaviors and characteristics of every American voter – the first analysis of its kind • Includes a survey done in partnership with the 2012 Obama campaign of thousands of Obama volunteers and staffers • New theory of ‘ground campaign’ American government, politics, policy

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 31 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10289-7 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

P

978-1-107-50116-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

Previously Announced

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 1 table 978-1-107-12160-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

P

978-1-107-54742-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$32.99

P

C


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Representation in Congress

The Institutional Effects of Executive Scandals

A Unified Theory Kim Quaile Hill | Texas A & M University

Representation in Congress presents a theory of dyadic policy representation in the US Congress, along with substantial evidence to verify the theory. This theory is also applicable to many other national and subnational legislatures where members must cultivate a ‘personal vote’. • An accessible explanation/demonstration of what a systematic social theory should consist of, and how such a theory should be evaluated • Empirical analyses address a range of legislative behavior other than representation, per se • Provides a strong factual basis on which to judge the normative quality of representation provided by members of Congress American government, politics, policy

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 248pp 17 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-10781-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Presidents have long claimed to be sole stewards of the interests of all Americans. Kriner and Reeves challenge this notion and show how presidents systematically pursue policies that disproportionately benefit their more narrow partisan and electoral constituencies. Contrary to popular characterization, they are particularistic politicians who prioritize the needs of certain constituents over others. • Comprehensive analysis of how electoral and partisan forces compel presidents to pursue policies that systematically prioritize the needs of some Americans over others • Translates the results of sophisticated statistical analyses of decades of data into intuitive graphics illustrating the tangible effects of these particularistic forces in dollars and cents • Speaks to a timely debate over our broken political system and warns that further concentration of power in the presidency is far from a panacea; rather, presidents, like members of Congress, engage in particularistic politics that lead to unequal policy outcomes American government, politics, policy

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 40 b/w illus. 5 maps 27 tables 978-1-107-03871-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99 P P

Previously Announced New in Paperback

The Woman Suffrage Movement in America A Reassessment Corrine M. McConnaughy | Ohio State University

This book departs from familiar accounts of high-profile woman suffrage activists whose main concern was a federal constitutional amendment. It tells the story of woman suffrage as one involving the diverse politics of women across the country as well as the incentives of the men with the primary political authority to grant new voting rights. • Uses quantitative and qualitative evidence • Explains partisan politics of women’s suffrage • Focuses on state level-politics and also explains the national outcome American government, politics, policy

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 290pp 7 b/w illus. 1 map 30 tables 978-1-107-56705-4 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 C £60.00 / US$95.00

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 230pp 23 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-10297-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Tides of Consent

Executive Branch Politics and Political Inequality Douglas L. Kriner | Boston University

Also available 978-1-107-01366-7 Hardback

This book investigates the nature of executive scandals in American politics and their effects on governance, political polarization, and democratic accountability. The author analyzes over 400 gubernatorial and presidential scandals over the past forty years to create a common intellectual framework for understanding their role in government. • The first book to systematically examine the impacts of executive scandal on governance • Includes an analysis of all scandals from 1972 to 2012 involving US presidents and governors • Examines the strategic justification behind why executives lie following the outbreak of public and media attention American government, politics, policy

C

The Particularistic President

978-1-107-61681-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Brandon Rottinghaus | University of Houston

How Public Opinion Shapes American Politics Second edition James A. Stimson | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Tracking trends in American public opinion, this study examines moods of public policy over time. It argues that public opinion is decisive in American politics and identifies the citizens who produce influential change as a relatively small subset of the American electorate. • Includes a new preface to the second edition • All data series are brought up to date • Serves as a supplement to introductory American government courses American government, politics, policy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 188pp 44 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10817-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

P

978-1-107-51891-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P

Godless Democrats and Pious Republicans? Party Activists, Party Capture, and the ‘God Gap’ Ryan L. Claassen | Kent State University, Ohio

Godless Democrats and Pious Republicans challenges a conventional wisdom in which recently mobilized religious and Secular extremists captured the parties and created a God gap. Using surveys (1960–2008), Claassen investigates the motivations of religious and non-religious activists and produces a new way of understanding the religious divide in American politics. • Challenges a controversial but dominant way of thinking about recent religious and political trends • Provides a new theoretical model for understanding longitudinal change in groups of campaign activists and generates new insights into the causal mechanism behind recent religious and political trends • Includes comprehensive analyses and discussions of basic population trends, turnout trends, vote choice trends and campaign activism trends within the major American religious traditions that span a long period of time (1960–2008) American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 232pp 16 b/w illus. 33 tables 978-1-107-08844-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-45926-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

Previously Announced

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

59


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Religious Persecution and Political Order in the United States

Rebel Governance in Civil War Edited by Ana Arjona | Northwestern University, Illinois

David T. Smith | University of Sydney

60

This book explains why the United States, a country that values religious freedom, has persecuted some religious minorities while protecting others. It explores the experiences of Mormons, Jehovah’s Witnesses, Jews, Catholics, and Muslims arguing that the state will persecute a religion if it sees it as a political threat. • The first study to compare the persecution experiences of many religious groups explaining the similarities and differences between those experiences • Goes beyond celebratory accounts of religious freedom in America • Interdisciplinary and jargon-free, this book will appeal also to a nonspecialist audience American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11731-0 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00

P

978-1-107-53989-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P

The topic of this book is how rebels govern civilians during civil war. It takes a worldwide comparative approach. Its theoretical analyses involve issues in the characteristics, emergence, evolution, decline, and consequences of rebel governance. Its empirical accounts discuss insurgent groups around the globe, including Latin American, African, Asian, and European cases. • Provides the bases for analysis of a set of widely different governments that are usually ignored by social scientists • Increases our understanding of patterns of conduct and relationships within civil war • Broadens readers’ appreciation of regimes available for comparison of many current propositions about politics Comparative politics

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 322pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10222-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Nationalist Violence in Postwar Europe Luis de la Calle | Juan March Institute, Madrid

New in Paperback

State-Building and Multilingual Education in Africa Ericka A. Albaugh | Bowdoin College, Maine

This book explains why many governments in Africa are including African languages alongside European languages as media of instruction in elementary schools. It argues that a number of factors have combined to make multilingual education attractive: France has changed its foreign policy toward its former colonies and language NGOs are transcribing more languages. • A comprehensive treatment of colonial, independence, and present politics around language in education • Includes an appendix with concise, detailed language and education information for each country in Africa • Combines cross-national, quantitative analysis of all countries in Africa, mid-range comparison of three countries, and deep within-case comparisons, based on extensive field research in Cameroon, Senegal, and Ghana Comparative politics

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 336pp 23 b/w illus. 1 map 15 tables 978-1-107-69665-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$32.99 C Also available 978-1-107-04208-7 Hardback

£55.00 / US$99.00

C

This book offers the first comprehensive analysis of nationalist violence in postwar Europe. Through a combination of theoretical modeling, statistical methods and case studies, the author shows that nationalist violence in developed countries is the product of unresponsive political elites and nationalists unable to attract supporters through legal channels. • First comprehensive research on subject, since it investigates all relevant cases of nationalist mobilization in Europe • Offers new study methods not only on nationalism but also on violence • Unique combination of theoretical analysis and comparative case studies Comparative politics

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 32 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02410-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Limits of Islamism Jamaat-e-Islami in Contemporary India and Bangladesh Maidul Islam | Presidency University, Kolkata

The book examines the dynamics from the formation of Islamist politics for the struggle for hegemony to failure to become a hegemonic force in Bangladesh. The contradiction between Islamic universalism/Islamist populism, on one hand, and a politics of Muslim particularism in India, on the other, is revealed in this study. Comparative politics

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-107-08026-3 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

New in Paperback

Why Elections Fail

Party System Change in Legislatures Worldwide

Pippa Norris | Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University

Moving Outside the Electoral Arena Carol Mershon | University of Virginia

Most people think of political parties as operating in the electoral arena, and see party strengths as determined at elections. This book takes a different view, emphasizing the discretion that politicians have to change the party system while they serve in office. This book explains why, how, and under what conditions this process of change occurs. • Theory integrates strategic and institutional approaches to the study of parties, legislatures, elections, elected politicians and democratic politics • Wide-ranging empirical analysis; original datasets analyzed in the book cover nine countries, and narrative comparisons extend to over two dozen additional countries around the world • Appeals to students, political scientists, political economists, and governments and NGOs alike Comparative politics

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 240pp 17 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-107-56960-7 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99 C Also available 978-0-521-76583-1 Hardback

£55.00 / US$95.00

C

Power and the Vote Elections and Electricity in the Developing World Brian Min | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Power and the Vote newly engages the debate on democracy’s impact in the developing world with fresh data and theory. Policymakers and development workers will appreciate the focus on the underestimated energy challenge facing the world’s poor and insights on how politics shapes the delivery of even technical services like electricity. • Power and the Vote is the first book to use satellite data to study public goods and development • Using a new political theory of public goods provision, the book explains the high appeal of public goods schemes in electoral settings • The book studies one of the most important developmental challenges facing the world and shows that solving it requires political insight Comparative politics

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 288pp 40 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-10984-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 P 978-1-107-52538-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

The Quest for Good Governance

This second volume of a trilogy on electoral integrity compares structural, international, and institutional accounts as alternative perspectives to explain why elections fail to meet international standards. Drawing on new evidence, the study determines the most effective types of strategies for strengthening the quality of electoral governance around the world. • Offers a new theoretical framework comparing the structural, international and institutional reasons why elections fail • Tested theory empirically among diverse types of societies, using worldwide evidence • Establishes a new research agenda in comparative politics, electoral studies and voting behavior Comparative politics

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 256pp 36 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05284-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-67902-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

Coalitions of the Wellbeing How Electoral Rules and Ethnic Politics Shape Health Policy in Developing Countries Joel Sawat Selway | Brigham Young University, Utah

Why do some developing countries have more efficient health systems and better health outcomes? This book shows that the design of electoral rules shapes how political leaders make health policies in response to different constellations of social forces. They do so differently, moreover, in different social settings. • Emphasizes how incentives for constructing broad, national coalitions differ under various social structures • Shows how Mauritius’ ethnically diverse population and majoritarian electoral rules form a positive impact – where ethnic groups are geographically intermixed, majoritarian rules can help ease ethnic tensions in politics because it gives ethnic groups incentives to create pre-electoral pacts and vote for candidates from other groups • Details how public anger and demand for good health policies were not enough in Thailand to transform this developing country into a paragon health system; instead, it was only when electoral reform changed the rules of political competition that the parties and politicians begin paying attention to broad, national concerns Comparative politics

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 10 b/w illus. 9 maps 43 tables 978-1-107-10304-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C New in Paperback

How Societies Develop Control of Corruption Alina Mungiu-Pippidi | Hertie School of Governance, Berlin

Why do some societies manage to control corruption so that it manifests itself only occasionally, while other societies remain systemically corrupt? This book covers historical and contemporary cases and easyto-understand statistics to build a case for a new theory and policy approach to building non-corrupt markets and states. • A comprehensive empirical theory of governance unifying important disparate contributions in the areas of corruption, quality of government and rule of law • The first attempt to directly answer the big question of what explains virtuous circles in good governance • Features research and policy tools to diagnose and build contextualized national strategies Comparative politics

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 11 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-11392-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-53457-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

P

Revolution and Constitutionalism in the Ottoman Empire and Iran Nader Sohrabi | University of Utah

This analysis of the constitutional revolutions in the Ottoman Empire and Iran in the early twentieth century considers global diffusion of institutions and ideas, their regional and local reworking and the historic reasons for greater resilience of democratic institutions in Turkey as compared to Iran. Finally, the book makes a distinction between the form and content of revolutions. • Focuses on the Young Turk Revolution of 1908 Comparative politics

June 2014 234 x 156 mm 458pp 978-1-107-45890-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-19829-5 Hardback

C

£64.99 / US$104.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

61


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

New in Paperback

New in Paperback

Political Consumerism

The Origins of Global Humanitarianism

Global Responsibility in Action Dietlind Stolle | McGill University, Montréal

62

Religion, Empires, and Advocacy Peter Stamatov | Yale University, Connecticut

Political Consumerism captures the creative ways in which consumers and citizens turn to the market as their arena for politics. This book theorizes, describes, analyzes, compares and evaluates how political consumers target corporations to solve globalized problems. It demonstrates the reconfiguration of civic engagement, political participation and citizenship. • Provides a comprehensive comparative analysis of political consumerism • Uses multiple unique empirical materials to study political consumerism theoretically and empirically at the individual, group and cross-national levels • Introduces the concept of individualized responsibility-taking

How, when, and why did ordinary people began to care for the fate of distant strangers? This book addresses these questions by reconstructing, for the first time, the historical origins of global humanitarianism. Peter Stamatov investigates these origins in the context of European overseas imperialism between the sixteenth and nineteenth centuries. • Offers a new understanding of the role in religion in social activism • Provides new perspectives in the study of global and transnational movements • Reveals the unknown origins of global humanitarianism and antiimperialism

Comparative politics

Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 382pp 9 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-56729-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$32.99 Also available 978-1-107-01009-3 Hardback

£60.00 / US$99.00

C

August 2015 229 x 152 mm 246pp 978-1-107-52167-4 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

C

C

Also available 978-1-107-02173-0 Hardback

C

How Solidarity Works for Welfare

Compliant Rebels Rebel Groups and International Law in World Politics Hyeran Jo | Texas A & M University

Subnationalism and Social Development in India Prerna Singh | Brown University, Rhode Island

Drawing on a multi-method study, from the late nineteenth century to the present, of the stark variations in educational and health outcomes within a large, federal, multiethnic developing country – India – this book develops an argument for the power of collective identity as an impetus for state prioritization of social welfare. • Addresses questions that are of urgent relevance to scholars and policy makers alike: why are some places characterized by better social service provision and welfare outcomes than others? How can we improve access to essential public services and welfare outcomes for people? • Uses a creative, multi-method research design – a combination of comparative historical analysis and statistical analysis and subnational comparison of Indian states • In contrast to most studies that focus on the destructive implications of identity politics, details a new counterintuitive argument about the constructive potential of identity politics Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 264pp 21 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-107-07005-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

£55.00 / US$90.00

C

Hyeran Jo analyzes civil wars over the past twenty years and finds that, contrary to conventional wisdom, some rebel groups actually comply with international law. This book examines this phenomenon of compliant rebels and why they exist and emerge all around the world. • Approaches problems of rebel violence from an international law perspective • Offers rich evidence and examples of rebel violence in an accessible fashion • Suggests policy implications as to how to deal with rebel groups in civil conflicts Comparative politics | Problems of International Politics

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 12 b/w illus. 3 maps 22 tables 978-1-107-11004-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 C

Mobilizing Poor Voters Machine Politics, Clientelism, and Social Networks in Argentina Mariela Szwarcberg | Reed College, Oregon

Mobilizing Poor Voters describes and explains the emergence, maintenance, and disappearance of political, partisan, and social networks. Using data gathered through field research in Argentina, this book explains why candidates use clientelistic strategies to mobilize poor voters. Scholars studying clientelism, political parties, poverty, and democratic consolidation will find this book useful. • Provides an account of the success and failure of clientelistic networks in Latin America • Combining network analysis with qualitative and quantitative data, the book uses a creative multi-layered research design to study clientelistic networks • Contributes to the promotion and advancement of effective public policies Comparative politics | Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 192pp 7 b/w illus. 3 maps 13 tables 978-1-107-11408-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-107-53462-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

P


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Advances in ComparativeHistorical Analysis

Confounding Powers Anarchy and International Society from the Assassins to Al Qaeda William J. Brenner

Edited by James Mahoney | Northwestern University, Illinois

A fresh programmatic statement about comparative-historical analysis, situating it within current broad debates in political science. Contributions include new theoretical and conceptual advances in the study of path dependence, critical junctures and institutional dynamics, and methodological tools for analyzing sequences and combining CHA with other approaches. • Provides a fresh programmatic statement of the advantages of comparative-historical research • Situates comparative-historical research in relation to new debates about experimental methods and other recent developments in the discipline • Showcases recent advances and new tools in comparative-historical analysis

The study of international politics has not addressed some of the most pressing issues raised after 9/11, most notably the relationships between Al Qaeda’s international systemic origins and societal effects. Confounding Powers advances the study of international politics into new historical settings while providing insights into pressing policy challenges. • Addresses key unanswered theoretical questions raised by the 9/11 attacks • Provides an analytically eclectic and theoretically progressive model to address vexing theoretical and policy challenges • Advances the study of international politics into largely untapped historical contexts

Comparative politics | Strategies for Social Inquiry

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus. 5 maps 4 tables 978-1-107-10945-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 300pp 3 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-11002-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

978-1-107-52563-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

Power Plays

Targeted Sanctions The Impacts and Effectiveness of United Nations Action Edited by Thomas J. Biersteker | Graduate Institute of International Studies, Geneva

Leading scholars of sanctions and experienced policy practitioners reflect on the impacts and effectiveness of UN targeted sanctions. Addresses issues such as the purposes of targeted sanctions, their relationship with other sanctions regimes, their relationship with other policy instruments, the design of targeted sanctions, sanctions implementation, and effectiveness. • Reflects on the impacts and effectiveness of UN targeted sanctions across a number of different cases • Addresses issues such as the purposes of targeted sanctions, their relationship with other sanctions regimes, their relationship with other policy instruments, the design of targeted sanctions, sanctions implementation, coordination issues, direct and indirect impacts, sanctions evasion, unintended consequences, institutional learning, and effectiveness International relations, international organisations

How International Institutions Reshape Coercive Diplomacy Allison Carnegie | Columbia University, New York

Power Plays argues that coercive diplomacy causes difficulty cooperating due to fears of exploitation, but international institutions can solve these problems by preventing states to use certain tools for coercive purposes. By constraining the use of some instruments of coercion, institutions cause states to rely on less effective alternative tools. • Power Plays proposes a new view of coercive diplomacy that will appeal to scholars and students of coercive diplomacy, sanctions, international institutions, globalization and international relations • Using a multi-method approach, this book presents readers with a variety of evidence including a game theoretic model, case studies and statistical analysis • The book presents a wide variety of current and historical examples tied to important policy debates International relations, international organisations

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 208pp 5 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-12181-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 P

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 4 b/w illus. 47 tables 978-1-107-13421-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-59309-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

International relations, international organisations

978-1-107-54750-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

P

China’s Military Power

Security

Assessing Current and Future Capabilities Roger Cliff | Atlantic Council

Dialogue Across Disciplines Edited by Philippe Bourbeau | University of Cambridge

A comprehensive survey and insightful analysis of how the concept of security is studied across different disciplines. Analytically sharp yet easy to read, this is a cutting-edge volume exploring what security is and what it means in today’s world. It will be of interest to scholars, practitioners and policy advisors. • Proposes an innovative and multidisciplinary approach to security • Offers a rich and unparalleled understanding of how security is understood and studied within the social sciences with contributions from leading academics in the respective fields • Provides a coherent and structured multidisciplinary dialogue on security International relations, international organisations

This book provides a comprehensive assessment of China’s military capabilities in 2000 and 2010, with projections for 2020. Recognizing that military power encompasses more than weaponry, it develops an original empirical framework for measuring militaries that also includes doctrine, training, and organizational structure. • Includes a comprehensive assessment of the Chinese military’s current and future capabilities • Develops and employs a new and rigorous methodology for assessing military capability • Makes extensive use of previously untapped Chinese sources International relations, international organisations

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10740-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

P

978-1-107-51473-7 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

P

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 48 b/w illus. 4 maps 10 tables 978-1-107-10354-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-50295-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

63


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

New in Paperback

Governing Borderless Threats

New Constitutionalism and World Order

64

Edited by Stephen Gill | York University, Toronto

Non-Traditional Security and the Politics of State Transformation Shahar Hameiri | Murdoch University, Western Australia

A pioneering collection analyzing global neoliberal constitutional innovations intended to extend the power of capital and reduce the policy autonomy of states, and the emerging potential to create a more just and sustainable world order. Indispensable for policymakers, activists and scholars. • Proposes a novel concept of new constitutionalism to capture the nature of world order under conditions of globalized capitalism, disciplinary neoliberalism and market civilization • Develops a wide-ranging and innovative understanding of global governance, law and political economy that is able to explain seemingly contradictory trends and forces • Identifies significant potential for resistance to neoliberalism, assisting policymakers and members of civil society organizations to identify important points of access to policy processes

Border-spanning, ‘non-traditional’ security problems – pandemics, climate change and organised crime – pervade the global agenda. This is the first book that systematically explains how such problems are governed. Theoretically innovative and empirically rich, with in-depth Asian case studies, it will interest scholars and practitioners of international relations, security, and global governance. • First book on the politics and governance of non-traditional security, giving readers a systematic explanation of how these critical issues are managed in practice • Advances a new understanding of transnational/global governance as state transformation and explores its political implications • Includes three in-depth case studies, focused mainly in Southeast Asia, around environmental degradation, infectious disease and organised crime/terrorist financing, using extensive fieldwork research

International relations, international organisations

International relations, international organisations

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 388pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-63303-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

C

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11088-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Also available 978-1-107-05369-4 Hardback

C

New in Paperback

£65.00 / US$99.00

C

Constructing National Security

Legacies of Empire Imperial Roots of the Contemporary Global Order Edited by Sandra Halperin | Royal Holloway, University of London

U.S. Relations with India and China Jarrod Hayes | Georgia Institute of Technology

Structures and practices associated with past empires continue to shape the contemporary world in surprising ways. Modern armies, multiculturalism, globalised finance, modern citystates, and the United Nations are grounded in or shaped by the legacies of past empires. This book also considers the likely legacies of the current American ‘empire’. • Demonstrates how legacies of past empires continue to shape the contemporary world in ways that are not always recognised or fully understood • Applies insights about the impact of past empires on the contemporary system of states to assess the likely long-term impact of the American ‘empire’ • Encourages a historically more complex and nuanced framework for studying contemporary political processes and structures International relations, international organisations

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 3 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-10946-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-52161-2 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

P

Jarrod Hayes analyzes US relations with India and China to explore why democracies tend not to use military force against each other. He argues that democratic identity – the shared understanding within democracies of who ‘we’ are and what ‘we’ expect from each other – makes it difficult for political leaders to construct external democracies as threats. At the same time, democratic identity enables political actors to construct external non-democracies as threats. • Integrates securitization theory and social identity theory • Provides a cogent explanation of the democratic peace • Includes a constructivist take on the issue of rising powers International relations, international organisations

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 224pp 978-1-107-64516-5 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-04042-7 Hardback

C

£55.00 / US$90.00


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Why Leaders Fight Michael C. Horowitz | University of Pennsylvania

Using in-depth research on famous leaders and the largest set of data on leader backgrounds ever gathered, Why Leaders Fight will appeal to specialists in international relations, government, and psychology and general interest readers who want to understand political leaders and how their life experiences shape why and how countries go to war. • Proposes a new theory about how leaders shape national decisions about war and peace that will help bridge the gap between academics interested in the international system and everyday citizens who see the importance of leaders in their daily lives • By focusing on how the life experiences of leaders shape how they make decisions about international conflict, the book will appeal to academics outside of political science, such as those in psychology, public policy and history • Using both in-depth case studies and rigorous data analysis, the book will appeal to readers who care about case studies and examples, and to those interested in intensive data analysis International relations, international organisations

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 35 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-02293-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-65567-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P

Context: 6. Negotiation dynamics; 7. Negotiation process and activities; 8. Bargaining behavior; 9. Psychological and institutional context; Part III. Extensions and Variants: 10. Mediation; 11. Multilateral negotiation; 12. Reflection and synthesis. International relations, international organisations

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 300pp 16 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-02640-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 X 978-1-107-65148-7 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$36.99

X

New in Paperback

From Classrooms to Conflict in Rwanda Elisabeth King | New York University

This book nuances the belief that education builds peace by exploring the ways in which ordinary schooling can contribute to intergroup conflict. Unlike most books, which study only one part of Rwanda’s history, this book covers Rwanda over three different periods (colonial, independence, post-genocide) and argues that in each period, education was conducive to intergroup conflict. • The first book to offer an in-depth study of education in Rwanda and to analyze its role in the genesis of historic and contemporary conflict • Focuses on Rwanda before and after the genocide • Findings are relevant for the study and practice of education and peace building around the world • Has a cross-disciplinary approach, blending political science and international education International relations, international organisations

Human Beings in International Relations

August 2015 229 x 152 mm 226pp 2 b/w illus. 1 map 11 tables 978-1-107-55755-0 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99 C

Edited by Daniel Jacobi | Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Am Main

Also available 978-1-107-03933-9 Hardback

This volume presents and advances the debate about how, why and to which ends ideas about humans are built into our theories and how we come to see world politics and humanity’s role in it as a result. It is the first survey devoted to this subject in international relations. • The first comprehensive survey of how international relations theories across the board do (or do not) account for human beings • Provides a range of original research and argument on the topic of theorizing humans and humanity in world politics • Proposes a new analytical framework for how to study this issue from now on, which should structure discussions in this field for years to come International relations, international organisations

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 1 table 978-1-107-11625-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Textbook

International Negotiation Process and Strategies Ho-Won Jeong | George Mason University, Virginia

Drawing on numerous examples and synthesizing several theories of negotiation, this textbook provides students with the insight and knowledge needed to evaluate effective conflict settlement, political change and international policy making. A rich suite of online resources, including case studies, discussion questions and suggestions for further reading, accompanies the book. • Compares and synthesizes diverse theories of negotiation, providing students with a comprehensive tool box for navigating numerous negotiating settings • Includes numerous tables and figures to clarify complex concepts and relationships • Illustrates theory with examples of real-world events • Features a rich suite of online learning resources

£55.00 / US$90.00

C

New in Paperback

Constructing Cause in International Relations Richard Ned Lebow | King’s College London

Lebow argues that causal inference is always rhetorical in nature and must be judged on grounds of practicality. Understandings of cause accordingly vary across fields. His new approach builds on general understandings and idiosyncratic features of context to offer an original approach relevant to international relations. • Proposes a new view of causation applicable to international relations which will appeal to anyone dissatisfied with positivistic approaches to causation or attempts to finesse cause altogether by rationalists • Critiques existing approaches to cause and the concept of cause, providing an overview of debates about cause in physics and philosophy • Provides criteria for assessing approaches to cause in general and in international relations to encourage more sophisticated epistemological assessment and reflections about the use and misuse of cause in IR International relations, international organisations

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 208pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-67288-8 Paperback £19.99 / c. US$29.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-04790-7 Hardback

C

£55.00 / US$90.00

Contents: Introduction: 1. Negotiation: an overall framework; Part I. Strategic Analysis: 2. Game theory: basics and perspectives; 3. Strategies for conflict and cooperation; 4. Sequential games and strategic moves; 5. Bargaining games; Part II. Negotiation Process, Behavior and

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

65


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Beyond the Band of Brothers

Cyber Security and the Politics of Time

The US Military and the Myth that Women Can’t Fight Megan MacKenzie | University of Sydney

66

Tim Stevens | King’s College London

Examines the role of women in the US military and the arguments used to justify the combat exclusion, in light of the decision to reverse the policy in 2013. The book will be welcomed by scholars and students of military studies, gender studies, social and military history, and foreign policy. • Presents a new perspective on the band of brothers myth and its relation to women in combat • Offers a new way of thinking about the role of myth and emotion in relation to policy • Includes a discussion of the 2013 announcement that the combat exclusion for women would be removed International relations, international organisations

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 1 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-04976-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

978-1-107-62810-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

International relations, international organisations

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-10942-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Theorising the Responsibility to Protect Edited by Ramesh Thakur | Australian National University, Canberra

Aid for Elites Building Partner Nations and Ending Poverty through Human Capital Mark Moyar

This book provides politicians, aid organizations, and taxpayers a compelling argument for fundamentally changing foreign aid. Foreign aid has been ineffective because it has been based upon flawed assumptions about national development. Aid can be made effective by shifting emphasis from poverty alleviation to leadership cultivation and cultural transformation. • Demonstrates why existing aid programs have been ineffective • Shows why the problems of the third world matter to the first world • Provides provocative alternatives to donors and decision makers International relations, international organisations

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-12548-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

P

978-1-107-56501-2 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P

Bounded Rationality and Economic Diplomacy

The Responsibility to Protect is widely acknowledged as one of the most significant developments in International Relations since 1945. But it remains controversial in world politics and conceptually contested among scholars. This book examines the principle in relation to the exercise of state power in domestic jurisdictions and international affairs. • Wide-ranging and including a diverse range of theoretical issues, the book covers territory largely untouched by other books concerned with the Responsibility to Protect • The contributors to the volume represent the leading specialists in this field • The theoretical discussions are grounded in real life case studies, and include critical contemporary crises such as Libya and Syria International relations, international organisations

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 270pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04107-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-62194-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$36.99

P

The Politics of Military Coalitions

The Politics of Investment Treaties in Developing Countries Lauge N. Skovgaard Poulsen | University College London

Scott Wolford | University of Texas, Austin

Investment treaties have empowered foreign investors to file expensive, controversial, and wide-ranging claims against sovereign states. This book examines why and how the treaties were negotiated based on a novel theory of economic diplomacy rooted in behavioural economics and psychology. • In-depth treatment of the political economy of investment treaties, and bounded rationality and economic diplomacy • Deals with the highly salient and controversial political issue of investment treaty arbitration • Draws from archival work, statistics, and interviews from decisionmakers ‘on the ground’ in a large number of developing countries, including Pakistan and Zimbabwe

The Politics of Military Coalitions is an impressive study that challenges dominant conceptual and empirical approaches to international conflict and cooperation. Academics, graduate students, and advanced undergraduates will find advanced methods presented accessibly in a book that explores the formation of military coalitions and their implications for the outbreak and spread of war. • Proposes a new definition of coalitions which resolves a key problem in understanding international cooperation • Introduces new data which establishes a new set of facts to explain • Explains coalition building, the outbreak of war, and the expansion of conflict International relations, international organisations

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 225pp 17 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-10065-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

International relations, international organisations

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 15 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-11953-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

‘Cyber security’ is a recent addition to the global security agenda, This book explores how cyber security communities’ conceptions of time are manifest in political practice. It will be valuable to anyone concerned with how security politics is shaped by visions of past, present and future. • Brings new conceptual and theoretical perspectives to bear on cyber security, one of the key political issues of our time • Employs an historical and philosophical approach to cyber security • Challenges dominant narratives of cyber security that prioritise the rapid and automatic above human agency and deliberative politics

C

C


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Diplomacy and the Making of World Politics

Affective Communities in World Politics Collective Emotions After Trauma Emma Hutchison | University of Queensland

Edited by Ole Jacob Sending | Norsk Utenrikspolitisk Institutt, Oslo

Diplomacy can help explain key dimensions of world politics, including international law, war, international organizations, humanitarianism, and economic governance. Examining contemporary changes in diplomacy through social theoretical frameworks, this book sheds new light on how the evolution of diplomacy is integral to the making and remaking of world politics. • Brings diplomacy to the heart of IR theory and rejuvenates theoretical interest in the matter • Features rich empirical case studies of relations between diplomats and other actors • Interrogates the future of diplomacy to help illuminate changes and potentialities in the central process of world politics

This book provides one of the first systematic examinations of the role emotions play in world politics. Using extensive conceptual inquiries and empirical case studies, it shows how representations of trauma, from terrorist attacks and humanitarian crises to civil unrest, can generate emotional legacies that shape communities in international relations. • The first systematic attempt to understand and examine the role of emotions in world politics • Examines how people and communities deal with traumatic events, underlining in particular the links between trauma and community in world politics • Features case studies, from media images to historical narratives and political speeches, to demonstrate how world politics is shaped through representations and how representations are made emotionally and collectively meaningful

International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 136

International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 140

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-09926-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-09501-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

978-1-107-49200-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P

Previously Announced

Narrative and the Making of US National Security

C

Global Burden of Armed Violence 2015 Every Body Counts Geneva Declaration Secretariat

Ronald R. Krebs | University of Minnesota

Dominant narratives have often served as the foundation for debates over national security. This book offers novel arguments about where these narratives come from, how they become dominant and when they collapse. It shows how these arguments shed light on US national security debates and policy from the 1930s through the 2000s. • Brings narrative into the center of mainstream debates over national security • Provides a broad sweep across US foreign policy since the 1930s to offer new interpretations of major historical episodes • Uses a wide range of methods, from quantitative content analysis (both computerized and human coding) to qualitative historical process-tracing International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 138

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 25 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-10395-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-50399-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P

This richly illustrated volume provides policy-makers and researchers with new tools for understanding and tackling armed violence. It presents country-level estimates of violent deaths worldwide; new findings on lethal violence against women; and analyses of the negative impact of lethal violence on social and economic development. • Features chapter introductions listing the key findings of each chapter and an executive summary reviewing the main findings • Agenda-setting and policy-relevant recommendations expose readers to the emerging issues of concern at the local, national and international levels; serve to inform policy-making and programming; and identify knowledge gaps for future research • Richly illustrated with photographs, maps and graphic elements assisting readers in appreciating and understanding the topics International relations, international organisations | Global Burden of Armed Violence

April 2015 210 x 210 mm 196pp 978-1-107-06993-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$94.99

C

978-1-107-64019-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$34.99

C

Economy of Force Counterinsurgency and the Historical Rise of the Social Patricia Owens | University of Sussex

A provocative new history of counterinsurgency with major implications for the history and theory of war, but also the history of social, political and international thought and social, political and international studies more generally. This book will interest scholars and advanced students in the humanities and social sciences. • A historically rich account of the rise of the social realm, of social and political thought, and of imperialism • Proposes a new interpretation of both historical and contemporary cases of counterinsurgency • Theoretically innovative – offers a new way of ‘doing’ international theory, which challenges mainstream theories and critical approaches International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 139

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-12194-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

67


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Highlight

New in Paperback

Small Arms Survey 2015

Building Business in PostCommunist Russia, Eastern Europe, and Eurasia

Weapons and the World Small Arms Survey, Geneva

68

Features chapters on wildlife poaching in Africa, resource extraction sites around the world, the UN small arms process, small arms flows to Egypt, Libya, and Syria, stockpile management in southeast Europe, insurgent arms in northern Mali, floating armouries in the Indian Ocean, and young people in post-conflict Burundi. • Chapter introductions list the key findings, allowing readers to glean the main messages of each chapter, and an executive summary reviews the main findings and messages of the book • Features original research, exposing readers to new and cutting-edge research and topical subjects • Agenda-setting and policy-relevant recommendations exposes readers to emerging issues of concern at the local, national, and international levels; serves to inform policy-making and programming; and identifies knowledge gaps for future research • Richly illustrated with maps, graphic elements, illustrations and photographs International relations, international organisations | Small Arms Survey

May 2015 246 x 189 mm 287pp 978-1-107-04198-1 Hardback £54.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-69067-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

P

Pakistan Moving the Economy Forward Edited by Rashid Amjad | Lahore School of Economics

Pakistan’s economy has been mired with low economic growth and high inflation. This book takes a historical approach and addresses the fundamental structural constraints that need to be overcome to move the economy to a sustained and higher growth path through better economic management and much needed policy reforms. • Captures the dynamism and constraints of the economy of Pakistan • Covers the macroeconomic, key sectors, governance and poverty challenges • Reviews Pakistan’s experience with the IMF with important lessons for economic policymakers Political economy

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 411pp 978-1-107-10952-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Collective Goods, Selective Incentives, and Predatory States Dinissa Duvanova | State University of New York, Buffalo

After the collapse of communism, industry associations mushroomed throughout the communist countries of Eastern Europe and the USSR. A business’s choice to join these groups often depends on economic regulations, corrupt enforcement practices and the ability of associations to provide effective regulatory relief to members and the larger business community. • Addresses a largely overlooked but highly consequential area of postcommunist political economy: formally organized special interest groups representing different economic sectors; one of the first works that addresses this topic from a cross-national and cross-industry perspective • Offers a new perspective on special interest organization: documents the benign effects of business organizations in structuring the markets, promoting regulatory reforms and countervailing bureaucratic corruption • Champions the multi-method research strategy: theoretical arguments are tested against multiple types of data, and the qualitative and quantitative comparative analyses are mutually informing Political economy

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 276pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-107-45437-8 Paperback £19.99 / c. US$32.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-03016-9 Hardback

C

£59.99 / US$104.99

Building Legislative Coalitions for Free Trade in Asia Globalization as Legislation Megumi Naoi | University of California, San Diego

What accounts for the large reduction in trade barriers among new democracies in Asia after World War II? Using new data from Japan and Thailand, this book provides a surprising answer: politicians, especially party leaders, liberalized trade by buying off legislative support with sidepayments such as pork barrel projects. • The first systematic account of party leaders’ role in trade liberalization in Asia • Offers an in-depth comparison of domestic politics of trade liberalization in two Asian economies – Japan and Thailand • Provides a wealth of new commodity and local-level data on trade liberalization, side-payment allocation, and elections Political economy

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 228pp 17 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-03703-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Taxation, Responsiveness, and Accountability in Sub-Saharan Africa

Framing the European Union The Power of Political Arguments in Shaping European Integration Ece Özlem Atikcan | Université Laval, Québec

The Dynamics of Tax Bargaining Wilson Prichard | University of Toronto

There is extensive literature exploring the central role of taxation in processes of state building. This book builds on that foundation and provides the definitive account of these relationships in contemporary developing countries, drawing upon detailed qualitative cases studies from Ghana, Kenya and Ethiopia. • Addresses a fundamental question in political science, at a relatively broad level • Combines cross-country quantitative data with detailed qualitative accounts at the country level • Links important theoretical questions in political science to clear country-level narratives and policy implications Political economy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 15 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-11086-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 C

Autocracy and Redistribution

What is the impact of political language upon public opinion towards European integration? Ece Özlem Atikcan examines the role of political campaigning in six EU referendum votes in Spain, France, the Netherlands, Luxembourg and Ireland. Based upon in-depth interviews, this study will be essential reading for academics, policymakers, politicians and campaigners. • The first study to systematically and qualitatively analyze campaign arguments and strategies in six EU referendums • Based upon extensive interviews with European ministers, members of parliament, party strategists, civil society activists and EU officials • Avoids complex mathematical, spatial, statistical models to make findings accessible to a wide audience European government, politics, policy

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 64 b/w illus. 38 tables 978-1-107-11517-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

The Europeanization of Politics

The Politics of Land Reform Michael Albertus | University of Chicago

This book shows that land redistribution – the most consequential form of redistribution in the developing world – occurs more often under dictatorship than democracy. It offers a novel theory of land reform and tests it using extensive original data dating back to 1900. • Will appeal to audiences interested in various regions and various time periods • Uses state-of-the-art quantitative (statistical and formal modeling) and qualitative (process tracing) methods • Explains the content in a visually appealing and intuitive way Political economy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 43 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10655-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

P

978-1-107-51430-0 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99

P

New in Paperback

The Formation of a European Electorate and Party System in Historical Perspective Daniele Caramani | Universität Zürich

The book analyses party systems and elections in thirty Western and Central Eastern European countries since the nineteenth century. Exploring overall trends, similarities, and simultaneous changes across the continent, it shows the unity of European electorates across countries and the possibility of a truly European democracy. • Offers an overall picture of European party politics in both national elections and elections to the European Parliament • Analysis is based on quantitative indicators and therefore is more precise than previous attempts based on narrative and qualitative analysis • The first book to analyze Europeanization with these indicators European government, politics, policy

Opting Out of the European Union

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 59 b/w illus. 46 tables 978-1-107-11867-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 P

Diplomacy, Sovereignty and European Integration Rebecca Adler-Nissen | University of Copenhagen

978-1-107-54460-4 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

P

It is usually assumed that states opt out of the European Union to preserve sovereignty, but this book demonstrates that national opt-outs may reinforce the integration process. Providing the first in-depth account of how opt-outs work, it will appeal to students and scholars of European politics, international relations and diplomatic studies. • Builds on over one hundred in-depth interviews with elected representatives and EU officials • Examines the controversial cases of the British and Danish opt-outs from the Economic and Monetary Union • Takes the reader inside the Council of Ministers – the engine room of European integration – and provides unique insights on the tacit rules guiding negotiations between the member states European government, politics, policy

February 2015 229 x 152 mm 266pp 4 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-61834-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-04321-3 Hardback

C

£60.00 / US$95.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

69


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Textbook

The Awakening of Muslim Democracy

The Politics of the European Union Second edition Herman Lelieveldt | University College Roosevelt

70

This introduction to the European Union uses the lens of comparative politics to assist student understanding. The second edition has been updated throughout, and includes new sections on the Economic and Monetary Union and the Common Foreign and Security Policy. Exercises, case studies and real-world examples facilitate student learning. • Online ‘Navigating the EU’ exercises introduce students to useful sources of online information, help them analyse policy making in the EU and provide them with research tasks • Companion website also includes chapter summaries, links to websites and scholarly journals, and flashcards • Numerous examples, briefings, fact files and controversy boxes enhance student understanding by highlighting important information and controversial issues in EU politics, while suggestions for further reading direct students to important literature and websites for deeper self-study • Focuses on the political processes of the EU, with each chapter highlighting a particular theoretical or political controversy – in this way, students gain an appreciation of the dynamics beyond and underneath the institutional specifics of the EU Contents: Part I. Setting the Scene: Origins, Analytical Perspectives and Institutions: 1. The historical development of the EU; 2. Analysing the EU; 3. The institutional framework; 4. Legislation and decision-making: putting the institutional puzzle together; Part II. Key Actors in EU Politics: Citizens, Interest Groups and Political Parties: 5. Public opinion and political participation; 6. Interest groups and interest representation; 7. Political parties and the European parliament; Part III. EU Policies: Agenda-Setting, Decision-Making and Implementation: 8. An overview of EU policy-making; 9. Agenda-setting; 10. Decision-making; 11. Implementing policies; Conclusions and Reflections: 12. Reflecting on the EU as a political system. European government, politics, policy | Cambridge Textbooks in Comparative Politics

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 350pp 22 b/w illus. 1 map 16 tables 978-1-107-11874-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$125.00 X 978-1-107-54490-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$44.99

X

Building an Authoritarian Polity

Religion, Modernity, and the State Jocelyne Cesari | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris; Harvard University, Massachusetts

Jocelyne Cesari investigates the relationship between modernization, politics, and Islam in Muslim-majority countries. This book provides a unique overview of the historical and political developments that have made Islam the dominant force in the construction of the modern states, and discusses its impact on emerging democracies in the contemporary Middle East. • Revisits the role of religion in politics • Examines the definition of secularism as the separation of Church and State • Explains the political minutiae of the Arab Spring Middle East government, politics, policy

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 440pp 978-1-107-04418-0 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00

P

978-1-107-66482-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

P

Martyrdom in Modern Islam Piety, Power, and Politics Meir Hatina | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

This study provides an in-depth analysis of modern Islamic martyrdom and its various interpretations while also evaluating the historical realities in which such interpretations were molded and debated, positing martyrdom as a vital component of contemporary identity politics and power struggles. • Places martyrdom in a broad historical perspective • Studies the main spokesman of Islamic martyrdom • Links martyrdom to contemporary sociopolitical reality Middle East government, politics, policy

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 286pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06307-5 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00

C

Making News in Global India Media, Publics, Politics Sahana Udupa | Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity, Göttingen

Russia in Post-Soviet Times Graeme Gill | University of Sydney

Shows why post-Soviet Russia followed an authoritarian political trajectory rather than the democratic one widely expected at the time of the fall of the Soviet Union. Graeme Gill also introduces a new framework for the study of an authoritarian political system. • Explains the strong continuities between the Yeltsin and Putin regimes • Proposes a new framework for understanding authoritarian regimes and how they work • Provides an accessible account of a complicated and problematic period in Russia’s historical development Russian, East European government, politics, policy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 13 tables 978-1-107-13008-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

P

978-1-107-56242-4 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P

An innovative examination of the role of urban transformation, caste and language in shaping news culture in India, showing that journalism functions as both ‘object’ and ‘agent’ of global urbanisation today. Udupa draws on extensive fieldwork conducted with the Times of India group, the largest media house in India, between 2008 and 2012. • Surveys the role of urban transformation, caste and language in shaping India’s contemporary news culture • Draws on extensive fieldwork conducted with the Times of India group, the largest media house in India, between 2008 and 2012 • Analyses the intersection between urban transformation and news production in a postcolonial setting South Asian government, politics, policy

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-107-09946-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Highlight

Training the Party

Violent Conjunctures in Democratic India

Party Adaptation and Elite Training in Reformera China Charlotte P. Lee | Stanford University, California

Amrita Basu | Amherst College, Massachusetts

This study examines the political sources of violence against religious minorities in India. Focusing on Hindu organizations that have asserted dominance over religious minorities, particularly since the late 1980s, Amrita Basu questions the common assumption that HinduMuslim violence is inevitable. • Suggests the importance of reconceptualizing social movements and their relationship to the state and political parties • Provides a thorough examination of the background of the Hindu nationalist party that won India’s 2014 elections • Draws on extensive empirical research in localities and diverse Indian states South Asian government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 376pp 9 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-08963-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

978-1-107-46132-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P

Charlotte P. Lee considers organizational changes taking place within the contemporary Chinese Communist Party (CCP), examining the party’s renewed emphasis on an understudied but core set of organizations: party-managed training academies. This book will have immediate appeal for readers interested in contemporary Chinese politics. • Provides a framework for understanding the significance of organizational reforms in contemporary China’s Communist Party • Presents and explains Chinese politics through a combination of qualitative and quantitative data • Makes comparative references beyond the China case and will appeal to those interested in theories of organizations, politics, and sociology East Asian government, politics, policy

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 23 b/w illus. 43 tables 978-1-107-09063-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Land Bargains and Chinese Capitalism

New in Paperback

Social Organizations and the Authoritarian State in China

The Politics of Property Rights under Reform Meg Rithmire | Harvard Business School

Timothy Hildebrandt | King’s College London

This book offers a groundbreaking comparative analysis of the emergence of NGOs across China in three different issue areas: environmental protection, HIV/AIDS prevention, and gay and lesbian rights. It demonstrates how organizations must constantly adapt activities to match the changing interests of local governments and shows how these organizations can paradoxically strengthen, rather than weaken, the authoritarian regime. • Challenges the common assumption that social organizations, NGOs, and civil society more generally will undermine or otherwise put a stress on non-democratic regimes • Offers a first-of-its-kind detailed, comparative study of NGOs in three different issue areas: environmental protection, HIV/AIDS prevention, and gay and lesbian rights • Dissects the common notion of an opportunity structure into three distinct but mutually constitutive parts: political, economic, and personal opportunities East Asian government, politics, policy

East Asian government, politics, policy

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 256pp 18 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-11730-3 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-53987-7 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P

Highlight

North Korea

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 234pp 6 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-45423-1 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$32.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02131-0 Hardback

C

£59.99 / US$99.99

Land development, real estate, and urban expansion have been central to Chinese economic growth over the last several decades, even in the absence of private property rights. This book explains the origins of contemporary land politics and explores how land conflict, property rights, and urban growth strategies differ among Chinese cities. • Proposes a novel treatment of property rights as political accommodations • Helps China specialists and non-specialists make sense of why construction, real estate, and land development seem the core of China’s growth • Makes use of a subnational, comparative research design

Markets and Military Rule Hazel Smith | University of Central Lancashire, Preston

In this historically grounded, empirical study of social and economic transformation in North Korea, Hazel Smith evaluates North Korean society after the ‘marketisation from below’ that followed the famine of the early 1990s, providing readers with a fresh, insightful and broad-ranging overview of the country today. • An accessible, comprehensive and empirical study of North Korea • Charts the history of North Korea from the colonial period to today • Challenges conventional western assumptions about North Korea East Asian government, politics, policy

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 394pp 978-0-521-89778-5 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00

P

978-0-521-72344-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

71


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Highlight

Civil Society under Authoritarianism

The Politics of Gay Marriage in Latin America

The China Model Jessica C. Teets | Middlebury College, Vermont

72

Much of what is written about civil society in China focuses on state repression. However, this victim-centered narrative disregards how such organizations are able to teach state officials about the benefits of a vibrant civil society. This text demonstrates the power of learning and the agency of civil society to change local officials’ perspectives. • Over 100 interviews with Chinese civil society practitioners and local officials • Innovative thesis that Chinese authoritarian government encourages the development of civil society • Creation of a typology of civil society strategies developed to teach local officials about the benefits of partnership over repression East Asian government, politics, policy

August 2014 216 x 138 mm 252pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03875-2 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

C

Argentina, Chile, and Mexico Jordi Díez | University of Guelph, Ontario

Addressing one of the defining social issues of our time, The Politics of Gay Marriage in Latin America explores how and why Latin America, a culturally Catholic and historically conservative region, has become a leader among nations of the Global South in the passage of gay marriage legislation. • Makes a significant theoretical contribution by combining two approaches in the social sciences that are engaged separately: social movements and public policy • The first book to examine cross-national variation in the expansion of gay marriage in Latin America • The only volume to provide a historical comparative and systematic account of three gay and lesbian movements in Latin America Latin American government, politics, policy

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 302pp 978-1-107-09914-2 Hardback £30.00 / US$47.99

C

Previously Announced

China’s Party Congress

State Building in Latin America

Power, Legitimacy, and Institutional Manipulation Guoguang Wu | University of Victoria, British Columbia

Hillel David Soifer | Temple University, Philadelphia

The first analysis of the National Congress of the Chinese Communist Party, more commonly known as the Party Congress. Drawing from new documentary evidence, Guoguang Wu examines the operation of the highest decision-making body in China’s single ruling party, developing a theory of authoritarian legitimization that integrates informal politics with institutions. • The first systematic study of the institutions of the Chinese Communist Party’s National Congress • Focuses on the gap between informal politics and formal institutions, contextualizing their interplay • Presents a theory of authoritarian legitimization that borrows democratic forms but views them through manipulations of norms

State Building in Latin America explores why some countries in the region developed effective governance, while others did not. The argument focuses on political ideas, economic geography, and public administration to account for the development of public primary education, taxation, and military mobilization in Chile, Colombia, Mexico, and Peru. • Explores both why national leaders pursue building state capacity, and the factors determining whether those efforts succeed or fail • Extensive historical data collection on education, taxation, conscription, and local administration in four Latin American countries • Combines ideational, geographic, and institutional theory into a unified account

East Asian government, politics, policy

Latin American government, politics, policy

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 24 tables 978-1-107-08202-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

State Capitalism, Institutional Adaptation, and the Chinese Miracle

C

New in Paperback

Migration and National Identity in South Africa, 1860–2010

Edited by Barry Naughton | University of California, San Diego

This volume explores the implications of Chinese ‘state capitalism’ for industrial competitiveness, corporate governance, government-business relations, and domestic welfare. It sheds new light on how its institutions have adapted to new challenges and party-state priorities, as China enters a phase of more modest growth. • Contributors are leading experts in their fields of research • Approaches topic of state capitalism from a multidisciplinary perspective • The phenomenon of state capitalism is an enduring feature of China’s political economy (not just a transitory phase of reform) East Asian government, politics, policy | Comparative Perspectives in Business History

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 46 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08106-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 312pp 39 b/w illus. 29 tables 978-1-107-10787-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Audie Klotz | Syracuse University, New York

An extraordinary outbreak of xenophobic violence in May 2008 shocked South Africa, but hostility toward newcomers has a long history. This study traces the evolution of South African immigration policy since the arrival of the first Indian contract laborers in 1860 through to the aftermath of the May 2008 attacks. • A unique comparative and historical perspective on migration in settler states • The only holistic, cross-race and cross-class analysis of South African immigration history • Policy-relevant implications, informed by a cutting-edge conceptual framework African government, politics, policy

C

July 2015 216 x 140 mm 298pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-51523-9 Paperback £19.99 / c. US$29.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02693-3 Hardback

C

£60.00 / US$90.00


Politics, social theory, history of ideas / Economics, business studies

Political Identity and Conflict in Central Angola, 1975–2002

Spatial Analysis for the Social Sciences

Justin Pearce | University of Cambridge

David Darmofal | University of South Carolina

This book examines the internal politics of the war that divided Angola for over a quarter-century after its independence. Drawing upon interviews with farmers, town dwellers, soldiers and politicians in Central Angola, Justin Pearce examines the ideologies about nation and state that elites deployed in pursuit of hegemony. • Analyses the internal politics of the Angolan war, in contrast to existing studies which concentrate on the international dimensions of the conflict • Traces the continuities in the politics of the conflict, from before independence until the end of the war in 2002 • Contributes both to Angolan historiography and to theorisation of civil conflict

Spatial Analysis for the Social Sciences is for researchers across the social sciences who want to model and explain spatial interactions between the actors they study. The book is very user-friendly and demonstrates a variety of analytical approaches that applied researchers can use in their work. • Demonstrates how to apply spatial analysis for applied researchers in the social sciences • Written in a user-friendly manner, the book can be easily understood and applied • Illustrates the application of spatial analysis via examples, with data and code for them provided online for researchers

African government, politics, policy | African Studies

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-07964-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 224pp 16 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-0-521-88826-4 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$95.00 P 978-0-521-71638-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$32.99

P

Economics, business studies

Women and Power in Postconflict Africa Aili Mari Tripp | University of Wisconsin, Madison

This book explains why women’s rights and rates of political leadership are improving more rapidly in post-conflict countries in Africa than elsewhere on the continent. It provides original theoretical and empirical contributions to the study of women, peace and security as well as to the political science literature on post-conflict transitions and peacebuilding. • Breaks new ground theoretically, and will inspire more research to expand, qualify or even challenge what is written • The first book to explain why post-conflict countries have been more open to women’s rights policies and representation in Africa and beyond • Accessible to broad audiences from students, to academics, women’s rights activists, donors, NGO practitioners, policy makers and others African government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Gender and Politics

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 5 b/w illus. 4 maps 33 tables 978-1-107-11557-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 P 978-1-107-53587-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

Politics (general) | Analytical Methods for Social Research

P

A History of Macroeconomics from Keynes to Lucas and Beyond Michel De Vroey | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

This book retraces the history of macroeconomics from Keynes’ General Theory to the present, especially the contrast between a Keynesian era and a Lucasian – or dynamic stochastic general equilibrium (DSGE) – era. It also examines a few selected works aimed at presenting alternatives to Lucasian macro. • Retraces the history of macroeconomics from Keynes’s General Theory to the present • Examines a few selected works aiming at presenting alternatives to Lucasian macro • Studies the following theories: Keynesian macroeconomics, monetarism, disequilibrium macro (Patinkin, Leijonhufvud and Clower) non-Walrasian equilibrium models, and first-generation new Keynesian models Macroeconomics and monetary economics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 480pp 35 b/w illus. 978-0-521-89843-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Zimbabwe’s Migrants and South Africa’s Border Farms

A Course on Cooperative Game Theory

The Roots of Impermanence Maxim Bolt | University of Birmingham

Satya R. Chakravarty | Indian Statistical Institute

Maxim Bolt explores the lives of Zimbabwean migrant labourers, of settled black farm workers and their dependants, and of white farmers and managers, as they intersect on the ZimbabweanSouth African border. Focusing on one farm, it investigates the role of a hub of wage labour in a place of crisis. • The first ethnographic monograph about South African farm labour • Brings a focus on labour to studies of displacement, in the Zimbabwean crisis and beyond • Challenges nationally bound analyses of southern Africa, foregrounding continuities between them African government, politics, policy | The International African Library

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 24 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-11122-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

P

Cooperative game theory deals with situations where objectives of participants of the game are partially cooperative and partially conflicting. Such situations are usually modelled as cooperative games. This book with its analytical, articulate and authoritative presentation, is theoretically and methodologically quite contemporary and highly inclusive. • The technical terms and mathematical operations employed to discuss the results are explained in non-technical language and intuitive explanations of the mathematical results are provided • Each chapter has analytical examples and contains at least one applied example directly related to the theory presented in the text • Integration of theory and practice helps students understand the theoretical issues first and then see their practical relevance • There are review questions at the end of most chapters Microeconomics

February 2015 234 x 156 mm 273pp 978-1-107-05879-8 Hardback £65.00 / US$95.00

X

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

73


Economics, business studies

74

Full Industry Equilibrium

Best-Worst Scaling

A Theory of the Industrial Long Run Arrigo Opocher | Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy

Theory, Methods and Applications Jordan J. Louviere | University of South Australia

Written for academic researchers and graduate students, this ambitious and highly original book shows how work from two disparate traditions, the marginalist long-run theory of the firm and Sraffian theory, can be used to build a framework that sheds new light on the microeconomics of industry equilibrium. • A highly original book that develops a systematic zero-net-profit comparative statics theory and provides new theoretical background for industry-level applications • Analyses the firm and the industry under economy-wide free competition, and will appeal to those who are uncomfortable with over-partial analyses of an individual industry • Develops some topics of the ‘Sraffian School’ from the standpoint of an individual industry, and makes more transparent the microeconomic roots of some unconventional properties of industry equilibrium

This is the first systematic treatment of the theory and application of best-worst scaling (BWS), an emerging methodology in choice experiments. The three types of best-worst scaling are introduced and explored, and example applications and case studies illustrate how to implement, apply, and analyze the theory across many different disciplines. • Provides step-by-step guidelines for designing, implementing and analyzing best-worst scaling experiments; provides historical accounts of advantages and disadvantages of methods no longer used; and provides data formatting and set-up for various methods of analysis • Includes both simple and more advanced (mathematical-based) introductions to the theory; readers can choose how much detail to read into • Includes various case studies and application illustrations; ranges from simple to more advanced analytical methods

Microeconomics

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 232pp 26 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-09779-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Econometrics, statistics and mathematical economics

C

Labour, Employment and Economic Growth in India

Textbook

Industrial Organization

Edited by K. V. Ramaswamy | Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research, Bombay

This volume examines India’s development experience in the sphere of labour, employment, structural change and institutional challenges in the recent past. It covers the recent patterns of change, between and within sectors over time that challenges popular beliefs and understanding of employment growth in India. • Explains recent changes in labour markets and employment growth in the manufacturing and services sectors • Provides valuable information for non-economists as well • Uses the latest available data on employment and labour and policy issues facing India Economic development and growth

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 339pp 978-1-107-09680-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

The G20 Development Agenda An Indian Perspective Edited by Parthasarathi Shome

This book, divided into three sections, focuses on major development themes in the G20’s agenda, in the provision of global public goods including recycling global savings for development and financing investment in global food and energy security, green growth and environmental sustainability. • Focuses on several major development themes in the G20’s agenda • Brings together selected development concerns, touching upon component aspects • Discusses recent global initiatives on climate change and adaptation financing with global equity and economic efficiency Economic development and growth

May 2015 241 x 160 mm 326pp 978-1-107-09152-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 352pp 49 b/w illus. 130 tables 978-1-107-04315-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$59.99 P

C

Markets and Strategies Second edition Paul Belleflamme | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

Thoroughly revised according to classroom feedback, this comprehensive textbook provides an up-to-date account of modern industrial organization that blends theory with numerous real-world applications. Formal models are presented in detail, and the main results are summarized in ‘lessons’ which highlight the main insights. • Numerous real-world cases – drawn largely from industries that students consider most important (such as consumer goods and the digital economy) – are integrated into the main text and demonstrate how theories relate to real situations • Formal models are carefully developed and presented in detail, and assume no background knowledge • Within-chapter ‘lessons’ summarize and highlight the main insights of analyses for students • Familiarizes students with the most important models for understanding the strategies chosen by firms with market power Contents: Prefaces; Part I. Getting Started: 1. What is ‘Markets and Strategies’?; 2. Firms, consumers and the market; Part II. Market Power: 3. Static imperfect competition; 4. Dynamic aspects of imperfect competition; Part III. Sources of Market Power: 5. Product differentiation; 6. Advertising and related market strategies; 7. Consumer inertia; Part IV. Pricing Strategies and Market Segmentation: 8. Group pricing and personalized pricing; 9. Menu pricing; 10. Intertemporal price discrimination; 11. Bundling; Part V. Product Quality and Information: 12. Asymmetric information, price and advertising signals; 13. Marketing tools for experience goods; Part VI. Theory of Competition Policy: 14. Cartels and tacit collusion; 15. Horizontal mergers; 16. Strategic incumbents and entry; 17. Vertically related markets; Part VII. R&D and Intellectual Property: 18. Innovation and R&D; 19. Intellectual property; Part VIII. Networks, Standards and Systems: 20. Markets with network goods; 21. Strategies for network goods; Part IX. Market Intermediation: 22. Markets with intermediated goods; 23. Information and reputation in intermediated product markets; Appendix A. Game theory; Appendix B. Competition policy; Solutions to end-of-chapter exercises; Index. Industrial economics

June 2015 246 x 189 mm 776pp 61 colour illus. 20 tables 66 exercises 978-1-107-06997-8 Hardback £99.99 / US$159.99 X 978-1-107-68789-9 Paperback £39.99 / US$79.99

X


Economics, business studies

Textbook

Resources, Production and Structural Dynamics

Highlight

The Innovative Entrepreneur

Edited by Mauro L. Baranzini | Università della Svizzera Italiana, Switzerland

Daniel F. Spulber | Northwestern University, Illinois

Innovative entrepreneurs are the prime movers of the economy. They establish the companies that move innovations to the market place and drive economic growth. This book introduces economic analysis that helps to explain the activities of innovative entrepreneurs. • Provides a general economic analysis of innovative entrepreneurs • Presents an original theoretical framework that addresses innovation and entrepreneurship • Highlights the contributions of innovative entrepreneurs by emphasizing individual initiative and creativity Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Entrepreneurial motivation: maximizing life-cycle utility; 3. Innovative advantage: entrepreneurial initiative and incumbent inertia; 4. Competitive pressures and entrepreneurial incentives to innovate; 5. Creative destruction: transaction costs and intellectual property rights; 6. Creative destruction: making new combinations; 7. Creative destruction: tacit knowledge; 8. Creative destruction: asymmetric information; 9. The wealth of nations: international trade and investment; 10. Conclusion. Industrial economics

September 2014 228 x 152 mm 380pp 24 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-04725-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 P 978-1-107-66811-9 Paperback £35.00 / US$50.00

P

Quality Standards, Value Chains, and International Development

This book offers a fresh approach to the economic theory of resources, outlining a new structural framework for the political economy of scarcity and rents, and proposing a novel way of organising empirical evidence concerning the role of resources in industrial growth. • Outlines a new approach to the economic theory of resources – will appeal to economists, social scientists and policy makers interested in moving beyond the approach to resources in terms of optimal allocation models • Proposes a new structural framework for the political economy of resources – readers will appreciate the treatment of resources in a modified input-output frame emphasising the interdependence between ‘producible’ and ‘non-producible’ resources • Outlines a new way of organising empirical evidence concerning resources in industrial growth – provides readers with a new set of empirical indicators showing the impact of structural changes upon the patterns of resources use, such as the switch from hydrocarbons to renewable resources History of economic thought and methodology

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 520pp 19 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-07909-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00

C

Adam Smith’s Wealth of Nations A Reader’s Guide Jerry Evensky | Syracuse University, New York

Economic and Political Theory Johan Swinnen | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

This book offers the first integrated theoretical analysis of economic and political factors which determine the level of quality standards, as well as their economic effects along the value chain, shedding light on one of the most striking evolutions affecting global trade and development today. • Offers the first integrated theoretical analysis of the economic and political factors which determine the level of quality standards • Explores the economic and political dimensions of the food supply chain, in particular the quality standards used in product manufacture and distribution • Aimed at researchers in the academic world and in policy institutions who study international trade and globalisation, development, as well as agricultural policy

Jerry Evensky’s analysis of Adam Smith’s landmark book, The Wealth of Nations, walks the reader through the principal concepts and arguments in each of the book’s five sections. Evensky highlights its relationship to Smith’s work on ethics and jurisprudence, offering a holistic perspective on Smith’s larger moral philosophical vision. • Walks the reader through the principal concepts and arguments in each of The Wealth of Nations’ five books • Offers a new contribution by demonstrating how Smith’s economic analysis is integrated into his larger moral philosophical vision • Provides a guide to the non-specialist to Smith’s vision of humankind’s progress History of economic thought and methodology

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 278pp 978-1-107-04337-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-65376-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P

Industrial economics

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 35 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02591-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

P

978-1-107-68886-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

P

Behind the Model A Constructive Critique of Economic Modeling Peter Spiegler | University of Massachusetts, Amherst

This ambitious book reveals how formal models are constructed in economics. Ranging across economics, philosophy, and social science methods, and drawing on examples, including the recent financial crisis, Behind the Model will be of interest to anyone who has wondered how economics works – and why it sometimes fails. • Proposes a new analysis of how mathematical scientific models work in economics • Uses contemporary examples, including the failure to predict the recent financial crisis • Offers a positive program of reform for economic methodology History of economic thought and methodology | Strategies for Social Inquiry

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 260pp 5 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-06966-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

P

978-1-107-67780-7 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$36.99

P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

75


Economics, business studies

Textbook

The Economics of Derivatives

Financial Markets and Institutions

T. V. Somanathan | The World Bank

A European Perspective Third edition Jakob de Haan | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

76

Written for undergraduate and graduate students of finance, economics and business, this successful textbook examines and explains financial markets, infrastructures and institutions from a European perspective. The third edition features greater discussion of the financial and Euro crises and provides wider international coverage of countries outside the European Union. • The text is clearly signposted and presented with learning objectives, boxes for key concepts and theories, end-of-chapter summaries and suggestions for further reading • A companion website features exercises for students, and passwordprotected figures, tables, solutions and PowerPoint lecture slides for instructors • Covers both European and national financial systems, leading students to a deep understanding of integrated and non-integrated markets • Discusses the origins, impact and remedies of the financial and Euro crises Contents: Preface; Part I. Setting the Stage: 1. Functions of the financial system; 2. Financial crises; 3. European financial integration: origins and history; 4. Monetary policy of the European Central Bank; Part II. Financial Markets: 5. European financial markets; 6. The economics of financial integration; 7. Financial infrastructures; 8. Financial innovation; Part III. Financial Institutions: 9. The role of institutional investors; 10. European banks; 11. European insurers and financial conglomerates; Part IV. Policies for the Financial Sector: 12. Financial regulation and supervision; 13. Financial stability; 14. European competition policy; Index. Finance

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 550pp 121 b/w illus. 57 tables 978-1-107-11999-4 Hardback £99.99 / US$159.99

X

978-1-107-53936-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$64.99

X

King William’s Tontine Why the Retirement Annuity of the Future Should Resemble its Past Moshe Milevsky | York University, Toronto

The book reviews the finance, economics, and history of tontines, through the story of the first tontine in England in 1693, which was intended to finance the war against France. Although tontines eventually disappeared from the financial landscape, the author argues they should be resurrected in the twenty-first century. • Offers a recommendation for how life annuities can be redesigned to be more transparent, more efficient and more popular • Tells the story of an intriguing financial product called a tontine, which was quite popular a few centuries ago in England and Europe • Combines economic history, actuarial science and finance in a readable manner Finance

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07612-9 Hardback £29.99 / US$49.99

P

Derivative markets have grown spectacularly in size in recent decades. This book discusses the extent to which derivative markets perform socially useful economic functions. It also continues with specific reference to the issue of ‘market completion’, which some economists regard as an important function of derivative markets. • Discusses the extent to which derivatives markets perform socially useful economic functions • Presents a brief historical perspective of the volume of derivatives trading in recent decades • Examines the role of derivatives with reference to emerging markets in particular and developing countries in general • Assesses the role of derivatives and finance in economic development Finance

March 2015 234 x 156 mm 269pp 978-1-107-09150-4 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00

C

New in Paperback Textbook

Valuation and Risk Management in Energy Markets Glen Swindle | Scoville Risk Partners

This book surveys the mechanics of energy markets and the valuation of structures commonly arising in practice. The presentation balances quantitative issues and practicalities facing portfolio managers, with substantial attention paid to the ways in which common methods fail in practice and to alternative methods when they exist. Provides readers with the analytical foundation required to function in modern energy trading and risk management groups. • Embeds practical considerations into the theoretical frameworks, yielding a balanced perspective on the role of mathematics in energy markets • Is heavily data and graphically oriented, providing a concise perspective on the issues • The focus is broad, with substantial material on essential qualitative and mechanical features of the markets, often from a statistical perspective Contents: Part I. Introduction to Energy Commodities: 1. Context; 2. Forwards and carry; 3. Macro perspective; Part II. Basic Valuation and Hedging: 4. Risk-neutral valuation; 5. Dynamics of forwards; 6. Swaps books; Part III. Primary Valuation Issues: 7. Term structure of volatility; 8. Skew; 9. Correlation; Part IV. Multi-Factor Models: 10. Covariance, spot prices, and factor models; 11. Gaussian exponential factor models; 12. Modeling paradigms; Part V. Advanced Methods and Structures: 13. Natural gas storage; 14. Tolling deals; 15. Variable quantity swaps; Part VI. Additional Topics: 16. Control, risk metrics, and credit; 17. Conclusions; Appendices. Finance

March 2015 254 x 178 mm 498pp 258 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-53988-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$41.99

P

Also available 978-1-107-03684-0 Hardback

P

£75.00 / US$110.00


Economics, business studies

Commodity Markets and the Global Economy

Driven by Demand How Energy Gets its Power Jimmy Y. Jia | Pinchot University, Washington

Blake C. Clayton | Council on Foreign Relations, New York

Blake Clayton, a Wall Street analyst and adjunct fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations, draws on the latest thinking from academia and the private sector to deliver a clear-eyed analysis of pressing questions at the intersection of commodity markets, natural resource economics, and public policy. • A clear-eyed analysis of today’s most controversial debates about energy and other commodity markets • Speaks to current debates about energy, monetary policy, and economic development • Draws connections between a wide range of issues at the intersection of commodity markets, alternative investments, macroeconomics, and public policy International economics

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 55 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04251-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-61692-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P

Accounting for Carbon Monitoring, Reporting and Verifying Emissions in the Climate Economy Edited by Valentin Bellassen | CDC Climat, Paris

The first ever authoritative overview of the vitally important task of monitoring, reporting and verifying greenhouse gas emissions at both an industry and a regional/national level. This book is written for practitioners in the private and public sectors involved in designing, implementing and reacting to climate policy regulation. • Analyses how common issues are treated in existing carbon pricing mechanisms – helps readers to understand the key trade-offs faced by regulators when MRV procedures are implemented, and why different regulators may strike a different balance, depending on their specific context • Includes ‘MRV ID tables’ for the policy frameworks and up-andrunning carbon pricing schemes that are discussed – allows for easy comparison of the different MRV requirements in different systems • Provides cost estimates of MRV and lists the nature and stringency of MRV requirements for most schemes/case studies – allows readers to benchmark MRV systems (particularly those currently being designed) against existing ones Natural resource and environmental economics

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 561pp 42 b/w illus. 1 map 76 tables 978-1-107-09848-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 P

A must-read for business executives, policymakers and MBA students who need to understand the impact of energy demand. Driven by Demand reframes the discussion around societal demand for energy and draws on case studies to provide an accessible introduction to the key events, challenges and developing trends of energy requirements. • Offers three simplifying frameworks to aid in energy-related decision making: energy balance, supply-chain analysis, and the wicked problem • Applies the above frameworks to five distinct energy-related infrastructures: electricity, waste, transportation, steam and cyberspace • Reveals how humanity’s demand for energy is evolving, while exploring emerging concerns and approaches to improving resiliency, security, environmental sustainability, and risk management • Helps readers to understand how to create better solutions and tools that meet societal values by understanding how the demand for energy is shifting and by taking advantage of key identified trends Natural resource and environmental economics

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 384pp 40 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-107-10466-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

978-1-107-50710-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P

The Global Coal Market Supplying the Major Fuel for Emerging Economies Edited by Mark C. Thurber | Stanford University, California

Written for scholars and practitioners, this book examines the key producers and consumers that will most influence the production, transport and use of coal in the future. A series of country case studies shed light on how the global coal market may evolve, and the associated economic and environmental implications. • The first book-level treatment of the operation of the modern global coal market, ideal reference for readers wanting to understand today’s production, transport and use of coal, and how these will evolve over time • Combines rich detail and rigorous analysis with accessible writing throughout, and will appeal to a range of people from academics to industry experts, stakeholders to general readers interested in understanding the importance of coal to our economic and environmental future • Text features include insightful figures and tables to effectively convey ideas visually as well as through text, and numerous country-specific case studies within thematically oriented chapters to uncover rich histories of the evolution of country coal sectors Natural resource and environmental economics

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 714pp 125 b/w illus. 80 tables 978-1-107-09242-6 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

77


Economics, business studies / Law

Inclusive Wealth Report 2014

Bentham’s Theory of Law and Public Opinion

Measuring Progress Towards Sustainability Edited by United Nations University International Human Dimensions Programme

78

The Inclusive Wealth Report 2014 is the second book in an important biennial series that provides a new framework for measuring the inclusive wealth of nations. It assesses a nation’s wealth by computing the productive base of a country including manufactured capital, human capital and, in particular, natural capital. • Provides a new framework for measuring the inclusive wealth of nations, making a major contribution to environmental debate and policy • Country sample expanded from 20 to 140 countries, giving a more complete, global assessment of inclusive wealth • Articles written by the top people in the field, including Kenneth Arrow and Partha Dasgupta Natural resource and environmental economics

March 2015 280 x 220 mm 362pp 50 colour illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-10962-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$130.00 P 978-1-107-52400-2 Paperback £31.99 / US$59.99

P

Intended for academics and students who are interested in legal and political philosophy and in intellectual and legal history, this volume brings together the latest research from leading Bentham scholars and challenges the dominant understandings of Bentham among legal and political philosophers. • The products of the very latest research, the chapters are relevant to contemporary debates and will inform future discussions • Use of original manuscripts allows for new and faithful interpretations of Bentham’s thought and its development, and provides readers with vicarious access to the authentic Bentham • Brings together a wide variety of contributors from the increasingly vibrant international community of Bentham scholars, including philosophers, academic lawyers and historians of ideas Jurisprudence, legal theory

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 263pp 978-1-107-04225-4 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00

C

The Distinctiveness of Religion in American Law

Law

Rethinking Religion Clause Jurisprudence Kathleen A. Brady | Center for the Study of Law and Religion, Emory University

Judicial Review in an Objective Legal System Tara Smith | University of Texas, Austin

The debate over judicial review typically frames law’s meaning as either rigid or elastic, strictly given or subjectively interpreted. By examining the operation of the wider legal system, this book provides a new framework for understanding objective judicial review. • Offers an entirely new conceptualization of judicial review that stands outside the usual frameworks of originalism, living constitutionalism, and minimalism • Analyses of objectivity as well as the false dichotomy of subjectivism vs intrinsicism will advance blocks in the current debate • Includes guidelines for proper judicial review in both ideal and real circumstances that will be of interest to judges and scholars alike

With the controversial 2014 Supreme Court ruling in Burwell v. Hobby Lobby, traditional religious protections under the First Amendment have been questioned by the public. This book provides a persuasive defense of religious protections by drawing on founding era thought as well as theology, philosophy of religion, and comparative religion. • Develops a new framework for religion clause decision making based on the historical context of founding as well as diverse religious and philosophical disciplines • Explains how a new framework would apply to noteworthy recent cases such as Burwell vs Hobby Lobby • Breaks new ground in the defense of religion’s distinctiveness under the First Amendment Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-01650-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Jurisprudence, legal theory

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-11449-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Edited by Xiaobo Zhai | Zhengzhou University and University College London

C

C

Law’s Ethical, Global and Theoretical Contexts Essays in Honour of William Twining Edited by Upendra Baxi | University of Warwick

Law’s Ethical, Global and Theoretical Contexts explores key issues in modern law via critical reflection on the work of William Twining, long recognized as a master of comparative jurisprudence who has substantially contributed to a comparative, analytic, general and social theorybased art and craft of ‘doing’ jurisprudence. • Provides a straightforward entry route into critical perspectives on law from the Global South, perspectives which are otherwise often ignored or undervalued • Comprehensive bibliography of William Twining’s work to date will be essential for future research on his life and work • Contributions by leading legal philosophers make connections between Twining’s work and other traditions in legal philosophy Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law in Context

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-11640-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C


Law

Constitutional Conventions in Westminster Systems

Reason of State Law, Prerogative and Empire Thomas Poole | London School of Economics and Political Science

Controversies, Changes and Challenges Edited by Brian Galligan | University of Melbourne

Electoral volatility and the rise of new political players are challenging constitutional conventions – crucial ‘rules’ of politics – in the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. This book explains the significance of conventions and how they are being applied and adapted to meet these challenges. • Explains the Constitutions of the UK, Canada, Australia and New Zealand in non-legalistic terms • Allows readers to compare constitutional politics in their own country with developments in similar countries • Draws upon contemporary political issues and provides examples to aid understanding of constitutional politics Constitutional and administrative law, public law

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 296pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-10024-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

For those interested in the relationship between politics, power and constitutions, this book examines the idea of prerogative power and reason of state by looking at the theoretical debates surrounding the development of the British constitution and the British Empire, singling out the East India Company as a focal point. • Provides a new historical and conceptual treatment of reason of state • Introduces the imperial dimension into the development of constitutional structures and principles • Broadens the existing public law ‘canon’ to include Hobbes, Harrington, Hume, Smith, Burke, J. S. Mill, Hayek and Oakeshott Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law, 14

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-08989-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

C

Magna Carta and its Modern Legacy

Lions under the Throne Essays on the History of English Public Law Stephen Sedley | University of Oxford

Edited by Robert Hazell | University College London

How has modern English public law come to be what it is? How deep and extensive are its roots? What events have conditioned its growth? These studies advance an informed historical account of the body of law of which the author has been a leading practitioner and exponent. • Explores the subject through a series of essays based on lectures given by the author • By alternating between chronological and thematic topics, the author invites an understanding of legal history both as a function of political and social history and as a continuing endeavour to develop consistent principles of constitutional and public law • Approachable and readable text is enhanced by ancillary detail in footnotes Constitutional and administrative law, public law

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-12228-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-55976-9 Paperback £25.99 / US$39.99

P

To mark the 800th anniversary of Magna Carta, this book gathers top scholars from the UK and US to analyse its historic and contemporary influence. Using a political science framework and a global scope extending from the UK to the Americas and the Pacific, the authors puncture numerous enduring myths. • Includes a roster of leading scholars in political science disciplines • Global scope examines the influence of the Magna Carta not only in the United Kingdom but also in the United States, the Caribbean, and the Pacific • Challenges the conventional wisdom that the Magna Carta’s impact has been wholly beneficial Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 286pp 2 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-11277-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-53310-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

P

Radical Deprivation on Trial

New in Paperback

The Impact of Judicial Activism on Socioeconomic Rights in the Global South César Rodríguez-Garavito | University of the Andes, Colombia

Searching for the State in British Legal Thought Competing Conceptions of the Public Sphere Janet McLean | University of Dundee

This book explores how the common law has personified the state and how this affects and reflects the state’s relationship to bureaucracy, sovereignty and civil society, the development of public law norms, the expansion and contraction of the public sphere with nationalization and privatization, state responsibility and human rights. • Sets jurisprudential debates in a wider social, political and historical context, thereby providing more than just an analytical account • Provides modern public lawyers with both an historical and a political perspective • Treats legal thought as a variety of political thought, offering modern scholars of political thought a legal perspective which is frequently missing

This book studies the impacts of courts’ rulings on socioeconomic rights and their efficacy in contributing to social change. Taking the Colombian Constitutional Court’s 2004 ruling on internally displaced people as a case study, it illustrates important developments in judicial activism worldwide. • The first in-depth analysis of a landmark case on socioeconomic rights in the Global South • Goes beyond the typical focus on whether courts should enforce ‘second-generation’ social and cultural rights to consider how to enforce them • Places rulings in socio-legal context by exploring multiple actors outside the court such as public officials, activists, policy makers, and leaders of internally displaced populations

Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law, 4

Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 346pp 978-1-107-53636-4 Paperback £25.99 / c. US$39.99

C

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 208pp 8 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-07888-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

Also available 978-1-107-02248-5 Hardback

C

£69.99 / US$114.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

79


Law

Unstable Constitutionalism

The New Immigration Federalism

Law and Politics in South Asia Edited by Mark Tushnet | Harvard Law School, Massachusetts

80

Pratheepan Gulasekaram | Santa Clara University, School of Law

South Asia, despite being the site of the world’s largest constitutional democracy, is underrepresented in comparative legal scholarship. This book remedies this lack of attention by examining constitutional law in five South Asian countries: India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Nepal, and Bangladesh. • Broadens comparative legal scholarship by focusing on a typically overlooked region • Offers detailed studies of constitutionalism in five South Asian countries • Will be of interest to legal and South Asian studies scholars • Shifts the focus of scholarship from rights towards the role of institutions in society

This book challenges the conventional wisdom about state and local immigration lawmaking in the US. Using empirical analysis, the authors show that anti-immigration laws are not the result of demographic changes but instead of politics. Includes a historical overview of US immigration law useful for students and researchers. • A historical overview of US immigration law provides essential context for current policy patterns • An empirical ‘Polarized Change Model’ provides a new model for understanding the interaction of state and national policies • Discredits the popular conservative argument that demographic factors drive anti-immigration laws

Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 4 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-11196-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-53086-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 394pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06895-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

US law

Justices on the Ballot

The Cambridge Companion to Public Law Edited by Mark Elliott | St Catharine’s College, Cambridge

Continuity and Change in State Supreme Court Elections Herbert M. Kritzer | University of Minnesota School of Law

A scholarly and accessible examination of key themes, debates and issues in public law. Leading experts present a contemporary examination of the subject, taking account of the substantial changes witnessed in this area in recent decades and the resulting need to reassess orthodox accounts of the subject. • A clear and accessible treatment of key themes, debates and issues in public law • Provides expert commentary and analysis by leading experts • The thematic organization of chapters will expose readers to fundamental, cutting-edge issues

This book investigates state supreme court elections in the United States from World War II to the present. Through original analysis of voting returns, campaign budgets, and illustrative case studies, the author shows that elections have become less politicized than commonly believed. • Covers the broadest historical scope among major studies of state supreme court elections, encompassing the entire post-World War II period • Situates statistical presentation within narrative of particular elections • Numerous graphs and tables make the core analysis accessible to nontechnical readers

Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Companions to Law

US law

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-02975-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

P

978-1-107-65509-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$44.99

P

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 57 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-09086-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Food Law in the United States Michael T. Roberts | University of California, Los Angeles

Religion and the State in American Law Boris I. Bittker | Yale Law School

This book provides a comprehensive overview of religion and government in the United States. In addition to an extended discussion of the First Amendment, it addresses hot-topic issues such as religious liberty, religion in the classroom, and displays of religion in government. • Brings historical context to hot-button debates over the role of religion in politics, education, and the workplace • Offers balanced coverage of polarized issues currently facing the courts • Addresses the role of religion in many areas of the law as well as the specialized contexts of prison and the military US law

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 992pp 978-1-107-07182-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$125.00

P

978-1-107-41928-5 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99

P

In Food Law in the United States, Michael T. Roberts addresses the modern food system in a comprehensive, systematic manner that lays out the national legal framework for the regulation of food and the legal tools that fill gaps in this framework. • The first comprehensive treatise on food law in the United States • Includes a detailed description of American food regulation and the tools that fill its gaps including litigation, state law, and private standards • Covers hot-button debates including genetically modified food labeling and restrictions on sugary beverages US law

November 2015 253 x 177 mm 468pp 7 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-11760-0 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$160.00 P 978-1-107-54576-2 Paperback c. £40.00 / c. US$75.00

P


Law

Law and Lies

Crafting Courts in New Democracies

Deception and Truth-Telling in the American Legal System Edited by Austin Sarat | Amherst College, Massachusetts

This is the first book to investigate lies and deception in the American legal system. Analyzing examples from undercover police deception to lying under oath and from political lying to the military’s ‘Don’t ask, don’t tell’ policy, it reveals that the government’s stance towards truth is anything but simple. • The first book on lying in the American legal system • Considers the role of deception in a wide variety of contexts including free speech, sexual identity, and lying by government officials • Investigates legal gray areas for lying such as ‘Don’t ask, don’t tell’, undercover police investigations, and lies in the name of national security US law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 358pp 978-1-107-10878-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

The Politics of Subnational Judicial Reform in Brazil and Mexico Matthew C. Ingram | University at Albany, State University of New York

This book is the first to explore the role of local courts in enacting social change in Brazil and Mexico. Collecting over fifteen years of original research from both Brazil and Mexico, the data analyzed here will be of primary importance to scholars of Latin and South American law. • Fills a gap in the research on the influence of local courts in Latin America • Contains a wealth of original research on both Brazil and Mexico • Challenges the traditional theoretical focus on tangible, material incentives by demonstrating the role of ideas in social change Comparative law

C

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 21 b/w illus. 10 maps 18 tables 978-1-107-11732-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

Jewish Law and Contemporary Issues

Comparative CounterTerrorism Law

J. David Bleich | Yeshiva University, New York

Edited by Kent Roach | University of Toronto

This book presents an authoritative introduction to Jewish law (Halakhah) for the general reader. Organized as a series of discussions, it describes the Jewish tradition’s approach to questions of war, divorce, rabbinic confidentiality, and torture, among many others. Each chapter includes notes and questions prompting further discussion and reflection. • Makes Jewish law accessible to a general audience • Presents a diversity of rabbinic interpretations on contemporary topics such as torture in the face of terrorism, confidentiality, and cloning • Each chapter includes a section for notes and questions to prompt further discussion and consider hypothetical situations

This book helps establish the emerging field of comparative counter-terrorism law by an upto-date assessment of counter-terrorism law in twenty-two countries across six continents. Special attention is given to outcomes in distinct national contexts, such as widely borrowed UK and Egyptian counter-terrorism laws yielding varying results in different adoptive countries. • Includes chapters on twenty-two different legal jurisdictions representing North and South America, Asia, Africa, Europe, and Australia • Common framework for chapters allows for country-to-country comparison on specific legal issues • Includes an introduction to the emerging field of comparative counterterrorism law and its methodology

Comparative law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 410pp 978-0-521-76547-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$126.00

C

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 786pp 8 tables 978-1-107-05707-4 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00

European Legal Cultures in Transition

C

Making We the People

Åse B. Grødeland | Fafo Institute for Applied Social Sciences, Norway

Are national legal cultures in Europe converging or diverging as a result of the pressures of European legal integration? Åse B. Grødeland and William L. Miller address this question by exploring the attitudes and perceptions of the general public and law professionals in England, Norway, Bulgaria, Poland and the Ukraine. • Provides a thorough and systematic investigation of legal culture in five countries across Western and Eastern Europe • Presents new and original data on European elite and public opinion, documenting similarities and differences in attitudes and perceptions • Combines quantitative and qualitative data in an original approach that contributes to social science methodology Comparative law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 1 b/w illus. 141 tables 978-1-107-05035-8 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

Comparative law

C

Democratic Constitutional Founding in Postwar Japan and South Korea Chaihark Hahm | Yonsei University, Seoul

In 2014, Japanese Prime Minister Abe Shinzō announced the expansion of Japan’s war powers, challenging a constitutional precedent that had been in place for seventy years. This book examines the history of Japan and Korea’s post-World War II constitution-making, in order to shed light on the countries’ modern legacies. • Offers essential historical background to current constitutional debates in Japan and Korea • First comparative study of Japanese and Korean constitutional founding and first scholarly investigation in English of Korea’s founding constitution • Multidisciplinary approach will be of use to political scientists, legal scholars, sociologists and historians Comparative law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-01882-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

81


Law

Proof of Causation in Tort Law

The Law of Refugee Status Second edition James C. Hathaway | University of Michigan Law School

Sandy Steel | University of Oxford

82

Sandy Steel explores how the rules of causation and exceptional departures from those rules are manifested in the tort laws of England, Germany and France. Critically engaged with both the theoretical literature and current legal doctrine, this book will be of interest to private law scholars, judges and legal practitioners. • Offers an incisive description and analysis of a difficult area of tort law, explaining highly complex legal material • Compares different approaches to uncertainty over causation in English, French and German tort law • Provides a clear analysis of the scope of exceptions to the requirement that the claimant prove causation Comparative law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 4 tables 978-1-107-04910-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Fragile Democracies Contested Power in the Era of Constitutional Courts Samuel Issacharoff | New York University School of Law

Human rights

This book examines how constitutional courts protect fragile democratic states arising in the wake of authoritarian rule or amidst deep societal divisions of race, religion, or national background. It covers challenges to East Asian, African, and former Soviet democracies, as well as new developments from the Arab Spring. • Focuses on the often-overlooked role of constitutional courts in transitional democracies • Identifies the numerous challenges to democracies emerging from authoritarian rule, particularly in the Middle East, Africa, and Eastern Europe • Broad international focus investigates courts in Argentina, Albania, India, Israel, Mexico, South Africa, and the United States, among many others Comparative law | Cambridge Studies in Election Law and Democracy

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 296pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03870-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-65454-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

P

United States Migrant Interdiction and the Detention of Refugees in Guantánamo Bay

July 2014 247 x 174 mm 776pp 978-1-107-01251-6 Hardback £100.00 / US$160.00

P

978-1-107-68842-1 Paperback £40.00 / US$60.00

P

Caring Autonomy European Human Rights Law and the Challenge of Individualism Katri Lõhmus | University of Edinburgh

Caring Autonomy considers the practice of the European Court of Human Rights and argues for a reconceptualisation of autonomy. The present individualistic understanding of autonomy is inadequate as it fails to acknowledge human interdependence and the importance of interpersonal trust and care for the development and practice of autonomy. • Provides an alternative to human rights orthodoxy by raising questions about law’s ability to convey and promote particular normative attitudes, dispositions and mores • Integrates material on individualisation, trust and care ethics, making this accessible to those unfamiliar with the law and practice of the ECtHR • Proposes a new framework for conceptualising autonomy under the ECtHR which will initiate the discussion of new ways of thinking about contentious issues and their framing by human rights law Human rights

Azadeh Dastyari | Monash University, Victoria

As the only book to comprehensively address the US immigration detention facility in Guantánamo Bay, this book will be of interest to both a general and academic audience. It investigates the Migrant Interdiction Program, the oldest and most influential extraterritorial detention program in the world. • Presents the only detailed contemporary legal analysis of the US Migrant Interdiction Program including refugee detainment at Guantánamo Bay, Cuba • Addresses an important and misunderstood feature of US immigration law • Clarifies the legal obligations of nations engaged in extraterritorial detention under international human rights and refugee law Human rights

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 296pp 2 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-10100-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

A must-read for every lawyer, judge and official engaged in refugee protection, and for scholars of refugee law. Building on the strong critical focus and human rights orientation of the first edition, this is a comprehensive and global analysis of the central question in asylum law: who is a refugee? • Provides comprehensive analysis of the central question in asylum law: who is entitled to refugee status? Judges, lawyers and officials in the state parties bound by the Refugee Convention focus on this question every day, and will find it a valuable resource for their work • Engages not only with relevant international law, but also analyses the jurisprudence of leading common and civil law states in order to synthesise the most creative judicial thinking on refugee law and promote a genuinely global approach to refugee law • Tackles the hardest issues in contemporary refugee law in a direct and principled way, making this an indispensable resource for those engaged in creative thinking about how best to address involuntary migration

C

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-08177-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C


Law

Disability, Education and Employment in Developing Countries

Local Space, Global Life The Everyday Operation of International Law and Development Luis Eslava | University of Kent, Canterbury

From Charity to Investment Kamal Lamichhane | Japan International Cooperation Agency’s Research Institute

This book advocates on the importance of human capital of persons with disabilities and demands the paradigm shift from charity into investment approach. It describes how education in particular helps make persons with disabilities achieve economic independence and social inclusion. The nexus between disability, education, employability and occupational options are discussed. • Brings, for the first time, empirical works from different low and middle income countries, providing new insights into the importance of investment in disability issues • Provides empirical analyses on the linkages between disability, education and jobs, using several methods including econometrics Human rights

January 2015 234 x 156 mm 286pp 978-1-107-06406-5 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

Revisiting the Origins of Human Rights Edited by Pamela Slotte | University of Helsinki

Over the last ten years, revisionists have increasingly challenged the previously accepted narrative of the history of human rights. This book brings together history, law, theology and anthropology scholars in order to revisit the debates. • Examines the ‘textbook’ narrative of the origins of human rights and sheds important new light on the subject • Transgresses narrow conceptions of human rights, including the prevalent idea that human rights are ‘mere law’ • Paves the way for nuanced and analytically rigorous explorations of the contemporary human rights phenomenon Human rights

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-107-10764-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

The Economic Accomplices to the Argentine Dictatorship Outstanding Debts Edited by Horacio Verbitsky | Center for Legal and Social Studies, Buenos Aires

Local Space, Global Life offers an innovative account of the operation and everyday effects of international law and the development project. Adopting an ethnographic methodology to examine the current international focus on local jurisdictions, it demonstrates the academic and political value of the interdisciplinary study of international law. • Demonstrates the relevance of international law and international institutions to local legal and social orders • Combines normative, doctrinal and historical analyses with a sophisticated theoretical framework and an ethnographic approach • Examines the current importance of local development strategies in emergent nations in order to highlight both the discursive and material aspects of the international legal order Public international law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 325pp 36 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-1-107-09212-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Legal Normativity in the Resolution of Internal Armed Conflict Philipp Kastner | University of Western Australia, Perth

This book explores the resolution of armed conflicts occurring within individual countries from a theoretical legal perspective. Included are thematic case studies from Darfur, Uganda, Côte d’Ivoire, Colombia, Sri Lanka, Sierra Leone, Mozambique, Bosnia and Israel-Palestine, emphasizing the role of peace processes in constructing legal norms. • Broadens the current approach to peace negotiations by revealing the importance of post-conflict legal norm construction • Includes thematic case studies from Darfur, North-South Sudan, Uganda, Cote d’Ivoire, Colombia, Sri Lanka, Sierra Leone, Mozambique, Bosnia and Israel-Palestine • Theoretical approach will be of interest to NGOs, policymakers and scholars in the fields of peace and conflict studies, international law and legal theory Public international law

In the wake of human rights violations, how wide is the circle of responsibility? In this book, renowned human rights scholars uncover how banks, individuals, and companies supported the oppressive Argentinian dictatorship. Studies of Ford Motors, the press, and the Catholic Church demonstrate that economic actors should be held accountable. • The first academic study on economic complicity under an authoritarian government • A rich source of case studies on authoritarian complicity involving Ford and Mercedes Benz, Argentinian media companies, foreign financiers, and the Catholic Church • Proposes a robust theoretical framework for studying economic complicity in the context of authoritarian regimes

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-10756-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Human rights

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 380pp 11 tables 978-1-107-11419-7 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

83


Law

84

Strategic Treaty Management

Jus Cogens

Practice and Implications Thomas F. McInerney | Loyola University, Chicago

International Law and Social Contract Thomas Weatherall | Georgetown University, Washington DC

This is the first book to examine the dynamic application of strategic management to multilateral treaties to help solve major global problems. Relevant to lawyers, treaty bodies, international organizations, government officials, NGOs, and donors, it applies interdisciplinary perspectives to analyze an emerging discipline comprising strategy formulation, execution, and evaluation. • Identifies a new approach to managing and ensuring the effectiveness of multilateral treaties which will appeal to those interested in the role of international law in global governance and multilateral affairs • Analysis of the management and operations of multilateral treaties and the ways in which strategic management is used to steer these efforts provides readers with an understanding of the breadth of the challenge involved in making multilateral treaties work • Examines different strategic management models and their appropriateness for multilateral treaty management, thereby providing practitioners and academics with an understanding of the international legal implications of various models of strategic management Public international law

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 370pp 1 table 978-1-107-08972-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$126.00

C

Trials for International Crimes in Asia Edited by Kirsten Sellars | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

Public international law

C

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-08176-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$126.00

C

International Law and Governance of Natural Resources in Conflict and Post-Conflict Situations Natural resource wealth is conducive to a country’s development, but such resources can also finance and fuel armed conflicts. This book assesses the role of international law in preventing natural resources from fuelling armed conflict and in improving their governance for the purposes of conflict resolution and prevention. • Analyses the problem of ‘conflict resources’ from an international law perspective, thereby adding to the existing body of political and economic studies into this problem • Analyses the international legal regime for the governance of natural resources in all phases of an armed conflict, and provides insights for conflict prevention, containment, resolution and post-conflict peacebuilding • Examines resource-related armed conflicts from the perspective of multiple fields of international law, including international humanitarian law, international environmental law, international human rights law and the law on the use of force Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 121

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 496pp 978-1-107-09383-6 Hardback £89.99 / US$142.00

Analogies in International Investment Law and Arbitration Valentina Vadi | Lancaster University

In recent years, concerns have arisen in investor-state arbitration with regard to the magnitude of the decision-making power allocated to investment treaty tribunals. This book explores whether the use of analogies can improve the functioning of such arbitration, and how such analogies might be drawn. • Offers an in depth analysis of how comparative reasoning can shed light on international investment law • Investigates whether and how analogies play an important role in increasing the perceived legitimacy investment treaty arbitration • Discusses the use of comparative reasoning by arbitral tribunals, scholars and practitioners Public international law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-09331-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

Public international law

Daniëlla Dam-de Jong | Universiteit Leiden

International crimes remain highly topical in Asia. A succession of tribunals have been convened in the region, from those held after the Asia-Pacific War to those currently running in Dhaka and Phnom Penh. This is the first book to assess their important contribution to the development of international criminal law. • The first comprehensive legal appraisal of trials for international crimes in Asia by leading specialists in the field • Draws on extensive hitherto unpublished archival research from around the world, including Russia, China, India, the Netherlands, the United States, Britain, France, Australia and New Zealand • Examines the trials from a variety of perspectives, focusing on the context in which they were held, trial planning, framing of the charges, prosecutorial and defence arguments, conduct of the trials, judgements and sentences, and the trials’ legacy in international criminal law December 2015 228 x 152 mm 325pp 978-1-107-10465-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

This book provides scholars and jurists with a resource for understanding and utilizing jus cogens, one of the most complex doctrines of contemporary international law. It addresses four key areas: authority, sources, content and enforcement, and applies a range of analytical tools from legal research to political philosophy. • Provides an accessible resource for the doctrine of jus cogens in international law, which allows scholars and practitioners to access the concept from various discrete points • Theoretical narrative links chapters and fosters an understanding of how each feature of the doctrine of jus cogens links together within a unifying social contract framework • Includes relevant points of law wherever possible, thereby removing issues from the abstract by anchoring an often theoretical concept of law in jurisprudence

C

C


Law

Proportionality and Deference in Investor-State Arbitration

Key Reference

International Law Reports Volume 159 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

Balancing Investment Protection and Regulatory Autonomy Caroline Henckels | University of Melbourne

Investment treaty arbitration urgently requires a certain and consistent way of deciding regulatory disputes that pays due respect to the competing imperatives of investment protection and regulatory autonomy. Caroline Henckels argues that in such cases investment tribunals should employ proportionality analysis in combination with an institutionally sensitive standard of review. • Comprehensively analyzes investment tribunals’ approaches to balancing state and investor interests in disputes involving states’ exercise of public power • Proposes a new methodology for investment tribunals to adopt when adjudicating regulatory disputes • Examines the investment tribunals’ approaches to proportionality and the standard of review in comparative perspective Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 122

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-08790-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Static and Evolutive Treaty Interpretation A Functional Reconstruction Christian Djeffal | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

How should international treaties be interpreted over time? This is the first book to address what evolutive interpretation looks like in reality. It addresses how and under what circumstances it can be said that the interpretation of a treaty evolves, and under what circumstances it remains static. • Proposes a new way to understand interpretation under the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties • Defends the evolutive theory of treaty interpretation, by assessing how the theory is manifested in the jurisprudence of the ICJ and ECtHR Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 124

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 7 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-11831-7 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$119.99 C

September 2015 219 x 146 mm 866pp 978-1-107-05892-7 Hardback £160.00 / US$260.00

R

Key Reference

International Law Reports Volume 160 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

Volume 160 features, amongst others, the 2007 judgment of the International Court of Justice in Application of the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide (Bosnia and Herzegovina v. Serbia and Montenegro) and the Judgment of the Supreme Court of the Netherlands in Netherlands v. Nuhanovic. • Contains the 2007 judgment of the International Court of Justice in Application of the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide (Bosnia and Herzegovina v. Serbia and Montenegro) • Contains the judgments of the Supreme Court of the Netherlands and the European Court of Human Rights in Mothers of Srebrenica v. Netherlands • Contains the judgment of the Supreme Court of the Netherlands in Netherlands v. Nuhanovic October 2015 219 x 146 mm 700pp 978-1-107-05893-4 Hardback £160.00 / US$260.00

International Law Reports Volume 158 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

Volume 158 reports on, amongst others, the 2014 judgment of the Nepalese Supreme Court in JuRI-Nepal (Justice and Rights Organization) v. Government of Nepal and the 2014 judgment of English Court of Appeal in Regina v. Newell. • Contains the 2014 judgment of the Nepalese Supreme Court in JuRINepal (Justice and Rights Organization) v. Government of Nepal • Contains the 2014 judgment of English Court of Appeal in Regina v. Newell (following on from judgment of European Court of Human Rights in Vinter v. United Kingdom reported in 156 ILR 115) • Includes the Retrial judgment of International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia in Prosecutor v. Haradinaj, Balaj and Brahimaj Public international law | International Law Reports, 158

Previously Announced

Public international law | International Law Reports, 159

Public international law | International Law Reports, 160

Key Reference

August 2015 219 x 146 mm 700pp 978-1-107-05889-7 Hardback £160.00 / US$260.00

Volume 159 reports on, amongst others, the 2014 Judgment (Just Satisfaction) of the Grand Chamber of the European Court of Human Rights in Cyprus v. Turkey and the 2013 Order on Request for Provisional Measures of International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea in The Arctic Sunrise (Netherlands v. Russian Federation). • Contains the 2014 Judgment (Just Satisfaction) of the Grand Chamber of the European Court of Human Rights in Cyprus v. Turkey • Contains the 2013 Order on Request for Provisional Measures of International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea in The Arctic Sunrise (Netherlands v. Russian Federation) • Contains the 2014 English Court of Appeal decision in Belhaj v. Straw

R

R

Legal Perspectives on Security Institutions Edited by Hitoshi Nasu | Australian National University, Canberra

This book provides insights into the legal issues surrounding the evolution of national, regional and international institutions, with particular emphasis on their responses to contemporary security challenges. It is essential reading for those seeking to understand the implications for the rule of law and the legitimacy of security institutions. • Examines the ideas of ‘security’ and ‘security institutions’ through the perspectives of public law and international law • Exemplifies and extends the debates in political theory about the evolution of security institutions, from legal and normative perspectives • Provides new insights into the evolution of security institutions and its legal implications considered through the lens of public law and international law Public international law | Connecting International Law with Public Law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 450pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10278-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

85


Law

and immunities; 8. Legal instruments; 9. Dissolution and succession; Part II. Internal Relations: 10. Institutional structures; 11. The bureaucracy; Part III. External Relations: 12. Treaty-making by international organisations; 13. Organisational liaisons; 14. Issues of responsibility; 15. Concluding remarks.

Highlight

A Farewell to Fragmentation Reassertion and Convergence in International Law Edited by Mads Andenas | Universitetet i Oslo

86

Explores the role of the International Court of Justice in the re-convergence of international law. The book contends that the court’s jurisprudence is transforming traditional concepts such as sovereignty, rights and jurisdiction and in so doing is leading a trend towards the reunification of international law. • Proposes both a new take and the last word on the fragmentation debate in international law • Features chapters by leading international lawyers from a range of backgrounds • Explores the role of the International Court of Justice in the fragmentation process Public international law | Studies on International Courts and Tribunals

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 524pp 978-1-107-08209-0 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00

C

Distribution of Responsibilities in International Law Edited by André Nollkaemper | Universiteit van Amsterdam

International law provides only limited guidance for distributing responsibility among multiple wrongdoing actors. Drawing on disciplines such as political theory, moral philosophy, and economics, this book explores the possible grounds for distribution of responsibility and provides a basis for the further development and reform of international law. • Examines the conceptual and theoretical underpinnings of how responsibility is distributed among wrongdoing actors • Explains normative choices that inevitably underlie particular legal decisions on distribution from extra-legal perspectives • Brings together multiple perspectives from different disciplines and makes comparisons between multiple options for distributing responsibility under international law Public international law | Shared Responsibility in International Law, 2

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 462pp 9 tables 978-1-107-10708-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

Textbook

An Introduction to International Organizations Law Third edition Jan Klabbers | University of Helsinki

This market leading textbook has been updated extensively to reflect the entry into force of the EU’s Lisbon Treaty and new articles on the responsibility of international organisations. It also includes two new chapters on the international civil service and the relations between organisations and other institutions, respectively. • Material has been reorganised into a clear three-part structure • Updates include the addition of new case law, the inclusion of the EU’s Lisbon Treaty (and Croatia’s accession) and the adoption of articles on the responsibility of international organisations • Two new chapters cover the international civil service and relations between organisations and other institutions, respectively Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The rise of international organisations; Part I. Member States and International Organisations: 3. The legal position of international organisations; 4. International organisations and the law of treaties; 5. Issues of membership; 6. Financing; 7. Privileges

UN and international organisations

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 424pp 978-1-107-08050-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

X

978-1-107-43971-9 Paperback £36.99 / US$59.99

X

Key Reference

WTO Appellate Body Repertory of Reports and Awards 1995–2013 Fifth edition With contributions by Appellate Body Secretariat, World Trade Organization

The Repertory covers Appellate Body rulings in WTO disputes since 1995. This two-volume fifth edition contains extensive new material covering fourteen Appellate Body reports and two Article 21.3(c) awards issued from 2010 to 2013, including key rulings relating to aircraft subsidies and technical barriers to trade. An essential resource for those interested in WTO law and dispute settlement. • Up-to-date compendium on WTO Appellate Body case law • Provides user-friendly information on the development and evolution of case law by topic or legal provision • Authentic source compiled by the Secretariat of the WTO Appellate Body International economic and trade law, WTO law

September 2014 247 x 174 mm 2192pp 978-1-107-05972-6 2 Volume Hardback Set

£260.00 / US$415.00

R

A Digest of WTO Jurisprudence on Public International Law Concepts and Principles Graham Cook | World Trade Organization

WTO adjudicators have made statements on a wide range of general public international law concepts and principles, but they are buried in 350 decisions totalling 60,000 pages. This comprehensive and systematically organized digest makes this jurisprudence easily accessible to students and practitioners working in any field of international law. • Cases and extracts are presented in the form of a digest, with material systematically divided into multiple chapters and subsections, under issue-specific subheadings for ease of access • Covers all WTO dispute settlement reports, awards and decisions generated over twenty years, which total nearly 60,000 pages • Extracts from cases are introduced by short explanatory sentences giving necessary context, so no prior knowledge of WTO law or jurisprudence is required • Includes a foreword by Joost Pauwelyn International economic and trade law, WTO law

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-10276-7 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00

R


Law

WTO Accessions and Trade Multilateralism

Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements

Case Studies and Lessons from the WTO at Twenty Edited by Uri Dadush | Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Washington DC

Commentary and Analysis Volume 1 Second edition Edited by Simon Lester | worldtradelaw.net and The Cato Institute

This volume of essays offers critical readings on how WTO accession negotiations have expanded the reach of the multilateral trading system not only geographically but also conceptually, and how these negotiations have been used by governments as an instrument for domestic reforms. • Makes clear the potential development gains resulting from WTO accession and trade reforms • Explores how a legislation-based approach to WTO accession commitments has beneficial effects on the rule of law and good governance • Highlights how WTO accession has positive effects on domestic reform

International economic and trade law, WTO law | Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements

International economic and trade law, WTO law

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 1024pp 79 b/w illus. 50 tables 978-1-107-09336-2 Hardback £125.00 / US$200.00 P 978-1-107-47224-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$74.99

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 500pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06390-7 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$175.00

P

P

Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements

A History of Law and Lawyers in the GATT/WTO The Development of the Rule of Law in the Multilateral Trading System Edited by Gabrielle Marceau | World Trade Organization, Geneva

Bringing together original contributions from an unprecedented number of eminent current and former GATT and WTO staff members, including many current and former Appellate Body members, this book is a unique exploration of the development of the rule of the law in the multilateral trading system. • Provides a new perspective on the role of law and lawyers in the GATT/ WTO Secretariats which highlights the multiple roles of lawyers and non-lawyers in enhancing the rule of law in the multilateral trading system • Offers an historical and analytical description of the evolution of the rule of law in the GATT/WTO systems and the various and sometimes contradictory ways in which commitment to the rule of law has manifested itself in the multilateral trading system • Contributions from a wide range of current and former GATT and WTO staff, as well as members of the Appellate Body, provide unprecedented insights into the legal work in the multilateral trading system, as experienced by a wide range of persons International economic and trade law, WTO law

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 684pp 31 colour illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-08523-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$150.00

Aimed primarily at law professors, graduate students, lawyers and government officials working in international trade law, this second edition provides an up-to-date and detailed overview of trends and innovations in bilateral and regional trade agreements. • Highlights recent developments and innovations, thereby helping readers get up to date on what is a fast-moving area • Presents subject areas as stand-alone chapters, thereby allowing readers to gain a comprehensive understanding of the entirety of the subject or parts thereof • Illustrates recent trends in the development of BRTAs

C

Case Studies Volume 2 Second edition Edited by Simon Lester | worldtradelaw.net and Cato Institute

Aimed primarily at law professors, graduate students, lawyers and government officials working in international trade law, this second edition provides an up-to-date and detailed overview of trends and innovations in bilateral and regional trade agreements. • Case studies reflect the latest developments and innovations, and allow readers to keep up to date on what is a fast-moving area • Presents materials in an accessible manner, thereby allowing readers to gain a comprehensive understanding of the entirety of an agreement (or parts thereof) and to quickly compare and contrast agreements • Provides readers with a complete understanding of BRTAs by illustrating trends in the development of BRTAs International economic and trade law, WTO law | Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 300pp 978-1-107-06376-1 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$145.00

P

Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements Second edition Edited by Simon Lester | worldtradelaw.net and The Cato Institute

Aimed primarily at law professors, graduate students, lawyers and government officials working in international trade law, this two-volume set illustrates and analyses recent trends and innovations in bilateral and regional trade agreements. • Highlights recent developments and innovations, thereby helping readers get up to date on what is a fast-moving area • Volume 1 presents materials in an accessible manner, thereby allowing readers to gain a comprehensive understanding of the entirety of an agreement (or parts thereof) and to quickly compare and contrast agreements • Volume 2 presents subject areas as stand-alone chapters, thereby allowing readers to gain a comprehensive understanding of the entirety of the subject, or parts thereof International economic and trade law, WTO law | Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 800pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06381-5 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £175.00 / c. US$280.00 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

87


Law

Accompanying Case Studies

Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements Case Studies Edited by Simon Lester | WorldTradeLaw.net LLC

This volume contains case studies of selected bilateral and regional free trade agreements covering a wide range of countries, regions and key issues. Authored by leading scholars, practitioners and governmental officials, each case study provides a comprehensive review of the negotiating history and result of the selected agreement. • Companion book to the collection of core agreements available at www.worldtradelaw.net • Text offers ‘added value’ analysis to the core agreements • Range of contributors means the book combines both practitioner and academic experience International economic and trade law, WTO law | Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements

88

January 2009 2 tables 978-0-521-87828-9 Hardback

£99.99 / US$159.99

P

Dispute Settlement Reports 2013 These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2013: I. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

R

Dispute Settlement Reports 2013

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2013: III. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

April 2015 240 x 160 mm 382pp 978-1-107-11246-9 Hardback £140.00 / US$225.00

R

Volume 4: Pages 1039–1526 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2013: IV. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

April 2015 240 x 160 mm 488pp 978-1-107-11251-3 Hardback £140.00 / US$225.00

R

International Environmental Law and the Global South

Volume 2: Pages 469–656 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2013: II. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

April 2015 240 x 160 mm 188pp 978-1-107-11241-4 Hardback £140.00 / US$225.00

Volume 3: Pages 657–1038 World Trade Organization

Dispute Settlement Reports 2013

Volume 1: Pages 1–468 World Trade Organization

April 2015 240 x 160 mm 468pp 978-1-107-11239-1 Hardback £140.00 / US$225.00

Dispute Settlement Reports 2013

R

Edited by Shawkat Alam | Macquarie University Law School

Recognizing that the conflicts between rich and poor nations (the North-South divide) have their origin in European colonialism, this book explores issues of food justice, indigenous rights, trade, investment, extractive industries, human rights, and climate change through the framework environmental justice. • The most comprehensive study to date to address the North-South divide in international environmental law • Historical background shows how the current North-South divide grew out of and is in some ways an extension of Western colonialism • Includes a diverse range of perspectives with contributing authors based on five continents Environmental law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 576pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-05569-8 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

C


Law

Mining and Energy Law Samantha Hepburn | Deakin University, Victoria

Mining and Energy Law is a comprehensive introduction to the laws affecting the resources sector in Australia. The text encompasses a discussion of both the law and the policy of mining and resource regulation in existing and emergent areas, for the Commonwealth and for the states and territories. • The only up-to-date, student-focused textbook that covers in detail all the issues relating to mining and energy law, across all Australian States and Territories (including Federal law) • Explores the legal regimes that have emerged in response to more recent developments, such as coal seam gas, renewable energy and geo-sequestration • Features case and statutory discussions as well as relevant revision questions Environmental law

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 448pp 978-1-107-66323-7 Paperback c. £90.00 / c. US$160.00

X

Environmental Law and Contrasting Ideas of Nature This book offers a scholarly examination of the manner in which nature is constructed through law, both in the ‘hard’ sense of directly regulating human activities that impact nature, and in the ‘soft’ manner in which law’s ideas of nature influence and are influenced by behaviors, values, and priorities. • Discusses the legal concept of nature and how it has evolved over time • Presents a collection of essays that explores the ways that ideas about nature become legal ideas, as well as the ways that law favors some notions of nature over others Environmental law

C

Brands and brand management have become a central feature of the modern economy. Yet, the reality of modern branding is not adequately taken into account in the law. This volume begins the process of broadening the legal understanding of brands by explaining what brands are and how they function. • The first book-length study of the emerging field of brand law • An interdisciplinary analysis of the phenomenon of branding and its implications on the law • Provides a sophisticated comparative treatment of brands in US, UK and EU law Competition law, anti-trust law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 264pp 2 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-10346-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

89 C

An Introduction to International Arbitration This concise yet comprehensive textbook introduces the reader to the law and practice of international arbitration. Written by a renowned scholar and practitioner, this book explains the divergent issues of civil procedure, contracts, conflict of laws, international law amongst others in a clear and accessible manner. • Short, concise and accessible – ideal for students and practitioners without prior expertise in arbitration • First two chapters explain the foundational concepts and provide a holistic view of arbitration • Footnotes contain sources, not references to further reading Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-11107-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$115.00

P

978-1-107-52780-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

P

Transparency in International Investment Arbitration

NAFTA and Sustainable Development

A Guide to the UNCITRAL Rules on Transparency in Treaty-Based Investor-State Arbitration Edited by Dimitrij Euler | Universität Basel, Switzerland

The History, Experience, and Prospects for Reform Edited by Hoi Kong | McGill University, Faculty of Law

This book assesses the current state of environmental protection under the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). Authors from all three member nations – Canada, Mexico, and the United States – analyze the agreements’ impact on such issues as bioengineered crops, water policy, climate change, and indigenous rights. • Includes perspectives from authors in all three member states as well as from academic, regulatory, and professional backgrounds • Provides up-to-date analysis on a range of issues from the use of bioengineered crops in Mexico to water policy, climate change, and indigenous rights • Recommendations for improvement are widely applicable as international cooperation on environmental goals increases Environmental law | Treaty Implementation for Sustainable Development

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 480pp 5 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-09722-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Edited by Deven R. Desai | Georgia Institute of Technology

Ilias Bantekas | Brunel University

A Constructivist Approach Edited by Keith H. Hirokawa | Albany Law School

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 362pp 1 map 978-1-107-03347-4 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Brands, Competition Law and IP

This commentary analyses transparency in the light of sustainable development and human rights and will be of interest to all parties involved in investment law. Contributors explain the perspective of non-disputing parties, and give guidance to interveners, especially NGOs, to facilitate their submissions in investor-state proceedings. • Provides an in-depth commentary on the UNCITRAL transparency rules paragraph by paragraph • Experts offer practical guidance on the UNCITRAL transparency rules and ways to avoid common pitfalls • Explains the underlying debate so that readers can understand the UNCITRAL transparency rules in a broader context Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 978-1-107-07793-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$145.00

P

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com


Law

Between Interests and Law

Challenging Boardroom Homogeneity

The Politics of Transnational Commercial Disputes Thomas Hale | University of Oxford

90

We could not have a global economy without a system to resolve transborder commercial disputes, but the international institutions which perform this vital function bear little resemblance to other pillars of the global economy. This book shows how political and legal forces have shaped the evolution of this key regime. • Provides the first social scientific explanation of the regime for transnational commercial dispute resolution • Original archival research gives a rich historical account of the regime at the global level and in the US, China, and Argentina over the ‘long’ twentieth century • Will appeal to both legal scholars and political scientists Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 375pp 36 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-08362-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Key Reference

Drawing on semi-structured interviews with corporate board directors in Norway and analysis of corporate securities filings in the US, Dhir investigates two regulatory models designed to address boardroom diversity: quotas and disclosure, and demonstrates the role of diversity in enhancing the quality of corporate governance and reveals the challenges diversity mandates pose. • Topical and cutting edge by addressing the lack of diversity in international corporate boardrooms which has ignited a heated global debate • Presents original empirical research that investigates the two main regulatory approaches: quotas and disclosure • Offers valuable insights into the role of law in reshaping the gendered fabric of corporate governance cultures • Brings together two seemingly distinct legal and policy spheres: corporate law and governance, and diversity Corporate law, commercial law, company law

Foreign-Related Arbitration in China

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 330pp 14 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-01487-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Commentary and Cases Fan Yang | City University of Hong Kong

This overview and analysis of current arbitration law and practice in mainland China includes the full texts of around two hundred decisions of the Supreme People’s Court of the PRC dating from 1990 to 2013. • In-depth analysis of Chinese statutory materials makes them more approachable to those interested in understanding the current arbitration law and practice in the mainland of China • Critical analysis and discussions of key cases demonstrates how to navigate the vast quantity of Chinese legislation, judicial interpretation and cases more efficiently and effectively • English translations of around two hundred decisions show how arbitration law is applied and interpreted, and how foreign-related arbitration law and practice has developed over the past twenty years Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 1500pp 978-1-107-08219-9 2 Volume Hardback Set

Corporate Law, Governance, and Diversity Aaron A. Dhir | Osgoode Hall Law School, York University, Toronto

C

International Sales Law A Global Challenge Edited by Larry A. DiMatteo | Warrington College of Business Administration, University of Florida

This book brings together the top international sales law scholars from twenty-three countries to review the Convention on Contracts for International Sale of Goods (CISG) and its role in the unification of global sales law at present and into the future. • This book uses different research methodologies and perspectives: doctrinal, theoretical and empirical analyses • Contains numerous country and regional analyses of the application of the CISG in national courts and arbitral tribunals • Includes original research provided by scholars from 23 countries Corporate law, commercial law, company law

c. £250.00 / c. US$400.00 P

July 2014 253 x 177 mm 799pp 6 b/w illus. 5 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-02038-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$150.00 C

In Defense of Plural Marriage Ronald C. Den Otter | California Polytechnic State University

This book argues that competent, consenting adults have a constitutional right to plural marriage. While deconstructing traditional arguments against plural marriage, the author proposes a new legal grounding for marriage that would allow for recognition of a diverse range of intimate relationships. • First major study on plural marriage and the law • Advances a constitutional argument in favor of legally recognized plural marriage • Challenges perceptions of plural marriage as patriarchal or exploitative polygyny Family law

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 372pp 978-1-107-08771-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C


Law

A Parent-Partner Status for American Family Law Merle H. Weiner | University of Oregon School of Law

This book argues that marriage and other legal structures governing parental relationships are outdated and unrepresentative of the reality of American parenting. It recommends the creation of a new ‘parent-partner’ legal status to encourage supportive partnerships and discourage reproduction among uncommitted couples. • Proposes a novel and pragmatic approach to address the changing nature of the American family • Interdisciplinary approach drawing on psychology, sociology and biology will be of interest to a wide range of scholars and students in the social sciences • Reorients the legal framework away from the traditional focus on romantic relationships to the realities of parental partnership Family law

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 640pp 978-1-107-08808-5 Hardback £99.99 / US$150.00

C

Textbook

EU Treaties and Legislation Edited by Robert Schütze | University of Durham

This concise collection of the essential primary and secondary law of the European Union quickly and effectively guides students to the material they need during exams and lectures. Colour-coded content facilitates easy navigation, and Lisbon numbering is used throughout. Two forewords include guidance on finding, reading and understanding EU law. • Judicious selection of legislation • Clear, sensible structure and organisation • Complementary EU law textbook Contents: Preface and acknowledgements; How to understand and read the EU treaties; How to find and read EU secondary law; Table of EU treaties and secondary law; Part I. Union Primary Law: Treaties and Charter: 1. Treaty on European Union; 2. Treaty on the functioning of the European Union; 3. Protocols to the treaties (selection); 4. Charter of fundamental rights (with explanations); Part II. Union Secondary Law: Legislation and Other Acts; Section 1. Union Laws on the Institutions: 5. 1976 Act concerning the election of the members of the European parliament; 6. Regulation 2004/2003 governing political parties at the EU level; 7. Regulation 182/2011 laying down the rules and general principles concerning mechanisms for control by member states of the Commission’s exercise of implementing powers (comitology regulation); 8. Regulation 58/2003 on the Statute of Executive Agencies; 9. Regulation 1049/2001 regarding public access to EU documents; Section 2. Union Laws on the Internal Market: 10. Regulation 492/2011 on freedom of movement for workers; 11. Regulation 883/2004 on social security coordination; 12. Directive 2005/36 on the recognition of professional qualifications; 13. Directive 2004/38 on the right of citizens of the Union and their family members to move and reside freely within the territory of the member states; 14. Directive 2006/123 on services in the internal market; 15. Directive 96/71 on posted workers; Section 3. Union Laws on Competition: 16. Regulation 330/2010 on the application of Article 101(3) to categories of vertical agreements and concerted practices; 17. Regulation 139/2004 on the control of concentrations between undertakings (EU Merger Regulation); 18. Regulation 651/2014 declaring certain categories of aid compatible with the internal market in application of Articles 107 and 108 (GBER); 19. Regulation 1/2003 on the implementation of the rules on competition laid down in Articles 101 and 102; 20. Regulation 659/1999 laying down detailed rules for the application of Article 108; Section 4. Union Laws on Social Policy: 21. Directive 89/391 on health and safety of workers; 22. Directive 2003/88 concerning certain aspects of the organisation of working time; 23. Directive 1999/70 concerning the framework agreement on fixed-term work concluded by ETUC, UNICE and CEEP; 24. Directive 2001/23 relating to the safeguarding of employees’ rights in the event of transfers of undertakings; 25. Directive 2006/54

on the implementation of the principle of equal opportunities and equal treatment of men and women in matters of employment and occupation; Section 5. Union Laws on Consumer Protection: 26. Directive 2011/83 on consumer rights; 27. Directive 1999/44 on certain aspects of the sale of consumer goods; 28. Directive 93/13 on unfair terms in consumer contracts; 29. Directive 2005/29 concerning unfair business-to-consumer commercial practices in the internal market; 30. Directive 85/374 on liability for defective products; Appendix 1: United Kingdom statutes on the European Union; Appendix 2: tables of equivalences (chronological). European law

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 500pp 1 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-46127-7 Paperback c. £14.00 / c. US$24.99 X Textbook

An Introduction to European Law

91

Second edition Robert Schütze | University of Durham

Written with exceptional clarity, simplicity and precision, this short textbook guides readers through the core elements of European law. The second edition includes an entirely new chapter on the internal market, and a companion website features full ‘Lisbonised’ versions of all of the cases cited in the text. • Clearly sets out the key principles and central topics taught on EU law courses • Succinct overview which also indicates key debates and controversies in the field • Numerous illustrations reinforce key concepts to aid understanding Contents: Introduction; Part I. European Law: Creation: 1. Union institutions; 2. Union legislation; 3. Union competences; 4. Fundamental rights; Part II. European Law: Enforcement: 5. Direct effect; 6. (Legal) supremacy; 7. National actions; 8. European actions; Part III. European Law: Substance: 9. Internal market: goods I; 10. Internal market: goods II; 11. Internal market: persons; 12. Competition law: cartels. European law

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 17 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-11181-3 Hardback £49.99 / US$120.00

X

978-1-107-53032-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$31.99

X

European Constitutionalism Kaarlo Tuori | University of Helsinki

The book explains why it is warranted to speak of the European constitution even after the debacle of the EU Constitutional Treaty. It explains how European constitutionalism seeks to achieve its legitimating task through its interaction with national constitutionalism. • Approaches the European constitution as a multidimensional process of constitutionalization • Examines European constitutionalism in interaction with Member State constitutionalism • Defends a transnational portrayal of European law and polity and provides a way out of the problems of an international law, federal or administrative law understanding European law

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-08709-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk


Law

92

EU Renewable Electricity Law and Policy

Reconstructing Atrocity Prevention

From National Targets to a Common Market Tim Maxian Rusche | European Commission

Edited by Sheri P. Rosenberg | Cardozo Law School

This book analyses the economic efficiency of different regulatory designs and provides a detailed overview of all decisions the European Commission has adopted on support schemes for renewable energy. The author expertly examines the political obstacles and sets out three different pathways to achieve harmonized EU regulation for the future. • A detailed analysis of all decisions the European Commission has adopted on support schemes for renewable energy • Offers comparison of support scheme developments in the EU and in the US for renewable electricity • A complete analysis of regulatory constraints stemming from EU rules on free movement and prohibition of import duties and discriminatory taxation as well as from WTO law and investment protection law • Outlines and assesses the possibilities for harmonizing support schemes in the EU European law

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 3 tables 978-1-107-11293-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

European Union Health Law Themes and Implications Tamara K. Hervey | University of Sheffield

Criminal law

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 536pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09496-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

The Territorial Jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court Michail Vagias | The Hague University of Applied Sciences

Explains the interactions and implications of EU health law through thematic analysis of key substantive areas, such as the regulation of health research, access of patients to high quality care, health care professional regulation, organisation and funding of health care services, and public health. • First major study to conceptualise EU health law through its own terms, rather than those of health law or EU law • Structured around four themes which provide analytical focus and understanding of ‘what is the law?’ whilst considering the implications in various contexts • Easy to navigate quick reference guide which provides brief answers to the authors’ 40 questions posed in the introduction European law | Law in Context

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 650pp 978-1-107-01049-9 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

Mass atrocities are those crimes that result in the worst violence to the most people: genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes and ethnic cleansing. This book provides a much-needed update to current thinking, arguing the need for a historically informed, locally based and flexible approach to prevention. • Includes perspectives from scholars across the globe, including three former UN special advisers • Revises conventional assumptions in the field of atrocity prevention, arguing the need for historically informed, contextually specific and flexible prevention • Updates on the use of ‘big data’ in atrocity prevention as well as Argentina’s national mechanism for the prevention of genocide will be of use to policymakers and scholars

C

Michael Vagias analyses the International Criminal Court’s territorial jurisdiction as regards, for example, partial commission of a crime in State not Party territory, crimes committed over the internet or crimes committed in occupied territories. • The first book to deal with the issue of the territorial jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court • Explores whether the considerations of territoriality for national courts are the same as those for the International Criminal Court • Elucidates both the law as it stands, and the procedure of the court Criminal law

October 2014 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-107-03427-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$115.00

C

The International Criminal Court in Ongoing Intrastate Conflicts Navigating the Peace-Justice Divide Patrick S. Wegner | Eberhard-Karls-Universität Tübingen, Germany

Principles of Cybercrime Second edition Jonathan Clough | Monash University, Victoria

The internet and digital technology provide many opportunities to commit and facilitate crime. All developed and developing countries face similar challenges in this rapidly changing area. This book provides an analysis of cybercrime laws in Australia, Canada, the UK and the USA. • Doctrinal analysis of cybercrime laws allows for a deeper understanding of the applicable laws in this new and developing area of the law • Overviews of the law of each jurisdiction allow others to learn lessons from the experience of these four countries • Discusses in detail the Council of Europe Convention on Cybercrime, the most comprehensive instrument addressing the challenges of cybercrime Criminal law

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-03457-0 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00

P

978-1-107-69816-1 Paperback c. £35.00 / c. US$56.00

P

The impact of international courts on conflicts is under-researched. This book closes that gap with a fresh methodological approach and a comprehensive study which traces the impact in two conflicts. It simultaneously avoids the current focus on quantitative approaches and transcends the polarisation between critics and supporters in the literature. • Applies peace and conflict studies to a field dominated by legal literature in order to provide new insights and perspectives for academics working in transitional justice • Offers new perspectives on the topic by transcending the current polarisation in transitional justice literature between supporters and critics of international trials • Comprehensive overview of existing research makes this an ideal resource for both researchers and students Criminal law

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 11 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-06947-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 Previously Announced

C


Law

and civil preventive orders; 12. Special sentencing powers; 13. Procedural issues at sentencing; 14. Sentencing, guidelines and the punitive state; Appendices.

International White Collar Crime Cases and Materials Second edition Bruce Zagaris | Berliner, Corcoran, and Rowe, Washington, DC

Criminal law | Law in Context

This is the only book on international white collar crime, newly revised and expanded for the second edition. Drawing from numerous case studies, it shows how international criminals exploit globalization and new technologies to pursue economic gain and political violence. • Revised second edition incorporates recent developments in environmental crime and securities enforcement under the Dodd–Frank Act • Remains the only book of cases and materials on international white collar crime • Numerous case studies provide practical treatment of efforts to control a range of white collar crime from money laundering to cybercrime Criminal law

September 2015 253 x 177 mm 696pp 1 table 978-1-107-10880-6 Hardback £93.99 / US$150.00

P

978-1-107-51972-5 Paperback £59.99 / US$99.99

P

Investing in Authoritarian Rule

X

978-1-107-65201-9 Paperback £31.99 / US$49.99

X

Borderless Wars Civil Military Disorder and Legal Uncertainty Antonia Chayes | Tufts University Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy

The US war on terror has redrawn the traditional distinctions between war and peace. In this book, former US Under Secretary of the Air Force Antonia Chayes investigates the impact of ‘gray area’ warfare on counterinsurgency, counter-terrorism and cyber warfare. She argues that transparency is needed to preserve democratic ideals. • Provides suggestions for improved policy approaches which will be of use to scholars and lawmakers • By drawing connections between legal and military gray areas, this book establishes a new conceptual framework for understanding the war on terror • Gives an up-to-date review of the debate over the legality of drone strikes Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

Punishment and Patronage in Rwanda’s Gacaca Courts for Genocide Crimes Anuradha Chakravarty | University of South Carolina

This book investigates how Rwanda’s mass courts for genocide crimes were used by elites to ensure social control and cement authoritarian rule. It is unique among studies on the topic in showing how the tools of confession, denunciation, and lay judging operated on an individual level. • The first book to explore the gacaca courts’ operations in detail to explicitly link the procedural micro-dynamics of confessions and denunciations to macro outcomes • Includes analysis of how verdicts were generated at widely-criticized courts led by lay judges • Draws on a wealth of previously unexplored data including original field interviews Criminal law | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 328pp 9 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-08408-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 500pp 13 tables 978-1-107-05788-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$115.00

C

Textbook

Sentencing and Criminal Justice Sixth edition Andrew Ashworth | University of Oxford

This unrivalled text on sentencing has been substantially rewritten and updated with the latest legislation, guidelines and decided cases. It now includes an additional chapter focusing on civil preventive orders and other ancillary orders. This is the essential text for anyone interested in criminal justice. • The author is a leading authority on the subject • Offers clarity of explanation coupled with critical analysis • Restructured to reflect recent changes including sentencing guidelines, the role of the Sentencing Council and comparative sentencing developments

August 2015 216 x 138 mm 200pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-10934-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-52150-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

Textbook

International Humanitarian Law Emily Crawford | University of Sydney

Up to date with the latest research, this clear and concise textbook provides an accessible examination of international humanitarian law, including emerging trends in theory and practice. Students are expertly guided through the subject with the aid of detailed examples, extracts, discussion questions and suggestions for further reading. • Case studies and other real-life examples illustrate how the law is observed in practice • Each chapter and subject is contextualized with relevant historical, social, and political background, to help students better understand how international humanitarian law regulates the conduct of participants in armed conflict • Chapter introductions and end-of-chapter reading lists support further understanding of the subject Contents: 1. Historical development of international humanitarian law; 2. The contemporary legal basis of international humanitarian law and its fundamental principles; 3. Types of armed conflicts; 4. Individual status in armed conflict – combatants, non-combatants, direct participation in hostilities and prisoners of war; 5. Protection of the wounded, sick, and shipwrecked; 6. The law of occupation and the protection of civilians; 7. Targeting; 8. Means and methods of warfare; 9. Implementation, enforcement and accountability. Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 400pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11617-7 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$112.00

X

978-1-107-53709-5 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99

X

Contents: 1. An introduction to English sentencing; 2. Sentencing and the constitution; 3. Sentencing aims, principles and policies; 4. Elements of proportionality; 5. Aggravation and mitigation; 6. Persistence, prevention and prediction; 7. Equality before the law; 8. Multiple offenders; 9. Custodial sentencing; 10. Non-custodial sentencing; 11. Ancillary orders

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

93


Law

Inducing Compliance with International Humanitarian Law

Iraq and the Crimes of Aggressive War The Legal Cynicism of Criminal Militarism John Hagan | Northwestern University, Illinois

Lessons from the African Great Lakes Region Edited by Heike Krieger | Freie Universität Berlin

94

This book explores and evaluates methods for inducing compliance with international humanitarian law, by both states and non-state actors, including armed groups, NGOs and the UN Security Council. The authors examine what lessons can be learned in particular from the African Great Lakes region. • Takes an interdisciplinary approach to inducing compliance with international humanitarian law • Considers all major mechanisms to induce compliance, so that readers can systematically compare them • Evaluates alternative forms of inducing compliance, in particular the implementation of the law by non-state actors Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 600pp 6 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-10205-7 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00

C

Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 34 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-10453-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

978-1-107-50701-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P

Governing Digitally Integrated Genetic Resources, Data, and Literature

New in Paperback

Diplomatic Counterinsurgency Lessons from Bosnia and Herzegovina Philippe Leroux-Martin | Harvard Kennedy School of Government

This compelling eyewitness account of a key political crisis in Bosnia and Herzegovina in 2007 demonstrates how interventions from foreign powers to end armed conflict can create new forms of conflict that are not only as determined and resilient, but can lead groups to challenge the power of fragile states through political and legal means. • Presents an eyewitness account of peace processes in Bosnia and Herzegovina (and Kosovo) • Contains reflections from a practitioner with direct experience in wartorn environments • Is an original reflection on the boundaries between war, conflict, violence and peace Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-54626-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02003-0 Hardback

C

£65.00 / US$99.00

From the torture of detainees at Abu Ghraib to unnecessary attacks on civilians – both predominately targeted at Arab Sunnis – this book argues that the United States invasion and occupation of Iraq constituted a criminal war of aggression. • Documents the origins of a resilient Arab Sunni insurgency in the criminally violent actions of the US-led coalition and forces in Iraq • Provides a readable and comprehensive social scientific and historical analysis of the US-led war in Iraq • Persuasively makes the case that the US-led invasion and occupation of Iraq was a criminal war of aggression

Global Intellectual Property Strategies for a Redesigned Microbial Research Commons Jerome H. Reichman | Duke University School of Law

This book examines the current legal framework governing the use of genetic information for public research. Based on an original survey of practices in a range of scientific fields, the authors propose a blueprint for an international research commons that would promote access to and exchange of scientific data. • Proposes new governance strategies for science commons management based on empirical survey of major initiatives in microbiology and related fields • Includes detailed legal analysis of regulatory regimes that disrupt scientific research, including copyright and database protection laws • Explains why US scientists and industry must respect the Convention on Biological Diversity, whether or not the US joins the treaty Intellectual property

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 650pp 3 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-02174-7 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

New in Paperback

Srebrenica in the Aftermath of Genocide Lara J. Nettelfield | Royal Holloway, University of London

Srebrenica in the Aftermath of Genocide reveals how interactions between local, national and international interventions have led to subtle, positive effects of social repair, despite persistent attempts at denial. Using an interdisciplinary approach, diverse research methods, and over a decade of fieldwork, this book traces the reverberations of genocide after the fall of the United Nations ‘safe area’ of Srebrenica. • Based on over fifteen years (combined) of field research in three countries • Interdisciplinary research and methods • The first book on multiple interventions in postwar Bosnia and Herzegovina and among its diaspora • Contributes to the growing literature in the fields of genocide studies, international law and society, and transitional justice Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

June 2015 229 x 152 mm 442pp 34 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-54614-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-00046-9 Hardback

C

£75.00 / US$110.00

C

Social Dimensions of Privacy Interdisciplinary Perspectives Edited by Beate Roessler | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Social Dimensions of Privacy develops an innovative approach to privacy which focuses on privacy’s social meaning and value. An interdisciplinary group of leading privacy scholars from the fields of law, philosophy, political sciences and computer science addresses new privacysensitive areas resulting from recent technological developments. • Takes an innovative approach to privacy which focuses on the social dimensions and value of privacy in contrast to the value of privacy for individuals • Addresses readers from a variety of disciplines, including law, philosophy, media studies, gender studies and political science • Addresses new privacy-sensitive areas triggered by recent technological developments Intellectual property

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 425pp 978-1-107-05237-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C


Law

Test Tubes for Global Intellectual Property Issues

Regulating Speech in Cyberspace

Small Market Economies Susy Frankel | Victoria University of Wellington

Gatekeepers, Human Rights and Corporate Responsibility Emily B. Laidlaw | University of Calgary

Small market economies provide a unique insight into balancing competing interests in global intellectual property. As developed countries and net-importers of intellectual property, such economies can have similar concerns to some developing countries. Susy Frankel uses examples drawn from small market economies to explore global intellectual property issues. • Explores the debate over global intellectual property issues from a fresh perspective • Discusses small market economies as experiments in balancing competing concerns, providing an insight into how compromise and balance in the international system might be achieved • Brings expertise from a different angle to analyse the links between trade and intellectual property issues Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 29

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-01314-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

E-commerce law, internet law

C

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 360pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04913-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Media Freedom as a Fundamental Right Jan Oster | Universiteit Leiden

The professional media enjoys greater protection than private individuals when preparing or publishing speech. The best-known example is the right of journalists to keep their sources confidential. Jan Oster explores whether these privileges are still justified, and how ‘journalists’ are actually to be defined in the internet age. • Proposes a new view of media freedom addressing the most pressing questions concerning freedom of the media in the twenty-first century • Combines doctrinal and conceptual comparative analysis with descriptive and normative theory in order to provide a thorough and comprehensive understanding of the foundations of media freedom • Global approach to media freedom makes this relevant to the transnational and global discourse on human rights in general and freedom of speech and media freedom in particular Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 30

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 338pp 978-1-107-09895-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

When a social networking provider deletes a group it deems offensive or an ISP blocks access to content online, it takes on a powerful role in regulating speech on the internet. Regulating Speech in Cyberspace examines the legal and social challenges of the impact of businesses on free speech online. • Provides an analysis of the impact of businesses and other private gatekeepers on human rights, challenging the traditional conception of human rights as a relationship between citizens and the state • Examines the intersection of regulation, corporate social responsibility and human rights, showing where the law ends and social responsibility begins concerning human rights issues • Proposes a governance model for the regulation of speech on the internet, thereby providing an alternative to the hard line of law- or freedom-based approaches to internet regulation

C

C

The Right to Health at the Public/Private Divide A Global Comparative Study Edited by Colleen M. Flood | University of Toronto, Faculty of Law

A comparative study of countries from all continents representing a diversity of health, legal, political, and economic systems, this book explores the role of health rights in advancing equality through access to health care. It features authors with expertise in the legal and health systems of their countries. • Covers countries from a wide variety of economic, health, legal, and political systems • Includes contributors who are experts on the health and legal systems of their countries, while the editors combine knowledge of human rights, health systems and the economy Medical law, health law

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 512pp 978-1-107-03830-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00

C

The Affordable Care Act and Medicare in Comparative Context

Confronting the Internet’s Dark Side Moral and Social Responsibility on the Free Highway Raphael Cohen-Almagor | University of Hull

Eleanor D. Kinney | Indiana University

Should ISPs discriminate against antisocial content that is indisputably objectionable? This is a lucid and compelling book on the need to devise practical solutions against Internet abuse by criminals, terrorists, and antisocial individuals. Confronting the Internet’s Dark Side is an invaluable contribution to the debate over free speech online. • Proposes a framework for individual, corporate, and international moral and social responsibility on the Internet • Advocates the need for increased moderation of destructive online activity including cyberbullying, hate speech, terrorism, and child pornography • Includes valuable background on the history of the Internet as a network as well as the ethical issues of censorship and free speech

This book provides a comprehensive and approachable overview of Medicare under the Affordable Care Act (ACA). The author illustrates how the ACA addresses the long-term fiscal and demographic challenges facing Medicare, as well as the potential for Medicare to become a singlepayer system. • Legal and policy analysis with citation to laws, regulations, and guidance documents provides a useful tool for students, lawyers, and policymakers • Traces the history of the Medicare program from its inception • Functions effectively as a textbook in a health law course on Medicare • Compares the enactment and evolution of the Medicare program with comparable health coverage programs in the United Kingdom and Canada

E-commerce law, internet law

Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-10559-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-51347-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 472pp 1 b/w illus. 74 tables 978-1-107-11055-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

95


Law

The Clinic and the Court

Insurance in Elizabethan England

Law, Medicine and Anthropology Edited by Ian Harper | University of Edinburgh

96

The London Code Guido Rossi | University of Edinburgh

What are the points of convergence and contradiction between law and medicine as they seek to understand and respond to harm and suffering? Using empirical case studies from Europe, the Americas and Africa, this book brings together leading medical and legal anthropologists to explore this question. • Examination of the relationships between law, medicine and anthropology will appeal to those interested in the qualitative study of interactions between law and medicine • Case studies from Europe, the Americas and Africa relate comparative issues to empirical situations • Interdisciplinary perspective makes this of interest to socio-legal scholars, anthropologists, sociologists, lawyers and science and society scholars

The early history of English insurance is mostly unknown. Using new and extensive archival material, Guido Rossi examines the first insurance code to be written and used in England and demonstrates both its deep links with continental practice and the very marginal role played by the common law. • In-depth research of early English insurance fills a significant gap in our understanding of the formation and development of insurance in England • Provides a meticulous analysis of the London Insurance Code of the late sixteenth century, and its continental origins • Comparative overview of early modern insurance highlights the deep links between England and the Continent on insurance

Medical law, health law | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

Legal history | Cambridge Studies in English Legal History

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07624-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

The Declaration of Independence and God

Textbook

An Introduction to Law

Self-Evident Truths in American Law Owen Anderson | Arizona State University

‘Self-evident truths’ was a profound concept used by the drafters of the American Declaration of Independence to insist on their rights. In a unique approach combining history, philosophy and law, this book traces the idea of a ‘self-evident’ God in American legal thought from foundational documents to the present. • Offers readers unique insights on one of America’s founding documents • Situates current debates about separation of church in state in historical context • The multidisciplinary approach will be of use to students and scholars in law, philosophy, history and religious studies Legal history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 204pp 978-1-107-08818-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

C

New in Paperback

Legal Emblems and the Art of Law Obiter Depicta as the Vision of Governance Peter Goodrich | Cardozo School of Law

This book is the first to look closely and critically at the history of images of law. This long overdue work incisively reconstructs the history of the emblem tradition to evidence the extent to which a gallery of images of law already exists and structures how the public realm is displayed, made present and viewed. • This is the first book to study emblems as depictions of law • A novel interpretation of the symbols of justice • Presents a theory of visiocracy, the governance of vision Legal history

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 288pp 106 b/w illus. 978-1-107-54610-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-03599-7 Hardback

C

£65.00 / US$99.00

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 800pp 24 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-11228-5 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$155.00 C

Eighth edition Phil Harris | Sheffield Hallam University

Extensively updated throughout, this new edition introduces students to a wide range of modern legal issues. Written in a clear and engaging style, it expertly addresses the ways in which the rules and structures of law respond to and influence changes in economic and political life. • An accessible introduction for anyone new to legal study • Offers a contextualised approach to give the broadest possible perspective to the subject • Incorporates clear and concise coverage of major theoretical explanations of law, and key concepts which are part of the ‘language’ of law, such as the notions of rights, duties and property • Additional features include case studies, discussion questions and a supporting website Contents: Part I: 1. Law and society; 2. Law and morality; 3. Law and the regulations of economic activity; 4. Some important legal concepts; 5. Law and the settlement of disputes; 6. The making of legal rules; 7. The legal profession; Part II: 8. The European dimension of English law; 9. Liability in English law: the law of tort; 10. Liability in English law: crime and the criminal justice system; 11. The development and role of the contract; 12. Law and government. English legal system | Law in Context

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 500pp 3 b/w illus. 978-0-521-13207-7 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99

X


Law

Textbook

The European Private International Law of Employment

Moffat’s Trusts Law

Uglješa Grušić | University of Nottingham

Drawing upon modern theoretical frameworks, this book provides academics, advanced students and practitioners interested in the legal regulation of transnational employment relationships in Europe with an accessible and up-to-date account of the relevant European rules of jurisdiction and choice of law. • Demonstrates how the goals and policies of the European Union, in particular the protection of employees, are fundamentally reshaping the regulation of transnational private relations • Presents new insights about the influence of EU private international law on the Member States’ domestic private international law regimes, and offers recommendations for improving the existing rules of jurisdiction and choice of law • Separate examinations of the choice-of-law treatment of claims based on breach of employment contract, statute and in tort make this an accessible explanation of choice-of-law issues arising in connection with the three main types of employment claim Private international law

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 382pp 978-1-107-08294-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$126.00

C

Textbook

International Commercial Litigation

Text and Materials Sixth edition Jonathan Garton | University of Warwick

This fully revised and updated new edition covers recent statutory developments and explores the impact of a wealth of new cases. Restructured to include a new chapter on the internationalisation of the trust and an online chapter on occupational pension schemes, it remains the serious student’s textbook of choice. • The book utilises a range of teaching methods, including identifying key ‘points to consider’, use of visual aids and discussion questions • Restructured to include a new chapter on internationalisation of the trust and an online chapter on occupational pension schemes • Retains its hallmark combination of a contextualized approach and a commercial focus Contents: 1. Trusts introduced; 2. The evolution of the private express trust; 3. Taxation and the private express trust; 4. Creating the trust – I; 5. Creating the trust – II; 6. Trusts and public policy; 7. Flexibility in relation to beneficial entitlement; 8. An introduction to trustees and trusteeship; 9. Aspects of the management of trusts; 10. Trusteeship, control and breach of trust; 11. Implied trusts and the family home; 12. Trusts in commerce I: commerce and equitable remedies; 13. Trusts in commerce II: commerce, credit and the trust; 14. Trusts in commerce III: fiduciary relationships, commerce and the trust; 15. Trust, contract and unincorporated associations; 16. An introduction to the law of charity; 17. A legal definition of ‘charity’; 18. The regulation of charities; 19. Trusts – an international dimension. Equity and trusts | Law in Context

Text, Cases and Materials on Private International Law Second edition Trevor Hartley | London School of Economics and Political Science

Based on traditional private international law, this new edition emphasizes the practical requirements of litigation. It adopts a comparative stance, providing material on US and Commonwealth law, as well as the core areas of English and EU law. A companion website features important updates to the law. • Provides everything the student needs to know about international commercial litigation • Extensive EU coverage, but also includes a thought-provoking international comparative perspective • Updated to reflect the recast of the Brussels I Regulation and significant updates to EU case law Contents: Part I. Starting Off: 1. Introduction; Part II. Jurisdiction: 2. Jurisdiction: an analysis; 3. Jurisdiction under EU law; 4. EU law: special jurisdiction; 5. The traditional English rules; 6. Developments in Canada; 7. US law: an outline; 8. Choice-of-court agreements; 9. Jurisdictional conflicts: the common-law approach; 10. Jurisdictional conflicts: the EU approach; 11. Special topic I: product liability; 12. Special topic II: defamation; Part III. Foreign Judgments: 13. Introduction to Part III; 14. EU law; 15. English law: jurisdiction; 16. English law: defences; 17. The Canadian conflicts (judgments) revolution; 18. US law: some highlights; Part IV. Procedure: 19. Freezing assets; 20. Obtaining evidence abroad: forum procedures; 21. Obtaining evidence abroad: international co-operation; Part V. Choice of Law: 22. Introduction to choice of law; 23. Torts; 24. Contracts: the principle of party autonomy; 25. Contracts: legal policy and choice of law; 26. The common-law countries: regulating business, protecting employees and helping consumers; 27. Foreign currency; 28. Property: tangible movables; 29. Contractual rights and property interests – I; 30. Contractual rights and property interests – II; 31 Contractual rights and property interests – III.

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 950pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10548-5 Hardback £99.99 / US$160.00

X

978-1-107-51283-2 Paperback £39.99 / US$63.99

X

Previously Announced

The Immigration and Nationality Act of 1965 Legislating a New America Edited by Gabriel J. Chin | University of California Davis School of Law

Along with the civil rights and voting rights acts, the Immigration and Nationality Act of 1965 is one of the most important bills of the civil rights era. This book explores the law’s enduring legacy through its elimination of racial quotas as well as restriction of long-standing Mexican immigration. • The first book devoted to the 1965 Immigration and Nationality Act Amendments • Contributions by scholars in law, political science, cultural studies, and economics reflect the modern interdisciplinary approach to immigration studies • Places current-day immigration debates in context and provides historically informed policy suggestions Socio-legal studies

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 408pp 15 b/w illus. 39 tables 978-1-107-08411-7 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00 C

Private international law

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 950pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09589-2 Hardback £125.00 / US$199.99

X

978-1-107-47956-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99

X

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

97


Law

98

Lost in China?

The World of Indicators

Law, Culture and Identity in Post-1997 Hong Kong Carol A. G. Jones | University of Wolverhampton

The Making of Governmental Knowledge through Quantification Edited by Richard Rottenburg | Martin Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Germany

The 2014 ‘Umbrella Revolution’ in Hong Kong saw hundreds of thousands of demonstrators on the streets, the culmination of rising fears and frustrations about the loss of Hong Kong’s core values – principally the rule of law – since 1997. Carol Jones examines how and why this resistance arose. • Clear account of the social, legal and political developments in Hong Kong since 1997 enables the reader to place these developments in their social context • Brings together relevant materials from Hong Kong law, cultural studies and social sciences in order to expose the reader to a wide range of sources • Provides an accessible overview of the key debates without using technical language or legal complexities Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-107-09337-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Contesting Immigration Policy in Court Legal Activism and Its Radiating Effects in the United States and France Leila Kawar | University of Massachusetts, Amherst

Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

Based on in-depth fieldwork, this book explores the historical development of immigrant rights litigation in both the United States and France over the past four decades. It illustrates that, contrary to conventional wisdom, activity in court can have important effects on immigration policymaking. • First scholarly history of contemporary immigrant rights litigation • Based on a unique combination of archival research and more than sixty in-depth interviews with litigators and government attorneys in two national settings • Explicitly decenters the American experience of legal activism, allowing scholars and practitioners to consider alternative models Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 232pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07111-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Paper Tiger Law, Bureaucracy and the Developmental State in Himalayan India Nayanika Mathur | University of Cambridge

Through a meticulous detailing of the everyday life of development bureaucracy on the Himalayan borderland, Paper Tiger shifts the frames of the debate on state failure and opens up a refreshingly new understanding of the workings of the contemporary Indian state.

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 368pp 7 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-08622-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-45083-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$39.99

P

Medical Accident Liability and Redress in English and French Law Simon Taylor | Université de Paris Diderot

French law on clinical negligence and compensation of medical accident victims provides a particularly innovative model for potential reform in England and elsewhere. This book will appeal to all those interested in reform in this area as well as in French tort law and comparative tort law more generally. • Provides an in-depth comparison of English and French law on the question of medical accident liability and redress • Considers the relevance of the French model for potential reform in England and other countries • Explores the extent to which divergence in English and French national rules can be explained by differences in traditions and cultures of civil liability Tort law

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 198pp 978-1-107-10280-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-10697-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

Indicators simplify complex issues and produce numeric evidence to guide and justify decisionmaking. However, we know little about the social processes constituting quantitative knowledge or its effects on public ordering practices. This book shows how technologies of quantification change our modes of knowing in subtle and often unrecognized ways. • Combination of insights from anthropology of law, history of science, science and technology studies, sociology of quantification, economics and geography will appeal to those who are uncomfortable with the separation between ‘theoretical’ and ‘empirical’ approaches and with the current weakness of critique that address the main trends shaping the relations between capitalism, markets, law and democracy • Theoretical discussion of the nature and historical formation of quantification will appeal to those who ask questions such as, ‘What is new or different about our contemporary reliance on quantitative knowledge?’ • Groundbreaking empirical case studies uncover the social work and politics that often go into the making of indicators and explore the far-reaching effects and impacts of these numerical representations in specific settings

C

C


Law

Civil Liability in Europe for Terrorism-Related Risk

Property and Practical Reason Adam J. MacLeod | Faulkner University, Alabama

This book examines liability laws as they relate to terrorism-related damage. For instance, to what extent are facility operators, governments and security firms in Europe exposed to liability for terrorism-related damage? Furthermore, this book analyzes the policy question of whether legislative measures are necessary. • Written by experts of international, EU and national tort law and gives the reader the full picture of the potential liability exposure of the affected industry • Gives a comprehensive analysis of the civil liability situation in case of a terrorist attack • Critical analysis of the efficiency of the existing liability laws from a law and economics perspective including insurance aspects

Property and Practical Reason makes a moral argument for common law property institutions and norms, and challenges the prevailing dichotomy between individual rights and state interests and its assumption that individual preferences and the good of communities must be in conflict. • New natural law critique of common law norms and institutions governing property brings the insights of new natural law theory into private law scholarship, where it has been neglected • Helps readers understand the relationship between moral reasons and private law by providing a moral defense of private ownership and of norms and institutions governing ownership • Explains important features of property law for which the prevailing economic and progressive theories have not fully accounted

Tort law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law

Property law

Lucas Bergkamp | Hunton & Williams LLP, Brussels

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 384pp 2 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-10044-2 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 268pp 978-1-107-09576-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Textbook

Fighting Fair

Contract Law

Legal Ethics for an Adversarial Age Allan C. Hutchinson | University of Toronto, School of Law

Second edition Neil Andrews | University of Cambridge

Significantly streamlined and updated, this second edition provides a clear and succinct introduction to all of the topics in the contract law curriculum. Chapters highlight the most important decisions in case law and integrate judicial excerpts into detailed discussion and analysis. New endof-chapter questions provide excellent exam preparation for students. • Coverage of good faith, codification and international and European soft law codes has been streamlined into three new distinct chapters, to improve clarity and allow instructors to more effectively cover these topics in their classes • Analysis of the law’s grey areas and ‘loose ends’ effectively prepares students for the types of questions they are likely to encounter in law examinations • Chapter overviews ensure that students obtain a basic understanding of chapter topics before encountering more detailed discussion and analysis • An emphasis on the most important and key cases in contract law enables students to focus on and master the central cases without becoming overwhelmed Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. Main features of contract law; Part II. Formation: 2. The pre-contractual phase; 3. Offer and acceptance ; 4. Certainty; Part III. Consideration and Intent to Create Legal Relations: 5. Consideration and estoppel; 6. Intent to create legal relations; Part IV. Third Parties and Assignment: 7. Third parties; 8. Assignment; Part V. Vitiating Elements: 9. Misrepresentation; 10. Mistake; 11. Duress, undue influence and unconscionability; Part VI. Terms and Interpretation: 12. Terms in general; 13. Implied terms; 14. Interpretation and rectification of written contracts; 15. Exclusion clauses and ‘unfair terms’; Part VII. Breakdown and Liability: 16. Frustration; 17. Breach and performance; Part VIII. Remedies for Breach: 18. Judicial remedies for breach of contract; 19. Consensual remedies for breach of contract: liquidated damages and deposits; Part IX. Illegality and Public Policy: 20. The illegality doctrine; Part X. The Future: 21. The ‘good faith’ debate; 22. Codification; 23. International and European ‘soft law’ codes: lessons for English law? Contract law

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 703pp 978-1-107-06168-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00

X

978-1-107-66064-9 Paperback £37.99 / US$60.00

X

C

The traditional model of legal ethics is broken beyond repair. In an original approach, legal theorist Allan C. Hutchinson takes seriously the idea that ‘litigation is war’. By drawing an extended analogy from military ethics, he demonstrates what it means to be an ethical lawyer in today’s practice. • Proposes a new and boldly original approach to legal ethics • Bridges the gap between academic and practicing law by applying theory to professional problems • Tailored to the new realities of legal careers, the book’s recommendations will be of interest to anyone practicing in an age of corporatized law Legal skills and practice

September 2015 216 x 138 mm 144pp 978-1-107-11691-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-53970-9 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P

Comparing Tort and Crime Learning from across and within Legal Systems Edited by Matt Dyson | University of Cambridge

The relationship between tort and crime is increasingly important and complex. This volume pushes our understanding of it further through detailed comparative analysis. It is the first work to chart, analyse and explain the relationship of tort and crime in England, France, Germany, Sweden, Spain, Scotland, the Netherlands and Australia. • Overview of the places where tort and crime connect allows reader to make sense of the huge and complex legislation, case law and literature • Detailed analysis of specific cases and suggestions for reform enable the reader to develop a fuller understanding of the law in eight important legal systems • Each chapter is co-authored by at least a civil law specialist and a criminal law specialist, meaning that each chapter provides a balanced and considered view from the key stakeholders in the relationship between tort and crime Private law

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 550pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-08048-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

99


Law / Education

Textbook

Uncertain Causation in Tort Law Edited by Miquel Martín-Casals | Universitat de Girona, Spain

This discussion of causal uncertainty in tort liability shows the important normative, epistemological and procedural implications of the various proposed solutions, and will be of interest to legal scholars, legal philosophers and advanced tort law students. • Comparative approach shows how causal uncertainty problems are solved in different countries • Multidisciplinary perspectives provide a broad understanding of the challenges surrounding causal uncertainty and the possible solutions • Expresses philosophical arguments in plain terms and at a level which does not require previous philosophical training Private law

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-12836-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00

100

C

The Protection of Immovables in European Legal Systems Edited by Sonia Martín Santisteban | Universidad de Cantabria, Spain

How should a landowner respond when a squatter occupies their land? Twelve case studies on factual situations provide a comparative analysis across sixteen European jurisdictions. This book offers a comprehensive discussion of the issues and explores the administrative procedures for their removal. • First comparative treatment of vindicatio, possessory remedies and trespass in English • Core methodology based on twelve factual situations, ideally suited to questions of eviction from land • Wide-ranging representation of the topic, with coverage of sixteen European jurisdictions Private law | The Common Core of European Private Law

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-12192-8 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$160.00

C

Education

Tania Ferfolja | University of Western Sydney

Understanding Sociological Theory for Educational Practices is an invaluable resource for primary, secondary and early childhood pre-service teacher education students as they prepare to navigate the diversity of the modern classroom. It is also an excellent resource for practitioners and researchers interested in issues of diversity and difference in education. • Integrates theoretical concepts in an accessible way for pre-service teachers • Each chapter includes a short research excerpts, reviews and applies relevant theoretical concepts to demonstrate how these inform, explain and deconstruct aspects of teaching • Reflects changes to the national teacher curriculum in Australia, specifically encouraging action research among teachers Contents: 1. The unseen half: theories for educational practices; Part I. Applying Poststructuralism(s): 2. Pre-service teacher identities and the social construction of childhood; 3. Regulating ‘gender-climate’: exploring the social construction of gender and sexuality in regional and rural Australian schools; 4. Sexual diversities, policy approaches and the construction of the subject; Part II. Intersecting Theories for Meaning: Postcolonialism, Critical ‘Race’ Theory, and Cultural Theory: 5. Destabilising privilege: disrupting deficit thinking in white pre-service teachers on field experience in culturally diverse, high poverty schools; 6. The perceptions that shape us: strengthening Indigenous young people’s cultural identity in flexi school settings; 7. Silences in growing up bi/multilingual in multicultural globalised societies: educators’, families’ and children’s views of negotiating languages, identity and difference in childhood; 8. ‘Disaffected’ youth: intersections of class and ethnicity; Part III. Using Critical Theory: 9. Culture, hybridity and globalisation: rethinking multicultural education in schools; 10. Social class and the classroom: a reflection on the role of schooling and mothering in the production and reproduction of disadvantage and privilege; 11. Digital literacies: understanding the literate practices of refugee kids in an afterschool media club; 12. Reflections on language and literacy: recognising what young people know and can do; 13. Final ruminations on the ‘unseen half’. Education, history, theory

August 2015 249 x 176 mm 248pp 978-1-107-47746-9 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

Textbook

Success in Professional Experience

X

Textbook

Big Fish, Little Fish

Building Relationships Michael Dyson | Federation University, Victoria

Success in Professional Experience has been specifically designed to assist pre-service teachers on their journey to become successful learners and teachers during the practicum component of their degree. It is suitable for early childhood, primary and secondary contexts and addresses the learning needs of on-campus and distance education students. • Designed to assist pre-service teachers during the practicum component of their degree • Each chapter explores a different area of professional experience • Specific chapters targeted toward areas that students find most challenging, such as classroom management, ethics and working with diverse student populations Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Ethical considerations; 3. Expectations; 4. Observations; 5. Classroom management; 6. Mentoring and reflective practice; 7. Portfolios and reflective practice; 8. Building relationships for working with Indigenous students; 9. Building relationships for working with highly able/gifted students; 10. Pre-service teachers from a nonEnglish speaking background; 11. Conclusion. Education, history, theory

August 2015 249 x 176 mm 184pp 978-1-107-45198-8 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99

Understanding Sociological Theory for Educational Practices

X

Teaching and Learning in the Middle Years Susan Groundwater-Smith | University of Sydney

The book explores contemporary challenges for teaching and learning in the middle years, with a focus on student experience, identity, engagement and resilience. Key issues, such as teaching academically at-risk students, the impact of education policy on middle years students, and teacher preparation and identity, are given comprehensive coverage. • Provides a unique focus and analysis of the history of middle-years education • Focuses on key issues such as teaching academically at-risk students, the impact of education policy on middle years students, and teacher preparation and identity • Includes a team of contributors with a wide range of expertise in the field Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. Challenges for teaching and learning in the middle years; 2. Questions arising from the history of schooling young people in the middle years; Part II. The Needs of Learners in the Middle Years: 3. Teaching academically at-risk students in middle school: the roles of explicit instruction and guided discovery learning; 4. Success after (dis)continuous transfer? (Re)imaginative praxis for pedagogy,


Education

curriculum and assessment; 5. A fair go and student agency in the middle years classroom; 6. Consulting young people in the middle years in New Zealand; 7. High possibility classrooms in the middle years: a model for reform; Part III. Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assessment in the Middle Years: 8. Teaching strategies that encourage student effort in Year 8 and 9; 9. Visceral pedagogies: learning to teach middle years in the margins; 10. The challenges of testing accountability: understanding limitations and negotiating consequences; 11. Indigenous learners in the middle years; 12. The experiences of Maori students in the middle years; 13. Changing scenarios for teaching and learning in middle years; Part IV. Preparing Teachers for the Middle Years: 14. Teacher identity in the middle years; 15. Swimming up-stream: struggles in teacher education; 16. Leading teacher professional learning in the middle years; Part V. Conclusion: 17. The middle years as a site for reform: from local to global. Education, history, theory

August 2015 249 x 176 mm 296pp 978-1-107-43231-4 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

X

Textbook

Teaching and Digital Technologies Big Issues and Critical Questions Edited by Michael Henderson | Monash University, Victoria

Teaching and Digital Technologies helps both pre-service and in-service teachers to critically question and evaluate the reasons for using digital technology in the classroom. It directly engages with policy, the Australian Curriculum, pedagogy, learning and wider issues of equity, access, generational stereotypes and professional learning. • Empowers pre-service and in-service teachers to understand why they should or should not use digital technologies • Notable team of contributors from across a broad range of Australian universities • Companion website is kept up-to-date with any major technological changes as well as emerging ideas, debates, policy and other relevant information Contents: 1. Why focus on big issues and critical questions?; Part I. Being Critical of our Assumptions: Learners, Learning and Digital Technology: 2. Digital natives and other myths; 3. Learning, teaching, technology: confusing, complicated, and contested!; 4. Balancing risks and growth in a digital world; 5. Digital technologies and equity: gender, digital divide and rurality; 6. The dangerous and important practices of ICT use with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students; Part II. Technological Affordances: What’s so Special about Digital Technologies?: 7. Computational thinking – philosophy and practice; 8. Creativity, visualisation, collaboration and communication; 9. Breaking boundaries; 10. Using social media: assumptions, challenges and risks; 11. Gamification and digital games based learning in the classroom; 12. Mobile learning: what is it and what are its possibilities?; Part III. Policy: Curriculum, Values and Agendas: 13. Considering the history of digital technologies in education; 14. Digital technologies in the Curriculum – national and international; 15. Don’t believe the hype: questioning digital ‘disruption’ and other big ideas; Part IV. Student Learning: 16. When does technology improve learning?; 17. Making learning visible through digital forms of assessment; 18. Learning with digital technologies; 19. Project-, problem-, and inquiry-based learning; 20. Numeracy and technology; 21. Digital literacy in theory, policy and practice: old concerns, new opportunities; 22. Digital technologies in early childhood education; Part V. Professional Learning: 23. National and international frameworks for teacher competency; 24. Teachers: technology, change and resistance; 25. Digital technology integration; 26. Ongoing professional learning. Education, history, theory

December 2015 249 x 176 mm 352pp 978-1-107-45197-1 Paperback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

X

Textbook

Learning to Teach in the Secondary School Noelene Weatherby-Fell | University of Wollongong, New South Wales

Learning to Teach in the Secondary School includes many valuable teaching resources such as practical examples and case studies based on personal teaching experiences in school systems, questions and research topics emphasising the importance of collaboration, and explicit instructional and behavioural strategies for pre-service teachers to implement in their classrooms. • Includes practical examples and case studies based on personal teaching experiences in school systems, to encourage effective education intervention for the empowerment of secondary students • Questions and research topics are provided to emphasise the importance of collaboration and to highlight opportunities for discussion within each chapter • Authors are from a diverse background with different areas of experience and expertise, led by Dr Noelene Weatherby-Fell Contents: 1. Welcome to the world of secondary teaching and pedagogy; 2. Teacher Professional Resilience: thriving not just surviving; 3. The developing child and adolescent: implications for learning; 4. Transition from primary to secondary school: middle schooling concepts; 5. Effective and reflective teaching practice; 6. The Australian Curriculum: Secondary considerations; 7. Planning to pedagogy: a tool kit for the beginning teacher; 8. Managing student behaviour: individual and group contexts; 9. Inclusive classrooms and differentiation; 10. Developing a professional sensibility to ‘the digital’ in secondary classrooms; 11. Aboriginal education: more than adding different perspectives; 12. Approaching disadvantage with ‘care’; 13. Professional experience in schools; 14. The Australian Professional Standards for Teachers, and professionalism; 15. Managing the complex interconnection of practice: professional portfolios as a technology for teacher reflection. Education, history, theory

September 2015 249 x 176 mm 220pp 978-1-107-46180-2 Paperback £44.99 / US$79.99

X

Textbook

Teaching and Learning Strategies Diana Whitton | University of Western Sydney

The text outlines teaching strategies that can be used to facilitate classroom learning and engagement, including discovery learning, experiments, demonstrations, the use of questioning, the facilitation of discussion and the effective provision of feedback. Chapters include activities, diagrams and key points to help readers practise the strategies and consolidate knowledge. • Includes learning strategies in addition to teaching strategies, focusing equally on the teacher and student • Highly practical, designed for students to use throughout their degree and during their first years of practising teaching Contents: Introduction; 1. Observation; 2. Narration; 3. Discussion; 4. Explanation; 5. Questioning; 6. Demonstration; 7. Application; 8. Experiments; 9. Discovery learning; 10. Gaining feedback; 11. Graphic organisers and visualisations; 12. Grouping; 13. Checklists; 14. Product descriptors and rubrics. Education, history, theory

September 2015 249 x 176 mm 216pp 978-1-107-44118-7 Paperback £39.99 / US$64.99

X

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

101


British history

British history

Broken Idols of the English Reformation Margaret Aston

Anglo-Saxon England Volume 43 Edited by Rosalind Love | University of Cambridge

102

The forty-third volume of Anglo-Saxon England contains three contributions on Latin learning in the early part of the period and three articles on Old English poetry. Old English prose and its audience are also discussed, as are the Leofric Missal and differing representations of King Cnut. • Collection of original research embracing all aspects of study regarding Anglo-Saxon England • Comprehensive bibliography of publications on Anglo-Saxon England during 2013 • Contributions from notable scholars History of Britain before 1066 | Anglo-Saxon England, 43

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 387pp 978-1-107-09967-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$175.00

Why were so many religious images and objects broken and damaged in the course of the Reformation? Margaret Aston’s magisterial new book charts the conflicting imperatives of destruction and rebuilding throughout the English Reformation from the desecration of images, rails and screens to bells, organs and stained glass windows. • A major new contribution to our understanding of the English Reformation • Analyses the causes and effects of iconoclasm and illuminates why certain types of images were particularly targeted • Sets iconoclasm within a wider process of religious revolution designed to create new generations of believers and new ways of belief History of Britain after 1450

C

September 2015 254 x 178 mm 1104pp 99 b/w illus. 978-0-521-77018-7 Hardback £120.00 / US$200.00

C

Previously Announced

New in Paperback Key Reference

Imperial Underworld

Mints and Money in Medieval England

Kirsten McKenzie | University of Sydney

Martin Allen | Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge

Who made medieval coinage, how was it used and why is it important? This definitive study traces coin production in England from small Anglo-Saxon and Norman workshops to the centralised factory mints of the late Middle Ages, situating mints and money in the context of medieval England’s commerce and government. • A unique source of reference, including full data for the output and profit of English mints and authoritative lists of English mints and coin hoards • Fully integrates the history of mints into the wider economic, social and political history of England, presenting a fuller analytical history of the period than ever before • Includes detailed analysis of all aspects of mint technology, including sources of bullion and the composition and size of the currency and actual size illustrations of coins History of Britain – 1066 – 1450

History of Britain after 1450 | Critical Perspectives on Empire

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 10 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-07073-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

P

978-1-107-68679-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$32.99

P

Colonial Relations

July 2015 246 x 189 mm 596pp 55 b/w illus. 11 maps 978-1-107-56498-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$37.99

R

Also available 978-1-107-01494-7 Hardback

R

£124.99 / US$194.99

During a major overhaul of British imperial policy following the Napoleonic Wars, an escaped convict reinvented himself as an improbable activist. Charting his exposés, the book paints a vivid picture of the more salacious side of contemporary politics, whilst offering new perspectives on a key period of imperial transformation. • Offers a new interpretation of a significant, but contentious period in imperial history • Draws together the histories of colonial South Africa, Australia and Britain • Paints a vivid picture of the more salacious side of contemporary politics to offer new perspectives on imperial reform

The Douglas-Connolly Family and the Nineteenth-Century Imperial World Adele Perry | University of Manitoba, Canada

A new perspective on the nineteenth-century imperial world through one family’s history across North America, the Caribbean and United Kingdom. Revealing how these figures demonstrate complicated historical trajectories of empire and nation, Adele Perry illustrates how gender, intimacy, and family were key to making and remaking imperial politics. • Offers a new perspective on the nineteenth-century imperial world through a detailed history of one family • Shows how one family can demonstrate complicated historical trajectories of empire and nation • Illustrates how practices of gender, intimacy, and family, including marriage, were key to making and remaking nineteenth-century imperial politics History of Britain after 1450 | Critical Perspectives on Empire

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 310pp 23 b/w illus. 2 maps 1 table 978-1-107-03761-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C


British history

Princely Education in Early Modern Britain

Everyday Violence in the Irish Civil War

Aysha Pollnitz | Grinnell College, Iowa

Gemma Clark | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Liberal education transformed the political and religious culture of early modern Britain. Rather than pursue vainglorious warfare, humanists taught monarchs, including Henry VIII, Elizabeth I, James VI, and Charles I, to wield their pens like swords to extend their imperial authority over church and state. • Explores the dynamic relationship between political and religious thought and culture and the real impact of ideas on early modern social practices and confessional life • Uses hitherto neglected printed and archival sources, marginalia, and school exercises to reveal the intellectual and political formation of Tudor and Stuart monarchs • Offers readers a fresh perspective on the impact of monarchs’ own confessional identities on the doctrine and government of English and Scottish churches

Provides an innovative study of the violence experienced by non-combatants during the Irish Civil War of 1922–3. The author surveys the function and frequency of violent acts ranging from arson, intimidation and animal maiming, to assault, murder and sexual abuse that transpired amongst civilians and revolutionaries throughout the period of conflict. • Draws from original source material to reveal hundreds of previously unexplored episodes of violence experienced by civilians in Ireland • Adopts an international perspective to consider the Irish Civil War within the context of European conflict zones and civil war around the globe • Utilises violence theory and literature on ethnic violence to explain the role of civil-war violence beyond its immediate military purposes

History of Britain after 1450 | Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 240pp 9 b/w illus. 2 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-03689-5 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 460pp 978-1-107-03952-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

British Art and the First World War, 1914–1924

Constitution-Maker Selected Writings of Sir Ivor Jennings Edited by H. Kumarasingham | University of Cambridge; Institute of Commonwealth Studies, University of London

James Fox | University of Cambridge

Sir Ivor Jennings (1903–65) was one of the twentieth century’s leading constitutional scholars. He was particularly influential internationally as an advisor on constitutional questions during the 1950s and 1960s. This collection sheds light on the process of constitution-making and on British ideas about democracy during the climactic era of decolonisation. • A collection of the writings of Sir Ivor Jennings (1903–65), a prominent constitutional scholar, including previously unpublished letters, memoranda, diaries and confidential evaluations of constitutional issues, political elites and critical international events • Sheds light on the process of constitution-making and on British ideas about democracy during the climactic era of decolonisation • Places these documents in the context of Jennings’ role as an international advisor on constitutional questions during the 1950s and 1960s

The First World War is usually believed to have had a catastrophic effect on British art, killing artists and movements, and creating a mood of belligerent philistinism around the nation. In this book, however, James Fox paints a very different picture of artistic life in wartime Britain. • Transforms our understanding of the impact of the Great War on British art • Supported by a substantial number of colour and black and white illustrations • Focuses on a wide array of new subjects, drawing on a range of hitherto unstudied primary and archival sources 20C history of Britain | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 295pp 23 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 978-1-107-10587-4 Hardback c. £35.00 / c. US$49.99 P

Transactions of the Royal Historical Society Volume 24 Edited by Ian W. Archer | University of Oxford

History of Britain after 1450 | Camden Fifth Series, 46

January 2015 216 x 138 mm 304pp 978-1-107-09111-5 Hardback £45.00 / US$80.00

20C history of Britain

C

Transactions of the Royal Historical Society is an annual collection of major articles representing some of the best historical research by some of the world’s most distinguished historians. This collection is Volume 24 of the sixth series. • Annual collection of major articles that represents some of the best historical research by some of the world’s most distinguished historians • Covers a wide range of topics looking at both social and political contexts • This is Volume 24 of the sixth series History of Britain (general) | Royal Historical Society Transactions, 24

November 2014 216 x 138 mm 206pp 978-1-107-09968-5 Hardback £40.00 / US$75.00

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

103


American history

American history

New in Paperback

Thomas Jefferson and American Nationhood

Indigenous Intellectuals

Brian Steele | University of Alabama, Birmingham

Sovereignty, Citizenship, and the American Imagination, 1880–1930 Kiara M. Vigil | Amherst College, Massachusetts

104

From the 1880s and into the 1930s, Native people participated in debates regarding how to determine and define the boundaries of Indian ethnic identity and tribal citizenship. Indigenous Intellectuals traces the narrative discourses created by four influential American Indian intellectuals and discussions about citizenship, race, and modernity in the US. • Will appeal to scholars in American studies, Native American studies, and those interested in assimilation, citizenship, migration, nationalism, and colonialism • Also of interest to American literary historians and literary scholars interested in genre definitions, literary markets, and circulation of various types of print culture • Examines identity as it pertains to the intersection of gender, race, class, and sexuality History of native American peoples | Studies in North American Indian History

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 368pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07081-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Consumerism and the Emergence of the Middle Class in Colonial America Christina J. Hodge | Peabody Museum, Harvard University

This study examines the emergence of the middle class and consumerism in colonial America, challenging the assumption that wealthy elites controlled fashion and cultural change, while middling sorts only followed. Focusing on the life of Widow Elizabeth Pratt, a shopkeeper from Newport, this book shows how the foundations of the American middle class and consumer society can be traced to eighteenth-century middling sorts. • Innovative, critical perspective on the Consumer Revolution, a critical time in early American history • Richly detailed archaeological and biographical study, of interest to both historians and archaeologists of colonial America • Includes 50 black and white illustrations with detailed captions that situate the artifacts and artworks within eighteenth-century American culture Colonial American history

September 2014 253 x 177 mm 224pp 47 b/w illus. 3 maps 13 tables 978-1-107-03439-6 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00 C

This book describes Thomas Jefferson as the essential teller of what he once called the ‘American Story’ and argues that his confidence about America’s greatness was rooted less in his famously cosmic optimism and more in his extensive empirical assessment of American character. • Describes Jefferson’s extensive sociological appraisal of American character • Explains how Jefferson’s nationalism informed his approach to politics and statecraft, rendering many of the famous Jefferson contradictions more comprehensible and coherent • Contains a thorough reassessment of Jefferson’s politics, describing his opposition to the Federalists as a nationalist project to align state with nation Early republic and antebellum history

August 2015 234 x 156 mm 336pp 978-1-107-63574-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02070-2 Hardback

C

£64.99 / US$104.99

Lincoln in the Atlantic World Louise L. Stevenson | Franklin and Marshall College, Pennsylvania

This fresh analysis of Lincoln’s life, political career, and presidency reveals how he shaped his personal appearance, political strategies, and presidential policies in response to global prompts. Answering questions that previous scholars have not thought to ask, the book opens the vision of Lincoln as a global republican. • Interdisciplinary, with compelling and jargon-free writing • Demonstrates that Lincoln’s mental world extended around the globe Early republic and antebellum history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 36 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-10964-3 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 P 978-1-107-52423-1 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P

I Freed Myself African American Self-Emancipation in the Civil War Era David Williams | Valdosta State University, Georgia

This book examines the many ways in which African Americans made the Civil War about ending slavery. Abraham Lincoln’s primary goal was to save the Union rather than to absolve the institution of slavery, yet slaves who escaped to Union lines refused to fight for the Union while remaining enslaved, ultimately forcing Lincoln to disband the institution. • Challenges the dominant narrative of how African Americans obtained their freedom • Is accessible for all reading/education levels • Brings a new perspective to understanding the emancipation of slaves Early republic and antebellum history

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 278pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01649-1 Hardback £50.00 / US$80.00

P

978-1-107-60249-6 Paperback £17.99 / US$27.99

P


American history

New in Paperback

Ensuring America’s Health

Thomas Jefferson’s Ethics and the Politics of Human Progress

The Public Creation of the Corporate Health Care System Christy Ford Chapin | University of Maryland, Baltimore County

The Morality of a Slaveholder Ari Helo | University of Oulu

Could Jefferson claim any consistency in his advocacy of democracy and the rights of man while remaining one of the largest slaveholders in Virginia? This extensive study of Jefferson’s intellectual outlook suggests that, once we fully acknowledge the premises of his ethical thought and his now outdated scientific views, he could. • Reconciles moral philosophy and a slaveholder’s antislavery position • Depicts Thomas Jefferson as not a minimum government ideologue • Analyzes politics as a moral endeavor in Jefferson’s thought Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Studies on the American South

August 2015 229 x 152 mm 298pp 978-1-107-68772-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-04078-6 Hardback

C

£55.00 / US$95.00

New in Paperback

The Merchants’ Capital

20C American history

New Orleans and the Political Economy of the Nineteenth-Century South Scott P. Marler | University of Memphis

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 369pp 978-1-107-04488-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

New Orleans, the nineteenth-century South’s only true metropolis, originally derived its prosperity as the chief export point for slave-produced commodities, most notably cotton. This book focuses on the city’s merchants and how their conservative investment mentalities contributed to New Orleans’ unusually rapid economic downfall during and after the Civil War. • Despite its widely acknowledged pivotal role in the nineteenth-century US and Atlantic economies, this is the first scholarly history entirely devoted to the business community of New Orleans • Contributes to Southern history more broadly by tracing the deleterious long-term consequences of merchants’ wealth and investment patterns under a slave-based production system, as well as after emancipation • Southern historians typically focus on one narrow period: either before, during, or after the Civil War – by contrast, this ambitious study describes and analyzes the city’s nineteenth-century experience as a whole Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Studies on the American South

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 334pp 7 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-55754-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$32.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-89764-8 Hardback

C

£60.00 / US$95.00

This book provides an in-depth evaluation of the US health care system’s development in the twentieth century. It shows how a unique economic design – the insurance company model – came to dominate health care, bringing with it high costs, corporate medicine, and fragmented, poorly distributed care. • Explains why the US health care system is run by insurance companies, plagued by high costs, and increasingly has problems with medical care quality • Uses storytelling – including historical descriptions of prominent health care leaders, political dramas, and corporate intrigue – to plainly and straightforwardly explain an economic sector that has long baffled laymen and experts alike • Offers a unique history of US health care that has never been told in depth through analysis of the centers of national politics, powerful interest groups, and even individual insurance companies and physicians’ offices

C

Previously Announced

AP Foreign Correspondents in Action World War II to the Present Giovanna Dell’Orto | University of Minnesota

By providing eyewitness accounts to major international events and insight into how they were turned into news, AP Foreign Correspondents in Action: World War II to the Present will captivate history buffs, students of the connection between journalism and global affairs, and all those concerned about how we understand the world. • Providing a unique insider view on the making of foreign news, readers will read how those who chose, gathered and reported foreign news did so • With vivid and candid eyewitness narratives as the focus, the book offers readers a new window on the major historical junctures of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries • The book analyses the future of foreign correspondence, which is in crisis 20C American history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 375pp 36 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10830-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

P

978-1-107-51930-5 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$32.99

P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

105


American history

New in Paperback

American Hippies

Freedom and Criminal Responsibility in American Legal Thought

W. J. Rorabaugh | University of Washington

Thomas Andrew Green | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

106

As the first full-length study of American legal academics wrestling with the problem of free will versus determinism in the twentieth century, this book deals with the most fundamental problem in criminal law. • The first study of legal thought regarding free will and criminal responsibility in the United States in the twentieth century • Presenting legal scholars’ unique vantage point, this book traces concerns regarding the most fundamental issues in criminal law • Discusses the history of attempts to balance Americans’ views about guilt and retribution with philosophical, political, and scientific theories of human behavior 20C American history

October 2015 234 x 156 mm 520pp 978-1-107-56688-0 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-85460-3 Hardback

C

£55.00 / US$85.00

Constructing Race The Science of Bodies and Cultures in American Anthropology Tracy Teslow | University of Cincinnati

This book explores how physical anthropologists struggled to understand variation in bodies and cultures in the twentieth century, how they represented race to professional and lay publics, and how their efforts contributed to an American formulation of race that has remained rooted in both bodies and cultures, as well as heredity and society. • Offers an extended study of race and science in museums and popular culture from the 1930s to the 1970s • Racial science did not ‘retreat’ – shows how belief in race as a fundamentally biological characteristic coexisted with cultural theories of human development for most of the twentieth century • Well-illustrated with photographs of museum displays, exhibitions, and portions of popular texts from the period 20C American history

October 2014 228 x 152 mm 408pp 39 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-01173-1 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

In the late 1960s and early 1970s hundreds of thousands of white middle-class American youths suddenly became hippies. This short overview of the hippie social movement in the United States examines the movement’s beliefs and practices. • The first short but comprehensive overview to examine the hippie movement in the United States during the late 1960s and early 1970s • Describes who became a hippie, what hippies thought, and how they behaved, including their politics • Explains why hippies emerged when they did American history after 1945 | Cambridge Essential Histories

June 2015 216 x 138 mm 250pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04923-9 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99

P

978-1-107-62719-2 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P

African American Religions, 1500–2000 Colonialism, Democracy, and Freedom Sylvester A. Johnson | Northwestern University, Illinois

This book provides a narrative historical, postcolonial account of African American religions. It examines how African American religions have been shaped by early relations between sub-Saharan Africa and Europe, American imperial practices in the 1700s and 1800s, and FBI repression in the twentieth century. • Provides a rich account of the long history of Black religion from the dawn of Western colonialism to the rise of the national security paradigm • Explains the colonial and racial origins of democratic freedom as shaped by religious and colonial practices • Moves beyond focusing on Black anti-racism to examine how anticolonialism has been a central, ongoing dynamic of African American religions African American history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 415pp 4 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19853-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-0-521-15700-1 Paperback £20.99 / US$32.99

P

The ‘Colored Hero’ of Harpers Ferry John Anthony Copeland and the War against Slavery Steven Lubet | Northwestern University, Illinois

Radicals in America The US Left since the Second World War Howard Brick | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Radicals in America offers the first complete and continuous history of left-wing social movements in the United States from the Second World War to the present. The book traces the full panoply of radical activist causes, demonstrating how successive generations join currents of dissent, face setbacks and political repression, and generate new challenges to the status quo. • The only history of American radicalism beyond the Depression era covering the full scope of protest movements from the 1970s • A vivid account based on activist personalities as well as varied tactics and strategies of protest • Treats the most controversial aspects of protest and explains both the roots of radical commitment and the political faults and failures that stem from it American history after 1945 | Cambridge Essential Histories

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 344pp 20 b/w illus. 978-0-521-51560-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

978-0-521-73133-1 Paperback £16.99 / US$24.99

P

The black men who joined John Brown at Harpers Ferry have been treated as little more than ‘spear carriers’ by Brown’s many biographers and other historians of the antebellum era. This book brings one such man, John Anthony Copeland, directly to center stage. • The first and only biography of one of John Brown’s African American comrades • Tells a previously unknown story of black agency in resisting slavery during the antebellum era • Shows the creative tactics used by the lawyers who defended African Americans against charges of treason in Virginia American history (general)

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-07602-0 Hardback £17.99 / US$27.99

G


American history

New in Paperback

New in Paperback

Key Reference

The New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations

The New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations

Volume 3: The Globalizing of America, 1913–1945 Akira Iriye | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Volume 1: Dimensions of the Early American Empire, 1754–1865 William Earl Weeks | San Diego State University

The four volumes of the Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations have served as the definitive source for the topic. This entirely new first volume argues that the British North American colonists’ pre-existing desire for expansion, security and prosperity is the essence of American foreign relations and the root cause for the creation of the United States. • Links American foreign relations to American nationalism • Comments on the origins and growth of federal power by arguing that foreign policy power extended to the central government by the Constitution inevitably migrated inward, culminating in the invasion of the South • Suggests a vision of Lincoln as a strong, visionary leader who allowed confrontation over slavery to occur to rebuild the Union as a foundation of freedom American history (general) | The New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 338pp 978-1-107-53622-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

P

Also available 978-1-107-00590-7 Hardback

P

Since their first publication, the four volumes of The Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations have served as the definitive source for the topic, from the colonial period to the Cold War. This third volume of the updated edition describes how the United States became a global power during the period from 1913 to 1945. • Offers a comprehensive history of US foreign relations from the First World War to the Second World War • Unlike other similar accounts, this book emphasises the interconnectedness between the United States and the rest of the world • This fully updated, new edition incorporates new scholarly work since the first edition was published nearly twenty years ago American history (general) | The New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-107-53619-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

P

Also available 978-0-521-76328-8 Hardback

P

£35.00 / US$50.00

New in Paperback

£34.99 / US$54.99

Key Reference

The New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations

New in Paperback Key Reference

Volume 4: Challenges to American Primacy, 1945 to the Present Warren I. Cohen | University of Maryland, Baltimore

The New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations Volume 2: The American Search for Opportunity, 1865–1913 Walter LaFeber | Cornell University, New York

Since their publication, the four volumes of the Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations have served as the definitive source for the topic. This second volume of the updated edition describes the dynamics of United States foreign policy from 1865 to 1913, the era when the United States became one of the four great world powers and the world’s greatest economic power. • Tells the story of the era when the United States first became a global power and why • Shows the important role Americans played in helping to trigger several of the most significant twentieth-century events • Describes the relationship between events at home, including the Depression, and the appearance of U.S. military power in the Caribbean, Central America and for the first time, on the Chinese mainland

Since their first publication, the four volumes of the Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations have served as the definitive source for the topic, from the colonial period to the Cold War. This updated edition incorporates recent scholarship and revelations and carries the narrative into the administration of Barack Obama. • This fully updated new edition incorporates recent scholarship and revelations • Extends the narrative through the years following the end of the Cold War into the administration of Barack Obama • The author reflects on what the Cold War has meant for the world American history (general) | The New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 396pp 7 maps 978-1-107-53613-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

P

Also available 978-0-521-76362-2 Hardback

P

£35.00 / US$50.00

American history (general) | The New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-53620-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

P

Also available 978-0-521-76752-1 Hardback

P

£34.99 / US$54.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

107


American history / European history

New in Paperback

Making Foreigners Immigration and Citizenship Law in America, 1600–2000 Kunal M. Parker | University of Miami School of Law

108

This book will interest the reader who wants to learn about the history of immigration and citizenship law. Covering the span of American history (1600–2000), it connects the history of immigrants with that of domestic subordinated groups and reveals the changing legal meanings of foreignness over the course of American history. • Offers a short and accessibly scholarly account that combines the social history of immigration with a legal history • Enables the reader to see continuities and changes in immigration and citizenship law and history over a long span of time (1600–2000) • Connects the history of immigration with histories of Native Americans, African Americans, women, the poor, Latino/a Americans and Asian Americans American history (general) | New Histories of American Law

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-107-03021-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

P

978-1-107-69851-2 Paperback c. £16.00 / c. US$24.99

P

Muslim Expansion and Byzantine Collapse in North Africa Walter E. Kaegi | University of Chicago

Who ‘lost’ Christian North Africa? Who won and how? Walter Kaegi examines these perennial questions, with maps and on-site observations, in this exciting book. An impartial comparative framework helps to sort through identity politics, ‘Orientalism’ charges and counter-charges, and institutional controversies. • Offers the first large-scale reinterpretation in English of the Muslim conquest of North Africa in the light of the Arabic, Greek and Latin sources, the latest modern scholarship, and visits to the sites with Maghribi scholars • Surveys the cultural and historiographical dimensions of the end of Roman and Byzantine North Africa, with a separate chapter on ‘historiographical hurdles’ that block current understanding of Maghrib history • Re-examines localities and terrain based on a reading of neglected Arabic sources and archives, travels, and on-site consultation European history – 450 – 1000

European history Charlemagne’s Practice of Empire Jennifer R. Davis | Catholic University of America, Washington DC

The Frankish king Charlemagne conquered most of Western Europe and then had to learn how to govern this vast new empire. The practices of rulership that Charlemagne and his men invented created a new style of politics which shaped subsequent medieval history and helped form Europe as we know it. • Offers a new interpretation of a pivotal reign in European history, contributing to major debates about the development of medieval history and the formation of Europe • Examines Charlemagne’s realm as a diverse, multiethnic empire • Reaches beyond the typical geographical frame of Carolingian history to examine how empire was learned in conquered regions European history – 450 – 1000

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 3 b/w illus. 2 maps 5 tables 978-1-107-07699-0 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00 C

June 2015 229 x 152 mm 366pp 10 b/w illus. 10 maps 1 table 978-1-107-63680-4 Paperback £20.99 / US$31.99 C Also available 978-0-521-19677-2 Hardback

£74.99 / US$119.99

C

History, Frankish Identity and the Framing of Western Ethnicity, 550–850 Helmut Reimitz | Princeton University, New Jersey

This pioneering study explores early medieval Frankish identity as a window into the formation of a distinct Western conception of ethnicity. It offers a new basis for comparing the history of collective and ethnic identity in the Christian West with other contexts, especially the Islamic and Byzantine worlds. • Presents a new view of the history of ethnic identities and their increasing politicisation from the end of the Roman empire to the Carolingian period • Offers a new way to use late Antique historiography as a source for the changing social imaginations of the world • Brings a historical perspective to the long history of collective and ethnic identity European history – 450 – 1000 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 101

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 380pp 13 b/w illus. 9 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-03233-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$135.00 C


European history

Imagining the Byzantine Past

Generations of Feeling

The Perception of History in the Illustrated Manuscripts of Skylitzes and Manasses Elena N. Boeck | DePaul University, Chicago

A History of Emotions, 600–1700 Barbara H. Rosenwein | Loyola University, Chicago

This is the first book to analyze the transformation of Byzantine history in visual narratives produced by outsiders. It not only explores a complex convergence of art, history, politics, and empire in Sicily and Bulgaria, but also challenges key assumptions about the value of history in the Middle Ages. • Opens a fresh discussion of the rise of illustrated histories in the Mediterranean • Provides new appreciation of the roles of representation, authority, narration and cross-media adaptation in the Middle Ages • Presents new ways of analyzing official Byzantine art European history – 1000 – 1450

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 300pp 72 b/w illus. 20 colour illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-08581-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

The Eucharist in Medieval Canon Law Thomas Izbicki | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Thomas Izbicki presents a new analysis of the medieval Church’s teaching about and the regulation of the practice of the Eucharist. Examining the relationship between the adoration of the sacrament and canon law, Izbicki draws on canon law collections and commentaries, synodal enactments, legal manuals and books about ecclesiastical offices. • Links the doctrine of the real presence of Christ to discipline and how it impacted local practice • Looks at the larger picture by presenting European-wide examples of local law and practice, from Germany, Cyprus, Moravia, Castile, and other places • Offers a systematic review of the sources, such as canon law collections and commentaries

This new narrative of emotional life in the West considers the varieties, transformations and constants of human emotions over eleven centuries. Covering both emotions as expressed ‘on the ground’ and as theorised in treatises, it offers the first complete picture of the history of emotions in pre-modern Western Europe. • Provides a history of emotions across eleven centuries of pre-modern Western Europe • Covers both emotions as expressed ‘on the ground’ and as theorized in the treatises of Alcuin, Thomas Aquinas, Jean Gerson and Thomas Hobbes • Considers the extent to which emotional norms and modes of expression are shaped by their social and cultural environments European history – 1000 – 1450

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 390pp 16 b/w illus. 8 maps 30 tables 978-1-107-09704-9 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$95.00 P 978-1-107-48084-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P

New in Paperback

The Shaping of German Identity Authority and Crisis, 1245–1414 Len Scales | University of Durham

Sanctity and Pilgrimage in Medieval Southern Italy, 1000–1200

For the first time in any language this book recounts the formation of German identity in the late Middle Ages. Offering a significant new perspective on German history and European nation-making, it shows how German identity took shape in a period of weakness and fragmentation for the Holy Roman Empire. • With a wide command of late medieval source material, this book introduces a major body of evidence and engages critically with medievalist and modernist models of early nation-making • Based on an extensive, critical reading of both German and Anglophone scholarship, the book bridges the gap between two important historiographical traditions • Offers a detailed and close account of political developments and ideas in later medieval Germany, particularly in relation to the Holy Roman Empire

Paul Oldfield | University of Manchester

European history – 1000 – 1450

For the first time, this book offers a comprehensive analysis of sanctity and pilgrimage in southern Italy between 1000 and 1200 – a politically and culturally fragmented land where Latin Christian, Greek Christian and Muslim communities coexisted. It offers important new insights into society, cross-cultural interaction and faith across the medieval world. • Offers a holistic approach to saints, cults and pilgrimage in medieval southern Italy, allowing readers to compare and contrast evidence across a geographically and socio-religiously diverse region • Proposes a new perspective on how southern Italy was viewed externally, revealing the deep historical roots of south Italian marginalization from Europe • Explores the relationship of sanctity and pilgrimage with Greek Orthodox Christianity and Islam in southern Italy, shedding new light on medieval interfaith relations

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 636pp 4 maps 1 table 978-1-107-46034-8 Paperback £26.99 / c. US$39.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-57333-7 Hardback

C

European history – 1000 – 1450

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-12441-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

European history – 1000 – 1450

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 322pp 2 maps 978-1-107-00028-5 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C

£84.99 / US$144.99

French Visual Culture and the Making of Medieval Theater Laura Weigert | Rutgers University, New Jersey

French Visual Culture and the Making of Medieval Theater revives what was unique, strange, and exciting about the variety of performances that took place in the realms of the French kings and Burgundian dukes. Weigert brings together a wealth of visual artifacts to explore this tradition of late medieval performance. • Breaks down disciplinary boundaries between art history and theater history • A wealth of illustrations capture the excitement and strangeness of the variety of medieval and renaissance performances • Moves the study of this period from devotion and theology to spectacle and performance European history – 1000 – 1450

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 305pp 143 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 978-1-107-04047-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

109


European history

New in Paperback

Performing Orthodox Ritual in Byzantium

The New Cambridge Medieval History

Andrew Walker White | Stratford University, Virginia

110

A groundbreaking study exploring the origins of Byzantine ritual, the rites of Greek Orthodoxy, and its unique relationship with traditional theatre. The work argues that the Church’s rites were composed by public intellectuals, and performs an in-depth study of a late Byzantine rite, the Service of the Furnace. • The first full-length study in English of Byzantine theatre and ritual • Questions traditional assumptions about ritual’s ‘theatricality’, agency and dramatic structure and proposes a new approach • Presents important original Byzantine Greek texts side by side with an original English translation, making them conveniently available to scholars European history – 1000 – 1450

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 284pp 12 b/w illus. 4 music examples 978-1-107-07385-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Bishops, Authority and Community in Northwestern Europe, c.1050–1150

Volume 1: c.500–c.700 Edited by Paul Fouracre | University of Manchester

This volume offers a comprehensive survey of the sixth and seventh centuries, from Ireland in the west to the rise of Islam in the Middle East, from Scandinavia in the north to the Mediterranean south. Accessible and authoritative, this is the definitive reference work on the history of this period. • The long-awaited first volume in the landmark New Cambridge Medieval series – it completes the set • This is the standard work of reference on the history of Europe, c.500–c.700 • Includes both a comprehensive regional survey of the period and a series of chapters addressing the big themes, e.g. kingship, the church, art and architecture European history – 450 – 1000 | The New Cambridge Medieval History, 1

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 1008pp 978-1-107-44906-0 Paperback £45.99 / US$65.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-36291-7 Hardback

R

£149.99 / US$284.99

John S. Ott | Portland State University

An important new study of episcopal office and clerical identity in a socially and culturally dynamic region of medieval Europe. Focusing on the archdiocese of Reims during the sometimes turbulent century from 1050 to 1150, John S. Ott sheds new light on the construction and representation of episcopal power and authority. • Offers an innovative approach to understanding the medieval clergy from a wide variety of perspectives, with strong interdisciplinary appeal • Combines a broader regional study with focused local case studies, to draw out the far-reaching implications beyond the regional focus • Brings together a wide variety of textual sources, such as charters, hagiography, chronicles and letters European history – 1000 – 1450 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 4 maps 2 tables 978-1-107-01781-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Key Reference

Medieval European Coinage Volume 12: Northern Italy William R. Day, Jr | University of Cambridge

This is the first comprehensive survey of the coinage of north Italy, c.950–1500. The volume reveals for the first time the wider trends that shaped the coinages of the region, incorporating a fully illustrated catalogue of the Fitzwilliam Museum’s unrivalled collection of north Italian coins and numerous detailed appendices. • First comprehensive survey of the medieval coinages of north Italy • Makes previously inaccessible specialist work available to an international audience • Illustrated catalogue enables easy comparison and familiarisation, including coins from the world-famous Grierson collection European history – 1000 – 1450 | Medieval European Coinage, 12

November 2015 246 x 189 mm 1319pp 152 b/w illus. 6 maps 61 tables 978-0-521-26021-3 Hardback £175.00 / US$265.00 R

New in Paperback

The New Cambridge Medieval History Volume 2: c.700–c.900 Edited by Rosamond McKitterick | University of Cambridge

This volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History covers most of the period of Frankish and Carolingian dominance in western Europe. It provides the diffinitive account of this remarkable period, one of political and cultural coherence, combined with diverse and formative developments in every sphere of life. • The first volume to be published of one of the most significant historical series of the past 50 years • Marks an event in historiography of world-wide interest and importance • Each volume will be a necessary purchase for all serious medievalists and their libraries European history – 450 – 1000 | The New Cambridge Medieval History, 2

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 1148pp 978-1-107-46041-6 Paperback £45.99 / US$65.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-36292-4 Hardback

R

£169.99 / US$294.99


European history

New in Paperback

New in Paperback

The New Cambridge Medieval History

The New Cambridge Medieval History

Volume 3: c.900–c.1024 Edited by Timothy Reuter | University of Southampton

Volume 4: c.1024–c.1198 Part 2 Edited by David Luscombe | University of Sheffield

This latest volume in The New Cambridge Medieval History offers a comprehensive survey of Europe, including the Byzantine empire, in the tenth and early eleventh centuries. It provides an authoritative view of the state of research on each region or topic, including substantial bibliographical and other reference material. • A further volume in the much-admired New Cambridge Medieval History series, covering the tenth and early eleventh centuries • Contains an unrivalled wealth of material on the period, written by many of the world’s leading early medieval scholars • Together with other volumes in the series, this will stand as the authoritative reference work on the period for many decades to come European history – 450 – 1000 | The New Cambridge Medieval History, 3

The fourth volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History covers the eleventh and twelfth centuries, perhaps the most dynamic period in the European middle ages. The volume is divided into two parts of which this, the second, deals with the course of events in Europe and its neighbours. • A further volume in the landmark and highly regarded New Cambridge Medieval series, complementary to (but separate from) Part 1 of Volume 4 • Includes the work of many of the world’s leading authorities on eleventh- and twelfth-century Europe • A standard and enduring work of reference on the political and ecclesiastical history of Europe during the period European history – 1000 – 1450 | The New Cambridge Medieval History, 4

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 908pp 978-1-107-46058-4 Paperback £45.99 / US$65.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-36447-8 Hardback

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 980pp 978-1-107-46063-8 Paperback £45.99 / US$65.99

R

R

Also available 978-0-521-41411-1 Hardback

R

£169.99 / US$294.99

£169.99 / US$294.99

New in Paperback New in Paperback

The New Cambridge Medieval History

The New Cambridge Medieval History

Volume 4: c.1024–c.1198 Part 1 Edited by David Luscombe | University of Sheffield

Volume 5: c.1198–c.1300 David Abulafia | University of Cambridge

The fourth volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History covers the eleventh and twelfth centuries, perhaps the most dynamic period in the European middle ages. The volume is divided into two parts of which this, the first, deals with ecclesiastical and secular themes and major cultural and intellectual developments. • A further volume in the highly regarded New Cambridge Medieval series, complementary to (but separate from) Part 2 of Volume 4 • Includes the work of many of the world’s leading authorities on eleventh- and twelfth-century Europe • A standard and enduring work of reference on the political and ecclesiastical history of Europe during the period

The fifth volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History offers a standard work of reference on the thirteenth century covering, comprehensively, the whole of Europe (east and west, including the Byzantine and Islamic worlds) with thematic articles on developments in the arts, religion and the economy. • A comprehensive work of reference and interpretation on European history, east and west, in the thirteenth century • Contains chapters by dozens of leading historians of high international reputation • Text fully backed up with extensive annotation, chapter bibliographies, and maps

European history – 1000 – 1450 | The New Cambridge Medieval History, 4

European history – 1000 – 1450 | The New Cambridge Medieval History, 5

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 974pp 978-1-107-50584-1 Paperback £45.99 / US$65.99

R

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 1086pp 978-1-107-46066-9 Paperback £45.99 / US$65.99

R

R

Also available 978-0-521-36289-4 Hardback

R

Also available 978-0-521-41410-4 Hardback

£169.99 / US$294.99

£169.99 / US$294.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

111


European history

New in Paperback

Lorenzo Ghiberti’s Gates of Paradise

The New Cambridge Medieval History Volume 6: c.1300–c.1415 Edited by Michael Jones | University of Nottingham

112

The sixth volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History offers an authoritative synthesis of the major themes in European fourteenth-century history, providing a wide-ranging account of a period of major social, political and cultural change, punctuated by the greatest natural disaster experienced by mankind, the Black Death. • The sixth and penultimate volume in the New Cambridge Medieval History series, the most important collaborative venture in medieval studies of recent times • Offers a synoptic account of the fourteenth century, from Portugal to the Byzantium and from Scotland to southern Italy • Includes work by dozens of major names in fourteenth-century studies, from Britain, continental Europe and the USA European history – 1000 – 1450 | The New Cambridge Medieval History, 6

Humanism, History, and Artistic Philosophy in the Italian Renaissance Amy R. Bloch | University at Albany, State University of New York

This book is an in-depth study of the Old Testament narratives in Lorenzo Ghiberti’s masterpiece Gates of Paradise, the second set of bronze doors he made for the Florence Baptistery. It examines the doors’ ten panels, exploring the sources that inspired Ghiberti and explaining his artistic interpretations. • Contains the most detailed examination ever published of one of the great masterpieces of Italian Renaissance sculpture • Offers readers a new vision of the role of the early fifteenth-century artist – the artist, in this case, participated directly in fashioning the meaning of the work – and presents the first intellectual portrait of any early fifteenth-century artist • Discusses the vast traditions of Old Testament interpretation (in text and image), giving readers a sense of how understanding and representation of the Old Testament have changed over centuries

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 1174pp 978-1-107-46070-6 Paperback £45.99 / US$65.99

R

European history after 1450

Also available 978-0-521-36290-0 Hardback

R

November 2015 279 x 216 mm 336pp 269 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 978-1-107-09916-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

£169.99 / US$294.99

The Socialism of Fools?

New in Paperback

Leftist Origins of Modern Anti-Semitism William I. Brustein | Ohio State University

The New Cambridge Medieval History Volume 7: c.1415–c.1500 Edited by Christopher Allmand | University of Liverpool

This volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History, eventually to be the last of seven, covers the last century of the traditional western Middle Ages. It takes account of much new research and modern, interdisciplinary approaches to the study and writing of history to present a broad view of late medieval society across Europe. • The New Cambridge Medieval History is the most important scholarly series on the medieval world to be published in recent decades • This volume covers the transition period from medieval times to the beginning of the ‘early modern’ period • Contains chapters by dozens of world authorities on every aspect of fifteenth-century society European history – 1000 – 1450 | The New Cambridge Medieval History, 7

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 1088pp 978-1-107-46076-8 Paperback £45.99 / US$65.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-38296-0 Hardback

R

£169.99 / US$294.99

New in Paperback

The New Cambridge Medieval History Edited by Paul Fouracre

The complete 7 volume set of The New Cambridge Medieval History provides all those interested in the medieval world with the definitive work of reference on the subject. Authoritative and written by leading scholars in the field, the History is a landmark in the field of historical publishing. European history – 1000 – 1450 | The New Cambridge Medieval History

October 2015 229 x 152 mm...7210pp 978-1-107-56891-4 7 Volume Paperback Set in 8 Pieces US$500.00 R Also available 978-0-521-85360-6 7 Volume Hardback Set in 8 Pieces £825.00 / US$1976.00 R

c. £350.00 / c.

Using a range of primary and secondary sources, including the analysis of left- and right-wing newspaper reportage, this book traces the relationship between the left and anti-Semitism from the French Revolution to World War II and demonstrates the relationship between the left and anti-Semitism is much more profound than previously believed. • Explains why the political left embraced anti-Semitism in the early nineteenth century and why it distanced itself in the late nineteenth century • Identifies the three principal anti-Jewish arguments upon which the left built its case against the Jews • Serves as a comparison of the divergent paths of left-wing antiSemitism in France, Great Britain, and Germany European history after 1450

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-0-521-87085-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C


European history

Pliny the Elder and the Emergence of Renaissance Architecture

Political Economies of Empire in the Early Modern Mediterranean

Peter Fane-Saunders | University of Durham

The Decline of Venice and the Rise of England 1450–1700 Maria Fusaro | University of Exeter

The Naturalis historia by Pliny the Elder, written in the first century CE, provided Renaissance scholars, artists and architects with details of ancient architectural practice and long-lost architectural wonders. This book is the first to demonstrate the extent of Pliny’s contribution to Italian Renaissance architecture. • Identifies an important new literary source on architecture (Pliny the Elder’s Naturalis historia) that was used extensively by Renaissance scholars, artists, and architects • Is multidisciplinary and will appeal across a broad spectrum of interests, including art history, the history and theory of architecture, classics (textual analysis, textual interpretation, and reception studies), Italian (cultural studies, history, language, and literature) and antiquarianism • Exceptionally well-produced and researched, with ample footnotes, beautiful illustrations, and an index that enables quick and easy access to a veritable mine of information on numerous aspects of the emergence of Renaissance architecture in fifteenth- and sixteenthcentury Italy

This exploration of the commercial relationship between Venice and England sets their comparative history in a wider Mediterranean and European context. It shows how Venice’s circumstances shaped the English mercantile community and how their contrasting fortunes can be seen as the beginnings of European protoglobalisation. • Places the Venetian maritime dominions centre stage, a welcome balance to interpretations of Venetian history based on the ‘city’ • Re-evaluates the role of Venetian maritime trade, providing an up-todate analysis of a neglected topic • Establishes the significance of the Venetian experience by comparing two of the most important maritime empires in early modern Europe, Venice and England European history after 1450

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 433pp 6 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-06052-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

European history after 1450

New in Paperback

November 2015 253 x 177 mm 524pp 74 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 978-1-107-07986-1 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00 C

German Expansionism, Imperial Liberalism and the United States, 1776–1945

Diplomacy in Renaissance Rome

Jens-Uwe Guettel | Pennsylvania State University

The Rise of the Resident Ambassador Catherine Fletcher | University of Sheffield

Renaissance Rome was the diplomatic centre of Europe, the Brussels of its day. This new study, the first comprehensive survey of its topic for sixty years, analyses the rise of modern, permanent diplomacy at the papal court, setting its structures, practices and personnel in context. • Provides a comprehensive overview of Renaissance diplomatic practice • Revisits the classic narrative of the rise of resident diplomacy in light of trends in ‘new diplomatic history’ • Focuses on historical sources and detailed primary research from European archives European history after 1450

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10779-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

C

This book traces the presence of the United States in German colonial discourse and practice from the late eighteenth century to 1945, focusing on American westward expansion and racial politics. It highlights the effects America’s expanding borders had on German liberalism and colonialism before the outbreak of World War I. • Shows that a normative and presentist understanding of the term ‘liberal’ does not capture the racist, expansionist and potentially exterminatory attitudes embraced by nineteenth-century liberals, in Germany and elsewhere • Argues that nineteenth-century liberalism was inseparably tied to an expansionist mindset • Argues that in the nineteenth century, German liberals did not only admire the United States for its republican and democratic constitution, but also for its continental expansion, which, in turn, rested at times upon brutal actions against Native Americans reaching from expulsion to extinction European history after 1450

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 292pp 978-1-107-62261-6 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-02469-4 Hardback

C

£55.00 / US$90.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

113


European history

New in Paperback

Slave Portraiture in the Atlantic World Edited by Agnes Lugo-Ortiz | University of Chicago

Slave Portraiture in the Atlantic World is the first book to focus on the individualized portrayal of enslaved people from the time of Europe’s full engagement with plantation slavery in the late sixteenth century to its final official abolition in Brazil in 1888. • The first book to address this topic • Richly illustrated (more than 130 images), including new visual material never before published • It is interdisciplinary in the variety of its methodological approaches to the study of slave portraiture, cutting across intellectual and art history and literary studies, among other fields European history after 1450

114

November 2015 159 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 1 map 978-1-107-53375-2 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$39.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-00439-9 Hardback

C

£60.00 / US$99.00

A Divided Republic Nation, State and Citizenship in Contemporary France Emile Chabal | University of Edinburgh

An original interpretation of contemporary French political culture that uses current political debates surrounding republicanism and liberalism to build an imaginative new framework for understanding the relationship between nation, state and citizenship. • Proposes a new interpretation of contemporary French political culture, centred on the collision between republican and liberal languages of politics • Provides a succinct introduction to some of the most important debates in French politics since the late 1970s • Deals both with France’s national politics and its relations with the outside world 20C European history

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 314pp 978-1-107-06151-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Religious Refugees in the Early Modern World

International Communism and the Spanish Civil War

An Alternative History of the Reformation Nicholas Terpstra | University of Toronto

This book examines the emergence of the religious refugee as a mass phenomenon from the fifteenth through the eighteenth centuries. It considers how Europeans pictured a range of threats as social contagions and how they dealt with these threats by purging ideas, objects, and people. • Proposes a reinterpretation of the Reformation period that, by highlighting the experience of refugees and exiles, also succeeds in integrating Jews and Muslims more fully into the story of religious change in the period • Traces the historical patterns that have continued to feed the growing numbers of modern religious refugees • Looks at the ideas of contagion and purification as broader cultural themes that shape art, architecture, and social life European history after 1450

Solidarity and Suspicion Lisa A. Kirschenbaum | West Chester University, Pennsylvania

This book provides an intimate picture of international communism in the Stalin era. Focusing on Americans and Spaniards who worked or studied in Moscow and later participated in the Spanish Civil War, it uncovers the personal and political ties that linked communists to one another and the Soviet Union. • Focuses on the everyday work of building transnational communist networks in the Stalin era • Emphasizes the experiences of working-class international communists in the Soviet Union • Explores how communism appealed to people outside the Soviet Union not only as a political movement but as a way of life

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 42 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-02456-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

P

20C European history

978-1-107-65241-5 Paperback £23.99 / US$34.99

P

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 302pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10627-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

The Spanish Atlantic World in the Eighteenth Century

C

Mussolini in Ethiopia, 1919–1935

War and the Bourbon Reforms, 1713–1796 Allan J. Kuethe | Texas Tech University

This book covers the evolution of royal policy in Spanish America as eighteenth-century Spain modernized its empire and transformed itself into a power of the first order. Tracing the interplay between war and reform, the analysis confronts the diverse realities of the Spanish Atlantic world, which stretched from the northern Mexican borderlands to Argentina and Chile. • Engaging narrative and accessible writing style by the leading scholars in the field • Extensive use of primary source documents not previously explored • Provides an innovative perspective on the rise of the Spanish Atlantic Empire European history after 1450 | New Approaches to the Americas

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 402pp 15 b/w illus. 7 colour illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-04357-2 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00 P 978-1-107-67284-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

C

P

The Origins of Fascist Italy’s African War Robert Mallett | University of Rome

This book examines the evolution of the Italian Fascist regime’s colonial policy within the context of European politics. It demonstrates how a Hitlerled Germany ultimately proved the best mechanism for overseas Italian expansion in East Africa. • New evidence about the early Nazi-Fascist relationship • Greater detail about Italian Fascism’s role in European interwar politics • A fresh analysis of Mussolini’s active role in deliberately undermining the League of Nations 20C European history

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 2 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-09043-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C


European history

Transnational Neofascism in France and Italy

Anti-Imperial Metropolis

Andrea Mammone | Royal Holloway, University of London

This book investigates the establishment, evolution, and international links of the extreme right in one of the main Western European areas since 1945. Andrea Mammone details the long journey in the development of the extreme right in Italy and France, analyzing the adaptation of neofascism in society and politics. • A transnational history, discussing ideas of space, borders, and belonging • Analyzes the links between the extreme right and the mainstream right in contemporary Italy, with particular reference to politicians close to Silvio Berlusconi and, at times, main figures in his party

The book examines the social life of nonEuropeans in Paris in the 1920s and 1930s and describes the political outgrowths of their migration to France. It argues that this migration was crucial for decolonization and the rise of a Third World consciousness after World War II. • Based on the reports of undercover police agents • Traces previously unknown global connections and trajectories of activists • Delves deeply into the social world of activists 20C European history | Global and International History

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 360pp 22 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07305-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

20C European history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03091-6 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Interwar Paris and the Seeds of Third World Nationalism Michael Goebel | Freie Universität Berlin

C

C Key Reference

Previously Announced

Idealism beyond Borders

Yugoslavia in the Shadow of War

The French Revolutionary Left and the Rise of Humanitarianism, 1954–1988 Eleanor Davey | University of Manchester

Veterans and the Limits of State Building, 1903–1945 John Paul Newman | National University of Ireland, Maynooth

A study of the impact of the Great War on state and society in Yugoslavia during the interwar period. John Paul Newman examines its effects through the men who took part in the war, both those who served in the Serbian army and those who fought in the Austro-Hungarian army. • Shows the effects of the First World War on state-building in interwar Eastern Europe • Contributes to our understanding of the failures of the Yugoslav project in the twentieth century • Examines the role of ex-soldiers in societies recovering from war

An important examination of how modern humanitarian action rose through the transformation of the French intellectual and political landscape between the 1960s and 1980s. Eleanor Davey explores how the ‘sans-frontiériste’ movement displaced radical left third-worldism as the dominant way of approaching suffering in what was then called the third world. • Examines the roots and early years of Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) • Investigates the legacy of the Second World War for postcolonial responses to violence • Opens up material previously only available in French, including key sources by central figures in contemporary humanitarianism, to English-speaking readers

20C European history

20C European history | Human Rights in History

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-07076-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

The Polish Underground and the Jews, 1939–1945 Joshua D. Zimmerman | Yeshiva University, New York

This book examines one of the central problems in the history of Polish-Jewish relations: the attitude and the behavior of the Polish Underground towards the Jews during the Holocaust. Zimmerman argues that the reaction of the Polish Underground was immensely varied, ranging from aggressive aid to acts of murder. • Situates the subject of Polish-Jewish relations within the broader history of the Polish Underground • The first full-length scholarly monograph in any language to provide a thorough examination of the Polish Underground’s attitude and behavior towards the Jews during the entire period of World War II • Uses a variety of archival documents, testimonies, and memoirs 20C European history

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 469pp 15 b/w illus. 3 maps 8 tables 978-1-107-01426-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$118.00 C Previously Announced

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-06958-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Export Empire German Soft Power in Southeastern Europe, 1890–1945 Stephen G. Gross | New York University

A major new interpretation of Nazi influence in southeastern Europe during the first half of the twentieth century. This book explores the emergence of German soft power and informal economic empire and their role in enabling the militarisation of the German economy and the Third Reich’s territorial conquests after 1939. • Provides a new framework for understanding foreign policy under Nazi Germany • Applies a transnational approach to the Third Reich, illustrating the importance of soft power and sub-state networks and actors in the field of foreign affairs • Compares Nazi Germany to other imperial projects, enabling readers to constructively compare modern empires inside and outside of Europe 20C European history | New Studies in European History

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 345pp 5 b/w illus. 1 map 32 tables 978-1-107-11225-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

115


European history

Stalin and the Struggle for Supremacy in Eurasia

Imperial Russia’s Muslims

Alfred Rieber | University of Pennsylvania

116

Following the fall of the great Russian, Habsburg, Iranian, Ottoman and Qing Empires in the early twentieth century, this book explores the successor states that emerged in their wake and how the Soviet Union renewed the struggle over the borderlands through to the end of the Second World War. • Major new account of the contest for supremacy in Eurasia between Nazi Germany, Japan and the Soviet Union • Offers a new framework for Soviet foreign policy from the Russian Revolution to the beginning of the Cold War • Reveals how the expansionist powers adopted similar methods to the old ruling elites to expand and consolidate their conquests Russian, East European history

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 425pp 13 maps 978-1-107-07449-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

P

978-1-107-42644-3 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$36.99

P

Soviet Internationalism after Stalin Interaction and Exchange between the USSR and Latin America during the Cold War Tobias Rupprecht | European University Institute, Florence

The Soviet Union is often presented as a largely isolated and idiosyncratic state, but Tobias Rupprecht challenges this view by telling the story of Soviet and Latin American intellectuals, students, political figures and artists, and their encounters with the ‘other’ from the 1950s through the 1980s. • Proposes a new view of the internationalisation of Soviet culture and politics after the death of Stalin • Draws upon the accounts of writers, artists, political figures, scholars and students who travelled between the Soviet Union and Latin America • Reassesses the cohesive features of the Soviet state and their media representation to audiences both inside and outside the USSR Russian, East European history

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-10288-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

A Concise History of Bosnia

Islam, Empire and European Modernity, 1788–1914 Mustafa Tuna | Duke University, North Carolina

Investigates the entangled transformations of Russia’s Muslim communities from the late eighteenth century through to the First World War. Drawing from a wealth of Russian and Turkish sources, Mustafa Tuna surveys the transformation of Imperial Russia’s oldest Muslim community: the Volga-Ural Muslims. Russian, East European history | Critical Perspectives on Empire

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 288pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03249-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Why Switzerland? Third edition Jonathan Steinberg | University of Pennsylvania

This is a revised and completely updated edition of Jonathan Steinberg’s classic account of Switzerland’s unique political and economic system. This new edition addresses the twin challenges posed by globalisation and Swiss relations with the EU, and whether Switzerland does offer a viable, alternative model of development. • Examines how and why Switzerland works, offering an explanation of how history has yielded such a peculiar and special society • A completely revised and updated new edition which includes new material on Italian Switzerland and its contribution to Swiss cohesiveness, as well as the challenges posed by globalization and Swiss relations with the EU • Presents an alternative history of Europe, looking at how the old Europe pre-1789 survived into the twenty-first century, and what it shows about the long-term forces and factors that operated differently in the Swiss Confederation European history (general)

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 31 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-0-521-88307-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00 P 978-0-521-70955-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$32.99

P

A Concise History of Spain Second edition William D. Phillips, Jr | University of Minnesota

A Concise History of Bosnia integrates the political, economic and cultural history of this fascinating, beautiful, but much misunderstood country. Engaging and authoritative, the book succinctly explores how Bosnia has changed over many centuries, and looks beyond the events of the 1990s. • Offers an engaging and non-partisan account of the history of a fascinating and much misunderstood country • Integrates a wide range of primary and secondary literature on Bosnia to provide an accessible and authoritative account • Presents a historical perspective of Bosnian history, moving away from a narrow focus on the 1990s

An updated edition of this concise survey of Spain’s complex history from prehistoric times to the present, focusing particularly on culture, society, politics, and personalities. Written in an engaging style and using illustrations, maps and guides to further reading, it introduces key themes that shaped Spain’s rich history and culture. • Includes new content on contemporary issues, allowing readers to see the entire sweep of the country’s development, right up to the dramatic abdication of King Juan Carlos I and the coronation of his son in 2014 • Introduces readers to the key themes that have shaped Spain’s complex history • Contains maps, illustrations and lists of suggested readings, places to see, cultural developments and influential figures in literature and the arts

Russian, East European history | Cambridge Concise Histories

European history (general) | Cambridge Concise Histories

Cathie Carmichael | University of East Anglia

July 2015 216 x 138 mm 300pp 20 b/w illus. 8 maps 978-1-107-01615-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$84.99

P

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 368pp 37 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-1-107-10971-1 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00 P

978-1-107-60218-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$30.99

P

978-1-107-52505-4 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99

P


History – other areas

History – other areas

Camera Aloft Edward Steichen in the Great War Von Hardesty | National Air and Space Museum, Washington DC

Dynasties A Global History of Power, 1300–1800 Jeroen Duindam | Universiteit Leiden

A broad-ranging history of dynastic power in the late medieval and early modern world. Ranging from the European, Mughal, Ming and Safavid dynasties to the Ottoman Empire, Tokugawa Japan and Chosŏn Korea, it examines the rise and fall of dynasties, rituals of state and the role of the court. • A vibrant and richly-illustrated history of dynastic power in the late medieval and early modern world • Explores a wide range of dynastic communities from the European, African, Mughal, Ming and Safavid dynasties to the Ottoman Empire, Tokugawa Japan and Chosŏn Korea • Examines the rise and fall of dynasties, rituals of state and the role of the court History (general) after 1500

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 400pp 8 b/w illus. 60 colour illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-06068-5 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00 P 978-1-107-63758-0 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$27.99

P

The Emergence of Humanitarian Intervention Ideas and Practice from the Nineteenth Century to the Present Edited by Fabian Klose | Leibniz-Institut für Europäische Geschichte, Mainz

A study of the emergence and development of humanitarian intervention from the nineteenth century through to the present day. Drawing from a multitude of disciplines, it investigates the complex and controversial debates over the legitimacy of protecting humanitarian norms and universal human rights by violent as well as non-violent means. • Charts the emergence and development of humanitarian intervention from the nineteenth century through to the present day • Brings together scholars from international law, sociology, political science, and international history to offer a range of perspectives • Provides a global approach through case studies in Europe, the United States, Africa and Asia History (general) after 1500

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 360pp 1 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-07551-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 C

The Cultural Politics of Obeah Religion, Colonialism and Modernity in the Caribbean World Diana Paton | University of Newcastle

An innovative history of the politics and practice of the Caribbean spiritual healing techniques known as obeah. Diana Paton traces how representations of obeah were entangled with key moments in Caribbean history, from eighteenth-century slave rebellions to the formation of new nations after independence. • The first full-length study of the politics of obeah from the eighteenth century to the 1980s • Analyses hundreds of prosecutions for obeah in relation to cultural and political debates • Emphasizes the multiple and constructed meanings of obeah

Despite his status as a seminal figure in modern photography, Edward Steichen’s pivotal role in adapting the camera for military purposes in World War I has been overlooked by both military and cultural historians. This book vividly reconstructs Steichen’s service in World War I in what might be described as his ‘lost years’. • The first scholarly reconstruction of Steichen’s service in World War I • Utilizes rare and primary materials • Will be of interest to scholars of the history of photography, World War I, and the role and influence of aerial reconnaissance 20C history (general) | Cambridge Centennial of Flight

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 256pp 36 b/w illus. 20 colour illus. 1 map 978-0-521-82055-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

Austrian Banks in the Period of National Socialism Gerald D. Feldman | University of California, Berkeley

This book gives a detailed account of how two major banks – the Creditanstalt-Wiener Bankverein and the Länderbank Wien – profited from their service to the Nazi regime. It traces their involvement in the dispossession of Jewish business owners and in financing industrial firms vital to the Third Reich’s war effort. • Written by a pre-eminent, prolific historian • This is the first time this text has appeared in English translation • Bolstered by a new introduction for this English edition 20C history (general) | Publications of the German Historical Institute

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 600pp 978-1-107-00165-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$140.00

C

Previously Announced New in Paperback

World War I and the Triumph of a New Japan, 1919–1930 Frederick R. Dickinson | University of Pennsylvania

A fascinating new, integrative history of interwar Japan that highlights the wide-ranging impact of the Great War far from the Western Front. Adopting a global context, this book reveals how Japan participated wholeheartedly in new post-war projects of democracy, internationalism, disarmament and peace, shaping Japan’s twentieth-century world. • A new, integrative history of interwar Japan, avoiding conventional political and diplomatic analysis to highlight the intimate connection between early twentieth-century politics, diplomacy, society and culture • Highlights the transformative effects of the First World War far from the Western Front • Views interwar trends on their own terms, free from the burden of hindsight 20C history (general) | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare, 39

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 234pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-107-54497-0 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-03770-0 Hardback

C

£55.00 / US$90.00

History (general) after 1500 | Critical Perspectives on Empire

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 9 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-02565-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

117


History – other areas

Radio and the Gendered Soundscape

Mexico’s Cold War Cuba, the United States, and the Legacy of the Mexican Revolution Renata Keller | Boston University

Women and Broadcasting in Argentina and Uruguay, 1930–1950 Christine Ehrick | University of Louisville, Kentucky

118

This book is a history of women’s voices on the radio in two of South America’s most important early radio markets. It explores what it meant to hear female voices on the radio and asks readers to consider gender in its aural and sonic dimensions. • The first history of women and radio outside of the United States and Western Europe • An in-depth exploration of the sonic dimensions of gender and the gendered dimensions of sound • Makes a substantial theoretical contribution to the study of gender, mass media, and political culture

Latin American history | Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 275pp 9 b/w illus. 1 map 2 tables 978-1-107-07958-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 C

Latin American history

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07956-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

This book is a history of the Cold War in Mexico, and Mexico in the Cold War. It uses declassified Mexican and US intelligence sources and Cuban diplomatic records to challenge earlier interpretations that depicted Mexico as a peaceful haven and a weak neighbor forced to submit to US pressure. • The first book to use recently declassified Mexican intelligence and Cuban diplomatic records to examine Mexico’s Cold War • Weaves together local, national, and international history • Provides new insight into not only Mexican domestic and international politics, but also Cuban and US foreign policy

C Textbook

Latin American Constitutions The Constitution of Cádiz and its Legacy in Spanish America M. C. Mirow | Florida International University College of Law

Latin American Constitutions provides a comprehensive historical study of constitutionalism in Latin America from the independence period to the present, focusing on the Constitution of Cádiz – a document so foundational to the region that many of Latin America’s present challenges to establishing effective constitutionalism can be traced to the debates, ideas, structures, and assumptions of this text. • Serves as a comprehensive introduction to Latin American constitutions and their history • Reveals the effects of politics on creating effective constitutional regimes in Latin America • Explores textual, ideological, and political factors in the development of Latin American constitutionalism Latin American history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-02559-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

The Admirable Adventures and Strange Fortunes of Master Anthony Knivet

Volume 1: Colonial Contexts and Everyday Experiences, c. 1850–1946 Nancy J. Jacobs | Brown University, Rhode Island

African History through Sources presents the history of colonial Africa using more than 100 primary sources, each with an introduction to provide context. This work complements standard textbook narratives with varied and non-traditional accounts of life during Africa’s colonial past. • Features extensive primary sources from a variety of actors: ordinary men and women, the educated elite, and colonial officials • Balances coverage of the state and economy with daily life, family life, and cultural change • Allows readers to analyze and imagine life in Africa’s recent past Contents: Introduction; 1. Life before the imperialist scramble; 2. Imperial occupation; 3. Colonialism in the everyday; 4. Race, imperial citizenship, and colonial subjecthood; 5. Colonial subjecthood and popular politics; 6. The undoings of empire; 7. Africa’s war for freedom. African history

September 2014 228 x 152 mm 340pp 38 b/w illus. 8 maps 978-1-107-03089-3 Hardback £50.00 / US$85.00 X

An English Pirate in Sixteenth-Century Brazil Anthony Knivet Edited by Vivien Lessa de Sá | University of Cambridge

978-1-107-67925-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$27.99

Anthony Knivet’s Admirable Adventures is the earliest detailed description of Brazil written by an Englishman. His account gives unique firsthand glimpse into the land and people of early colonial Brazil, including descriptions of native tribes and local habits given for the first time. • The first critical edition in English of Anthony Knivet’s original 1625 travel account • Includes a detailed introduction, appendixes, and extensive notes • Sheds light on the relatively unexplored connections between early modern England and colonial Brazil Latin American history | New Approaches to the Americas

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 268pp 9 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-09091-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-46300-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

African History through Sources

P

X

African Socialism in Postcolonial Tanzania Between the Village and the World Priya Lal | Boston College, Massachusetts

This book tells the story of Tanzania’s socialist experiment: the ujamaa villagization initiative of 1967–75. It investigates how Tanzanian leaders and rural people creatively conceptualized ujamaa and documents how villagization unfolded on the ground, refining prevailing theories of national development and expanding our understanding of postcolonial Africa. • Offers a comprehensive history of ujamaa villagization as a political imaginary and applied policy • Situates the Tanzanian case in a global context • Draws on extensive oral historical research in rural Tanzania African history

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 22 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-10452-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C


History – other areas

National Liberation in PostColonial Southern Africa

Islamabad and the Politics of International Development in Pakistan

A Historical Ethnography of SWAPO’s Exile Camps Christian A. Williams | University of the Western Cape, South Africa

Markus Daechsel | Royal Holloway, University of London

This book traces the South West Africa People’s Organization (SWAPO) across its three decades in exile through rich, local histories of the camps where Namibian exiles lived in Tanzania, Zambia, and Angola and highlights how different Namibians experienced these sites, as well as the tensions that developed within. • Offers the first full-length scholarly monograph on SWAPO and Namibians in exile • Traces connections across the periods of anti-colonial resistance and post-colonial independence • Models an historical ethnography of exile camps African history | African Studies

South Asian history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 221pp 17 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-1-107-09934-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$95.00 C

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 332pp 26 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05717-3 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Slavery, Memory and Religion in Southeastern Ghana, c. 1850–Present Slavery, Memory and Religion in Southeastern Ghana, c.1850–Present aims to reconstruct the religious history of the Anlo-Ewe peoples from the 1850s. In particular, it focuses on a corpus of cultic practices collectively known as ‘Fofie’, which derived their legitimacy from engaging with the memory of the slave-holding past. • Reconstructs the religious history of the Anlo-Ewe peoples from the 1850s • Describes the aftermath of slavery amongst the Anlo-Ewe of southeastern Ghana • Based on a decade’s fieldwork in southeastern Ghana and analysis of secondary sources African history | The International African Library

C

Religion, History and Politics Edited by Justin Jones | Pembroke College, Oxford

This collection, introduced by Francis Robinson, offers a major contribution to our knowledge of Shi‘i learning, culture and political action across South Asia, and will be of interest to students and scholars both of South Asian religion and of global Islam. • Illustrates how scholars are beginning to develop a grasp of religious change amongst the Shi‘as over the past two centuries • Adds to the understanding of power and the shaping of Shi‘i communities • Presents modern scholarship on the Shi‘a of South Asia South Asian history

May 2015 234 x 156 mm 218pp 978-1-107-10890-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

New in Paperback

Coming of Age in Nineteenth-Century India

New Histories of the Andaman Islands

The Girl-Child and the Art of Playfulness Ruby Lal | Emory University, Atlanta

Landscape, Place and Identity in the Bay of Bengal, 1790–2012 Clare Anderson | University of Leicester

An innovative, multidisciplinary study of the historical development of the Andaman Islands, from 1790 to the present day. Combining approaches and methodologies from history and anthropology, the authors explore the theme of landscape, analysing the transformation of space into place, and the making of identity and nation. • The first study of the Andaman Islands to cover the period from colonization to the present day • Provides a theoretical focus on space and place that has clear relevance to other global contexts • Retrieves voices of indigenous communities and locates their historical experiences within the larger history of colonization South Asian history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-107-07679-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

The Shi‘a in Modern South Asia

Meera Venkatachalam

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 210pp 16 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-10827-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

A highly original history of the design and development of Pakistan’s capital city; one of the most iconic and ambitious urban reconstruction projects of the 1950s and 1960s. Balancing archival research with fresh theoretical insights, Markus Daechsel surveys the project’s successes and failures, evaluating Islamabad’s place in post-war international development. • Evaluates one of the most iconic urban reconstruction projects of the twentieth century • Proposes an original, analytical framework to help make sense of the Pakistani state • Surveys Pakistan’s place in the emergence of international development following the Second World War

In this eloquent history, Ruby Lal traces the coming of age of nineteenth-century Indian women. While in the north Indian patriarchal environment, women’s lives were dominated by domestic duties, Lal reveals that women in the early nineteenth century experienced greater freedoms, playfulness and creativity than their counterparts in the more restricted colonial world at the end of the century. • Presents a history of childhood and coming of age among women in India during the nineteenth century • Lal shows how women in the early part of the century were freer and less restricted than those in later generations under the restrictions of colonialism • A unique and eloquent narrative for students of Indian and Islamic history, as well as those interested in literature and anthropology South Asian history

C

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 248pp 4 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-52134-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

C

Also available 978-1-107-03024-4 Hardback

C

£64.99 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

119


History – other areas

The Camera as Witness

Violence and the Civilising Process in Cambodia

A Social History of Mizoram, Northeast India Joy L. K. Pachuau | Jawaharlal Nehru University

Northeast India has for long been classified as remote, exotic and underdeveloped, and has been denied significant attention. This book invests focus where it is due, chronicling the fascinating history of the Mizos through vernacular photography. It brings together the questions of identity formation, nation and global cultures. • Revisits the history of Mizoram, northeast India, contesting stereotypes about the region and its people • This full colour book has almost 400 unpublished photographs from the 1860s to 2010 • Visual sources and text are supported by archival documents like correspondences, diary entries and early news sheets South Asian history

120

May 2015 234 x 156 mm 502pp 978-1-107-07339-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$130.00

C

South-East Asian history

C

Ancient China and the Yue

Negotiating Citizenship in Postcolonial Hyderabad Taylor C. Sherman | London School of Economics and Political Science

Perceptions and Identities on the Southern Frontier, c.400 BCE–50 CE Erica Fox Brindley | Pennsylvania State University

In this thoughtful study, Sherman examines the experience of some of India’s most prominent Muslim communities in the early postcolonial period. Using the princely state of Hyderabad as a case study, Sherman surveys early government policies and popular strategies that have shaped the history of Muslims in India since 1947. • Provides a new perspective on secularism in Nehru’s India • Surveys the experience of some of India’s most prominent Muslim communities in the early postcolonial period • Examines the early governmental policies and popular strategies since 1947 which have helped shape the history of Muslims in India South Asian history

A richly empirical discussion of ethnic identity formation in the period 400 BCE–50 CE. Erica Fox Brindley presents a meticulous new study of the ancient Chinese textual record in an attempt to understand the Yue peoples of China’s southern frontier and how they were perceived by the Chinese elite. • A new critical approach to understanding identity along the ancient southern frontier of China • Introduces important social science research on the ancient peoples and cultures of southern East Asia • Uses the textual record to challenge existing theories based on archaeology and linguistics East Asian history

C

The Last Hindu Emperor

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 12 b/w illus. 3 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-08478-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The Intellectual in Modern Chinese History

Prithviraj Cauhan and the Indian Past, 1200–2000 Cynthia Talbot | University of Texas, Austin

A fascinating genealogy of the historical memories surrounding Prithviraj Chauhan; a Hindu king who was defeated and overthrown during the Muslim conquest of Northern India. Surveying a wealth of narratives from the twelfth century to the present day, Cynthia Talbot explores the various reasons why he is remembered, and by whom. • Traces the genealogy and historical memory of twelfth-century ruler Prithviraj Chauhan, the ‘last Hindu Emperor of India’ • Surveys a wealth of narratives that span more than 800 years from the twelfth century through to the present day • Sheds new light on the enduring importance of heroic histories in Indian culture South Asian history

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11856-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

A survey of violence in Cambodian history, testing the theories of Norbert Elias in a non-western context. Focusing on trends and forms of violence from the mid-nineteenth century through to the present, the book covers colonisation, anti-colonial wars, interdependence, civil war, the revolutionary terror of the 1970s and post-conflict development. • Surveys violence in Cambodia from the nineteenth century to the present • Considers colonisation, anti-colonial wars, interdependence, civil war, the revolutionary terror of the 1970s and post-conflict development • Puts the theories of Norbert Elias to the test in a non-western context October 2015 228 x 152 mm 378pp 22 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-10911-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Muslim Belonging in Secular India

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-09507-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Roderic Broadhurst | Australian National University, Canberra

C

Timothy Cheek | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

A vivid narrative history of intellectuals and public life in China across the twentieth century. Based on extensive research, Timothy Cheek’s work helps readers make sense of China today, and encourages comparison and contrast with the experiences of intellectuals in Europe, North America and the countries of the Global South. • A comprehensive synthesis of modern Chinese history across the twentieth century, presenting the importance of intellectuals in public life in modern China • Places the Chinese experience in a global context from 1895 to the present, making it comparable with European and world events • Introduces new analytical perspectives for the study of intellectual history, including ideological moments, the directed public sphere and worlds of intellectual life East Asian history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 6 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-02141-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-64319-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

P


History – other areas

A Cultural History of Translation in Early Modern Japan

Educating China Knowledge, Society and Textbooks in a Modernizing World, 1902–1937 Peter Zarrow | University of Connecticut

Rebekah Clements | University of Cambridge

A comprehensive cultural history of translation in Japan during the Tokugawa period, 1600–1868. By examining a wide range of texts that were translated into Japanese from Chinese merchants, Jesuit missionaries and Dutch traders, Rebekah Clements sheds new light on the circles of intellectual and political exchange in early modern Japan. • The first comprehensive examination of the cultural history of translation in early modern Japan • Offers original conclusions regarding literacy, social mobility and the flow of ideas in the early modern world • Challenges the assumption that Japan was intellectually isolated during this period East Asian history

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 10 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-07982-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Cold War Encounters in US-Occupied Okinawa

In this innovative and engaging examination of the role of gender, race and nation in the geopolitics of Cold War East Asia, Mire Koikari explores the complex relationship between militarism and domesticity and the involvement of women as agents in American empire building on the island of Okinawa. • Examines the role of gender, race and nation in the geopolitics of Cold War East Asia • Draws from extensive new archival research in both the US and Japan • Provides a fresh perspective on US-Asia relations during the Cold War East Asian history

C

New in Paperback

Astrology and Cosmology in Early China Conforming Earth to Heaven David W. Pankenier | Lehigh University, Pennsylvania

In this landmark text, David W. Pankenier introduces readers to a seriously understudied field, illustrating how astronomy shaped the culture of ancient China. Drawing on a broad range of sources, he reveals how astronomical concepts influenced almost every area of social organization, from art and architecture, to political and military decision making. • A revolutionary approach to understanding Chinese history and civilization • Introduces readers to a seriously understudied field, explaining how astronomy shaped the culture and social organization of ancient China • Draws on a formidable array of sources and scholarship, ranging from classical texts to archaeology to astronomy East Asian history

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 616pp 138 b/w illus. 6 maps 9 tables 978-1-107-53901-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$39.99 C Also available 978-1-107-00672-0 Hardback

£85.00 / US$135.00

East Asian history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 38 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11547-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Early Modern China and Northeast Asia

Women, Militarized Domesticity and Transnationalism in East Asia Mire Koikari | University of Hawaii, Manoa

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07950-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

An in-depth analysis of how Chinese school textbooks published between 1902 and 1937 shaped new social, cultural, and political trends. Peter Zarrow examines how Chinese schools conveyed traditional and ‘new style’ knowledge and sought to socialize students in a rapidly changing society in the transformative first decades of the twentieth century. • Illuminates the major developments in Chinese textbooks from the late imperial to the Republican period • Examines both traditional and ‘new style’ knowledge in schools, illustrating the role traditional thought played in the modernization of Chinese culture • Focuses on the socialization of students and how textbooks shaped their behavior as modern citizens

C

Cross-Border Perspectives Evelyn S. Rawski | University of Pittsburgh

Early Modern China and Northeast Asia offers a revisionist history of China from a peripheral perspective. It surveys wars and regime changes that accompanied China’s integration into the world economy during the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, and places Sino-Korean and Sino-Japanese relations within the context of northeast Asian geopolitics. • A new revisionist history of early modern China from one of the world’s leading historians of Asia • Places Sino-Korean and Sino-Japanese relations within the context of northeast Asian geopolitics and global maritime trade • Challenges the idea of Chinese history as a linear narrative of dynasties dominated by the Central Plains and Hans Chinese culture East Asian history | Asian Connections

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 349pp 978-1-107-09308-9 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

P

978-1-107-47152-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P

The Ecology of War in China Henan Province, the Yellow River, and Beyond, 1938–1950 Micah S. Muscolino | University of Oxford

This book explores the interplay between war and the environment in Henan Province, a hotly contested frontline territory that endured massive environmental destruction and human disruption during the conflict between China and Japan that raged during World War II. • Analyses the complex relationship between refugee migration and environmental change • Explores the most ecologically devastating act of war in world history • Offers an ambitious, theoretically informed conceptualization of the interplay between war and the environment East Asian history | Studies in Environment and History

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 312pp 19 b/w illus. 9 maps 2 tables 978-1-107-07156-8 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

121


History – other areas

Highlight

Plague and Empire in the Early Modern Mediterranean World

Mapping the Ottomans Sovereignty, Territory, and Identity in the Early Modern Mediterranean Palmira Brummett | Brown University, Rhode Island

Maps serve as centerpieces for discussions of early modern space, time, borders, stages of travel, information flows, invocations of authority, and cross-cultural relations. Enriched by examples of Ottoman self-mapping, this book examines how the Ottoman Empire was mapped in the narrative and visual imagination of early modern Europe’s Christian kingdoms. • Contains multiple illustrations of early modern maps • Provides comparisons to Ottoman self-mapping • The evidence ranges widely across area, time, and genre Middle East history

122

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 300pp 95 b/w illus. 17 colour illus. 1 map 978-1-107-09077-4 Hardback £35.00 / US$54.99 C Previously Announced

Using a wealth of archival and narrative sources, including medical treatises, hagiographies and travellers’ accounts, as well as recent scientific research, this book is the first systematic scholarly study of the Ottoman experience of plague during the Black Death and in the following centuries. • The first systematic scholarly study of the Ottoman experience of plague from the late medieval to early modern era • Explores the relationship between plague and the process of stateformation in the early modern Ottoman Empire • Challenges some basic tenets of the field of scholarship, such as that plagues always spread from Ottoman areas to Europe Middle East history

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 330pp 10 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-01338-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

A History of Modern Oman Jeremy Jones | University of Oxford

The ideal introduction to the history of modern Oman from the eighteenth century to the present, this book combines the most recent scholarship on Omani history with insights drawn from a close analysis of the politics and international relations of contemporary Oman. • The first comprehensive introductory study of Oman’s modern history • Seeks to understand Omani history in relation to global development of capitalism • Contributes to thinking and understanding of Oman beyond older British paradigms Middle East history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 20 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-00940-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 P 978-1-107-40202-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

The Ottoman Experience, 1347–1600 Nükhet Varlik | Rutgers University, New Jersey

P

The Rise of the Israeli Right From Odessa to Hebron Colin Shindler | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

C

Records of the Kurds: Territory, Revolt and Nationalism, 1831–1979 British Documentary Sources Edited by Anita Burdett

These documents trace early insurgencies by the Kurdish people directed against regional and metropolitan powers, and interrelations with neighbouring tribes and other ethnic groups at historical flash points, through to a cohesive nationalist movement launched after World War I, depicting the changing idea of territory pertaining to the Kurdish ‘homeland’. • A thirteen-volume set of books and maps available in print and online, totalling nine thousand pages and more than twenty maps • Documents are arranged under the title into a main theme according to content and chronology with document level descriptions • An unrivalled collection of original facsimile documents concentrating on the history of Kurdistan, with searchable descriptions across all volumes for the eBook format • A selected, focused and well-ordered collection, from many British Government file classes, saving years of research time Middle East history | Cambridge Archive Editions

This book traces the history of the Israeli Right since its inception and its struggle to gain power. It looks at the political ideas that are its bedrock and how it has been the dominant force in Israeli politics for nearly four decades. • Traces the history of the Israeli Right since its inception and its struggle to gain power • Looks at the political ideas that are the Israeli Right’s bedrock and how it has been the dominant force in Israeli politics for nearly four decades • Looks at central figures such as Vladimir Jabotinsky, an intellectual and founder of the Revisionist movement and Menahem Begin, the singleminded politician who brought the Right to power in 1977 Middle East history

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 318pp 20 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-0-521-19378-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

978-0-521-15166-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

P

August 2015 246 x 160 mm 9000pp 978-1-84097-325-9 13 Volume Hardback Set

£6000.00 / US$8550.00 R

The Mamluk City in the Middle East History, Culture, and the Urban Landscape Nimrod Luz | The Western Galilee College, Akko, Israel

The Mamluk City in the Middle East offers an interdisciplinary study of urban history, urban experience and the nature of urbanism in the region under the rule of the Mamluk Sultanate (1250–1517), focusing on three less-explored but politically significant cities in the Syrian region – Jerusalem, Safad (now in Israel), and Tripoli (now in Lebanon). • Offers an interdisciplinary approach and new methodologies for the study of historical cities in the Middle East • Broadens the field of urban history to include approaches, theories, and understandings from the social sciences • Extensive survey of the cities’ landscape and the construction of an innovative methodology to study historical built environment Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 278pp 15 b/w illus. 4 maps 2 tables 978-1-107-04884-3 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00 C


History – other areas

Disability in the Ottoman Arab World, 1500–1800

The Cambridge History of Australia

Sara Scalenghe | Loyola University Maryland

Edited by Alison Bashford | Faculty of History, University of Cambridge

This book is the first on the history of both physical and mental disabilities in the Middle East and North Africa. A sociocultural history, it seeks to explain how disabilities were understood and experienced in the Arab-Islamic context within the geographical area that includes present-day Egypt, Syria, Lebanon, Jordan, and Palestine/Israel under Ottoman rule in the early modern period. • The first history of physical and mental disabilities in the Muslim Middle East • Examines blindness, deafness, intersex conditions, and impairments of the mind • Focuses on representations of disability across a wide range of primary sources

The Cambridge History of Australia offers a comprehensive view of Australian history. Volume 1 examines Australia’s indigenous and colonial history. Volume 2 traces developments from the Federation through to the present day. Both volumes feature detailed maps, chronologies and further reading and incorporate the work of more than sixty leading historians. • The first general history of Australia for several decades • Features contributions from over sixty historians who are leaders in their field • Includes systematic lists of further reading and a comprehensive chronology

Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

Australian history

October 2014 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-1-107-04479-1 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00

C

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 1344pp 978-1-107-44751-6 2 Volume Paperback Set

£64.99 / US$99.99

123 R

A Concise History of Australia

The Cambridge History of Australia

Fourth edition Stuart Macintyre | University of Melbourne

Volume 1: Indigenous and Colonial Australia Edited by Alison Bashford | Faculty of History, University of Cambridge

Volume 1 of The Cambridge History of Australia examines the first European encounters with Australia and its Indigenous people, and the subsequent colonisation of the land by the British in the late eighteenth century, providing insight into the realities of a convict society and how this shaped the nation’s development. • The first general history of Australia for several decades • Features contributions from over sixty historians who are leaders in their field • Includes systematic lists of further reading and a comprehensive chronology

This edition investigates the social, economic and political factors that continue to shape Australia. It explores the effects of an export and investment boom in the early years of the twenty-first century, the continuing search for solutions to climate change, the unauthorised arrival of refugees, Indigenous disadvantage and generational change. • Written by one of Australia’s most respected historians • A lively and clear narrative history accessible to general readers • This fourth edition explores the effects of the export and investment boom in the early 21st century, as well as the continuing search for solutions to climate change, unauthorised arrival of refugees, Indigenous disadvantage and generational change

Australian history

Australian history | Cambridge Concise Histories

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 672pp 978-1-107-45200-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99

R

P

Memory and Migration in the Shadow of War

The Cambridge History of Australia

Australia’s Greek Immigrants after World War II and the Greek Civil War Joy Damousi | University of Melbourne

Volume 2: The Commonwealth of Australia Edited by Alison Bashford | Faculty of History, University of Cambridge

Volume 2 of The Cambridge History of Australia covers the period 1901 to the present day. It begins with the first day of the twentieth century, which saw the birth of the Commonwealth of Australia. • The first general history of Australia for several decades • Features contributions from over sixty historians who are leaders in their field • Includes systematic lists of further reading and a comprehensive chronology Australian history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 672pp 978-1-107-45203-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 396pp 978-1-107-56243-1 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$42.00

R

This is a major new study which evaluates the enduring impact of war on family memory in the Greek diaspora. Focusing on Australia’s Greek immigrants in the aftermath of the Second World War and the Greek Civil War, the book explores the concept of remembrance within the larger context of migration. • Considers the enduring impact of war and trauma on family memory in the Greek diaspora • Furthers our understanding of the ways in which war is remembered and forgotten • Provides a fresh perspective on the impact of the Second World War on immigrants Australian history | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-11594-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk


History – other areas / History – cross discipline

Paradise and Hell in Islamic Traditions

Reporting the First World War

Christian Lange | University of Edinburgh

124

This book, which is based on a wide array of carefully selected Arabic and Persian sources, covers not only the theological and exegetical but also the philosophical, mystical, topographical, architectural and ritual aspects of the Muslim belief in paradise and hell, in both the Sunni and the Shi’i world. • Proposes a new understanding of Muslim conceptualizations of the boundary between this world and the otherworld • Takes a long-durée approach to the history of paradise and hell in Islam, making exhaustive use of sources in Arabic and Persian • Provides insights into little-studied aspects of Islamic religion, and of Islamic eschatology in particular History (general), world history

P

978-0-521-73815-6 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99

P

History – cross discipline The Rise of Modern Science Explained A Comparative History H. Floris Cohen | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

This book distils the argument made in H. Floris Cohen’s earlier How Modern Science Came Into the World for the benefit of a larger audience. In this authoritative and accessible account, a leading historian of science explains in a comparative manner the rise and subsequent survival of modern science. • Introduces the rise of modern science for a wide readership, drawing on decades of empirical research and careful synthesis of recent scholarship • Demonstrates the truly revolutionary nature of the rise of modern science • Assigns a key role to the accomplishment of individual pioneers, from Galileo and Descartes and Bacon to Newton History of science and technology

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 275pp 15 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-12006-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99 P P

New in Paperback

The Cambridge History of Science Volume 2: Medieval Science David C. Lindberg

This volume in the highly respected Cambridge History of Science series is devoted to the history of science in the Middle Ages. Organized by topic and culture, its essays are written by a group of distinguished scholars and offer the most comprehensive and up-to-date history of medieval science currently available. • The most comprehensive and up-to-date history of medieval science currently available • Brings together a group of highly-respected specialists to write essays covering their respective areas of expertise • Comprehensive coverage of the North Atlantic to the Indus Valley and the entire medieval period, organized by topic and culture History of science and technology | The Cambridge History of Science

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 702pp 51 b/w illus. 978-1-107-52164-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$39.99

R

Also available 978-0-521-59448-6 Hardback

R

£100.00 / US$180.00

The first major study of Charles Repington, Britain’s most influential military correspondent of the early twentieth century. His daily column in The Times, ‘The War Day by Day’, during the Great War was read by opinion-shapers and decision-makers worldwide who sought to understand better the momentous events happening around them. • First major study of Charles Repington, Britain’s most influential military correspondent of the early twentieth century • Examines Repington’s daily column in The Times during the Great War, and how it helped shape understanding of the war’s events • Presents unique insights into the conduct of the First World War and into leading figures in the British high commands Military history | Cambridge Military Histories

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 228pp 24 b/w illus. 978-0-521-50637-3 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00

978-1-107-54560-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Charles Repington, The Times and the Great War A. J. A. Morris

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 390pp 978-1-107-10549-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Combat and Genocide on the Eastern Front The German Infantry’s War, 1941–1944 Jeff Rutherford | Wheeling Jesuit University, West Virginia

This book examines how the German infantry divisions both waged war against the Red Army and interacted with civilians in the industrial suburbs of Leningrad and the villages of the Demiansk Pocket by focusing on their participation in the starvation policy and their role in antipartisan and forced labour programs. • Major contribution to the continuing controversy surrounding the conduct of war on the Eastern Front • In-depth study of the actions of three frontline infantry divisions reveals why German soldiers fought as they did highlighting the greater importance of doctrines of military necessity over racial ideology • Examines the changing imperatives of German occupation policies right from Barbarossa until early 1944 Military history | Cambridge Military Histories

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 440pp 39 b/w illus. 10 maps 978-1-107-05571-1 Hardback £50.00 / US$80.00

P

978-1-107-65273-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P


History – cross discipline

Textbook

Highlight

The Rise of the Global Company

The Material Atlantic Clothing, Commerce, and Colonization in the Atlantic World, 1650–1800 Robert DuPlessis | Swarthmore College, Pennsylvania

Multinationals and the Making of the Modern World Robert Fitzgerald | Royal Holloway, University of London

This is the first full account of how the multinational enterprise drove globalization and contributed to the making of the modern world. Robert Fitzgerald reveals how the growth of international businesses shaped the economic development of nations, their politics and sovereignty, and the balance of power in international relations. • A survey of multinationals that traces their involvement in the events that determined the histories of nations, the international economy and international relations • Examines multinational enterprise as a major cause of globalization • Places the rise of multinational enterprise within the context of wider events in modern world history Contents: 1. Multinationals, states and the international economy; 2. Empires of business: 1870–1914; 3. The reverse gear?: 1914–48; 4. Cold War and the new international economic order: 1948–80; 5. Global economics?: 1980–2012; Conclusion: international business in time; Tables; References; Bibliography; Index. Economic history | New Approaches to Economic and Social History

A fascinating account of the trade patterns and consumption practices that arose following European colonisation of the Atlantic world. Focusing on textiles and clothing, Robert DuPlessis reveals how globally sourced goods shaped the material existence of virtually every group in the Atlantic basin during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. • Shows how globally sourced goods shaped the material existence of virtually every group in the Atlantic basin during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries • Illuminates the experiences of enslaved men and women as well as free settlers in colonial empires • Richly illustrated with examples of the attire of different social and cultural groups across the Atlantic basin Global history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 15 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 6 maps 9 tables 978-1-107-10591-1 Hardback c. £25.00 / c. US$35.00 G New in Paperback

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 270pp 39 tables 978-0-521-84974-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

P

Highlight

978-0-521-61496-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$27.99

P

Cotton

A Concise History of International Finance From Babylon to Bernanke Larry Neal | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

A comprehensive survey of international financial history across three thousand years. Larry Neal discusses past crises, both historically and internationally, in order to show how many of them have been successfully overcome in ways that might be adapted to deal with the crises of 2007 to 2010. • A global history of financial capitalism from ancient Babylon to the present day • Covers both the contribution of financial innovations to economic growth and their part in generating financial crises • Suggests solutions to the present financial crisis on the basis of the successes and failures of the past

The Fabric that Made the Modern World Giorgio Riello | University of Warwick

A fascinating account of how cotton transformed the world we live in today: it industrialised Europe and became the first item to be traded globally. It ranges from Asian and European technologies and African slavery to cotton plantations in the Americas and consumer desires across the globe. • The first historical account of the role of cotton textiles in transforming the world economy over the past millennium • Shows how Europe’s road to cultural development and economic growth was brought about by Asian technologies, African labour, and American raw materials and consumer markets • Richly illustrated including images of cloth, clothing and contemporary manufacturing processes

Economic history | New Approaches to Economic and Social History

Global history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 48 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-03417-4 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00 P

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 436pp 103 b/w illus. 46 colour illus. 10 maps 12 tables 978-0-521-16670-6 Paperback £16.99 / US$22.99

G

Also available 978-1-107-00022-3 Hardback

G

978-1-107-62121-3 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$28.99

P

New in Paperback

German Merchants in the Nineteenth-Century Atlantic

Memories of PostImperial Nations

Lars Maischak | California State University, Fresno

Based on an examination of the merchant elite of the city-republic of Bremen and the transAtlantic ties they established in trading with the United States in the nineteenth century, this study illuminates the role of merchant capital in the making of an industrial-capitalist world economy. • Employs an enjoyable narrative • Provides a seamless synthesis of different fields of scholarship • Brings the world of historical actors to life Economic history | Publications of the German Historical Institute

October 2015 234 x 156 mm 318pp 7 b/w illus. 3 maps 14 tables 978-1-107-56699-6 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99 C Also available 978-1-107-01729-0 Hardback

£60.00 / US$95.00

£27.99 / US$34.99

The Aftermath of Decolonization, 1945–2013 Edited by Dietmar Rothermund | Universität Heidelberg

This book presents the first transnational comparison of Great Britain, the Netherlands, Belgium, France, Portugal, Italy and Japan, all of whom lost or ‘decolonized’ their overseas empires after 1945. It brings together varying perspectives with historians and political scientists attempting to bind memory and its experience of different post-imperial nations. • Presents the first transnational comparison of Great Britain, the Netherlands, Belgium, France, Portugal, Italy and Japan Global history

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 217pp 978-1-107-10229-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

125


History – cross discipline

Highlight

The Wars before the Great War

A Concise History of the World Merry Wiesner-Hanks | University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

126

A global history of humankind as producers and reproducers from the Paleolithic to the present. Renowned social and cultural historian Merry Wiesner-Hanks brings a new perspective to world history by examining the social and cultural developments that are at the heart of the big questions in world history today. • The first brief history of the world with a social and cultural focus, incorporating insights from the two most important approaches in historical scholarship over the last several decades • Includes the entirety of the human past, integrating archaeology and history to range from the evolution of hominids in the Paleolithic to the present • Includes the actions, ideas and beliefs of ordinary men and women, countering the focus on elites and the materialist tradition of much world and global history Global history | Cambridge Concise Histories

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 280pp 37 b/w illus. 14 maps 978-1-107-02837-1 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$70.00

G

978-1-107-69453-8 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$23.99

G

This volume offers a comprehensive account of the wars before the Great War and surveys the impact of these conflicts on European diplomacy, military planning, popular opinion and their role in undermining international stability in the years leading up to the outbreak of the First World War. • Offers a comprehensive account of the wars before the Great War • Presents fresh conclusions that transcend conventional narratives of great power politics • Highlights the role of the Balkan states and Ottoman Empire in undermining international security in the years leading to the outbreak of World War I Diplomatic, international history

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 389pp 978-1-107-06347-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

The Right of SelfDetermination of Peoples The Domestication of an Illusion Jörg Fisch | Universität Zürich

Of Limits and Growth The Rise of Global Sustainable Development in the Twentieth Century Stephen Macekura | Indiana University, Bloomington

Of Limits and Growth connects three of the most important aspects of the twentieth century: decolonization, the rise of environmentalism, and United States’ support for economic development and modernization in the Third World. It links these trends by revealing how environmental NGOs challenged and reformed development approaches of the US government, World Bank, and United Nations from the 1960s through the 1990s. • Offers significant reinterpretation of ‘sustainable development’, one of the most significant concepts and keywords of our time • Presents innovative and rich analysis on how environmental non-state actors reshaped US foreign policy and World Bank lending • Brings together the history of US-foreign relations, international and transnational history, and environmental history through original archival research Global history | Global and International History

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 7 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-07261-9 Hardback £29.99 / US$44.99

Conflict and International Politics before the Outbreak of the First World War Edited by Dominik Geppert | Rheinische FriedrichWilhelms-Universität Bonn

P

The idea of self-determination of peoples – that peoples have the right to form a state, and even can decide whether or not they exercise that right – is a modern one. This book examines the conceptual and political history of this idea. • Provides political-historical contextualization of conceptual and legal history • Integrates the history of the independence of the colonies in the Americas, which otherwise goes unconsidered in treatments of the topic • Contains a bibliographical essay with suggestions for further reading Diplomatic, international history | Human Rights in History

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 360pp 2 b/w illus. 8 maps 4 tables 978-1-107-03796-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-68820-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P

Waste into Weapons Recycling in Britain during the Second World War Peter Thorsheim | University of North Carolina, Charlotte

Waste into Weapons is the first in-depth history of twentieth-century recycling in Britain. Based on meticulous research, Peter Thorsheim examines the relationship between armaments production, civil liberties, cultural preservation, and diplomacy as these elements played out during Britain’s government-sponsored recycling campaign in the Second World War. • The first in-depth history of twentieth-century recycling in Britain • Based on research at more than twenty archives in Britain and the USA • Reveals many new details about Lend-Lease and Anglo-American relations during World War II Environmental history | Studies in Environment and History

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 21 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-09935-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C


History – cross discipline

The Thought of Nirad C. Chaudhuri

Islamic Intellectual History in the Seventeenth Century

Islam, Empire and Loss Ian Almond | Georgetown University, SFS-Qatar

Scholarly Currents in the Ottoman Empire and the Maghreb Khaled El-Rouayheb | Harvard University, Massachusetts

A critical examination of the famous South Asian writer Nirad C. Chaudhuri (1897–1999), a notorious Anglophile and defender of Empire. Ian Almond analyses Chaudhuri from the perspectives of Islam, the archive, melancholy and empire, exploring the evolution of his thought and the consequences this has for our understanding of ‘cosmopolitan’ intellectuals. • Uses the writer Nirad C. Chaudhuri to revisit South Asian intellectual history • Attempts to see a South Asian thinker tri-continentally – considering Chaudhuri in Middle Eastern and Latin American contexts • Considers the phenomenon of the native informant and suggests how these figures were produced in colonial societies

This book is the first sustained effort at investigating the intellectual currents among Ottoman and North African scholars of the early modern period and argues for a more textured – and text-centered – understanding of the vibrant exchange of ideas and transmission of knowledge across a vast expanse of Ottoman-controlled territory. • The first in-depth exploration of the intellectual concerns and trends among the scholars (ulema) of the Ottoman Empire and the Maghreb in the seventeenth century • Challenges received notions about intellectual stagnation in the period • Gives a pioneering overview of major intellectual currents in the Islamic world on the eve of modernity

History of ideas and intellectual history

History of ideas and intellectual history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-09443-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 15 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-04296-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

C

Knowledge and the Public Interest, 1575–1725

Lincoln’s Ethics Thomas Carson | Loyola University, Chicago

Unlike many important historical figures, Abraham Lincoln is generally regarded as a morally virtuous person. Lincoln’s Ethics addresses the question of whether Lincoln deserves his reputation as a moral exemplar. It discusses some of his morally controversial policies and presents evidence for thinking he was morally virtuous in many important respects. • The only book on Lincoln’s ethics by a philosopher and that is deeply grounded in ethical theory • The most detailed discussion of morality of the Union cause in the American Civil War, drawing on the history of the war, as well as moral philosophy and theories of just war in general • A systematic assessment of the evidence for and against the controversial view that Lincoln was a racist

Vera Keller | University of Oregon

Today, the idea that the advancement of knowledge serves the public interest is a truism. It was once the subject of widespread and lively debate. This book recovers how advancing knowledge deployed contentious political strategies of advancing empire. It can inform current debates over the value and practices of research. • A new way to conceptualize and narrate the emergence of modern science • Can inform current debates about the value of various forms of knowledge • The first history of the genre of the wish list (desiderata), a new practice of the seventeenth century and one still operative today History of ideas and intellectual history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 310pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11013-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.99

C

History of ideas and intellectual history

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 450pp 13 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-03014-5 Hardback £22.99 / US$32.99

Rabbi Meir of Rothenburg and the Foundation of Jewish Political Thought

P

Previously Announced

Joseph Isaac Lifshitz | Shalem Center, Jerusalem

Highlight

Magic in Western Culture From Antiquity to the Enlightenment Brian P. Copenhaver | University of California, Los Angeles

The story of the beliefs and practices called ‘magic’ starts in ancient Iran, Greece and Rome, before entering its crucial Christian phase in the Middle Ages. Centering on the Renaissance and Marsilio Ficino, this richly illustrated and groundbreaking book treats magic as a classical tradition with foundations that were philosophical. • Richly interdisciplinary, framing its philosophical analysis with classical studies, history, art history, and anthropology • Engaging and accessible, telling a human story about magic, focusing on human successes and failures, on new discoveries and passionate controversies • Provocative, challenging orthodoxies long established in a number of fields • No other book tells the premodern story of magic authoritatively and on this scale

This book is a scholarly examination of the political thought of Rabbi Meir of Rothenburg, the most important thirteenth century German Rabbi. From the Maharam’s responsa on community matters, a coherent political thought emerges that exercised nearly unprecedented influence on European Jewish communities up to the Jewish Emancipation. • New view of Jewish political thought • Studies the subject of political thought from three angles – history, philosophy and theology • Will appeal to those who look for an un-apologetic Jewish thought History of ideas and intellectual history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-00824-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

History of ideas and intellectual history

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 578pp 108 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07052-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$125.00

C

Previously Announced

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

127


History – cross discipline

New in Paperback

Ancient Wisdom in the Age of the New Science

Barbarism and Religion Volume 5: Religion: The First Triumph J. G. A. Pocock | The Johns Hopkins University

128

This volume in Pocock’s acclaimed sequence on Barbarism and Religion examines the controversy caused by Gibbon’s treatment of the early Christian church. Pocock challenges the assumption that Decline and Fall was intended as an attack on belief in the Christian revelation, and questions our understanding of the character of ‘enlightenment’. • The culmination of a life’s work by one of the great historians of our time, writing about the greatest English historian of all time • A major reinterpretation of one of the defining cultural moments in European history • The fifth, penultimate volume of a sequence that has already generated major review coverage and won a highly prestigious American prize in cultural history History of ideas and intellectual history

June 2015 229 x 152 mm 442pp 978-1-107-66792-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

C

Also available 978-0-521-76072-0 Hardback

C

£64.99 / US$104.99

Histories of Philosophy in England, c. 1640–1700 Dmitri Levitin | University of Oxford

Drawing on hundreds of sources, this innovative book combines the history of scholarship, science, philosophy and religion to demonstrate how changing ideas about the history of ancient philosophy were central to intellectual change in seventeenth-century England, a period of immense significance for the history of European science and religion. • Combines the history of scholarship, the history of science and the history of philosophy to offer a new way of looking at early modern intellectual culture • Based on an extensive range of primary sources, both printed and manuscripts, to provide a genuinely large-scale view • Challenges historiographically fashionable notions of ‘early enlightenment’ to offer a more nuanced understanding of the process by which intellectual change occurred History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 113

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 686pp 978-1-107-10588-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

The Scottish Enlightenment and the French Revolution

The Mystic Ark Hugh of Saint Victor, Art, and Thought in the Twelfth Century Conrad Rudolph | University of California, Riverside

Anna Plassart | Christ Church, Oxford

Conrad Rudolph studies and reconstructs Hugh of Saint Victor’s forty-two-page written work, The Mystic Ark (c.1125–30), which describes the medieval painting of the same name. Almost completely ignored by art historians because of the immense difficulty of its text, The Mystic Ark is among the most unusual sources we have for an understanding of medieval artistic culture. • Contextual study of Hugh of Saint Victor’s twelfth-century The Mystic Ark • English translation and commentary • Highly detailed reconstruction of an often neglected work History of ideas and intellectual history

August 2014 253 x 177 mm 626pp 49 b/w illus. 29 colour illus. 978-1-107-03705-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 C

This book recovers the Scottish Enlightenment’s forgotten commentary on the French Revolution. It argues that this commentary is both a major intellectual discussion in its own right and essential to our understanding of how Enlightenment philosophy and the heritage of Adam Smith were reinterpreted for post-revolutionary Europe. • Presents a novel interpretative framework for the French Revolution • Examines the later years of the Scottish Enlightenment and the transmission of Hume and Smith’s philosophy to the nineteenth century • An important intervention in the eighteenth- and nineteenth-century pan-European debate about democracy History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 111

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 265pp 978-1-107-09176-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Italian Renaissance Humanism in the Mirror

The Italian Renaissance in the German Historical Imagination, 1860–1930

Patrick Baker | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

Martin Ruehl | Trinity Hall, Cambridge

This important study takes a new approach to understanding Italian Renaissance humanism, one of the most important cultural movements in Western history. Through a series of close textual studies, Patrick Baker explores the meaning that Italian Renaissance humanism had for an essential but neglected group: the humanists themselves. • Proposes a new interpretation of Italian Renaissance humanism • Focuses on actor’s categories rather than on extraneous philosophical concepts • Draws on a collection of neglected sources to make fresh material available for the first time

Examining Nietzsche, Burckhardt, Mann, and a wide range of visual sources, Martin Ruehl shows how German historians and writers invented the modern concept of the Renaissance, paying close attention to the social and political stakes of the German controversies about the role Italy played in the making of modernity. • Provides a comprehensive account of how German historians and writers influenced the modern concept of the Renaissance • Adopts an interdisciplinary approach combining traditional historical approaches with more modern cultural methods • Analyses the construction of the ‘Renaissance’ in relation to other tropes such as medievalism and National Protestantism

History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-11186-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 105

C

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 328pp 73 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03699-4 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

C


History – cross discipline / Statistics and probability

Statistics and probability

Free Trade and its Enemies in France, 1814–1851 David Todd | King’s College London

In the aftermath of the French Revolution, advocates of protection against foreign competition prevailed in a fierce controversy over international trade. They succeeded by portraying free trade as a British ideology and French free traders as traitors. This groundbreaking study is the first to examine this ‘protectionist turn’ in full. • Expounds a new and original approach to the history of political economy, exploring the role of mediation and reception in the dissemination of ideas • Contributes to the international turn in intellectual history, highlighting the part played by transnational interactions in forming modern political and economic ideologies • Analyses the origins for the ideological divergence between Britain and France on free trade History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 112

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 296pp 978-1-107-03693-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Integrating Omics Data George C. Tseng | University of Pittsburgh

This book provides comprehensive coverage of information integration of omics, experimental data, and databases. It introduces state-of-theart methods developed by leaders in the field to handle information integration problems of omics data. Popular technologies include microarray, next-generation sequencing, mass spectrometry and proteomic assays. • State-of-the-art methods for omics data integration • Written by world-class leaders in the field • Practical methods and software that meet biological needs

129

Statistics for life sciences, medicine and health

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 488pp 147 b/w illus. 23 colour illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-06911-4 Hardback £80.00 / US$125.00 C Previously Announced

Stochastic Interest Rates

The Sleeping Sovereign

Daragh McInerney | AGH University of Science and Technology, Krakow

The Invention of Modern Democracy Richard Tuck | Harvard University, Massachusetts

An exploration of the important distinction in political theory between a ‘sovereign’ and a ‘government’ state, from its first appearance in Bodin’s writings in the late sixteenth century, through its seventeenth-century treatment by Grotius, Hobbes and Pufendorf, to the eighteenthcentury response, and the presentation of ‘government’ in the American Constitution. • Integrates legal theory and the history of political thought • Offers new interpretations of major theorists such as Hobbes and Rousseau • Reinterprets the history of modern democratic thought History of ideas and intellectual history | The Seeley Lectures

November 2015 216 x 138 mm 220pp 978-1-107-13014-2 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$75.00

P

978-1-107-57058-0 Paperback c. £15.99 / c. US$24.99

P

Science and Civilisation in China Volume 6: Biology and Biological Technology Part 4: Traditional Botany: An Ethnobotanical Approach Georges Métailié | Centre Alexandre Koyré

This highly illustrated volume offers a comprehensive account of botanical knowledge in China before the introduction of modern botany. Georges Métailié explores the perception and use of a wealth of plants in China until the end of the seventeenth century, proposing a new, non-teleological view of knowledge in ancient China. • Offers a comprehensive and authoritative account of ancient botanical knowledge in China • Proposes a new, non-teleological, view of knowledge about the plant world in Ancient China • Draws from a number of original Chinese texts, which have been translated for the first time History – cross discipline (general) | Science and Civilisation in China

August 2015 254 x 198 mm 820pp 332 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-10987-2 Hardback £150.00 / US$240.00 R

Designed for Master’s students and final-year undergraduates, this book strikes the right balance between mathematical rigour and practical application. Carefully chosen examples and exercises help students acquire the necessary skills to deal with interest rate modelling in a real-world setting. • Well-motivated examples and exercises make material accessible to Master’s students, advanced undergraduates and entry-level finance professionals • Coverage of practical topics prepares students for work in the field of stochastic interest rate derivatives • Modular structure of the series helps students rapidly develop specific skills Statistics for econometrics, finance and insurance | Mastering Mathematical Finance

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 170pp 25 b/w illus. 10 tables 60 exercises 978-1-107-00257-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P 978-0-521-17569-2 Paperback £23.99 / US$39.99

P

Textbook

Statistics Using IBM SPSS An Integrative Approach Third edition Sharon Lawner Weinberg | New York University

Written in a clear and lively tone, Statistics Using IBM SPSS provides a data-centric approach to statistics with integrated SPSS (version 22) commands, ensuring that students gain both a strong conceptual understanding of statistics and practical facility with statistical software. The third edition features a new chapter on research design. • Avoids calculus and linear algebra and instead grounds concepts in real data examples to ensure simple and clear explanation • Written by highly experienced teachers • Chapter examples and exercises are based on real data, which enables students to understand what it truly means to be a data analyst Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Examining univariate distributions; 3. Measures of location, spread, and skewness; 4. Re-expressing variables; 5. Exploring relationships between two variables; 6. Simple linear regression; 7. Probability fundamentals; 8. Theoretical probability models; 9. The role of sampling in inferential statistics; 10. Inferences involving the mean of a single population when σ is known; 11. Inferences involving the mean when sigma is not known: one- and two-sample designs; 12. Research design: introduction and overview; 13. One-way analysis of

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com


Statistics and probability / Mathematics

variance; 14. Two-way analysis of variance; 15. Correlation and simple regression as inferential techniques; 16. An introduction to multiple regression; 17. Nonparametric methods. Statistics for social sciences, behavioural sciences and law

October 2015 253 x 203 mm 592pp 196 b/w illus. 100 tables 417 exercises 978-1-107-46122-2 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$89.99 P

The Cambridge Dictionary of Probability and its Applications David Stirzaker | St John’s College, Oxford

130

This book, the first dictionary of probability and its applications in English, guides the reader through the concepts and vocabulary of this rapidly expanding field. As the only dictionary on the market, it will be a guiding reference for all those working and studying in this area. • More than 2900 terms, grouped into 2200 entries – from the Abelian sandpile model to the Z-transform • Highly regarded author with a well-founded reputation for quality • Rich cross-referencing reveals connections between concepts Probability theory and stochastic processes

July 2015 246 x 189 mm 500pp 80 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07516-0 Hardback £120.00 / US$195.00

R

Random Matrix Theory, Interacting Particle Systems, and Integrable Systems Edited by Percy Deift | New York University, Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences

This volume, based on the Fall 2010 MSRI program, includes review articles, research contributions on long-standing questions on universalities of Wigner matrices and beta-ensembles, and other core aspects of random matrix theory such as integrability and free probability theory. • Contains both a mix of review and original articles from distinguished mathematicians such as Alexei Borodin, Percy Deift, Terence Tao and Van Vu • Examines research contributions on long-standing questions from an active field of research Probability theory and stochastic processes | Mathematical Sciences Research Institute Publications, 65

March 2015 234 x 156 mm 537pp 978-1-107-07992-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00

C

Mathematics The Logic of Infinity Barnaby Sheppard

Few mathematical results capture the imagination like Georg Cantor’s theory of infinity. Bridging the gap between technical accounts of mathematical foundations and popular accounts of logic, this book conveys to the novice the big ideas in the rigorous mathematical theory of infinite sets. • Ideal for the novice, whether they are a student or a researcher in another area of mathematics • Author gives an overview of the subject, avoiding too many technicalities • Extensive bibliography gives readers from all backgrounds ideas for further study Logic, categories and sets

July 2014 247 x 174 mm 498pp 45 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05831-6 Hardback £70.00 / US$110.00

P

978-1-107-67866-8 Paperback £27.99 / US$42.99

P

A Guide to NIP Theories Pierre Simon | Université Lyon I

This book, the first on the rapidly expanding topic of NIP theories, gives an accessible introduction to the subject for students and researchers in model theory and related areas such as combinatorics and algebraic geometry. It covers the basic notions while presenting a concise, elegant tour through the main results. • The first book devoted to NIP theories • A concise introduction that provides enough background material to understand current research in the area • Contains over 50 exercises and pointers to additional topics to help readers progress further Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 44

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 164pp 50 exercises 978-1-107-05775-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Pure Inductive Logic Jeffrey Paris | University of Manchester

This book establishes pure inductive logic as a contemporary branch of mathematical logic. Collecting together research from a wide range of sources within one unified context, it provides both a comprehensive account of the subject up to cutting-edge modern research, and an accessible reference for the philosopher or computer scientist. • The first book to comprehensively treat inductive logic as a branch of mathematical logic, with many new existing results collected together into one unified presentation • A self-contained introduction to the field that takes the reader from the basics right through to the forefront of current research • Can also be used as an accessible work of reference for philosophers and computer scientists, as well as mathematical logic Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 354pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04230-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Classical Groups, Derangements and Primes Timothy C. Burness | University of Bristol

This book provides an accessible graduate-level introduction to the finite classical groups and gives the first unified account of conjugacy and geometry of elements of prime order. The authors also provide a detailed discussion of derangements, making this book an essential resource for all researchers interested in permutation groups. • Provides an introduction to the basic properties and geometry of classical groups accessible to graduate students and researchers working in related areas • Gives the first unified account of conjugacy and geometry of elements in classical groups bringing together results previously scattered throughout the literature • Material on the study of derangements will be of particular interest to researchers working in the field of permutation groups Algebra | Australian Mathematical Society Lecture Series, 25

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 3 b/w illus. 60 tables 978-1-107-62944-8 Paperback £50.00 / US$80.00

C


Mathematics

Solving Polynomial Equation Systems

Prime Numbers and the Riemann Hypothesis

Volume 3: Algebraic Solving Teo Mora | University of Genoa

Barry Mazur | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This book introduces prime numbers and explains the celebrated, unsolved Riemann hypothesis in a direct manner. Suitable for both scholars and those with a minimal mathematical background. • Provides a concise but comprehensive narrative for students and scholars alike • The text is broken into parts, thus providing greater accessibility • Offers many mathematical illustrations

This third volume of four describes all the most important techniques, mainly based on Gröbner bases. It covers the ‘standard’ solutions (Gianni– Kalkbrener, Auzinger–Stetter, Cardinal–Mourrain) as well as the more innovative (Lazard–Rouillier, Giusti–Heintz–Pardo). The author also explores the historical background, from Bézout to Macaulay. • Continues the author’s survey of the state of the art for solving univariate polynomials • Covers classical results as well as modern methods • Third volume of four in the author’s comprehensive treatise

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 150pp 110 b/w illus. 132 colour illus. 978-1-107-10192-0 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$60.00 P

Algebra | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 157

978-1-107-49943-0 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$24.99

June 2015 234 x 156 mm 300pp 7 b/w illus. 978-0-521-81155-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Solving Polynomial Equation Systems Volume 4: Buchberger Theory and Beyond Teo Mora | University of Genoa

In this fourth and final volume the author covers extensions of Buchberger’s Algorithm, including a discussion of the most promising recent alternatives to Gröbner bases: Gerdt’s involutive bases and Faugère’s F4 and F5 algorithms. This completes the author’s comprehensive treatise, which is a fundamental reference for any mathematical library. • Covers extensions, applications and alternatives to Gröbner bases • Discusses pre- and post-Buchberger approaches to ‘solving’ • Completes the author’s comprehensive treatise Algebra | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 158

November 2015 234 x 156 mm 800pp 40 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10963-6 Hardback c. £99.00 / c. US$160.00

C

P

Automorphic Forms and L-Functions for the Group GL(n,R) Dorian Goldfeld | Columbia University, New York

L-functions associated to automorphic forms encode all classical number theoretic information. They are akin to elementary particles in physics. This 2006 book provides an entirely self-contained introduction to the theory of L-functions in a style accessible to graduate students with basic knowledge of classical analysis, complex variable theory, and algebra. • Gives complete detailed proofs of results in an easy-to-read format • Entirely self-contained introduction to the theory of L-functions, accessible to graduate students • Includes an appendix of Mathematica functions, to let readers explore the subject computationally Number theory | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 99

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 479pp 978-1-107-56502-9 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99

C

Unit Equations in Diophantine Number Theory

New in Paperback

The Sensual (Quadratic) Form

Jan-Hendrik Evertse | Universiteit Leiden

John Horton Conway | Princeton University, New Jersey

The distinguished mathematician John Conway presents quadratic forms in a pictorial way that enables the reader to understand them mathematically without traditional theoremproving. In his customary enthusiastic style, Conway uses his theme to elucidate many mathematical topics from algebra, number theory and geometry, including many new ideas and features. • Conway is a very distinguished mathematician and well-known author • Contains many original insights into the subject • Can be appreciated without formal mathematical training Algebra | Carus Mathematical Monographs, 26

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 162pp 68 b/w illus. 978-0-88385-040-4 Paperback c. £25.00 / c. US$40.00

Number theory

Unit equations play a central role in Diophantine number theory. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date treatment of unit equations and their various applications. It brings together the most important results and gives an overview of the basic techniques, making it accessible to young researchers. • Presents the state of the art following enormous progress over the past forty years • Compiles results previously scattered across the literature • An important resource for researchers working in Diophantine number theory Number theory | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 146

P

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 384pp 978-1-107-09760-5 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99

P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

131


Mathematics

Arithmetic and Geometry

Introduction to Random Graphs

Edited by Luis Dieulefait | Universitat de Barcelona

Alan Frieze | Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania

In this proceedings volume leading authorities describe the state of the art in number theory, particularly Diophantine and arithmetic geometry. The book gives an excellent overview of the subject for graduate students and it is essential reading for researchers wishing to keep abreast of recent developments. • Modern survey ideal for graduate students entering the field • Includes exciting new developments making it essential reading for established researchers in the area • Written by the world’s leading authorities in number theory

The authors cover random graphs from the basic to the advanced and will appeal to anyone interested in combinatorics, applied probability or theoretical computer science. Having read this book, the reader should be in a good position to pursue research in the area. • Brings the reader up to date with modern developments, including matchings in hypergraphs, containers and interpolation • Covers many basic tools that will be useful in all aspects of probabilistic combinatorics • Over 180 exercises test students’ grasp of the material Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 496pp 25 b/w illus. 190 exercises 978-1-107-11850-8 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99 P

Number theory | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 420

132

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 550pp 978-1-107-46254-0 Paperback £64.99 / US$115.00

C

Combinatorics, Words and Symbolic Dynamics Edited by Valérie Berthé | Université Paris Diderot – Paris 7

O-Minimality and Diophantine Geometry Edited by G. O. Jones | University of Manchester

This collection of articles brings the researcher up to date with recent applications of logic, specifically model theory, to conjectures associated with those of Manin–Mumford and André–Oort. Originating from a short course, it combines original papers with background articles on related topics. • Brings researchers up to date with exciting developments in the field • Includes background material to help graduate students new to the area • Focuses on Jonathan Pila’s proof of the Andre–Oort conjecture, for which he was awarded the Senior Whitehead Prize

This survey volume looks at developing trends in combinatorics with applications in the study of words and in symbolic dynamics. It will appeal to graduate students, research mathematicians and computer scientists working in combinatorics, graph theory, theory of computation, multidimensional subshifts, dynamical systems, ergodic theory or probabilistic models. • Covers a large scope of topics with a combinatorical flavour and various applications • Carefully selected authors are specialists in their respective fields • Serves as an entry point for graduate students, with many pointers to the wider literature Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 159

December 2015 234 x 156 mm 490pp 135 b/w illus. 75 exercises 978-1-107-07702-7 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$155.00 C

Number theory | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 421

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 230pp 1 b/w illus. 30 exercises 978-1-107-46249-6 Paperback c. £45.00 / c. US$70.00

C

Arc Routing Problems, Methods, and Applications Ángel Corberán | Universitat de València, Spain

Written by world-renowned researchers, this book provides a thorough up-to-date discussion of arc routing. Organized by problem type, the book begins with a historical perspective and goes on to offer a rigorous treatment of complexity, models, algorithms, and applications. Of interest to researchers and practitioners in operations research and mathematics. • Exhaustive coverage of arc routing, organized by problem type • Provides a rigorous treatment of complexity issues, models, algorithms and applications • Each chapter is written by a world-renowned researcher or team of researchers Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 410pp 978-1-61197-366-2 Paperback £73.00 / c. US$111.00

Inequalities for Graph Eigenvalues Zoran Stanić | Univerzitet u Beogradu, Serbia

Written for mathematicians working with the theory of graph spectra, this book explores more than 400 inequalities for eigenvalues of the six matrices associated with graphs. It presents the main results and then details their proofs, discussions, comparisons, examples, and exercises. Open problems and pointers to the literature are provided. • For the first time researchers and students can find all of the relevant results in a single volume • Background material provided in the introduction provides access to anyone familiar with linear algebra and the theory of graph spectra • Contains proofs, exercises and examples, making it suitable for use in a graduate course Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 423

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 310pp 35 b/w illus. 7 tables 90 exercises 978-1-107-54597-7 Paperback £55.00 / US$90.00 C

Surveys in Combinatorics 2015 Edited by Artur Czumaj | University of Warwick

P

This book consists of nine survey papers by internationally renowned mathematicians. It will be of interest to researchers in combinatorics, from graduate students who want an overview of several areas to advanced researchers who want to have an in-depth analysis of recent developments. • High-quality survey articles summarising the current state of the field • Accessible to non-experts • Authored by some of the world’s leading researchers in their fields Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 424

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 328pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-107-46250-2 Paperback £55.00 / US$90.00

C


Mathematics

Foundations of Ergodic Theory

Finite Geometry and Combinatorial Applications

Marcelo Viana | IMPA, Rio de Janeiro

Simeon Ball | Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya, Barcelona

For students and researchers interested in algebraic combinatorics, this book not only provides an introduction to the geometries arising from vector spaces over finite fields but also shows how these geometries can be applied to various combinatorial objects. More than 100 exercises and solutions are provided. • A one-stop introduction to finite geometry and its applications, appealing to a variety of researchers working with combinatorial objects such as codes, graphs and designs • More than 100 exercises with detailed solutions, making the book suitable for self-study • A rigorous algebraic approach to finite projective and polar spaces Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | London Mathematical Society Student Texts, 82

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 35 b/w illus. 105 exercises 978-1-107-10799-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$120.00 P 978-1-107-51843-8 Paperback £27.99 / US$44.99

P

Games of No Chance 4 Edited by Richard J. Nowakowski | Dalhousie University, Nova Scotia

This book includes a tutorial for analysing misère impartial games and how it can be used for misère partisan games. Hex and Go are featured, along with new games: Toppling Dominoes and Maze. Updated versions of Unsolved Problems in Combinatorial Game Theory and the Combinatorial Games Bibliography complete the volume. • Includes a tutorial for the misère quotient approach to misère impartial games • Introduces a misère quotient approach for misère partizan games • Features new techniques used for analysing games Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | Mathematical Sciences Research Institute Publications, 63

April 2015 234 x 156 mm 350pp 70 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-01103-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

C

Fourier Analysis and Hausdorff Dimension Pertti Mattila | University of Helsinki

During the past two decades there has been active interplay between geometric measure theory and Fourier analysis. This book for graduate students and researchers describes part of that development, concentrating on the relationship between the Fourier transform and Hausdorff dimension. It covers classical results as well as cutting-edge research. • Presents cutting-edge results in a very active area of research • Much of the material appears here for the first time in book form • Includes open problems that may spur readers on to further research Abstract analysis | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 150

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 460pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10735-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99

Rich with examples, applications and over 400 exercises, this textbook provides a coherent and self-contained introduction to ergodic theory, suitable for a variety of one- or twosemester courses. It requires few prerequisites, beginning with elementary material suitable for undergraduate students and gradually building up to more sophisticated topics. • The authors’ friendly explanations and use of examples make complex concepts easy to follow • Self-contained so it can easily be adapted to a graduate or undergraduate course • Contains more than 400 exercises, many with hints and solutions Abstract analysis | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 151

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 625pp 35 b/w illus. 410 exercises 978-1-107-12696-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$120.00 P

The Theory of H(b) Spaces Volume 1 Emmanuel Fricain | Université de Lille 1

This comprehensive treatment is accessible to graduate students as well as researchers. It covers all of the preliminary subjects needed to fully understand and appreciate this beautiful subject, such as Hardy spaces, Fourier analysis and Carleson measures. Hundreds of exercises are also included, making the book suitable for graduate courses. • Covers all of the material required to understand the theory and its foundations • Suitable as a textbook for graduate courses • Contains over 200 exercises to test students’ grasp of the material covered Abstract analysis | New Mathematical Monographs, 20

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 700pp 30 b/w illus. 320 exercises 978-1-107-02777-0 Hardback £99.00 / US$150.00 C

The Theory of H(b) Spaces Volume 2 Emmanuel Fricain | Université de Lille I

This comprehensive treatment in two volumes is accessible to graduate students as well as researchers. It covers all of the preliminary subjects required to fully understand and appreciate this beautiful branch of mathematics, such as Hardy spaces, Fourier analysis and Carleson measures, and it contains hundreds of exercises and hints. • Covers all of the material required to understand the theory and its foundations • Suitable as a textbook for graduate courses • Both volumes together contain over 400 exercises to test students’ grasp of the material Abstract analysis | New Mathematical Monographs, 21

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 700pp 1 b/w illus. 100 exercises 978-1-107-02778-7 Hardback c. £99.00 / c. US$150.00 C

P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

133


Mathematics

134

The Theory of H(b) Spaces

Invitation to Real Analysis

Emmanuel Fricain | Université de Lille 1

Luis Moreno | Broome Community College, New York

This comprehensive treatment in two volumes is accessible to graduate students as well as researchers. It covers all of the preliminary subjects required to fully understand and appreciate this beautiful branch of mathematics, such as Hardy spaces, Fourier analysis and Carleson measures. Each volume contains hundreds of exercises and hints. • Covers all of the material required to understand the theory and its foundations • Suitable as a textbook for graduate courses • Both volumes together contain over 400 exercises to test students’ grasp of the material

This book is written as both a stepping stone to higher calculus and analysis courses, and as a foundation for deeper reasoning in applied mathematics. As well as a rigorous account of sequences, series, functions and sets, the reader will also find fascinating historical material and over 600 exercises. • Provides a broader foundation in real analysis than is typical for future teachers of secondary mathematics • The reader is pointed to numerous articles from The College Mathematics Journal and The American Mathematical Monthly • A historical theme runs through the book, with many quotes and accounts of interest to all readers

Abstract analysis | New Mathematical Monographs

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 1200pp 30 b/w illus. 420 exercises 978-1-107-11941-3 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £180.00 / c. US$270.00 C

A One-Term Course for Students with Previous Calculus Experience Michael Boardman | Pacific University, Oregon

For students who have completed an introductory calculus course in high school, this textbook provides a thorough grounding in many subsequent single variable calculus topics. Ideal as a course for prospective STEM majors, with extended investigative tasks to enhance the learning experience throughout. • Authors have a wealth of experience with the AP Calculus program • Provides a bridge between advanced high school-level calculus and university-level mathematics • Ideal for prospective majors in all STEM disciplines Real and complex analysis

P

A Mathematical Space Odyssey This book presents techniques for proving a variety of mathematical results in three-dimensional Euclidean space, the field traditionally known as solid geometry. The text is aimed at secondary school and college and university teachers as an introduction to solid geometry, or in a mathematics course for liberal arts students. • Promotes the beauty and importance of a subject that has largely disappeared from the curriculum • Includes many impressive figures that illustrate the main results and a selection of pictures of 3D works of art to enrich the text • Each chapter includes a selection of Challenges, with solutions at the end of the book, for the reader to explore further properties and applications Topology and geometry

P

Twelve Landmarks of Twentieth-Century Analysis

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-0-88385-358-0 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$70.00

P

Hyperbolic Manifolds

D. Choimet | Lycée du Parc, Lyon

The authors combine rigorous mathematical proofs with commentary on the underlying ideas to provide a rich insight into some of the most profound results of twentieth-century analysis. This English edition contains a new chapter on partitions and significantly expands the existing chapter on the Corona problem. • Showcases the work of Littlewood, Riemann, Hadamard, Wiener and others • This first English edition contains a brand new chapter on partitions, including the Hardy–Ramanujan theorem and its improvement by Rademacher • Provides more than 150 exercises with hints on how to solve them Real and complex analysis

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 546pp 25 b/w illus. 153 exercises 978-1-107-05945-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 P 978-1-107-65034-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

May 2015 253 x 177 mm 680pp 978-1-939512-05-5 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$60.00

Solid Geometry in the 21st Century Claudi Alsina | Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya, Barcelona

College Calculus

May 2015 253 x 177 mm 470pp 978-1-939512-06-2 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$60.00

Real and complex analysis | Mathematical Association of America Textbooks

P

An Introduction in 2 and 3 Dimensions Albert Marden | University of Minnesota

This richly illustrated study of hyperbolic geometry in low dimensions takes the reader from first principles to the current state of knowledge. Marden begins by explaining basic ideas and techniques before applying them to the description and classification of the interiors of 3-dimensional objects. Each chapter ends with exercises and explorations. • An up-to-date introduction written by a leading figure in the theory of hyperbolic 3-manifolds • Accessible to those with minimal formal background in topology, hyperbolic geometry, and complex analysis • A valuable reference source with an extensive bibliography Topology and geometry

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 550pp 55 b/w illus. 21 colour illus. 250 exercises 978-1-107-11674-0 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$99.99 P


Mathematics

New in Paperback

Cubical Homotopy Theory

Indra’s Pearls

Brian A. Munson | United States Naval Academy, Maryland

The Vision of Felix Klein David Mumford | Brown University, Rhode Island

For a century, Klein’s vision of infinitely repeated reflections, practically impossible to represent by hand, barely existed outside the imagination of mathematicians, In the 1980s, the authors embarked on the first computer exploration of Klein’s vision, here available for the first time in print, with the programs that generate them. • Contains beautiful computer graphics, many in full colour, and most never available before in print • Offers step-by-step instructions on how to programme your computer to generate the graphics • Provides detailed explanations of the mathematics behind the graphics • Accessible to a wide audience from beginners onwards

Graduate students and researchers alike will benefit from this modern treatment of classical and cutting-edge topics in topology. It provides detailed explanations of many fundamental results with 300 examples. Readers hoping to enter some of the most exciting research areas in topology will find the necessary background here. • Accessible graduate-level text with 300 examples • Contemporary treatment of classical topics will make it a valuable reference for researchers • Explores applications that may inspire readers to pursue further research in the area

Topology and geometry

Topology and geometry | New Mathematical Monographs, 25

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 420pp 55 b/w illus. 150 colour illus. 75 exercises 978-1-107-56474-9 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$45.99 G

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 625pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03025-1 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$130.00

Also available 978-0-521-35253-6 Hardback

£49.99 / US$84.99

G

Symplectic Topology and Floer Homology

Introduction to Radon Transforms

Volume 1: Symplectic Geometry and Pseudoholomorphic Curves Yong-Geun Oh | Pohang University of Science and Technology, Republic of Korea

With Elements of Fractional Calculus and Harmonic Analysis Boris Rubin | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

This comprehensive introduction for students and researchers explores Radon transforms and related operators when the basic manifolds are the real Euclidean space, the unit sphere, and the real hyperbolic space. Applications include analysis, integral and convex geometry, and medical imaging. Open problems and recent results are also presented. • Contains many examples and the results are presented with detailed proofs • Can serve as a basis of lecture courses for graduate and advanced undergraduate students • Features 100 worked examples Topology and geometry | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications

November 2015 234 x 156 mm 600pp 16 b/w illus. 4 exercises 978-0-521-85459-7 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$160.00 C

Published in two volumes, this is the first book to provide a systematic explanation of symplectic topology, and the analytical details and techniques used in applying the machinery arising from Floer theory as a whole. Volume 1 covers the basic materials of Hamiltonian dynamics and symplectic geometry and the analytic foundations of Gromov’s pseudoholomorphic curve theory. • Covers both open and closed pseudoholomorphic curves in general genus for those who want to learn basic analytic techniques in symplectic topology • Explanations of basic symplectic geometry and Hamiltonian dynamics up to continuous category reveal the connection between pre-Gromov and post-Gromov symplectic geometry • Includes self-contained explanations of basic Floer homology both open and closed and of its applications for those who want to teach themselves the basic Floer homology Topology and geometry | New Mathematical Monographs, 28

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 422pp 35 b/w illus. 50 exercises 978-1-107-07245-9 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Symplectic, Poisson, and Noncommutative Geometry Edited by Tohru Eguchi | Rikkyo University, Japan

This volume contains seven chapters based on lectures given by invited speakers at two May 2010 workshops held at the Mathematical Sciences Research Institute: Symplectic and Poisson Geometry in Interaction with Analysis, Algebra and Topology (honoring Alan Weinstein, one of the key figures in the field) and Symplectic Geometry, Noncommutative Geometry and Physics. • Emphasises new insights from geometry and mathematical physics towards developments in quantum theory • Investigates new directions in mathematics towards a broad theory of quantum mathematics Topology and geometry | Mathematical Sciences Research Institute Publications

October 2014 234 x 156 mm 299pp 23 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05641-1 Hardback £60.00 / US$99.00

135 P

C

Symplectic Topology and Floer Homology Volume 2: Floer Homology and its Applications Yong-Geun Oh | Pohang University of Science and Technology, Republic of Korea

Published in two volumes, this is the first book to provide a systematic explanation of symplectic topology, and the analytical details and techniques used in applying the machinery arising from Floer theory as a whole. Volume 2 provides a comprehensive introduction to both Hamiltonian Floer theory and Lagrangian Floer theory. • Covers both open and closed pseudoholomorphic curves in general genus for those who want to learn basic analytic techniques in symplectic topology • Explanations of basic symplectic geometry and Hamiltonian dynamics up to continuous category reveal the connection between pre-Gromov and post-Gromov symplectic geometry • Includes self-contained explanations of basic Floer homology both open and closed and of its applications for those who want to teach themselves the basic Floer homology Topology and geometry | New Mathematical Monographs, 29

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 464pp 10 b/w illus. 50 exercises 978-1-107-10967-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.


Mathematics

Symplectic Topology and Floer Homology Yong-Geun Oh | Pohang University of Science and Technology, Republic of Korea

136

This is the first systematic exposition of basic Floer homology theory and its applications to symplectic topology as a whole. In two volumes, it provides a comprehensive resource suitable for experts and newcomers alike. • Covers both open and closed pseudoholomorphic curves in general genus for those who want to learn basic analytic techniques in symplectic topology • Explanations of basic symplectic geometry and Hamiltonian dynamics up to continuous category reveal the connection between pre-Gromov and post-Gromov symplectic geometry • Includes self-contained explanations of basic Floer homology, both open and closed, and of its applications for those who want to teach themselves the basic Floer homology Topology and geometry | New Mathematical Monographs

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 886pp 45 b/w illus. 100 exercises 978-1-107-53568-8 2 Volume Hardback Set £145.00 / US$225.00

C

Preconditioning and the Conjugate Gradient Method in the Context of Solving PDEs Josef Málek | Charles University, Prague

Linking together Krylov subspace methods and preconditioning with analysis of PDEs and functional analysis, this book concerns the interplay between the stages leading from an applied problem to its numerical solution, and the challenges that arise. It is intended for mathematicians, engineers and scientists. • A novel approach, connecting preconditioning with PDE analysis and the infinite-dimensional formulation of the conjugate gradient method • Challenges commonly held views, addresses widespread misunderstandings • Formulates thought-provoking open questions for further research Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 114pp 978-1-61197-383-9 Paperback £27.00 / c. US$42.00

P

Stability, Control, and Computation for Time-Delay Systems

New in Paperback Textbook

An Eigenvalue-Based Approach Second edition Wim Michiels | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

Introduction to Dynamical Systems Michael Brin | University of Maryland, College Park

This introduction to the subject of dynamical systems is ideal for a one-year graduate course. From chapter one, the authors use examples to motivate, clarify and develop the theory. The book rounds off with beautiful and remarkable applications to such areas as number theory, data storage, and Internet search engines. • Broad-ranging graduate text, covering a variety of viewpoints • Perfectly paced for a one-year course • Includes exciting new applications to areas such as number theory, data storage, and Internet search engines

This monograph presents a solution to stability analysis, stabilization, and the robust fixed-order control problem for time-delay systems, relevant to researchers in control theory and applied and computational mathematics. This edition includes retarded- and neutral-type systems, design of robust and optimal controllers, and a broader range of applications. • Makes the leap from stabilization to the design of robust and optimal controllers and from retarded-type to neutral-type delay systems • Includes new, state-of-the-art material on numerical methods and algorithms • An increased quantity and range of applications illustrates the effectiveness of the authors’ approach

Contents: Introduction; 1. Examples and basic concepts; 2. Topological dynamics; 3. Symbolic dynamics; 4. Ergodic theory; 5. Hyperbolic dynamics; 6. Ergodicity of Anosov diffeomorphisms; 7. Low-dimensional dynamics; 8. Complex dynamics; 9. Measure-theoretic entropy; Bibliography; Index.

Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control

Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control

Unified Transform for Boundary Value Problems

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 255pp 35 b/w illus. 305 exercises 978-1-107-53894-8 Paperback c. £35.00 / c. US$60.00 X Also available 978-0-521-80841-5 Hardback

£49.99 / US$84.99

X

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 460pp 978-1-61197-362-4 Paperback c. £81.00 / c. US$124.00

P

Applications and Advances Beatrice Pelloni | University of Reading

This book describes state-of-the-art advances and applications of the unified transform and its relation to the boundary element method. It is intended for applied and numerical research mathematicians and scientists working on the solution of boundary value problems in physics and engineering. • Describes a novel and simple analytical method of unprecedented power for solving boundary value problems for linear PDEs • Introduces simple techniques for the numerical solution of linear evolution and linear elliptic PDEs • Reviews the state of the art on boundary element methods Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 320pp 978-1-61197-381-5 Paperback £66.00 / c. US$101.00

P


Mathematics

An Introduction to Computational Stochastic PDEs

Multiscale Methods for Fredholm Integral Equations Zhongying Chen | Sun Yat-Sen University, Guangzhou, China

Gabriel J. Lord | Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh

This comprehensive introduction to stochastic partial differential equations incorporates the effects of randomness into real-world models, offering graduate students and researchers powerful tools for understanding uncertainty quantification for risk analysis. MATLAB codes are included, so that readers can perform computations themselves and solve the test problems discussed. • Assumes little previous exposure to probability and statistics, appealing to traditional applied mathematicians and numerical analysts • Includes downloadable MATLAB code and discusses practical implementations, giving a practical route for examining stochastic effects in the reader’s own work • Uses numerical examples throughout to bring theoretical results to life and build intuition Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics, 50

August 2014 247 x 174 mm 516pp 107 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 222 exercises 978-0-521-89990-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$130.00 P 978-0-521-72852-2 Paperback £37.50 / US$60.00

P

Ordinary Differential Equations From Calculus to Dynamical Systems Virginia W. Noonburg | University of Hartford, Connecticut

The essential tools for studying ordinary differential equations are given a modern treatment in this book, beginning with analytical methods, before progressing to graphical and numerical methods, bifurcation theory, higher-dimensional theory, and dynamical systems. Ideal for undergraduates in engineering and the applied sciences, particularly biology. • Essential reading for students in engineering and other applied sciences • The text presents important results in dynamical systems and applications to population biology • Numerical and graphical methods are considered alongside analytical methods Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Mathematical Association of America Textbooks

May 2015 253 x 177 mm 340pp 978-1-939512-04-8 Hardback c. £36.00 / c. US$60.00

P

Singularities: Formation, Structure and Propagation J. Eggers | University of Bristol

Many natural phenomena are described as singularities, for example, the formation of drops and bubbles, or the motion of cracks. Aimed at a broad audience of students and researchers in mathematics, physics and engineering, this book provides mathematical tools for understanding all aspects of singularities. • Discusses a wide range of singular phenomena from a unifying point of view • Makes current techniques for studying singularities available to a wider audience • Contains 70 examples to reinforce the reader’s understanding of important concepts and 180 exercises ranging in difficulty

The authors present the state of the art in fast multiscale methods, from traditional numerical methods to the recently developed wavelet-based approach. Theorems of functional analysis used throughout the book are summarised in an appendix. Selected chapters are suitable for a onesemester course for advanced undergraduates or beginning graduates. • Provides a wide selection of stable, fast and accurate algorithms for solving integral equations • New techniques may be applied to other integral equations used in applied mathematics and engineering • Opens up the history of the subject for those entering the field Numerical analysis | Cambridge Monographs on Applied and Computational Mathematics, 28

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 545pp 25 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-10347-4 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

C

Partial Differential Equation Methods for Image Inpainting Carola-Bibiane Schönlieb | University of Cambridge

This book introduces the mathematical concept of partial differential equations (PDEs) for virtual image restoration. It provides insight in mathematical modelling, partial differential equations, functional analysis, variational calculus, optimisation and numerical analysis. It is addressed towards generally informed mathematicians and graduate students in mathematics with an interest in image processing and mathematical analysis. • Serves as an introduction to the use of partial differential equations (PDEs) for digital image restoration • Provides insight into mathematical modelling, partial differential equations, functional analysis, variational calculus, optimisation, and numerical analysis • Targeted at readers with a basic knowledge in functional analysis, partial differential equations, measure theory, and convex optimisation Mathematical modelling and methods | Cambridge Monographs on Applied and Computational Mathematics, 29

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 69 b/w illus. 34 colour illus. 15 exercises 978-1-107-00100-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P

Computational Methods in Geophysical Electromagnetics Eldad Haber | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Bridging the gap between theory and applications, this monograph provides a framework for electromagnetic imaging in geophysics. It provides explanations of finite volume discretization, basic optimization concepts for solving inverse problems, and applied electromagnetics methods. It will appeal to students and practitioners interested in computational science, data fitting, and electromagnetics. • An accessible summary of applied electromagnetics methods • Provides MATLAB® code • Gives a simple explanation of finite volume discretization Computational science | SIAM Mathematics in Industry, 1

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 150pp 978-1-61197-379-2 Paperback £45.00 / c. US$69.00

P

Mathematical modelling and methods | Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics, 53

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 460pp 125 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 180 exercises 978-1-107-09841-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$130.00 P 978-1-107-48549-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$74.99

P

Previously Announced

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

137


Mathematics

138

Evaluating Gas Network Capacities

Variational Analysis in Sobolev and BV Spaces

Thorsten Koch | Technische Universität Berlin

Applications to PDEs and Optimization Second edition Hedy Attouch | Université de Montpellier II

The question of whether a certain amount of gas can be transported through a pipeline network is the subject of this book. It provides an introduction to gas transportation planning, discusses in detail several mathematical models for gas transport and shows how to solve the models using mathematical optimization algorithms. • Discusses the advantages and disadvantages of several models related to gas transport planning • Demonstrates how to solve the models using sophisticated mathematical optimisation algorithms • Includes examples of large-scale applications of mathematical optimization to this real-world industrial problem Computational science

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 385pp 978-1-61197-368-6 Paperback £70.00 / c. US$107.00

P

Dmitri Kuzmin | Universität Dortmund

This informal introduction to computational fluid dynamics and practical guide to numerical simulation of transport phenomena covers the derivation of the governing equations, construction of finite element approximations, and qualitative properties of numerical solutions, among other topics. The text is aimed at advanced undergraduate and graduate students in computational engineering. • Emphasizes practical implementation rather than mathematical theory for increased accessibility • Explains the basics of the finite element method, illustrated by numerical examples • Describes the open-source finite element library ELMER Computational science

P

Introduction to Nonlinear Optimization Theory, Algorithms, and Applications with MATLAB Amir Beck | Technion – Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa

The theoretical and algorithmic foundations of optimization theory are combined with applications and implementation in this book, which features over 170 exercises to enhance the reader’s understanding. It features modern topics and applications, accompanied by MATLAB files on an accompanying website. Ideal for students of mathematics, computer science, and engineering. • Presents topics not typically found in books on optimization • Demonstrates a wide range of applications from diverse areas of the applied sciences • Accompanied by MATLAB files on the book’s website Optimization, OR and risk analysis

P

Ridge Functions

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 290pp 978-1-61197-364-8 Paperback £60.00 / c. US$96.00

P

Vehicle Routing

Allan Pinkus | Technion – Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa

The first book devoted to ridge functions presents the state of the art and provides a solid theoretical foundation for researchers who encounter ridge functions in approximation theory or data science. It includes an extensive bibliography and discusses some of the unresolved questions in the field. • First book devoted to ridge functions • Reviews current knowledge in the field and points to potential areas for development • Will interest researchers from a variety of fields who encounter ridge functions Computational science | Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 205

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12439-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Optimization, OR and risk analysis

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 800pp 978-1-61197-347-1 Hardback £93.00 / c. US$150.00

Finite Element Methods for Computational Fluid Dynamics

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 330pp 978-1-61197-360-0 Paperback £73.00 / c. US$111.00

A self-contained guide to variational analysis for graduate students and researchers. It presents the most important tools in the field, and applications to geometry, mechanics, elasticity, and computer vision. The second edition introduces significant new material on mass transport problems, stochastic homogenization, shape optimization, convection-diffusion, and obstacles problems. • Suitable for anyone who wants to approach the field of variational analysis in a systematic way • Contains a substantial amount of new material on a range of significant modern topics • Presents powerful applications to problems in geometry, mechanics, elasticity, and computer vision

C

Problems, Methods, and Applications Second edition Edited by Paolo Toth | Università degli Studi, Bologna, Italy

Vehicle routing problems arise in many practical contexts. This second edition, composed of both significantly revised and completely new material, provides extensive state-of-the-art coverage of vehicle routing, with details of emerging applications, and a complete overview of combinatorial optimization problems. Ideal for researchers, graduate students and practitioners in operations research. • Extensive cutting-edge coverage of vehicle routing by pioneering researchers • Includes a complete overview of current solutions to combinatorial optimization problems • Provides coverage of important emerging applications such as disaster relief and green vehicle routing Optimization, OR and risk analysis

February 2015 247 x 174 mm 480pp 978-1-61197-358-7 Paperback £81.00 / c. US$128.00

P


Mathematics / Computer science

Textbook

How Euler Did Even More

Chance, Strategy, and Choice

C. Edward Sandifer | Western Connecticut State University

An Introduction to the Mathematics of Games and Elections Samuel Bruce Smith | St Joseph’s University, Philadelphia

This classroom-tested undergraduate textbook is intended for a general education course in game theory at the freshman or sophomore level. While it starts off with the basics and introduces the reader to mathematical proofs, this text also presents several advanced topics, including accessible proofs of the Sprague–Grundy theorem and Arrow’s impossibility theorem. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Games and elections; 3. Chance; 4. Strategy; 5. Choice; 6. Strategy and choice; 7. Choice and chance; 8. Chance and strategy; 9. Nash equilibria; 10. Proofs and counterexamples; 11. Laws of probability; 12. Fairness in elections; 13. Weighted voting; 14. Gambling games; 15. Zero-sum games; 16. Partial conflict games; 17. Take-away games; 18. Fairness and impossibility; 19. Paradoxes and puzzles in probability; 20. Combinatorial games; 21. Borda versus Condorcet; 22. The Sprague–Grundy theorem; 23. Arrow’s impossibility theorem.

C. Edward Sandifer, one of the world’s leading Euler scholars, presents another collection of his ‘How Euler Did It’ columns. Each is a jewel of historical and mathematical exposition that will leave the reader marveling at Euler’s inventiveness. • A collection of columns by one of the world’s leading Euler scholars • A sequel to Sandifer’s popular book How Euler Did It • The columns are self-contained and give context, as well as detail, to every topic discussed General and recreational mathematics

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 247pp 978-0-88385-584-3 Hardback £23.00 / c. US$35.00

P

Mathematicians on Creativity Peter Borwein | Simon Fraser University, British Columbia

Algorithmic and HighFrequency Trading

Many of the world’s top mathematicians discuss, in their own words, the art and practice of their work in this fascinating collection. Meant for a general audience and suitable for browsing, this book illustrates the dramatic variation by individual, and hopes to express the vibrancy of creative minds at work. • Not a philosophical treatise but a compilation of reflections from topclass working mathematicians • Designed for individual readers and ideal for browsing • Can also be used as a supplemental text to enrich mathematics history and mathematics education courses

Álvaro Cartea | University College London

General and recreational mathematics | Spectrum

This cutting-edge textbook shows how to build the advanced mathematical models that underpin modern trading algorithms. If you need to understand how modern electronic markets operate, what information provides a trading edge, and how other market participants may affect the profitability of the algorithms, then this book is for you. • The first book on the mathematics of algorithmic trading • Combines market microstructure, data and algorithms in one place • Ideal for a one-semester course at graduate level

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-0-88385-574-4 Paperback c. £19.00 / c. US$30.00

Optimization, OR and risk analysis | Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 352pp 60 b/w illus. 243 tables 300 exercises 978-1-107-08452-0 Hardback £29.99 / US$49.99 X Previously Announced

Mathematical finance

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 360pp 5 b/w illus. 75 colour illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-09114-6 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$64.99 P

The Once and Future Turing Edited by S. Barry Cooper | University of Leeds

Alan Turing made a seminal contribution to various fields. Here, original essays bring new thinking to a range of Turing’s ideas and demonstrate their relevance to modern research. It will provoke and engross the reader interested in the lasting significance of one of the twentieth century’s deepest thinkers. • Discover Alan Turing’s legacy in fields as diverse as computer science, mathematical biology, philosophy and cryptology • Contains original contributions from world-leading experts on Turing and his work • Approachable essays suitable for any reader interested in the development of science

P

Computer science Building High Integrity Applications with SPARK John W. McCormick | University of Northern Iowa

The formally defined programming language SPARK provides a means to guarantee that a computer program has no errors. This makes it a natural system for designing safety- and securitycritical applications. This first introduction to SPARK 2014 will allow students and developers to master the basic concepts for building systems with SPARK. • The first book on SPARK 2014 • Emphasizes formal verification of programs and integrates formal verification with testing • Only a minimal mathematics background required • A case study of developing SPARK code from scratch Programming languages and applied logic

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 382pp 13 b/w illus. 14 tables 119 exercises 978-1-107-04073-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$130.00 P 978-1-107-65684-0 Paperback £37.99 / US$59.99

P

General and recreational mathematics

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 410pp 978-1-107-01083-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$100.00

G

978-0-521-28250-5 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

G

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

139


Computer science

Secure Multiparty Computation and Secret Sharing

Social Media Mining An Introduction Reza Zafarani | Arizona State University

Ronald Cramer | Stichting Centrum voor Wiskunde en Informatica (CWI), Amsterdam

This text is the first to present a comprehensive treatment of unconditionally secure techniques for multiparty computation and secret sharing. The authors present feasibility results from the last 30 years, generalizations to arbitrary access structures, some techniques for efficiency improvements, and a general treatment of the theory of secret sharing. • Covers both multiparty computation and secret sharing • Takes an information theory perspective • Describes state-of-the-art optimization techniques

140

Cryptography, cryptology and coding

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 400pp 9 b/w illus. 41 exercises 978-1-107-04305-3 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99

P

Knowledge management, databases, datamining

Introduction to Description Logics Franz Baader | Technische Universität, Dresden

Description logics are a family of knowledge representation languages that are embodied in several knowledge-based systems used in real-life applications, in particular the Semantic Web. This graduate text is a thorough, concise introduction to the field for use in self or guided learning, assuming very little prior knowledge. • Introductory graduate-level text • Suitable for courses or for independent study • Explores one of the main areas of activity in artificial intelligence Knowledge management, databases, datamining

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 280pp 978-0-521-87361-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

P

978-0-521-69542-8 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$45.00

P

Sentiment Analysis Mining Opinions, Sentiments, and Emotions Bing Liu | University of Illinois, Chicago

This comprehensive introduction to all the core areas and many emerging themes of sentiment analysis approaches the problem from a naturallanguage-processing angle. The author explains the underlying structure and the language constructs that are commonly used to express opinions and sentiments and presents computational methods to analyze and summarize opinions. • Covers state-of-the-art research techniques and practical algorithms to form the most comprehensive text on sentiment analysis • Covers not only the core areas of sentiment analysis, but also several emerging topics such as debate, discussion and comment analysis, intention mining, and fake opinion detection • Suitable for students, researchers and practitioners of computer science, management science, and social science

July 2014 234 x 156 mm 332pp 109 b/w illus. 20 tables 107 exercises 978-1-107-01885-3 Hardback £40.00 / US$60.00 P Textbook

Data Mining and Analysis Fundamental Concepts and Algorithms Mohammed J. Zaki | Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, New York

The fundamental algorithms in data mining and analysis are the basis for business intelligence and analytics, automated methods to analyze patterns, and models of data. This textbook for senior undergraduate and graduate data mining courses provides a comprehensive overview from an algorithmic perspective, integrating concepts from machine learning and statistics. • Provides a solid foundation in data mining, allowing the reader to go beyond the techniques covered in the book • Includes broad coverage of data mining sub-areas • Provides an algorithmic approach to data mining • Intended for both undergraduate and graduate students, as well as researchers and practitioners Contents: 1. Data mining and analysis; Part I. Data Analysis Foundations: 2. Numeric attributes; 3. Categorical attributes; 4. Graph data; 5. Kernel methods; 6. High-dimensional data; 7. Dimensionality reduction; Part II. Frequent Pattern Mining: 8. Itemset mining; 9. Summarizing itemsets; 10. Sequence mining; 11. Graph pattern mining; 12. Pattern and rule assessment; Part III. Clustering: 13. Representative-based clustering; 14. Hierarchical clustering; 15. Density-based clustering; 16. Spectral and graph clustering; 17. Clustering validation; Part IV. Classification: 18. Probabilistic classification; 19. Decision tree classifier; 20. Linear discriminant analysis; 21. Support vector machines; 22. Classification assessment. Knowledge management, databases, datamining

Knowledge management, databases, datamining

June 2015 234 x 156 mm 381pp 24 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-01789-4 Hardback £50.00 / US$80.00

Social Media Mining integrates social media, social network analysis, and data mining to provide a coherent platform for students, practitioners, researchers and project managers to understand the basics and potentials of social media mining. It presents fundamental concepts, emerging issues, and effective algorithms for network analysis and data mining. • Basic yet rich concepts and algorithms from multidisciplinary fields such as social network analysis, social sciences, and data mining that are fundamental for mining social media • Concise descriptions with numerous examples to illustrate how social media mining works • Comprehensive coverage from social media essentials, core theories, and algorithms as well as real-world applications with supporting teaching materials such as lecture notes, slides, and solutions

P

July 2014 253 x 177 mm 562pp 186 b/w illus. 85 tables 130 exercises 978-0-521-76633-3 Hardback £40.00 / US$65.00 X


Computer science / Physics

Understanding Machine Learning

Computation, Proof, Machine Mathematics Enters a New Age Gilles Dowek | Ecole Polytechnique, Paris

From Theory to Algorithms Shai Shalev-Shwartz | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

Machine learning is one of the fastest growing areas of computer science, with far-reaching applications. This book explains the principles behind the automated learning approach and the considerations underlying its usage. The authors explain the ‘hows’ and ‘whys’ of machine-learning algorithms, making the field accessible to both students and practitioners. • Provides a principled development of the most important machine learning tools • Describes a wide range of state-of-the-art algorithms • Promotes understanding of when machine learning is relevant, what the prerequisites for a successful application of ML algorithms are, and which algorithms to use for any given task

Computation, calculation, algorithms – all have played an important role in mathematical progress from the beginning – but behind the scenes, their contribution was obscured in the enduring mathematical literature. To understand the future of mathematics, this fascinating book returns to its past, tracing the hidden history that follows the thread of computation. • Provides a historical perspective on computation • Highly relevant to current debates in mathematics General computer science

May 2015 216 x 138 mm 160pp 6 b/w illus. 978-0-521-11801-9 Hardback £60.00 / US$120.00

P

978-0-521-13377-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

P

Pattern recognition and machine learning

July 2014 253 x 177 mm 409pp 47 b/w illus. 123 exercises 978-1-107-05713-5 Hardback £37.50 / US$60.00 P

Sparse Image and Signal Processing Wavelets and Related Geometric Multiscale Analysis Second edition Jean-Luc Starck | Centre d’etudes de Saclay, France

Physics Optical Tweezers Principles and Applications Philip Jones | University College London

This thoroughly updated edition presents state of the art sparse and multiscale image and signal processing with applications in astronomy, biology, physics, MRI, digital media, and forensics. New chapters and sections cover dictionary learning, 3-D data (data cubes), and geolocated data. MATLAB® and IDL code are available. • Allows a reader to approach the subject through the motivation of examples, or hands-on using software available for download, or through theory • Information is topical, engaging and relevant for readers who are scientists, researchers and learners, in academia and in commercial settings • Features cutting edge themes such as compressed sensing Computer graphics, image processing, robotics and computer vision

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 480pp 194 b/w illus. 109 colour illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-08806-1 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$89.99 P

Combining state-of-the-art research with a strong pedagogic approach, this text provides a comprehensive guide to the theory, practice and applications of optical tweezers. Aimed at practitioners, advanced undergraduate and beginner graduate students, it is also ideal for self-study and for practitioners willing to enter the field of optical manipulation. • Cuts the construction time and costs needed for experimental realisation of optical tweezers set-ups • Readers can jump-start their own research as a result of the comprehensive outline of a broad range of optical tweezers research applications • Participate in discussions with the authors and other readers and access additional material via the book’s official website, www. opticaltweezers.org Optics, optoelectronics and photonics

Goal-based Reasoning for Argumentation

October 2015 246 x 189 mm 568pp 194 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-05116-4 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00 P

Douglas Walton | University of Windsor, Ontario

Practical argumentation is intelligent reasoning from an agent’s goals and known circumstances, and from an action selected as a means, to arrive at a decision on what action to take. This book will appeal to a wide audience, from designers of multi-agent and robotics systems to social scientists. • Presents an argumentation-based point model of practical goal-based reasoning showing how it is applied in settings of persuasion and rational multi-agent deliberation, problem-solving and decision-making • Because of its extensive use of examples to illustrate practical reasoning, this book can be used as a textbook or reading in upper level courses • Uses argument visualisation tools to display the structure of arguments and explanations in examples in a way that is easy for readers to understand • Shows how abductive reasoning (inference to the best explanation) can be used to derive a hypothesis about an agent’s intention from evidence of the agent’s actions and commitments Artificial intelligence and natural language processing

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 59 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-11904-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

P

978-1-107-54509-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

P

Elements of SlowNeutron Scattering Basics, Techniques, and Applications J. M. Carpenter | Argonne National Laboratory, Illinois

Providing a comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to the theory and applications of slow-neutron scattering, this detailed book equips readers with the fundamental principles of neutron studies, making it essential reading for both students and practitioners in this field. • An in-depth text that can be used as a textbook or reference by students, professors and practitioners • Contains the authors’ combined ninety years of experience in this field at some of the most prestigious laboratories in the world • Covers both theoretical concepts and practical applications of slowneutron scattering Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 450pp 197 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-0-521-85781-9 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$135.00 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

141


Physics

142

Introduction to ManyBody Physics

Dynamics of Quantised Vortices in Superfluids

Piers Coleman | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Edouard B. Sonin | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

A modern, graduate-level introduction to manybody physics in condensed matter, this textbook explains the tools and concepts needed for a research-level understanding of the correlated behavior of quantum fluids. With numerous exercises, this an invaluable course book for graduate students in condensed matter physics. • Provides practical knowledge to help graduate students move into experimental research • Discusses the relationship between microscopic physics and real-world spectroscopy to help students better understand how experiments probe response and correlations of condensed matter • Special chapters are devoted to the concepts of Fermi liquid theory, broken symmetry, conduction in disordered systems, superconductivity and the physics of local moment metals

Featuring detailed treatment of all aspects of vortex dynamics, from large scale to microscopic scale, this book draws together all the basic principles into one comprehensive volume. This is ideal for students and researchers seeking to gain a deeper insight into the the physical nature and applications of quantum vorticity. • Demonstrates the applications of vortex dynamics while avoiding complicated mathematical treatments and sophisticated theoretical approaches • Analyses the recent developments in the field, such as vortex dynamics in atomic Bose–Einstein condensates • Provides a broad overview of the field from a unifying point of view

Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

Holographic Duality in Condensed Matter Physics

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 766pp 161 b/w illus. 229 colour illus. 10 tables 30 exercises 978-0-521-86488-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$84.99 P

Statistical Mechanics and Applications in Condensed Matter Carlo Di Castro | Università degli Studi di Roma ‘La Sapienza’, Italy

This innovative and modular textbook combines established classical topics in thermodynamics and statistical mechanics with the latest developments in condensed matter physics research. Logically structured to cater for undergraduate to postgraduate level, and including numerous problems and worked examples, it is an invaluable resource to all students of physics. • Fully adaptable for courses at different levels due to the modular format • Uniquely combines two disparate fields of study; classical statistical mechanics and condensed matter physics in one coherent textbook • Includes extensive problems and worked examples to guide students through the practical use of the theories described Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 577pp 82 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03940-7 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99

P

Nanostructures and Nanotechnology

Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 430pp 53 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00668-3 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$155.00

C

Jan Zaanen | Universiteit Leiden

This pioneering and unique treatise presents how the newly developed mathematical techniques of holographic duality can unify the fundamental theories of physics. Written for both students and researchers, this innovative text, with a layered style, deftly applies the mathematical machinery of string theory to the general nature of matter. • A layered style with extensive introductory material for each chapter and highlighted techniques for advanced study enables a diverse audience to access the book, from graduate students to experienced researchers • The first book in the field to examine holographic duality from a condensed matter perspective • Supported by online Mathematica codes to allow for further study of the holographic techniques Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 598pp 79 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-08008-9 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00 P

Supersymmetry and String Theory Beyond the Standard Model Second edition Michael Dine | University of California, Santa Cruz

Douglas Natelson | Rice University, Houston

Focusing on unchanging fundamental principles, this carefully developed textbook equips students with a deep understanding of the nanoscale. Packed with end-of-chapter problems and colour illustrations, this is an ideal resource for senior undergraduate and graduate students with backgrounds in physics, chemistry, materials science and electrical engineering. • Emphasises the underlying principles of nanotechnology, providing long-term understanding that will not date rapidly • Covers a broad range of topics, all within a consistent, highly pedagogical single-author volume • Provides an extensive technical foundation for critical and quantitative thinking about nanoscience and nanotechnology

The dramatic developments in theoretical physics are examined in this fully updated second edition, which includes brand new material on the groundbreaking Higgs discovery, results of the WMAP, Planck experiments and sections on metastable supersymmetry breaking. Provides graduates and researchers in particle and string theory with a modern perspective. • Includes up-to-date research and background on key developments such as the Higgs discovery at the LHC • A pedagogical approach assures the book is tailored for students, with a clear structure and end of chapter exercises • Only a modest background in quantum field theory is required to master the basics of supersymmetry and its dynamics

Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 608pp 53 b/w illus. 2 tables 105 exercises 978-1-107-04838-6 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$95.00 P

June 2015 246 x 189 mm 639pp 76 b/w illus. 241 colour illus. 4 tables 50 exercises 978-0-521-87700-8 Hardback £50.00 / US$85.00

P

Particle physics and nuclear physics


Physics

New in Paperback

Instantons and Large N

Classical Solutions in Quantum Field Theory

An Introduction to Non-Perturbative Methods in Quantum Field Theory Marcos Mariño | Université de Genève

This highly pedagogical textbook for graduate students explores advanced topics of quantum field theory focusing on instantons and large N. Including detailed mathematical derivations, worked examples and applications throughout, this instructional text delivers an in-depth overview of established results, providing students with the necessary tools to start research. • The instructional focus and clear presentation provides more detail than standard textbooks, enabling students to learn the technicalities of the subject • Contains many simplified models and step-by-step working to provide concrete examples for students • Compiles material such as large order behaviour in perturbation theory and large N instantons not discussed in other textbooks on the subject Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 389pp 67 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-06852-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 P

Written for advanced graduate students and researchers in elementary particle physics, cosmology and related fields, this book brings the reader up to the level of current research in the field. It discusses the most important classes of solitons: kinks, vortices and magnetic monopoles, as well as Euclidean solutions. • Covers both classical and quantum aspects of solitons and instantons • Assumes no previous knowledge of solitons and instantons • Develops any necessary topology and Lie algebra theory Theoretical physics and mathematical physics | Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

February 2015 244 x 170 mm 342pp 60 b/w illus. 978-1-107-43805-7 Paperback £40.00 / US$65.00

C

Also available 978-0-521-11463-9 Hardback

C

£64.99 / US$104.99

Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy

Introduction to the AdS/ CFT Correspondence

Basic Concepts and Applications Rita Kakkar | University of Delhi

Horațiu Năstase | Instituto de Física Teórica, Universidade Estadual Paulista, São Paulo

An innovative and accessible text that introduces all the necessary concepts needed to engage with the methods, tools, and applications of AdS/ CFT correspondence, without assuming anything beyond an introductory course in quantum field theory. Pedagogical and self-contained, it is an excellent introduction for students and researchers across theoretical physics. • Enables students and researchers to carry out and engage with research on AdS/CFT without prerequisite, in-depth theoretical knowledge • Featuring exercises and examples in every chapter, this is one of the first texts to provide an explanatory overview of the rapidly developing field of AdS/CFT • Accessible to readers across various research areas as a result of the multidisciplinary and self-contained approach Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 450pp 43 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08585-5 Hardback £44.99 / US$79.99

Solitons and Instantons in High Energy Physics Erick J. Weinberg | Columbia University, New York

The book includes various spectroscopic techniques including atomic spectroscopy, pure rotational spectroscopy, vibrational spectroscopy of diatomic and polyatomic molecules, Raman spectroscopy and electronic spectroscopy. Solved and unsolved exercises are provided throughout the book for easy understanding and better assessment. • Provides the fundamentals of atomic and molecular spectroscopy in one volume • Discusses the applications of Stark Effect and Group Theory in detail • Includes in-depth discussion of Raman spectroscopy and electronic spectroscopy Atomic physics, molecular physics and chemical physics

May 2015 244 x 170 mm 434pp 978-1-107-06388-4 Hardback £45.00 / US$75.00

P

Previously Announced

Atoms and Molecules Interacting with Light

P

Atomic Physics for the Laser Era Peter van der Straten | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Lectures on Quantum Mechanics Second edition Steven Weinberg | University of Texas, Austin

In this fully updated second edition, which includes six brand new sections and major additions to existing topics, Nobel Laureate Steven Weinberg demonstrates exceptional insight into modern quantum mechanics. Ideally suited to a one-year graduate course, this textbook is a useful reference for researchers and features end of chapter problems. • Written by Nobel Laureate Steven Weinberg, recipient of the National Medal of Science and member of the Royal Society and National Academy of Sciences • Fully updated with six brand new sections for this edition and major additions throughout • Includes end-of-chapter problems for students to consolidate the theory through practical application

This in-depth textbook with a focus on atom-light interactions prepares students for research in a fast-growing and dynamic field. Utilising an intuitive and physical approach and including exercises throughout, advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students are able to balance theory with experiment. • Provides a complete introduction to the emerging laser era in atomic, molecular and optical science • Focusing on intuitive and descriptive presentations of theory enables students to maximise their understanding of the topic • Includes applications and useful calculations as appendices to the relevant chapter to ensure easy access to useful contextual information Atomic physics, molecular physics and chemical physics

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 541pp 160 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-09014-9 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$80.00 P

Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 480pp 2 tables 978-1-107-11166-0 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$85.00

P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

143


Physics

Lyapunov Exponents

Quantum Phase Transitions in Transverse Field Spin Models

A Tool to Explore Complex Dynamics Arkady Pikovsky | Universität Potsdam, Germany

Utilising a pragmatic, physical approach, this self-contained book provides a comprehensive description of Lyapunov exponents. Beginning with the basic properties and numerical methods, it then guides readers through to the most recent advances in applications to complex systems. It is ideal for both graduate students and experienced researchers. • An indispensable resource for new starters in the field and for experienced researchers • This is the first book to utilise a pragmatic, physical approach to the subject, rather than a purely mathematical perspective • Discusses the application of nonlinear dynamics and chaos theory across a diverse range of disciplines such as physics, applied mathematics, engineering and even biology

144

Nonlinear science and fluid dynamics

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 330pp 80 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-03042-8 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$84.99 P

From Statistical Physics to Quantum Information Amit Dutta | Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur

This book highlights the problems that remain unresolved and points to future directions of research in non-equilibrium quantum dynamics, quantum information and adiabatic quantum computation using the transverse field and other related models. It should be a valuable resource for a wide audience starting from advanced level undergraduates to researchers. • Discusses the experimental studies of transverse field models • Includes the essentials of quantum dynamics and quantum information • Provides the recent realisation of the transverse field Ising model using tunable Josephson junctions • Points to future directions of research in non-equilibrium quantum dynamics Quantum physics, quantum information and quantum computation

General Relativity and Gravitation

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 360pp 978-1-107-06879-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

A Centennial Perspective Edited by Abhay Ashtekar | Pennsylvania State University

C

Network Science Albert-László Barabási | Northeastern University, Boston

Explore spectacular advances in cosmology, relativistic astrophysics, gravitational wave science, mathematics, computing, and gravitation and quantum physics with this unique celebration of the centennial of Einstein’s discovery of general relativity. A definitive, comprehensive resource for researchers and graduate students in cosmology, relativity, and gravitational science. • Provides uniquely valuable insight into the history, development, and implications of general relativity • Topics covered include the very early universe, quantum properties of black holes, the most energetic explosions in the cosmos, gravitational waves, and the deep interplay between geometry and physics • Includes colour figures throughout

Illustrated throughout in full colour, this pioneering textbook, spanning a wide range of disciplines from physics to the social sciences, is the only book needed for an introduction into network science. In modular format, with clear delineation between undergraduate and graduate material, its unique design is supported by extensive online resources. • Uses an interdisciplinary perspective with examples from across scientific and social science fields making it accessible to students of various subjects • Supported by a fully interactive online version with numerous multimedia resources to assist students in their learning • The first textbook of its kind in a rapidly expanding field

Cosmology, relativity and gravitation

Statistical physics

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 750pp 45 b/w illus. 45 colour illus. 978-1-107-03731-1 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99 P

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 498pp 371 colour illus. 12 tables 30 exercises 978-1-107-07626-6 Hardback c. £35.00 / c. US$60.00 P

A Student’s Manual for A First Course in General Relativity

Learning Scientific Programming with Python

Robert B. Scott | University of Brest

Christian Hill | University College London

This comprehensive student manual provides the perfect accompaniment to the leading textbook by Bernard Schutz, A First Course in General Relativity. Meticulously detailed solutions to almost half of Schutz’s exercises and 125 brand new supplementary problems enable undergraduates, postgraduates and self-learners to master general relativity with confidence. • Provides a perfect accompaniment to Schutz’s textbook by crossreferencing all solutions and exercises to those in Schutz’s book as well as referencing other complementary and widely used textbooks • Includes annotated derivations allowing students to easily follow solutions • Contains detailed solutions to almost half of Schutz’s exercises, and includes 125 new supplementary problems • Online resources include a table of answers and an instructors’ manual

Learn to master basic programming tasks from scratch with real-life scientific examples drawn from many different areas of science and engineering. This complete introduction to using Python teaches Numpy, SciPy and Matplotlib libraries and is supported by extensive online resources to provide a targeted package for students and researchers. • Assumes no prior knowledge or experience of programming • Online resources include sample data sets, solutions and tutorial materials for those looking for advanced study • Using scientifically relevant and practical examples throughout enables students to quickly put their knowledge into practice

Cosmology, relativity and gravitation

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 324pp 12 b/w illus. 5 tables 63 exercises 978-1-107-03791-5 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00 P 978-1-107-63857-0 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

P

Computational science and modelling

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 482pp 93 b/w illus. 52 tables 150 exercises 978-1-107-07541-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-107-42822-5 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$44.99

P


Physics / Earth and environmental science

A Student’s Guide to Numerical Methods

The High-Mountain Cryosphere

Ian H. Hutchinson | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Environmental Changes and Human Risks Edited by Christian Huggel | Universität Zürich

Written for senior undergraduates in all disciplines of physical science and engineering, the plain language style of this concise guide to numerical methods concentrates on developing computational skills and avoids potentially intimidating formal mathematical proofs. Including numerous worked examples and exercises, this textbook explains the practical realities of numerical techniques. • Uses plain language and a conversational style to explain the foundations of numerical techniques • Includes numerous worked examples and targeted exercises to help students put theories into practice • Focuses on the heart of physical modelling – the solution of partial differential equations Computational science and modelling

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 221pp 73 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09567-0 Hardback £39.99 / US$69.99

P

978-1-107-47950-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$29.99

P

Earth and environmental science

Applying an interdisciplinary methodology, this comprehensive book provides a definitive overview of the major high-mountain systems worldwide, giving unprecedented insights into global drivers of high-mountain cryosphere change and their implications for people across high-mountain regions. An invaluable reference for researchers and professionals in cryospheric science, geomorphology, climatology and environmental studies. • The first book to focus on high-mountain cryosphere changes and to integrate these impacts with a socio-environmental risk perspective • Offers a unique perspective emerging from the interaction of climate, geology, economy and culture in the world’s high mountains • Covers all major high-mountain systems worldwide, providing unprecedented insights into environmental changes and their implications for people across high-mountain regions • Written by world-leading experts, including significant contributors to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Fifth Assessment Report volumes Geomorphology and physical geography

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 370pp 65 b/w illus. 36 colour illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-06584-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Global Volcanic Hazards and Risk

Textbook

Earthquake Time Bombs Robert Yeats | Oregon State University

Edited by Susan Loughlin | British Geological Survey

Yeats sheds new light on ‘earthquake time bombs’ worldwide and the communities at most risk. Comparing first-world and developing-world countries, he examines the seismic threat in the context of recent cultural history. Essential reading for infrastructure and emergency planners, scientists, and anyone living in the shadow of an earthquake. • Draws comparisons between the capacity of first-world and developing-world countries to prepare for a major earthquake • Combines science with history to present a detailed, informative, and timely study of the world’s earthquake time bombs • Explores how the combination of mass migration to megacities coupled with poor building standards is putting ever more people at risk Contents: Part I. Earthquakes, Deep Time and the Population Explosion: 1. Plate tectonics and why we have earthquakes; 2. An earthquake primer; 3. Deep time; 4. When’s the next big one?; 5. Population explosion and increased earthquake risk to megacities; Part II. Earthquake Time Bombs: 6. San Francisco Bay Area; 7. Los Angeles metro area; 8. Seattle, Portland and Vancouver; 9. Wellington, New Zealand; 10. Santiago, Chile; 11. Prologue in Central China; 12. Age of Enlightenment and the 1755 Lisbon earthquake; 13. Jerusalem; 14. Istanbul; 15. Tehran; 16. Kabul; 17. Earthquakes in the Himalaya; 18. Myanmar and the Sagaing Fault; 19. Metro Manila, the Philippines; 20. Lima, Peru; 21. Andean earthquakes in Quito and Guayaquil, Ecuador; 22. Caracas; 23. Haiti (which lost its gamble), and Jamaica and Cuba (not yet); 24. Mexico City; 25. Central America and the earthquake that brought down a dictator; 26. East African Rift Valley; Part III. Summary and Recommendations; 27. Where do we go from here?; References; Index.

Presenting the state of the art in our understanding of global volcanism, this is the first comprehensive assessment of global volcanic hazards and risk. Regional profiles and local case studies are provided online for all countries with active volcanoes, making this an invaluable reference for the disaster risk reduction community. • Provides a profile of volcanic hazard and risk for every country in the world that has active volcanoes, accessed via www.cambridge.org/ volcano, providing more detail on the numbers, distribution, style and history of volcanoes in each country, as well as identifying how many people, roads, airports and ports are threatened by volcanic activity • Involves extensive collaboration from the volcanological community, with contributions from world-leading experts • Also published in Open Access, to enable maximum dissemination of an important and topical subject matter Mineralogy, petrology and volcanology

June 2015 297 x 210 mm 370pp 129 colour illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-11175-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 P

Structural geology, tectonics and geodynamics

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 68 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08524-4 Hardback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

G

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

145


Earth and environmental science

Textbook

Aquatic Organic Matter Fluorescence

Minerals Their Constitution and Origin Second edition Hans-Rudolf Wenk | University of California, Berkeley

146

Edited by Paula Coble | University of South Florida

Designed for use on one- or two-semester courses, this is a comprehensive study of modern mineralogy, for undergraduate and graduate students in the fields of geology, materials science and environmental science. New online resources include laboratory exercises and PowerPoint slides, making this a sound investment for the next generation of mineralogists. • Divided into six parts, the book covers a wide range of topics, from the classification of minerals and structure of crystals, to the physics of minerals and how they form in the natural environment • Emphasis is placed on linking minerals to broader geological processes, to show students the wider applications of mineral science • The authors convey the importance of minerals within our everyday lives and their economic value, illustrating the practical significance of mineralogy • New electronic resources include laboratory exercises and 3D crystal structures that can be manually rotated Contents: Part I. Minerals as Chemical Compounds: 1. Subject and history of mineralogy; 2. Elements, bonding, simple structures and ionic radii; 3. Isomorphism, solid solutions and polymorphism; 4. Chemical formulas of minerals; 5. Classification and names of minerals; 6. Mineral identification of hand specimens; Part II. Symmetry Expressed in Crystal Structures and Morphology: 7. The concept of a lattice and description of crystal structures; 8. Crystal symmetries: point groups and space groups; 9. Crystalline defects; 10. Crystal growth and aggregation; Part III. Physical Investigations and Properties of Minerals: 11. Experimental approaches to crystal structures: X-ray diffraction; 12. Physical properties; 13. Optical properties of crystals; 14. Mineral identification with the petrographic microscope; 15. Colour; 16. Advanced analytical methods; 17. Mechanical properties and deformation; Part IV. Mineral-Forming Processes: 18. Mineral genesis; 19. Considerations of thermodynamics; 20. Phase diagrams; Part V. A Systematic Look at Mineral Groups: 21. Important information about silica materials. Their occurrence in granite and pegmatite; 22. Simple compounds. Unusual mineral occurrences; 23. Halides. Evaporite deposits; 24. Carbonates and other minerals with triangular anion groups. Sedimentary origins; 25. Phosphates, sulfates and related minerals. Apatite as a biogenic material; 26. Sulfides. Hydrothermal processes; 27. Oxides and hydroxides. Review of ionic crystals; 28. Orthosilicates and ring silicates. Metamorphic mineral assemblages; 29. Sheet silicates. Weathering of silicate rocks; 30. Chain silicates. Discussion of some igneous and metamorphic processes; 31. Framework silicates. Zeolites and ion exchange properties of minerals; 32. Organic minerals; Part VI. Applied Mineralogy: 33. Metalliferous mineral deposits; 34. Gemstones; 35. Cement minerals; 36. Minerals and human health; 37. Mineral composition of the Solar System; 38. Mineral composition of the Earth; Appendix 1. Metallic, submetallic and nonmetallic luster, sorted according to hardness; Appendix 2. Minerals that display some distinctive physical properties; Appendix 3. Rock-forming minerals that are coloured in thin section; Glossary; References; Index. Mineralogy, petrology and volcanology

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 620pp 525 b/w illus. 181 colour illus. 100 tables 978-1-107-10626-0 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$200.00 X 978-1-107-51404-1 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$99.99

X

This is the first comprehensive text on the theory and practice of aquatic organic matter fluorescence analysis, written by the experts who pioneered the research area. The book will be of interest to those establishing field, laboratory, or industrial applications of fluorescence, including advanced students and researchers. • Provides an overview of the field of aquatic organic matter fluorescence • Serves as a common reference for making measurements that are comparable across disciplines, allowing consistent interpretation of data and results • All aspects of sample handling, data processing, and the operation of both field and laboratory instrumentation are included Geochemistry and environmental chemistry | Cambridge Environmental Chemistry Series

September 2014 253 x 177 mm 418pp 129 b/w illus. 17 colour illus. 22 tables 978-0-521-76461-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 C

Value of Information in the Earth Sciences Integrating Spatial Modeling and Decision Analysis Jo Eidsvik | Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim

This book presents a unified framework for assessing the value of potential data gathering schemes by integrating spatial modelling and decision analysis, with a focus on the Earth sciences. Real datasets and MATLAB codes are provided online, making this an invaluable reference for students, researchers, and industry professionals. • This book is the first to focus on value of information exclusively in the Earth sciences • Describes ideas for blending decision analysis and spatial statistics to support information gathering practices • Problem sets and projects with associated data and code available online makes this book a valuable resource for classroom teaching and self-learning by hands-on practice Engineering, petroleum and mining geoscience

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 462pp 137 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-107-04026-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C


Earth and environmental science

Textbook

Flow Through Heterogeneous Geologic Media

Mineral Resources, Economics and the Environment

Tian-Chyi Yeh | University of Arizona

Second edition Stephen Kesler | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Written for students and professionals, this revised textbook surveys the mineral industry from geological, environmental and economic perspectives. Updated throughout, the text includes a new chapter on technology industry metals. Featuring boxes highlighting special interest topics, the book equips students to discuss energy and mineral questions facing society. • Written for students and professionals, this revised textbook surveys the mineral industry from a geological, environmental and economic perspective • A new chapter on metals used in the technology industry is included as well as separate chapters on mineral economics and environmental geochemistry • Topics of special interest are highlighted in boxes, technical terms are highlighted when first used, and references are included to allow students to delve more deeply into areas of interest • Carefully designed figures simplify difficult concepts and show the location of important deposits and trade patterns, emphasising the true global nature of mineral resources Contents: Preface; 1. Introduction; 2. Origin of mineral deposits; 3. Environmental geochemistry and mineral resources; 4. Mineral exploration and production; 5. Mineral law and land access; 6. Mineral economics; 7. Energy mineral resources; 8. Iron, steel and the ferroalloy metals; 9. Light and base metals; 10. Technology elements; 11. Precious metals and gems; 12. Agricultural and chemical minerals; 13. Construction and industrial minerals; 14. Global mineral reserves and resources; Appendix 1. Minerals, rocks and geologic time; Appendix 2. Ore minerals and materials; Appendix 3. Units and conversion factors; Glossary; References; Index. Engineering, petroleum and mining geoscience

October 2015 276 x 219 mm 400pp 255 b/w illus. 51 colour illus. 51 tables 978-1-107-07491-0 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 X

Arab Water Security Threats and Opportunities in the Gulf States Hussein A. Amery | Colorado School of Mines

Exploring the national security implications of the Gulf states reliance on desalination plants, it provides the first systematic and comprehensive discussion of current and future threats to the supply of freshwater, effects of a potential disruption, and possible measures to increase resilience to these threats, for researchers and graduate students. • Offers the first systematic and comprehensive discussion of the effects of potential disruption to the supply of freshwater from a desalination plant on national and human security • Outlines contemporary threats to water security in the Gulf, including sabotage by aggrieved workers • Proposes strategies for enhancing water security of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) states • Takes an integrated approach, discussing both water and food security, in a distinctive geopolitical setting

This textbook integrates classic principles of flow through porous media with recently developed stochastic analyses to provide new insights on subsurface hydrology. Ideal for advanced-level courses on groundwater fluid flow, hydraulics, and hydrogeology, it also forms a valuable reference for researchers/professionals in civil/environmental/ petroleum/mining engineering, geology, soil science, and environmental science. • Brings recently developed stochastic analyses to provide new insights on subsurface hydrology • Ideal for advanced-level courses on groundwater fluid flow, hydraulics and hydrogeology, but also forms a valuable reference for researchers/ professionals • Emphasizes underlying assumptions, limitations, and potential pitfalls that may occur as a result of blind application of theories as ‘cookiecutter’ solutions Hydrology, hydrogeology and water resources

September 2015 253 x 177 mm 400pp 166 b/w illus. 144 colour illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-07613-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$74.99 P

Radar Meteorology Principles and Practice Frédéric Fabry | McGill University, Montréal

This practical full-color textbook introduces the fundamental physics behind radar measurements and their meteorological interpretation. A valuable resource for students, it includes problem sets, case studies, and supplementary electronic material, and with a focus on operational and research applications, it is also a useful reference for researchers and professional meteorologists. • Provides a broad introduction to radar meteorology from its physical principles to its applications in research and weather forecasting • Electronic supplements include exercises and data sets to test the acquired knowledge, together with additional animated material, showcasing both weather events and radar measurements, to help convey complex concepts • Produced in full color, it includes illuminating imagery to aid visualization and interpretation • Valuable resource for students pursuing an operational or research career that requires extensive use of radar imagery for meteorological purposes Atmospheric science and meteorology

May 2015 246 x 189 mm 272pp 36 b/w illus. 130 colour illus. 978-1-107-07046-2 Hardback £44.99 / US$74.99 P

Hydrology, hydrogeology and water resources

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 180pp 9 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-04229-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

147


Earth and environmental science

Textbook

Textbook

Applied Thermodynamics for Meteorologists

Ecological Climatology

Sam Miller | Plymouth State University

148

This textbook on atmospheric thermodynamics is for students of meteorology or atmospheric science. It also serves as a reference text for working professionals in meteorology and weather forecasting. It is unique because it provides complete, calculus-based derivations of basic physics, and connects mathematical relationships to practical weather forecasting applications. • Presents practical real-world examples in meteorology • More mathematically and physically rigorous than competing texts • Includes many student exercises, with a solutions manual and PowerPoint and JPEG figures available online Contents: 1. Basic concepts and terminology; 2. Equations of state; 3. Work, heat, and temperature; 4. The first law of thermodynamics; 5. Adiabatic processes; 6. The second law of thermodynamics; 7. Water vapor and phase transitions; 8. Moisture considerations: effects on temperature; 9. Atmospheric statics; 10. Model and standard atmospheres; 11. Stability; 12. Severe weather applications; Index. Atmospheric science and meteorology

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 376pp 39 b/w illus. 52 colour illus. 52 tables 142 exercises 978-1-107-10071-8 Hardback £44.99 / US$84.99

X

Previously Announced

Atmospheric Boundary Layer Integrating Air Chemistry and Land Interactions Jordi Vilà-Guerau de Arellano | Wageningen Universiteit, The Netherlands

Based on more than twenty years of research and teaching, this textbook, and the associated CLASS software, is an excellent introduction to the interactions between the atmosphere and the land for advanced students, and a reference text for researchers in atmospheric physics and chemistry, hydrology, and plant physiology. • The first textbook to summarise the state of the art in this interdisciplinary area • CLASS software attached to the book is very useful for learning the essential theoretical concepts • Many student exercises are provided in the book, integrated as appropriate with the online CLASS software; a solutions manual is also provided online Atmospheric science and meteorology

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 300pp 89 b/w illus. 60 colour illus. 43 tables 150 exercises 978-1-107-09094-1 Hardback £44.99 / US$79.99 Previously Announced

Concepts and Applications Third edition Gordon Bonan | University of Colorado Boulder

Gordon Bonan’s comprehensive textbook introduces an interdisciplinary framework to understand the interaction between terrestrial ecosystems and climate change. Ideal for advanced students studying ecology, environmental science, atmospheric science, and geography. This thoroughly updated edition contains new science and references, completely new material, and emphasizes Earth system science. • The market-leading advanced textbook on ecological climatology and climate change • Chapter summaries begin each chapter, providing readers with a quick overview and an understanding of how the various chapters relate to one another • Contains an extensive literature review, providing readers with an upto-date bibliography of relevant literature • Includes 430 illustrations (32 in color), helping readers to understand concepts, and over 300 end-of-chapter review questions, allowing readers to monitor their understanding of the material Contents: 1. Ecosystems and climate; Part I. The Earth System: 2. Components of the Earth system; 3. Global cycles; Part II. Global Physical Climatology: 4. Atmospheric radiation; 5. Atmospheric general circulation and climate; 6. Earth’s climates; 7. Climate variability; 8. Climate change; Part III. Hydrometeorology: 9. Soil physics; 10. Water balance; 11. Watershed hydrology; 12. Surface energy fluxes; 13. Turbulent fluxes; 14. Soil moisture and the atmospheric boundary layer; Part IV. Biometeorolgy: 15. Leaf temperature and energy fluxes; 16. Leaf photosynthesis and stomatal conductance; 17. Plant canopies; Part V. Terrestrial Plant Ecology: 18. Plant strategies; 19. Populations and communities; 20. Ecosystems; 21. Soil biogeochemistry; 22. Vegetation dynamics; 23. Landscapes and disturbances; 24. Global biogeography; Part VI. Terrestrial Forcings and Feedbacks: 25. Terrestrial ecosystems and earth system models; 26. Seasonal-to-interannual variability; 27. Biogeophyscial climate-vegetation dynamics; 28. Anthropogenic land use and land-cover change; 29. Carbon cycle-climate feedbacks; 30. Nitrogen, chemistry, and climate; 31. Aerosols, chemistry, and climate; 32. Urbanization; 33. Climate intervention and geoengineering; 34. Coevolution of climate and life; References; Index. Climatology and climate change

December 2015 253 x 203 mm 754pp 402 b/w illus. 32 colour illus. 978-1-107-04377-0 Hardback £125.00 / US$225.00 P 978-1-107-61905-0 Paperback £49.99 / US$109.99

P

Textbook

Introduction to Modern Climate Change Second edition Andrew E. Dessler | Texas A & M University

P

An invaluable textbook for any introductory survey course on the science and policy of climate change, for both non-science majors and introductory science students. The second edition has been thoroughly updated with the most recent science from the latest IPCC reports, and reflects advances in the political debate. • Provides students with an entire overview of recent climate change – science, economics and policy • Covers science in more depth and rigor than other introductory textbooks • Suitable for both science and non-science majors • Fully up to date with IPCC Fifth Assessment Report findings Contents: 1. An introduction to the climate problem; 2. Is the climate changing?; 3. Radiation and energy balance; 4. A simple climate model; 5. The carbon cycle; 6. Forcing, feedbacks, and climate sensitivity; 7. Why is the climate changing?; 8. Predictions of future climate change; 9. Impacts of climate change; 10. Exponential growth; 11. Fundamentals of climate


Earth and environmental science

change policy; 12. Mitigation policies; 13. A brief history of climate science and politics; 14. Putting it together: a long-term policy to address climate change; References; Index. Climatology and climate change

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 296pp 75 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 5 tables 154 exercises 978-1-107-09682-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00

X

978-1-107-48067-4 Paperback £32.99 / US$54.99

X

Textbook

Climate System Dynamics and Modeling Hugues Goosse | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

This textbook presents all aspects of climate system dynamics, on all timescales from the Earth’s formation to modern human-induced climate change. It will be invaluable for any course on the climate system, and will also be useful for scientists and professionals who want a clear introduction to the topic. • Covers all aspects of climate system dynamics and modeling for students, scientists and professionals • Makes links between various relevant disciplines: atmospheric dynamics, physical and chemical oceanography, geology and numerical analysis • Basic mathematical developments are presented but the concepts are also explained with words and illustrations • Includes a full glossary and extensive end-of-chapter review exercises with solutions in the back of the book; the interactive models are also available online with regularly updated PowerPoint slides, including additional figures Contents: 1. Description of the climate system and its components; 2. The energy balance, hydrological and carbon cycles; 3. Modelling the climate system; 4. The response of the climate system to a perturbation; 5. Brief history of climate: causes and mechanisms; 6. Future climate changes. Climatology and climate change

November 2015 253 x 177 mm 378pp 3 b/w illus. 185 colour illus. 5 tables 95 exercises 978-1-107-08389-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$150.00 X 978-1-107-44583-3 Paperback £39.99 / US$74.99

X

Climate Change: A Wicked Problem Complexity and Uncertainty at the Intersection of Science, Economics, Politics, and Human Behavior Frank P. Incropera | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Under one cover, Frank Incropera provides a comprehensive, objective and critical assessment of all issues germane to the climate change debate. The book provides the reader with a firm foundation for drawing his or her own conclusions on the subject. • An honest, no-holds-barred, accessible assessment of climate change, for anyone wishing to be fully informed on the topic, that considers all aspects of the climate change issue: science, policy, economics and ethics • Confronts areas of uncertainty in the science head-on and deconstructs views dismissive of the science, providing clarity on what is known with certainty and where gaps in knowledge remain • Written by a top-ranking engineering textbook author with strong links to the business world • Includes two forewords: one from a business leader (chief executive of The Pacific Gas and Electric Company) and one from a leader in the academic world (president of Georgia Tech) Climatology and climate change

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 10 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-10907-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99 G 978-1-107-52113-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

The Adaptive Challenge of Climate Change Edited by Karen O’Brien | Universitetet i Oslo

This book presents a new perspective on climate change adaptation, approaching it as an adaptive challenge that is fundamentally linked to beliefs, values and worldviews, and to power, politics, identities and interests. It will be of interest to researchers and policy makers in the environmental sciences, social sciences and humanities. • Presents a new way to think about adaptation to climate change that supports mitigation and social transformations • Makes a strong link between personal and political change to show that both are needed • Shows that long-term adaptation to climate can only be realised through social transformations that limit risks and vulnerability in the first place • Case studies represent real-world examples that highlight why and how climate change adaptation calls for new tools and approaches Climatology and climate change

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 400pp 18 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-02298-0 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

C

The Arctic Climate System Second edition Mark C. Serreze | University of Colorado Boulder

This second edition brings this book completely up to date with the many advances in our understanding of Arctic climate since the first edition (2005). Though targeted at graduate and advanced undergraduate students, it is accessible to anyone with an interest in the Arctic and an understanding of climate science. • Second edition brought completely up-to-date • Features an approach to Arctic climate from a systems science perspective • Includes clear, digestible explanations of complex topics • Scientifically rigorous yet accessible to all those interested in Arctic climate change Climatology and climate change | Cambridge Atmospheric and Space Science Series

October 2014 253 x 177 mm 415pp 70 b/w illus. 31 colour illus. 93 maps 5 tables 33 exercises 978-1-107-03717-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$125.00 P

Icebergs Their Science and Links to Global Change Grant Bigg | University of Sheffield

This volume provides a comprehensive, multidisciplinary view of icebergs and their interaction with the Earth system, from the physical and biological interaction with the ocean and climate, to how iceberg debris informs us about past Earth history. It also examines risks and opportunities posed by icebergs in the modern world. • Written in an accessible format that doesn’t require detailed background knowledge, catering to the wide range of disciplines discussed • Further reading lists attached to each chapter provide readers with a starting point for a more in-depth study of the main topics • Covers cutting-edge facets of iceberg science that have only arisen in the last two decades Oceanography and marine science

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 276pp 69 b/w illus. 28 maps 4 tables 978-1-107-06709-7 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00 C

G

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

149


Earth and environmental science / Astronomy

150

The Future of National Infrastructure

Transforming Energy

A System-of-Systems Approach Edited by Jim W. Hall | University of Oxford

Solving Climate Change with Technology Policy Anthony Patt | ETH, Zurich

For the first time, a leading team of researchers sets out a systematic approach to making long-term choices about national infrastructure systems, for practitioners, policy-makers and academics. Great Britain is used as a case study, and provides lessons and insights for other industrialized nations and emerging economies. • Presents new and innovative analysis of infrastructure interdependencies • Provides global coverage of the key issues and draws out transferable lessons and insights • Covers a broad range of methodologies including system simulation, robust decision making, risk analysis, complex adaptive systems, transition theory, and visualisation • Draws on experience from academics, practitioners and policy-makers

We need to stop burning fossil fuels in order to halt human-induced climate change. Most experts tell us we need carbon taxes, globally binding treaties and lifestyle changes. This book explains why these experts are wrong, and examines the technology innovation policies that are already working to transform our energy use. • Explains why the main global policies for climate change mitigation have not worked and will likely never work • Provides practical guidance on what energy policies, laws and regulatory instruments will actually work and have a real impact on the climate change problem, based on energy system evolution • Foreword by David Victor, one of the most prominent and respected international figures in energy and climate change policy

Environmental science

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 350pp 133 b/w illus. 64 colour illus. 978-1-107-06602-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00 C

Environmental policy, economics and law

August 2015 234 x 156 mm 362pp 14 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-02406-9 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$80.00

P

Accomplishing Climate Governance

978-1-107-61497-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P

Harriet Bulkeley | University of Durham

Astronomy

This book is aimed at researchers, advanced students and policy makers concerned with developing a fresh perspective on the politics of climate change and how society can respond. It provides new conceptual insights grounded in a range of detailed cases, tracing the potential for developing alternative approaches to climate politics. • Proposes a new theoretical approach for understanding the politics of climate change • Uses the case of climate governance as a means through which to advance our understanding of a post-structural, material political geography: will appeal to a wider social science audience than that concerned with climate change per se • Real-world examples ground the theoretical approach and make the book legible to a wider audience Environmental policy, economics and law

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 206pp 978-1-107-03865-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Rebuilding Asia Following Natural Disasters Approaches to Reconstruction in the Asia-Pacific Region Edited by Patrick Daly | National University of Singapore

Providing a detailed and comparative assessment of the humanitarian responses to a series of major disasters in Asia over the past two decades, this book explores complex and changing understandings and practices of relief, recovery, and reconstruction. This is a valuable resource for academic researchers, NGO practitioners, and government officials. • Longitudinal studies from more than two decades of major disasters allow the reader to see how accumulated experiences of reconstruction influence the shape of projects responding to subsequent events • Draws on contributions from academics and humanitarian practitioners with years of on-the-ground experience • Discusses new forms of humanitarianism and their intersection with development projects emerging in contemporary Asia • Provides long-term analyses of post-disaster transformations, including the consequences of massive physical rebuilding, social restructuring and economic development Environmental policy, economics and law

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 400pp 150 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07357-9 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

C

Collisionless Shocks in Space Plasmas Structure and Accelerated Particles David Burgess | Queen Mary, University of London

This engaging introduction to collisionless shocks in space plasmas reviews the complex physics governing different types of shocks and the resulting processes of particle acceleration. This up-to-date text is ideal for graduate students and researchers in heliospheric physics learning about shock physics for the first time. • Brings together two key strands in space plasma shocks: physical processes of collisionless shocks and the resulting processes of particle acceleration • Ideal for graduate students or researchers learning about shock physics for the first time while explaining how the structure of different types of shock is related to the underlying physics • Uses current research and developments in the field to present the cutting edge of the topic Astrophysics | Cambridge Atmospheric and Space Science Series

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 431pp 173 b/w illus. 978-0-521-51459-0 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

C


Astronomy

Cosmic Magnetic Fields Philipp P. Kronberg | University of Toronto

Magnetic fields are important in the Universe and their effects contain the key to many astrophysical phenomena. Written for graduate students and researchers, this book presents an up-to-date overview of this fast-growing topic and will inspire readers to devise new ways of thinking about magnetic fields in space. • Presents an up-to-date review of magnetic fields in the Galaxy and wider Universe, examining how they are measured and their interconnections to diverse astrophysical phenomena • Discusses the techniques and methods for measuring magnetic fields, helping readers to appreciate future, more advanced magnetic field probes • Presentation of mathematical formulae is accessible and designed to add insight into the broad range of topics discussed Astrophysics | Cambridge Astrophysics

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 224pp 55 b/w illus. 1 table 978-0-521-63163-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$125.00

Bringing together observational astronomers working across the electromagnetic spectrum with theorists, this volume investigates our understanding of the physics of relativistic jets. This is a valuable resource for observers and theorists, both researchers and advanced students, working on relativistic jets in distant galaxies. • Utilises cutting-edge data from space missions such as Swift, XMMNewton, Chandra, Suzaku, Fermi, Hubble, Spitzer, and WISE • Addresses the pressing and controversial questions concerning the state of the field of physics of relativistic jets • Features 85 contributions from observational astronomers and theorists working across the electromagnetic spectrum

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 426pp 260 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-07874-1 Hardback £76.00 / US$125.00

C

C

Stargazing Basics

Edited by Bodo L. Ziegler | Universität Wien, Austria

IAU S309 presents contributions on the timely theme of spatially and energetically resolved properties of galaxies throughout cosmic history, including cutting-edge observational and computing technologies. This volume benefits astronomers and graduate students working in areas relating to galaxy formation and evolution, star formation, dust and stellar populations. • Features cross-disciplinary perspectives into current observational techniques using 3D spectroscopy, radio interferometry and new computer technology • Presents a comprehensive overview into the mapping of galaxies which will also appeal to those who wish to expand their understanding of astronomical fields beyond their own research area • Draws together contributions from leading, global researchers on the intrinsic properties of galaxies and their evolution Astrophysics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

C

Getting Started in Recreational Astronomy Second edition Paul E. Kinzer | Seeing Stars, Wisconsin

How do I get started in astronomy? This wonderful informal guide is fully updated and covers all you need to take your first steps into this fascinating hobby. It explains the basic techniques for observing the night sky and offers essential advice on affordable binoculars, telescopes and accessories. • Everything a beginner needs to get started in recreational astronomy • Generously illustrated with images of both the equipment needed and what a beginner might see in the night sky, now including colour photos • Contains a comprehensive glossary and references to further astronomy resources and websites as well as celestial events through to the year 2025 Amateur and popular astronomy

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 170pp 91 b/w illus. 12 colour illus. 8 maps 978-1-107-43940-5 Paperback £12.99 / US$19.99 G

Practical Optical Interferometry

Galaxy Masses as Constraints of Formation Models (IAU S311)

Imaging at Visible and Infrared Wavelengths David F. Buscher | University of Cambridge

Edited by Michele Cappellari | University of Oxford

Bringing together theorists, observers and instrumentation specialists, this volume covers the techniques used to determine the masses of stars, gas and dark matter in galaxies. By combining luminosity measurements with a variety of dynamical models, astronomers can study the contributions of both stellar and dark matter in galaxy evolution. • Comprehensive overview of the techniques used in galaxy mass determinations • Up-to-date review of galaxy formation models • Examines the roles of stellar and dark matter in galaxy formation and evolution Astrophysics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 172pp 150 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07869-7 Hardback £76.00 / US$125.00

Edited by Francesco Massaro | Yale University and University of Turin

Astrophysics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

Galaxies in 3D across the Universe (IAU S309)

February 2015 247 x 174 mm 404pp 298 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07866-6 Hardback £76.00 / US$125.00

Extragalactic Jets from Every Angle (IAU S313)

C

Addressing for the first time the needs of graduate students and researchers for a comprehensive yet concise single source of information on the techniques and practical application of optical interferometry in astronomy, this volume is a highly visual and rigorous guide to planning observations, analysing data and reconstructing images. • Allows readers new to the topic to access optical interferometry by starting with the basics, whilst also including reference to advanced techniques for more experienced technicians • Enables readers to assess the feasibility of a given interferometric observation • Includes more than 100 diagrams and graphs; the practical focus and web resources encourage hands-on application of the theories discussed Observational astronomy, techniques and instrumentation | Cambridge Observing Handbooks for Research Astronomers, 11

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 155 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-04217-9 Hardback £39.99 / US$64.99

P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

151


Astronomy

152

New Windows on Massive Stars (IAU S307)

Complex Planetary Systems (IAU S310)

Asteroseismology, Interferometry and Spectropolarimetry Edited by Georges Meynet | Université de Genève

Edited by Zoran Knežević | Astronomical Obseratory of Belgrade

IAU S307 presents a summary of new and innovative techniques used to investigate and understand the properties of massive stars, including asteroseismology, spectropolarimetry and interferometry, highlighting synergies between these new techniques and more classical methods. It benefits researchers and graduate students across a range of astronomical disciplines. • Provides a fresh summary on massive star physics and evolution, directed at those who are interested in massive stars in galaxies • Features cross-disciplinary reviews to fosters links between the cutting-edge techniques of asteroseismology, interferometry, and spectropolarimetry • Provides basic introductions to these three observational techniques for researchers who wish to understand their main features, and weigh up their benefits and potential weaknesses Observational astronomy, techniques and instrumentation | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

February 2015 247 x 174 mm 500pp 100 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07858-1 Hardback £75.99 / US$124.99

C

The Impact of Discovering Life Beyond Earth Edited by Steven J. Dick | Library of Congress, Washington DC

Distinguished philosophers, theologians, anthropologists, historians and scientists discuss the big questions about how the discovery of extraterrestrial life, whether intelligent or microbial, would impact society and humankind. Written in easily accessible language, this thought-provoking collection engages a wide audience of readers from all backgrounds. • Addresses a popular theme in astronomy from a different perspective, dealing with humanistic aspects of the discovery of life • Includes contributions from philosophers, theologians, anthropologists, historians and scientists, who each treat the subject from their respective fields • Offers the first systematic view of the impact of discovering life beyond Earth, laying out the issues methodically through section introductions by Steven J. Dick Extrasolar planets and astrobiology

G

The Drake Equation Estimating the Prevalence of Extraterrestrial Life through the Ages Edited by Douglas A. Vakoch | SETI Institute

Exploring the astronomical, biological, and cultural factors that determine whether extraterrestrial life is abundant or rare, leading scientists and historians use the Drake Equation as a springboard to identify essential topics and guide their assumptions. An accessible overview of the field of astrobiology for both established and incoming researchers. • Fully accessible to non-specialists; this volume provides a comprehensive overview of the field of astrobiology • Makes clear the links between astrobiology and SETI and includes discussions of intelligence and culture beyond the scope of those typically emphasized by NASA • Written by leading scientists and science historians in the field Extrasolar planets and astrobiology | Cambridge Astrobiology, 8

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 370pp 45 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07365-4 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

Extrasolar planets and astrobiology | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 250pp 120 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07868-0 Hardback £76.00 / US$125.00

C

Highlights of Astronomy Volume 16 Edited by Thierry Montmerle | Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris

Highlight

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 25 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-10998-8 Hardback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

IAU S310 takes a broad look at the complexity of planetary systems, including their satellites and small bodies, in order to understand and model their physical processes. Intended for researchers and advanced students, this volume provides a valuable insight into the state-of-the-art research in this exciting interdisciplinary field. • Provides a fresh overview of the latest in planetary systems dynamics for a broad audience in astronomy, planetary and geophysical sciences, and applied mathematics • Interdisciplinary volume encourages new, more efficient, approaches to understand and model physical processes in complex systems • An ideal introduction for non-specialist researchers working in related areas to gain new insights and foster new collaborations

C

Highlights in Astronomy summarizes the vast panorama of astronomical research at the time of the IAU’s triennial General Assembly in 2012. Research by the international astronomy community is presented through a combination of extended reviews and shorter, focused chapters. This authoritative collection will appeal to research astronomers and graduate students. • Provides a detailed record of topics discussed at the IAU XXVIII General Assembly held in Beijing in 2012 • Draws together a wide range of up-to-date research in modern astronomy, including theoretical developments and computational astrophysics • This series is suitable for research astronomers and graduate students Astronomy (general) | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 802pp 50 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07884-0 Hardback £76.00 / US$125.00

C


Engineering

Engineering

Industrial Crystallization Fundamentals and Applications Alison Lewis | University of Cape Town

Fluid Mechanics Foundations and Applications of Mechanics Volume 2 Third edition C. S. Jog | Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore

The book discusses various important topics including low Reynolds number hydrodynamics, compressible fluid flow, blasius force theorems, surface waves and ideal fluid flows. It also covers various advance topics including transient flow in an annular duct and transient flow inside or outside a rotating cylinder. • Detailed summary of the most general form of the governing equations and shows how various approximations are made to solve problems of engineering interest • Uses numerical/analytical solutions of the gas dynamic equations instead of the classical method of using Gas Tables • Presents a large number of applications including poiseuille flow through the annular region and wind driven ocean currents Thermal-fluids engineering

May 2015 244 x 170 mm 594pp 978-1-107-09129-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

P

High-Speed Marine Craft One Hundred Knots at Sea Peter J. Mantle

This book details the effort to build a large ship capable of traveling at 100 knots. It is the first book published that summarizes this extensive work from historical and technical perspectives. It will appeal to researchers, graduate students and others interested in naval architecture and propulsion. • Features twelve chapters (with ample cross-referencing) for ease of documentation for the historical record and the technical features in the development of high-speed marine craft • The first book published that summarizes this extensive work from an historical and technical perspective Thermal-fluids engineering

September 2015 253 x 177 mm 656pp 502 b/w illus. 44 tables 978-1-107-09041-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$150.00 P Previously Announced New in Paperback

Ship Resistance and Propulsion Practical Estimation of Propulsive Power Anthony F. Molland | University of Southampton

This comprehensive approach to evaluating ship resistance and propulsion provides guidance for practical estimation for a range of ship types. Published standard series data for hull resistance and propeller performance enables practitioners to make ship power predictions based on material contained within the book. Thermal-fluids engineering

A comprehensive overview of the theory and practice of industrial crystallization. Providing new industry-relevant information that has not been published before, and supported by real world case studies and worked examples, this is an ideal resource for students and industry practitioners alike. • Comprehensive, fully up to date, and dedicated to both the theory and practice of industrial crystallization • Includes new industry-relevant information • Provides real world case studies, problems, and worked examples Chemical engineering

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 356pp 275 b/w illus. 18 tables 43 exercises 978-1-107-05215-4 Hardback £49.99 / US$84.99 P Textbook

Molecular Engineering Thermodynamics Juan J. de Pablo | University of Chicago

This unique introduction to modern thermodynamics integrates classical, statistical and molecular approaches, and is especially designed for students studying chemical and biochemical engineering. Includes detailed worked examples, emphasizing real-world applications of thermodynamics; over 300 tailored homework problems plus an online solution manual for instructors; and all the necessary mathematical background. • Contains over 80 detailed worked examples, covering a broad range of scenarios such as fuel cell efficiency, DNA/protein binding, semiconductor manufacturing and polymer foaming, emphasizing the practical real-world applications of thermodynamic principles • Includes more than 300 carefully tailored homework problems, designed to stretch and extend students’ understanding of key topics, accompanied by an online solution manual for instructors • Offers all the necessary mathematical background, plus resources summarizing commonly used symbols, useful equations of state, microscopic balances for open systems and links to useful online tools and datasets Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The postulates of thermodynamics; 3. Generalized thermodynamic potentials; 4. First applications of thermodynamics; 5. Application to process design: flow systems; 6. Statistical mechanics; 7. Molecular interactions; 8. Fugacity and vapor-liquid equilibrium; 9. Activity, vapor-liquid, and liquid-liquid equilibrium; 10. Reaction equilibrium; 11. Thermodynamics of polymers; 12. Thermodynamics of surfaces; Appendix A. Mathematical background; Appendix B. Fluid equations of state; Appendix C. Microscopic balances for open systems; Bibliography; Index. Chemical engineering | Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering

July 2014 246 x 189 mm 501pp 132 b/w illus. 310 exercises 978-0-521-76562-6 Hardback £60.00 / US$110.00 X

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 568pp 313 b/w illus. 139 tables 978-1-107-64125-9 Paperback c. £38.99 / c. US$59.99 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

153


Engineering

Textbook

Robotic Industrialization

Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics

Automation and Robotic Technologies for Customized Component, Module, and Building Prefabrication Thomas Bock | Technische Universität München

An Integrated Approach M. Scott Shell | University of California, Santa Barbara

154

Provides a fresh approach to the subjects, integrating classical thermodynamics and statistical mechanics to give students a solid understanding of the fundamentals and how macroscopic and microscopic ideas interweave. Includes numerous worked examples, and well over 400 guided, often multi-step, end-of-chapter problems that address conceptual, fundamental, and applied skill sets. • Explains molecular and macroscopic principles in an integrated, side-by-side manner, so students develop a deep and intuitive understanding of thermodynamics • Emphasizes concepts, simple models, and basic and universal physical behaviors of different systems, enabling students to rationalize physical behaviors and build models of real systems and processes • Includes well over 400 guided, often multi-step end-of-chapter problems that address conceptual, fundamental, and applied skillsets Contents: 1. Introduction and guide to this text; 2. Equilibrium and entropy; 3. Energy and how the microscopic world works; 4. Entropy and how the macroscopic world works; 5. The fundamental equation; 6. The first law and reversibility; 7. Legendre transforms and other potentials; 8. Maxwell relations and measurable quantities; 9. Gases; 10. Phase equilibrium; 11. Stability; 12. Solutions – fundamentals; 13. Solutions – advanced and special cases; 14. Solids; 15. The third law; 16. The canonical partition function; 17. Fluctuations; 18. Statistical mechanics of classical systems; 19. Other ensembles; 20. Reaction equilibrium; 21. Reaction coordinates and rates; 22. Molecular simulation methods. Chemical engineering | Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 498pp 96 b/w illus. 13 tables 438 exercises 978-1-107-01453-4 Hardback £80.00 / US$120.00 P 978-1-107-65678-9 Paperback £40.00 / US$65.00

P

Site Automation Automated/Robotic On-Site Factories Thomas Bock | Technische Universität München

The Cambridge Handbooks on Construction Robotics series focuses on the implementation of automation and robot technology to renew the construction industry. Site Automation extends the new technology of robotics in building-component manufacturing and construction introduced in earlier volumes to on-site structured environments and on-site automated factories. • Focuses on machine technology • A new interpretation of architecture and construction: from building ‘construction’ to building ‘production’ • Follows a cross disciplinary approach that relates traditional architectural and construction knowledge with the latest knowledge from manufacturing, automation and robot technology Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

November 2015 253 x 177 mm 375pp 463 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-07597-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$135.00 P Previously Announced

The Cambridge Handbooks on Construction Robotics series focuses on the implementation of automation and robot technology to renew the construction industry. This volume outlines technologies in building component manufacturing based on building materials and large-scale prefabrication holding the potential to deliver complex components and products which are introduced and discussed. • A new interpretation of architecture and construction as a manufacturing industry that deals with product rather than with buildings: from building ‘construction’ to building ‘production’ • Follows a cross-disciplinary approach that relates traditional architectural and construction knowledge with the latest knowledge from manufacturing, automation and robot technology • Oriented towards technology application: shows by real world case studies application scenarios for each presented approach or technology and thus gives a good guide to real world implementation Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

September 2015 253 x 177 mm 240pp 482 b/w illus. 85 tables 978-1-107-07639-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$125.00 P

Advanced State Space Methods for Neural and Clinical Data Edited by Zhe Chen | New York University

This authoritative work provides an in-depth treatment of state space methods, with a range of applications in neural and clinical data. Including real-world case studies, and covering the state of the art in research and practice, this is an ideal resource for anyone working in the fields of neuroscience and physiological data analysis. • Focuses on advanced and state-of-the-art state space methods • Details the practical applications for neural and clinical data • Includes real-world case studies of neuroscience experiments and clinical data sets Biomedical engineering

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 384pp 93 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-07919-9 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

C

Textbook

Biomedical Engineering Bridging Medicine and Technology Second edition W. Mark Saltzman | Yale University, Connecticut

The second edition of this popular introductory undergraduate textbook uses examples, applications, and a problem-solving approach to convey the impact of biomedical engineering. Updated throughout, the author has included more qualitative and quantitative questions and problems, highlighting recent advances in biomedical engineering to provide a modern overview of the field. • Fully revised chapters, updated to reflect recent advances in biomedical engineering and technology • Avoids intimidating use of mathematics, splitting mathematical treatments out from the main text • Highlights the real-world applications of theoretical concepts, helping students gain a firm understanding of the link between theory and practice Contents: 1. Introduction: what is biomedical engineering?; Part I. Molecular and Cellular Principles: 2. Biomolecular principles; 3. Biomolecular principles: nucleic acids; 4. Biomolecular principles:


Engineering

proteins; 5. Cellular principles; Part II. Physiological Principles: 6. Communication systems in the body; 7. Engineering balances: respiration and digestion; 8. Circulation; 9. Removal of molecules from the body; Part III. Biomedical Engineering: 10. Biomechanics; 11. Bioinstrumentation; 12. Bioimaging; 13. Biomolecular engineering I: biotechnology; 14. Biomolecular engineering II: engineering of immunity; 15. Biomaterials and artificial organs; 16. Biomedical engineering and cancer. Biomedical engineering | Cambridge Texts in Biomedical Engineering

May 2015 246 x 189 mm 763pp 253 b/w illus. 245 colour illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-03719-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$99.99 X Textbook

Essential Biomaterials Science David Williams | Wake Forest Institute for Regenerative Medicine

This groundbreaking single-authored textbook equips students with everything they need to know about biomaterials science, including essential background and theory, comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of existing biomaterials, and industry insights. Contains extensive interweaved case studies, informative glossaries and engaging exercises. An indispensable resource for students of biomaterials science and engineering. • Includes extensive case studies, from a wide range of clinical disciplines, equipping students with a practical understanding of the phenomena and mechanisms of biomaterials performance • Features a whole chapter dedicated to study of the biomaterials industry itself, including guidance on regulations, standards and guidelines, litigation, and ethical issues • Contains informative glossaries of key terms, engaging end-of-chapter exercises and up-to-date lists of recommended reading Contents: 1. The clinical necessity of biomaterials in the twenty-first century; 2. Essential materials science; 3. Biocompatibility pathways; 4. Implantable medical devices and artificial organs; 5. Regenerative medicine and tissue engineering; 6. Drug and gene delivery; 7. Imaging and diagnostic systems; 8. Contemporary and future biomaterials; 9. Infrastructure of the biomaterials industry. Biomedical engineering | Cambridge Texts in Biomedical Engineering

July 2014 246 x 189 mm 672pp 200 b/w illus. 28 colour illus. 35 tables 978-0-521-89908-6 Hardback £60.00 / US$99.00 X

Textbook

Jet Propulsion A Simple Guide to the Aerodynamics and Thermodynamic Design and Performance of Jet Engines Third edition Nicholas Cumpsty | Imperial College London

This book is a self-contained introduction to the design of modern civil and military jet engines through two-engine design projects for a large passenger and a new fighter aircraft. Numerous exercises, with solutions for the instructor, are included. The book emphasizes principles enriched by industrial examples from the author’s experience. • The emphasis is on simple, realistic, design examples of real jet engines, especially engines under development at present – these real examples of current applications of technology give readers additional insight • Addresses the modern aircraft industry shift to two-engine aircraft with a greater emphasis on reduction of fuel burn; the model created for Part I is the new efficient aircraft, a twin aimed at high efficiency • Contains a substantial number of exercises, which follow, as far as possible, logical steps in the design of the civil engine and the military combat engine • Coverage in the third edition switches to using fan pressure ratio as the independent design variable rather than bypass ratio, thus making use of modern state-of-the-art design strategies and giving a much clearer insight into controlling effects Contents: Part I. Design of Engines for a New 600-Seat Aircraft: 1. The new large aircraft – requirements and background; 2. The aerodynamics of the aircraft; 3. The creation of thrust in a jet engine; 4. The gas turbine cycle; 5. The principle and layout of jet engines; 6. Elementary fluid mechanics of compressible gases; 7. Selection of bypass ratio; 8. Dynamic scaling and dimensional analysis; 9. Turbomachinery: compressors and turbines; 10. Overview of the civil engine design; Part II. Engine Component Characteristics and Engine Matching: 11. Component characteristics; 12. Engine matching off-design; Part III. The Design of the Engines for a New Fighter Aircraft: 13. A new fighter aircraft; 14. Lift, drag and the effects of manoeuvring; 15. Engines for combat aircraft; 16. Design point for a combat aircraft; 17. Combat engines off-design; 18. Turbomachinery for combat aircraft; Part IV. A Return to the Civil Engine: 19. A return to the civil transport engine; 20. Conclusion. Aerospace engineering

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 360pp 124 b/w illus. 29 tables 141 exercises 978-1-107-51122-4 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99 X Textbook

Mechanics of Aero-structures Sudhakar Nair | Illinois Institute of Technology

Mechanics of Aero-structures is a concise textbook for students of aircraft structures, which covers aircraft loads, torsion and bending of single cell, multi-cell and open thin-walled structures. Static structural stability, energy methods, and aeroelastic instability are discussed. Examples and exercises are included to enhance the students’ facility with structural analysis. • Opens with a description of aerodynamic loads to motivate students • Offers a comprehensive description of energy methods – a key topic • Includes separate chapters on torsion and bending – single cell to multi-cell structures are carefully developed Contents: 1. Aircraft structural components and loads; 2. Elements of elasticity; 3. Energy methods; 4. Torsion; 5. Bending; 6. Stability of structures; 7. Failure theories. Aerospace engineering

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 172 b/w illus. 5 tables 105 exercises 978-1-107-07577-1 Hardback £39.99 / US$99.99 P Previously Announced

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

155


Engineering

156

Textbook

Textbook

Random Processes for Engineers

Essentials of Digital Signal Processing

Bruce Hajek | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

B. P. Lathi | California State University, Sacramento

An engaging introduction to the critical tools needed to design and evaluate engineering systems that must operate reliably in uncertain environments. It includes over 100 worked examples and over 300 end-of-chapter problems, with worked solutions to half provided in the book and the remaining solutions available online for instructors. • Provides an engaging introduction to random processes for senior undergraduate and graduate students • Covers both methods of using Markov processes (for inference with hidden states and for modelling/analysis of random dynamical systems) which are central to practical applications • Includes over 300 end-of-chapter problems, with worked solutions to half supplied at the back of the text, and the rest available online for instructors

This textbook offers a fresh approach to digital signal processing (DSP), combining heuristic reasoning and physical appreciation with sound mathematical methods. It uses metaphors, analogies and creative explanations and exercises. There are 500 figures, over 170 fully worked examples, hundreds of end-of-chapter problems, and over 150 drill exercises with student solutions. • Written for upper-level undergraduates, and includes 500 high-quality figures, over 170 fully worked examples, hundreds of end-of-chapter problems, and over 150 drill exercises with complete detailed solutions for students in an appendix • Maintains strong ties to continuous-time signals and systems concepts, which helps readers to understand complete DSP systems so that they have immediate access to background material with a notationally consistent format • MATLAB® is integrated throughout the text to enhance learning, in contrast to other DSP texts which have ‘MATLAB examples’ or ‘MATLAB problems’ as an afterthought

Contents: 1. A selective review of basic probability; 2. Convergence of a sequence of random variables; 3. Random vectors and minimum mean squared error estimation; 4. Random processes; 5. Inference for Markov models; 6. Dynamics for countable-state Markov models; 7. Basic calculus of random processes; 8. Random processes in linear systems and spectral analysis; 9. Wiener filtering; 10. Martingales; 11. Appendix; 12. Solutions to even numbered problems. Communications and signal processing

March 2015 247 x 174 mm 432pp 130 b/w illus. 1 table 307 exercises 978-1-107-10012-1 Hardback £44.99 / US$80.00 X

Geometric Methods in Signal and Image Analysis Hamid Krim | North Carolina State University

A comprehensive guide to modern geometric methods for signal and image analysis, covering basic principles as well as state-of-the-art concepts and applications. This is an ideal resource for graduate students, researchers, and practitioners in a range of fields including signal and image processing, biomedical engineering, and computer graphics. • Includes state-of-the-art applications and recent research developments in the field • Provides detailed examples of real-world signal and image processing problems • Comprehensive but accessible, covering basic principles as well as detailing more advanced concepts Communications and signal processing

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 304pp 211 b/w illus. 3 tables 7 exercises 978-1-107-03390-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99 P

Contents: List of figures; List of tables; Preface; Acknowledgments; 1. Review of continuous-time signals and systems; 2. Continuous-time analog filters; 3. Sampling: the bridge from continuous to discrete; 4. Discrete-time signals and systems; 5. Time domain analysis of discretetime systems; 6. Discrete-time fourier analysis; 7. Discrete-time system analysis using the z-transform; 8. Digital filters; 9. Discrete fourier transform; Appendix A. Matlab; Appendix B. Useful tables; Appendix C. Drill solutions; Index. Communications and signal processing

July 2014 253 x 177 mm 760pp 936 b/w illus. 35 tables 729 exercises 978-1-107-05932-0 Hardback £55.00 / US$99.00 X

Compressed Sensing for Magnetic Resonance Image Reconstruction Angshul Majumdar

This book discusses different ways to use the existing mathematical techniques to solve compressed sensing problems. It extensively covers the research carried out in MRI reconstruction in the recent years including single channel static MRI, multi-coil parallel MRI and X-ray, CT and biomedical signal processing. • Discusses different ways to use mathematical techniques to solve compressed sensing problems • Bridges the gap between theoretical aspects of compressed sensing and practical problems in MRI • Discusses several problems in biomedical imaging (static and dynamic reconstruction for X-ray and CT) and biomedical signal processing (EEG/ECG reconstruction) Communications and signal processing

February 2015 244 x 170 mm 226pp 978-1-107-10376-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C


Engineering

Textbook

Lattice Coding for Signals and Networks

Foundations of Signal Processing Martin Vetterli | École Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne

This comprehensive, accessible textbook covers the basics of signal processing, building up from fundamental principles to practical applications. It uses engineering notation to make mathematical concepts easy to follow, includes numerous homework problems and is accompanied by an extensive Mathematica® companion and instructor solutions manual. • Includes numerous examples and exercises, specifically designed to test and expand students’ understanding of the fundamentals of signal processing • Breadth of coverage and variety of supporting material allows for use in different course settings and for self-study • Written by leading experts in modern signal processing techniques • Standard engineering notation is used throughout, making mathematical examples easy for students to follow, understand and apply Contents: 1. On rainbows and spectra; 2. From Euclid to Hilbert: 2.1. Introduction; 2.2. Vector spaces; 2.3. Hilbert spaces; 2.4. Approximations, projections, and decompositions; 2.5. Bases and frames; 2.6. Computational aspects; 2.A. Elements of analysis and topology; 2.B. Elements of linear algebra; 2.C. Elements of probability; 2.D. Basis concepts; Exercises with solutions; Exercises; 3. Sequences and discrete-time systems: 3.1. Introduction; 3.2. Sequences; 3.3. Systems; 3.4. Discrete-time Fourier Transform; 3.5. z-Transform; 3.6. Discrete Fourier Transform; 3.7. Multirate sequences and systems; 3.8. Stochastic processes and systems; 3.9. Computational aspects; 3.A. Elements of analysis; 3.B. Elements of algebra; Exercises with solutions; Exercises; 4. Functions and continuous-time systems: 4.1. Introduction; 4.2. Functions; 4.3. Systems; 4.4. Fourier Transform; 4.5. Fourier series; 4.6. Stochastic processes and systems; Exercises with solutions; Exercises; 5. Sampling and interpolation: 5.1. Introduction; 5.2. Finite-dimensional vectors; 5.3. Sequences; 5.4. Functions; 5.5. Periodic functions; 5.6. Computational aspects; Exercises with solutions; Exercises; 6. Approximation and compression: 6.1. Introduction; 6.2. Approximation of functions on finite intervals by polynomials; 6.3. Approximation of functions by splines; 6.4. Approximation of functions and sequences by series truncation; 6.5. Compression; 6.6. Computational aspects; Exercises with solutions; Exercises; 7. Localization and uncertainty: 7.1. Introduction; 7.2. Localization for functions; 7.3. Localization for sequences; 7.4. Tiling the time–frequency plane; 7.5. Examples of local Fourier and wavelet bases; 7.6. Recap and a glimpse forward; Exercises with solutions; Exercises. Communications and signal processing

September 2014 247 x 174 mm 744pp 200 b/w illus. 44 tables 190 exercises 978-1-107-03860-8 Hardback £45.00 / US$70.00 X

Bayesian Speech and Language Processing Shinji Watanabe | Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Cambridge, Massachusetts

With this comprehensive guide readers will learn how they can apply Bayesian machine learning techniques systematically to solve speech and language processing problems. Including detailed practical explanations along with examples and case studies, this is an invaluable resource for students, researchers, and industry practitioners working in speech and language processing. • Provides practical advice for applying Bayesian machine learning techniques to solve speech and language processing problems • Includes a systematic survey of Bayesian theories with comprehensive examples and case studies • Details a range of important statistical models and their applications Communications and signal processing

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 432pp 59 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-05557-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

A Structured Coding Approach to Quantization, Modulation and Multiuser Information Theory Ram Zamir | Tel-Aviv University

Unifying information theory and digital communication through the language of lattice codes, this book provides a detailed overview for students, researchers and industry practitioners. It covers both classical work and the more recent results, including many advanced setups and techniques showing the advantages of lattice codes over traditional random-coding solutions. • Connects information theory and coded-modulation, providing a unique viewpoint on the two subjects • Shows the duality between communication and compression, enabling readers to switch easily between the two disciplines • Develops non-asymptotic analytical tools, enabling readers to assess the performance of a digital communication system without requiring simulations • Makes advanced information theory practical by using classical algorithms to solve advanced multi-terminal problems Communications and signal processing

August 2014 247 x 174 mm 454pp 138 b/w illus. 11 tables 110 exercises 978-0-521-76698-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 C

Design and Deployment of Small Cell Networks Edited by Alagan Anpalagan | Ryerson Polytechnic University, Toronto

This is a comprehensive resource for understanding small cell networks. Describing new trends, challenges and recent research results, and ranging from fundamental concepts to advanced topics, it is an ideal reference for graduate students, researchers and industry practitioners working in communications and networking. • Covers fundamental concepts of small cell network design along with challenges and potential solutions • Provides tools and techniques for design and deployment of small cell networks • Written by leading experts from academia and industry Wireless communications

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 485pp 241 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-05671-8 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00 P Textbook

Spectrum Management Using the Airwaves for Maximum Social and Economic Benefit Martin Cave | Imperial College London and the Competition Commission

In this definitive guide to radio spectrum management, leading experts bring you up to date with current issues and emerging future trends. Including real-world case studies and covering everything from the fundamentals to more advanced technical and economic issues, this is an essential resource for practitioners and academics alike. • Written by leading practitioners in the field • Covers the fundamentals as well as more advanced technical and economic issues • Offers an insight into emerging future trends Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. Overview; 2. Technical basics; 3. Economic basics; Part II. Markets: 4. Auctions; 5. Trading; 6. Pricing; Part III. Sharing: 7. Sharing modes and the commons; 8. Dynamic spectrum access; Part IV. Topics: 9. The UHF band; 10. Public sector; 11. Economic value of spectrum; 12. The future. Wireless communications

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 280pp 23 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-107-09422-2 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00 P

P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

157


Engineering

Random Wireless Networks

Advances in Multi-Band Microstrip Filters

An Information Theoretic Perspective Rahul Vaze | Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai

158

Edited by Vesna Crnojević-Bengin | University of Novi Sad

This book provides a holistic view of all relevant concepts used to analyse random wireless networks. A conscious attempt is made to bring out connections between the transmission and the throughput capacity, between percolation theory and throughput capacity, and between stochastic geometry and cellular networks. • Explains the transmission and transport capacity of random wireless networks • Focuses on useful capacity metrics of wireless networks • Includes application of stochastic geometry in cellular networks • Highlights the advances made in the field of ad hoc networks

The first book of its kind to focus on multi-band filters, this comprehensive work describes several competing design approaches including their theoretical foundations as well as practical design rules and comparisons of measured and simulated results. An ideal resource for both students and industry professionals interested in microwave engineering. • The first book of its kind to focus on multi-band filters • Includes new research results from several well-established research groups • Provides detailed design procedures as well as the basic theoretical foundations

Wireless communications

RF and microwave engineering | EuMA High Frequency Technologies Series

May 2015 244 x 170 mm 246pp 978-1-107-10232-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

mm-Wave Silicon Power Amplifiers and Transmitters

C

Digitally-Assisted Analog and Analog-Assisted Digital IC Design

Edited by Hossein Hashemi | University of Southern California

Suitable for students, researchers and practicing engineers, this is a self-contained guide to building high-performance, energy-efficient mm-wave power amplifiers and transmitters, accompanied by numerous case studies highlighting practical design techniques, tradeoffs and pitfalls. A superb resource for those working in high-frequency circuit design. • Covers deeply scaled CMOS and SiGe HBT/BiCMOS technologies • Includes detailed discussion of advanced topics, including transistor stacking, digital transmitters and self-healing approaches • Provides valuable insight into methods for achieving high power efficiency while maintaining high performance with complex waveforms • Includes contributions from world-renowned expert authors RF and microwave engineering | The Cambridge RF and Microwave Engineering Series

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 550pp 407 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-05586-5 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00 P

Dynamic Power Supply Transmitters

Edited by Xicheng Jiang | Broadcom, Irvine

Discover cutting-edge techniques for nextgeneration integrated circuit design, and deliver enhanced circuit performance in terms of speed, density, power, and cost. Written by leading experts in the field, this is an ideal resource for practicing engineers, graduate students, and researchers working in circuit design. • Written by leading experts in the field • Provides practical design considerations and examples • Focuses on challenges and solutions for the future Circuits and systems

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 440pp 327 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-09610-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

P

Textbook

Theory and Synthesis of Linear Passive TimeInvariant Networks Dante Youla | New York University Polytechnic Institute of Engineering

Envelope Tracking, Direct Polar, and Hybrid Combinations Earl McCune | RF Communications Consulting, Santa Clara

Learn how envelope tracking, polar modulation, and hybrid designs using these techniques, really work. With case studies, real world examples and practical design advice for practitioners, this is an ideal resource for practising engineers, researchers and graduate students working on RF power amplifiers and transmitters. • The first book to provide a physically consistent overview of dynamic power supply technologies and circuit techniques for increased transmitter energy efficiency • Covers the basic physical theory as well as providing case studies, stepby-step design guidelines, and practical advice for practitioners • Includes a survey of current transistor technologies and details on the testing and calibration of all aspects of such designs RF and microwave engineering | The Cambridge RF and Microwave Engineering Series

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 491pp 483 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-05917-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 336pp 276 b/w illus. 49 tables 978-1-107-08197-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

P

Written by an eminent researcher, this book presents a rigorous treatment of the key principles underpinning the synthesis of linear lumped passive time-invariant networks. Introducing fundamental principles in a formal theorem-proof style, accompanied by worked examples, it is suitable for electrical engineering graduate students, academic researchers and professional circuit engineers. • Draws on the author’s long professional and academic experience in the field • Provides a comprehensive, mathematically rigorous treatment of the subject • Necessary mathematical background is integrated throughout the text, ensuring a solid foundation for readers Contents: 1. Auxiliary results; 2. Transforms and passivity; 3. Some classical passive 1-port synthesis; 4. Tellegen’s theorem and 2-element 1-ports; 5. Elements of filters and reactance-ladders; 6. Passive n-ports; 7. Basic design of reactance 2-ports; 8. Basic design of reactance 2-ports; 9. Cascade synthesis of passive 1-ports; 10. A theory of broadband matching; 11. Stability and complex normalization; 12. Design of passive multiplexers; 13. Selected topics; 14. Multiconductor TEM transmission


Engineering

lines; 15. The ideal TEM 2-port; 16. Single frequency n-port geometry; 17. Immitances of n-terminal networks; 18. Two-state passive devices; Index. Circuits and systems

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 624pp 180 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12286-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

P

Stability Regions of Nonlinear Dynamical Systems Theory, Estimation, and Applications Hsiao-Dong Chiang | Cornell University, New York

In this comprehensive and authoritative work, leading researchers describe theory and optimal estimation, propose new concepts, and detail relevant practical applications. This is the first book on the subject, and it is an invaluable resource for academics, researchers and professional engineers. • Clear, comprehensive, and the first book on the subject • Written by leading researchers in the field • Proposes new concepts and details relevant practical applications Control systems and optimization

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 450pp 172 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-03540-9 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

Continuum Mechanics Foundations and Applications of Mechanics, Volume I Third edition Chandrashekhar S. Jog | Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore

This book discusses some advanced topics including fourth-order tensors, differentiation of tensors, exponential and logarithmic tensors. The recent topics in continuum mechanics including Clausius–Duhem inequality (second law of thermodynamics), material symmetry, frame-indifference and large deformation plasticity are also discussed in depth. • Examines second-order tensors, symmetric tensors and higher-order tensors • Provides advanced topics including material frame-indifference, thermomechanics and material symmetry • Discusses basics of continuum mechanics and its applications to solid mechanics including large deformation plasticity and fluid mechanics Solid mechanics and materials

April 2015 244 x 170 mm 856pp 978-1-107-09135-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$105.00

P

Fracture Mechanics Fundamentals and Applications Surjya Kumar Maiti | Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay

Textbook

Optimization in Practice with MATLAB® For Engineering Students and Professionals Achille Messac | Mississippi State University

This textbook is designed for undergraduate and graduate students and practitioners interested in learning optimization. The presentation is enriched with a robust set of real-world examples and practical exercises. Using MATLAB® software is encouraged throughout. The instructor is supported by a complete solutions manual and PowerPoint slides with animations. • The realistic examples differentiate this book from others on the market • Offers a wide-ranging collection of examples and exercises, providing a unique platform for linking the theoretical, computational, and practical • A MATLAB® chapter and prerequisite math chapter address diverse students’ preparation levels • A robust ancillary support package includes comprehensive PowerPoint lectures with animations, a comprehensive solutions manual with solution codes, and MATLAB® codes for examples and solutions Contents: Part I. Helpful Preliminaries: 1. MATLAB® as a computational tool; 2. Mathematical preliminaries; Part II. Using Optimization – the Road Map: 3. Welcome to the fascinating world of optimization; 4. Analysis, design, optimization, and modeling; 5. Introducing linear and nonlinear programming; Part III. Using Optimization – Practical Essentials: 6. Multiobjective optimization; 7. Numerical essentials; 8. Global optimization basics; 9. Discrete optimization basics; 10. Practicing optimization – larger examples; Part IV. Going Deeper: Inside the Codes and Theoretical Aspects: 11. Linear programming; 12. Nonlinear programming with no constraints; 13. Nonlinear programming with constraints; Part V. More Advanced Topics in Optimization: 14. Discrete optimization; 15. Modeling complex systems: surrogate modeling and design space reduction; 16. Design optimization under uncertainty; 17. Methods for Pareto frontier generation/representation; 18. Physical programming for multiobjective optimization; 19. Evolutionary algorithms. Control systems and optimization

March 2015 253 x 177 mm 494pp 159 b/w illus. 61 tables 191 exercises 978-1-107-10918-6 Hardback £45.00 / US$99.00 X

This book introduces the fundamental concepts and their mathematical foundations from the mechanics perspective. Real-life applications and numerical examples are provided throughout the text wherever necessary. • Discusses the difference between strain energy and potential energy release rates • Focusses on analytical methods, numerical methods and experimental methods based on photoelasticity • Covers MATLAB programs for calculating fatigue life under variable amplitude cyclic loading Solid mechanics and materials

May 2015 244 x 170 mm 300pp 978-1-107-09676-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$80.00

P

Dynamics Theory and Application of Kane’s Method Carlos M. Roithmayr | NASA-Langley Research Center

This is a textbook for advanced students in engineering or physics, as well as a reference for professionals interested in deriving equations that govern the motions of mechanical systems. It presents Kane’s method, which is suited for dealing with multibody system. The text analyzes the dynamics of complex spacecraft and robotic devices. • A revision of Dynamics: Theory and Applications (1985) by Kane and Levinson • Thoroughly updated, including three new chapters and two new appendices • New and revised homework problems have been added throughout • A new presentation of the classical Newton–Euler method of obtaining equations of motion is included, which demonstrates the advantages offered by Kane’s method Solid mechanics and materials

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 536pp 217 b/w illus. 34 tables 253 exercises 978-1-107-00569-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$135.00 P Previously Announced

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

159


Engineering

160

Ultrasonic Guided Waves in Solid Media

Introduction to Nanofiber Materials

Joseph L. Rose | Pennsylvania State University

Frank K. Ko | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Ultrasonic guided waves in solid media are important in nondestructive testing and structural health monitoring, as new faster, sensitive, and economical ways of looking at materials and structures have become possible. This book can be read by managers from a ‘black box’ point of view, or used as a professional reference or textbook. • Contains problems and corresponding solutions manual • Can be used as a reference or textbook, and presents theoretical and practical aspects of the topic • Will bring students up to date with the latest breakthroughs in ultrasonic guided waves

Presenting the latest coverage of the fundamentals and applications of nanofibrous materials and their structures for graduate students and researchers, this book bridges the communication gap between fiber technologists and materials scientists and engineers. • Explores the fundamentals and applications of nanofibrous materials and their structures • Includes intensive coverage of electroactive, bioactive and structural nanofibers and recent advances in nanoparticle-/nanotube-based nanofibers • Provides a comprehensive collection of processing conditions for electrospinning

Solid mechanics and materials

October 2014 253 x 177 mm 530pp 390 b/w illus. 35 tables 334 exercises 978-1-107-04895-9 Hardback £55.00 / US$99.00 P

Batteries for Electric Vehicles Materials and Electrochemistry Helena Berg | AB Libergreen, Sweden

Materials science and engineering

July 2014 247 x 174 mm 282pp 216 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-0-521-87983-5 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Fundamentals, Properties, and Applications of Polymer Nanocomposites

This is the first practical guide to optimizing battery usage in electric vehicles. Covering topics ranging from materials and electrochemistry to practical implementation and control, and with guidelines for battery and cell selection, this is an ideal resource for researchers in battery design and practitioners in the automotive industry. • The first practical book devoted to electric vehicle battery design • Written by an industry expert with experience in academia • Provides practical guidelines for battery and cell selection • Includes a foreword by Leif Johansson, Chairman of Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson and AstraZeneca PLC, and former CEO of the Volvo Group

July 2015 253 x 177 mm 650pp 1047 b/w illus. 96 tables 978-1-107-02996-5 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$135.00

Energy technology

Previously Announced

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 248pp 125 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-08593-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 P

Organic Electro-Optics and Photonics

Joseph Koo | University of Texas, Austin

This book is focused primarily on polymer nanocomposites. The main discussion is on polymer nanocomposites composed of a family of polymeric materials whose properties are capable of being tailored to meet specific applications. This volume serves as a general introduction to researchers just entering the field and to scholars. • Comprehensive coverage of modern applications and environmental topics • A thorough description of polymer nanocomposites, how they are made, and what their assets are Materials science and engineering

P

Thermodynamics of Surfaces and Interfaces Concepts in Inorganic Materials Gerald H. Meier | University of Pittsburgh

Molecules, Polymers and Crystals Larry R. Dalton | University of Washington

This guide to modern organic electro-optic and photonic technologies provides a compelling insight into recent advances in organic electrooptic materials, from underlying quantum and statistical concepts to practical applications. A must-have for professionals and academic researchers in the fields of photonics, electrical engineering, materials science and engineering, and chemical engineering. • Discusses issues related to the utilization of organic electro-optic materials for device development including silicon photonics • Provides a comprehensive treatment of all classes of organic electrooptic materials • Covers 2nd order nonlinear optical effects such as frequency doubling, optical rectification, and difference frequency generation, as well as applications of electro-optic technologies such as photorefractivity Materials science and engineering

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 304pp 177 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-0-521-44965-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99

P

P

An accessible yet rigorous discussion of the thermodynamics of surfaces and interfaces, delivering a comprehensive guide without an overwhelming amount of mathematics. Features case studies to illustrate real-world applications, and study problems to reinforce the reader’s understanding of important concepts. An ideal reference for students and practitioners in the field. • Includes an introductory chapter on ‘bulk thermodynamics’, bringing the reader up to speed with a review of thermodynamic principles • Presents the key elements of the thermodynamics of surfaces and interfaces without an intimidating amount of mathematics • Demonstrates real-world applications through case studies involving important materials systems Materials science and engineering

July 2014 228 x 152 mm 251pp 125 b/w illus. 14 tables 38 exercises 978-0-521-87908-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 C


Engineering

Biological Materials Science Biological Materials, Bioinspired Materials, and Biomaterials Marc André Meyers | University of California, San Diego

Taking a materials science approach, this book correlates structure-property relationships with function across a range of biological materials. Biopolymers, bioelastomers, forms, and ceramic composites are covered, and basic concepts are applied to biomimetics. Solved examples and end-of-chapter exercises are provided in the book, with solutions and PowerPoint figures available online. • Materials science based approach, combining biological principles with structure-property relationships • Covers biological materials and bioinspired materials • Solved examples, end-of-chapter problems, solutions manual and PowerPoint slides Materials science and engineering

July 2014 246 x 189 mm 644pp 472 b/w illus. 10 tables 150 exercises 978-1-107-01045-1 Hardback £60.00 / US$99.00 P

Nanostructured Metal Oxides for Advanced Applications Volume 1552 Edited by Alberto Vomiero | CNR Sensor Laboratory, Italy

Symposium S, ‘Nanostructured Metal Oxides for Advanced Applications’, was held April 1-5 at the 2013 MRS Spring Meeting. In these proceedings, attention is paid to the synthesis, structural and functional characterization of self-assembled nanostructures and architectures of all metal oxides with application potentials. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

September 2014 228 x 152 mm 150pp 95 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-60511-529-0 Hardback £56.00 / US$99.00 C

Cultural Heritage and Archaeological Issues in Materials Science II Volume 1618 Edited by Jose Luis Ruvalcaba Sil | Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico

This publication presents papers from Symposium 8A, ‘Cultural Heritage and Archaeological Issues in Materials Science (CHARIMSc)’, of the XXII International Materials Research Congress (IMRC) held in Cancún, Quintana Roo, Mexico in August 2013. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 288pp 147 b/w illus. 33 tables 978-1-60511-595-5 Hardback £56.00 / US$90.00 C

Fundamentals of Gels and Self-Assembled Polymer Systems Volume 1622 Edited by Ferenc Horkay | National Institutes of Health, Bethesda

This volume contains the proceedings of Symposium E, ‘Fundamentals of Gels and SelfAssembly Systems’, from the 2013 MRS Fall Meeting held December 1–6, 2013, in Boston, Massachusetts. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

February 2015 228 x 152 mm 210pp 106 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-60511-599-3 Hardback £56.00 / US$90.00 C

Scientific Basis for Nuclear Waste Management XXXVII Volume 1665 Edited by Lara Duro | AMPHOS 21

The 37th International Symposium on the Scientific Basis for Nuclear Waste Management was held in Barcelona, September–October 2013. It covered national and international programs; performance assessment/geological disposal; radionuclide solubility, speciation, sorption and migration; corrosion studies of zircaloy, container and carbon steel; high level waste and ceramic and advanced materials. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

February 2015 228 x 152 mm 347pp 164 b/w illus. 87 tables 978-1-60511-642-6 Hardback £56.00 / US$90.00 C

Scientific Foundations of Engineering Stephen McKnight | Northeastern University, Boston

An advanced overview of the fundamental physical principles underlying all engineering disciplines, with practical real-world application examples, this is an ideal resource for students and professionals who need a deeper understanding of their own discipline as well as an improved appreciation of other engineering disciplines. • Basic principles are described clearly and illustrated by numerous examples and real-world applications • Provides a detailed overview of the scientific foundations of all engineering disciplines • Covers key background material, including an introduction to quantum physics Engineering (general)

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 352pp 243 b/w illus. 19 tables 206 exercises 978-1-107-03585-0 Hardback £44.99 / US$84.99 P

Advances in Structures, Properties and Applications of Biological and Bioinspired Materials Volume 1621 Edited by Syam P. Nukavarapu | University of Connecticut

There were eleven symposia conducted with a focus on biomaterials under the sub-class of ‘Biomaterials and Soft Matter’ at the MRS 2013 fall meeting. Symposia H, C, D and J have been combined into this proceedings volume. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

February 2015 228 x 152 mm 286pp 139 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-60511-598-6 Hardback £56.00 / US$90.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

161


Life sciences

Life sciences

Bayesian Evolutionary Analysis with BEAST Alexei J. Drummond | University of Auckland

Successful Grant Proposals in Science, Technology, and Medicine A Guide to Writing the Narrative Sandra Oster | Oster-Edits, Oregon

162

A practical guide to writing effective narrative sections for scientific grant applications, this book is designed to enable you to successfully acquire research funding. The authors draw on real-life examples from more than twenty years of research, covering the content, organisation, phrasing, and scientific argumentation of narratives. • Designed to help investigators acquire research funding, offering practical guidance and hands-on tips for writing narrative sections • Draws on the authors’ experience of more than twenty years of research and analysis of grant proposals, including real-life examples from extensive work with investigators at a range of levels • The guidelines and advice offered are applicable across many funding agencies, including the NIH and NSF Life science professional development

A comprehensive overview of Bayesian approaches to phylogenetics using Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) methods, offering theoretical insight, pragmatic advice and tools to develop further models. This title is a one-stop reference to applying the latest phylogenetic models in BEAST 2, interpreting the analyses and extending these models further. • Written by the lead authors of the BEAST software – it gives guidance on the theory and practice of Bayesian phylogenetic methods • A foundation for making the leap from theory to practice with BEAST – the reader will learn how to develop their own evolutionary models and software extensions • Examples files and downloadable resources for BEAST 2 – available at http://beast2.org/ Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 272pp 21 b/w illus. 70 colour illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-01965-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$64.99 P Textbook

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 387pp 6 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-03809-7 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00

P

978-1-107-65930-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$45.00

P

Genome-Wide Association Studies From Polymorphism to Personalized Medicine Edited by Krishnarao Appasani | GeneExpression Systems, Inc.

Genome-Wide Association Studies (GWAS) will have increasing importance in the post-genomic era. This timely publication, written by leading experts from academia and industry, provides an essential overview for both established scientists and students, focusing on the use of GWAS in the context of disease biology and personalised medicine. • Brings together contributions from experts and innovators from both academia and industry to highlight the potential of genome-wide association studies • Takes a unique approach, combining association studies with Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms, Copy Number Variants, Haplotypes and expressed Quantitative Trait Loci, and giving special emphasis to pharmacogenomics and population genomics studies • Considers in detail the use of association studies in the context of disease biology and personalized medicine, providing an up-to-date overview of advances in the field Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 450pp 67 b/w illus. 26 colour illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-04276-6 Hardback c. £114.99 / c. US$185.00 P

Highlight

Genome-Scale Algorithm Design Biological Sequence Analysis in the Era of HighThroughput Sequencing Veli Mäkinen | University of Helsinki

Outlining the fundamental algorithms and data structures that power modern sequence analysis workflows, this book provides a powerful toolkit for students and researchers in bioinformatics and computer science. Its numerous examples and exercises are designed to help readers understand applications of the latest algorithm techniques, providing tools for further research. • Provides an integrated picture of the fundamental algorithms and data structures that power modern sequence analysis, covering a range of topics including foundations, classical index structures and Burrows– Wheeler indexes • Chapters feature numerous examples, algorithm visualisations, problems and end-of-chapter exercises, providing students with a powerful toolkit for the emerging applications of high-throughput sequencing • Presents only the minimum data structures necessary so that students are not burdened with technical results and can also focus on more conceptual algorithm design questions Contents: Notation; Preface; Part I. Preliminaries: 1. Molecular biology and high-throughput sequencing; 2. Algorithm design; 3. Data structures; 4. Graphs; 5. Network flows; Part II. Fundamentals of Biological Sequence Analysis: 6. Alignments; 7. Hidden Markov models (HMMs); Part III. Genome-Scale Index Structures: 8. Classical indexes; 9. Burrows–Wheeler indexes; Part IV. Genome-Scale Algorithms: 10. Read alignment; 11. Genome analysis and comparison; 12. Genome compression; 13. Fragment assembly; Part V. Applications: 14. Genomics; 15. Transcriptomics; 16. Metagenomics; References; Index. Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 413pp 90 b/w illus. 4 tables 269 exercises 978-1-107-07853-6 Hardback £39.99 / US$64.99 P


Life sciences

Highlight

Marine Ecosystems

Systems Genetics

Human Impacts on Biodiversity, Functioning and Services Tasman P. Crowe | University College Dublin

Linking Genotypes and Phenotypes Edited by Florian Markowetz | Cancer Research UK Cambridge Research Institute

Gathering contributions from leading scientists, both computational and experimental, this book shows how experimental perturbations can help us to understand the link between genotype and phenotype. Researchers and graduate students in genetics, functional genomics, bioinformatics, computational biology, systems biology and biotechnology will find this a valuable and timely tool. • Focuses on how gene perturbation can contribute to a systems understanding of cells and disease mechanisms, presenting state-ofthe-art research shedding new light on the link between genotype and phenotype • Examines how to leverage gene perturbation screens to the identification of molecular interactions, cellular pathways and regulatory mechanisms • Bridges research communities on basic biology and medical research, suggesting that results on perturbation screens can reveal unexploited areas of potential therapeutic intervention Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology | Cambridge Series in Systems Genetics

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 300pp 101 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-01384-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$115.00

P

Diving Physiology of Marine Mammals and Seabirds Paul Ponganis | Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California, San Diego

Analysing the diving behaviour of seabirds and marine mammals, this book reviews seventy-five years of literature in the field, with an emphasis on the relevance to human diving and medicine. An important resource for students and researchers, this text will stimulate further research into the behaviour and physiology of diving. • A unique analysis of the diving behaviour of both marine mammals and seabirds in one succinct volume, with an additional chapter on human diving physiology • Reviews how the diving cardiovascular response reflects principles of myocardial oxygen supply/demand and applies this to treatments used in human medicine • Reviews topics not usually seen in diving reviews, including antioxidants and avoidance of reperfusion injury, surfactant function in the lung, regulation of pulmonary vascular resistance, and the potential roles of gasotransmitters Zoology

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 386pp 73 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-0-521-76555-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$126.00 C

With contributions from leading researchers, this is a much-needed synthesis of the latest research into human impacts on marine ecosystems and the likely consequences for ecosystem services. It is designed for environmental managers and policy makers along with researchers and advanced students in marine ecology and environmental management. • Features contributions from leading researchers, providing a current synthesis of key concepts for understanding human impacts on marine ecosystems and for environmental decision-making based on ecosystem services • Links knowledge of human impacts on biodiversity and ecosystem functioning with research into ecosystem services, integrating two historically separate areas • Covers all major human activities and pressures on coastal marine ecosystems, including fisheries, aquaculture, chemical contaminants and invasive species, enabling readers to assess trade-offs on the basis of available scientific evidence Ecology and conservation | Ecology, Biodiversity and Conservation

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 424pp 33 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-03767-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 P 978-1-107-67508-7 Paperback £34.99 / US$59.99

P

Escaping From Predators An Integrative View of Escape Decisions Edited by William E. Cooper, Jr | Indiana University– Purdue University, Indianapolis

Recent advances and decades of scattered research are brought together to provide a valuable behavioural ecology reference and practical handbook for the study of if, when and how prey flee from predators. Integrating biology, behaviour and evolution, this book provides a much-needed benchmark and summary of escape ecology literature. • The first book to present comprehensive findings from the rapidly developing field of escape behaviour, integrating scattered research into a single and accessible resource • Features contributions from leading researchers and brings together theory and empirical research to present a comprehensive view of the latest knowledge in the field • Integrates behaviour with physiology, genetics and evolution, leading the reader through the complex decisions faced by prey during a predator attack and examining how these decisions interact with life history and individual variation Animal behaviour

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 460pp 116 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-06054-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$104.99

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

163


Life sciences

An Ape’s View of Human Evolution Peter Andrews | Natural History Museum, London

164

The Design of Mammals A Scaling Approach John William Prothero | University of Washington

Whilst many books have addressed human evolution and the human fossil record, very few have examined our fossil ape relatives. This volume synthesises genetic, ecological and anatomical data to develop a unique account of what we know about our last common ancestor and how they lived. • Provides a fresh and unique perspective on human evolution, approaching the subject with a focus on the apes rather than tracing backwards from humans • Synthesises a wide range of evidence, from DNA, phylogenetics, ecology, and anatomy • Presents an in-depth analysis of the probable attributes of the last common ancestor of apes and humans, offering new insights for students and for anyone interested in where humans came from in the evolutionary tree

A scaling approach investigates the principles of mammal design by examining the ways in which mammals of diverse size and taxonomy are quantitatively comparable. Using substantially larger and more rigorously screened samples than in any existing text, this book analyses a uniquely extensive set of mammal attributes. • The most extensive study of scaling in mammals yet published, offering a unique resource for postgraduates and researchers in a range of fields from comparative physiology to ecology • Presents a detailed analysis of scaling data collected over a quarter of a century, including many rarely or never-cited sources • Takes a quantitative approach, using elementary mathematics (including statistics) to address an extensive range of mammal attributes and using substantially larger and more rigorously screened samples than in any prior works

Biological anthropology and primatology

Evolutionary biology

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 335pp 110 b/w illus. 5 colour illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-10067-1 Hardback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99 P

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 450pp 79 b/w illus. 168 tables 978-1-107-11047-2 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$124.99 C

Mahale Chimpanzees

The Evolution of Human Sociability

50 Years of Research Edited by Michio Nakamura | Kyoto University, Japan

What Toshisada Nishida started in 1965 with the Mahale Mountain Chimpanzee Project is neatly brought together in this beautiful and thorough volume covering the site’s history and ecology, the behaviour and biology of the resident chimpanzees, and the relevance of this vast body of research to understanding our closest relatives. • A unique and encyclopaedic volume, written by researchers directly involved in the Mahale Mountain Chimpanzee Project, Tanzania • Published to mark the project’s fiftieth anniversary, this is the only volume to summarise research at Mahale from 1965 to 2015, with fifty chapters covering all aspects from historical context to chimpanzee social organisation, ecology and the effects of tourism • Includes new translations of Japanese writings, bringing previously inaccessible work to non-Japanese speakers Biological anthropology and primatology

September 2015 246 x 189 mm 630pp 256 b/w illus. 54 tables 978-1-107-05231-4 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$144.99 C

Demography and Evolutionary Ecology of Hadza Hunter-Gatherers Nicholas Blurton Jones | University of California, Los Angeles

Blurton Jones interweaves data from ecology, demography and evolutionary ecology to present a comprehensive analysis of the Hadza tribe. Discussion centres on expansion of the adaptationist perspective beyond topics customarily studied in human behavioural ecology, to interpret a wider range of anthropological concepts. • Provides a lasting account of one of the few remaining hunter-gatherer tribes in existence • Comprehensive analysis of the Hadza people based on extensive research carried out by Blurton Jones over the last thirty years • Supplementary information published online that will enable both researchers and graduates to access further resources on the Hadza Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 71

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 570pp 135 b/w illus. 39 tables 978-1-107-06982-4 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$129.99 P

Desires, Fears, Sex and Society Ron Vannelli | Birmingham City University

Taking an interdisciplinary approach to the evolution of human nature, this book explores the role of desires and fears in motivating human social and political behaviour. Vannelli examines current fossil, geological and anthropological evidence, arguing that human nature can be conceptualised as species-typical desires and fears, derived from sexual selection. • Provides a unique framework for understanding human nature and the evolution of sociability, exploring how species-typical desires and fears might be understood separate from preconceived notions of design or higher morality • Examines human evolution with the emphasis on sexual selection and the evolution of a number of human psychological processes, drawing on a range of primate, fossil and geological evidence • Takes an interdisciplinary approach, including coverage of additional evidence from the anthropology of band societies, along with material from group behaviour Evolutionary biology

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 375pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-11476-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$114.99

C


Life sciences / Medicine

The Correspondence of Charles Darwin

Cognitive Impairment in Major Depressive Disorder

Volume 22: 1874 Charles Darwin Edited by Frederick Burkhardt | American Council of Learned Societies

Clinical Relevance, Biological Substrates, and Treatment Opportunities Edited by Roger S. McIntyre | University of Toronto

This volume of the definitive edition of Charles Darwin’s letters will provide researchers and general readers with texts of more than 650 letters Darwin wrote and received in 1874, the year he completed his research on insectivorous plants and published second editions of Descent of Man and Coral Reefs. • Complete transcriptions of more than 650 letters written and received by Charles Darwin in 1874, providing for the first time primary materials of immense value to researchers across a range of disciplines • Clear and concise explanatory notes make the material easily accessible for both scholars and general readers, and a complete biographical register provides brief notes on people mentioned in the letters • A narrative introduction gives a concise and highly readable account of Darwin’s life in 1874, the year in which he worked on insectivorous plants and published the second edition of Descent of Man Darwin | The Correspondence of Charles Darwin

March 2015 234 x 156 mm 904pp 40 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08872-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$152.00

R

Medicine Psychiatric and Behavioral Disorders in Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Third edition Edited by Colin Hemmings | Maudsley Hospital, London

This fully revised new edition reviews the latest evidence base on the psychiatric disorders and behavioral problems of those with coexisting intellectual and developmental disorders. It covers the essential facts and concepts, and highlights the principles for clinical practice in assessment, management and service provision, offering hands-on practical advice. • Provides practical, clinically relevant advice highlighting the principles of assessment and management, as well as the implications for services • Relevant to all members of the mental health, developmental and intellectual disabilities teams and identifying research trends and possible future developments • Written by an international, multidisciplinary team of experts, providing a global perspective Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

October 2015 234 x 156 mm 288pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-64594-3 Paperback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

Major depressive disorder is a common, often severe, disorder identified as a leading cause of disability globally. The associated economic and human costs are a direct consequence of disturbances in cognitive function. This is the first book to assemble research, clinical and public policy perspectives on cognitive dysfunction in MDD. • The first book to bring together all aspects related to cognition in MDD • Contributors are the world’s experts on the topic of cognition in MDD • Covers recognition, prevention, measurement and management • Recommends neuropsychological, psychological and pharmacological approaches to management Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

November 2015 234 x 156 mm 336pp 26 b/w illus. 7 colour illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-07458-3 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00 P

Parental Psychiatric Disorder Distressed Parents and their Families Third edition Edited by Andrea Reupert | Monash University, Victoria

Parental Psychiatric Disorder presents an innovative approach to thinking about and working with families where a parent has mental illness. This is a must-read for researchers, students and clinicians. It addresses issues from a multidisciplinary, international perspective that is innovative, whole family focused, developmental, culturally informed and recovery oriented. • Covers a wide range of parental psychiatric disorders and the underlying processes that suggest how a parent’s mental illness might impact on children and vice versa • Provides an overview of the different theoretical frameworks that identify the processes involved in the transmission and alleviation of mental illness in families • Includes numerous case studies that describe how students and experts have worked with individuals, families and organisations to enable learning from mistakes and successes Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

July 2015 234 x 156 mm 416pp 20 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-07068-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$115.00

P

Decision-Making in Orthopedic and Regional Anesthesiology A Case-Based Approach Edited by Michael R. Anderson | The Icahn School of Medicine, Mount Sinai, New York

This guide to decision-making in both common and complex scenarios in orthopedic surgical and regional anesthesia presents the latest techniques and strategies and reviews current literature. This is an invaluable resource for specialists, consultants, and trainees in anesthesia and emergency medicine. • Reviews common clinical scenarios and surgical procedures to address real-life medical conditions and the considerations for clinical staff in selecting the most suitable anesthetic method • Follows a concise and accessible structure in describing techniques, discussing different considerations and perspectives, and presenting benefits and drawbacks • Fully up to date with the latest literature and techniques Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

October 2015 246 x 189 mm 208pp 11 b/w illus. 32 colour illus. 43 tables 978-1-107-09354-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

165


Medicine

166

Ultrasound in Anesthesia, Critical Care, and Pain Management

Ultrasound-Guided Regional Anesthesia in Children

Second edition Edited by Graham Arthurs | Maelor Hospital, Wrexham

A Practical Guide Edited by Stephen Mannion | University College Cork

This updated, revised edition now also covers pain management and critical care, and includes the new Royal College of Anaesthetists’ guidelines on ultrasound in anesthesia and intensive care. Additional resources cover over 100 still and video clips, making this the perfect introductory text for medical consultants and trainees alike. • Provides a practical approach to the use of ultrasound, enabling medical consultants as well as medical trainees to use ultrasound in their own practice • Heavily illustrated with both still and video clips, to help the reader to recognise normal and abnormal patterns in the tissue being examined and to train eye-hand skills required for ultrasound usage • Includes diagrams to aid pattern recognition of the relevant anatomical features

This practical resource will help anesthesiologists and other physicians perform safe and effective regional anesthesia (nerve blocks) in children. Clear and concise descriptions, numerous illustrations, and clinical tips for both basic and advanced ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia techniques are suitable for both the beginner and experienced practitioner. • Includes a comprehensive literature review for all nerve blocks described, enabling the reader to understand the indications, evidence base and clinical application of the particular nerve block • Detailed chapters on underlying principles provide the reader with the core foundation knowledge necessary for safe practice, including detailed anatomical descriptions, how to avoid complications and how to manage them should they occur • Numerous images and annotated illustrations allow the reader to see what the ultrasound images look like in clinical practice, with the additional benefit of labeled sonoanatomy for learning purposes

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 304pp 226 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-107-61832-9 Paperback with DVD-ROM c. £59.99 / c. US$94.99

P

Cardiopulmonary Bypass Second edition Edited by Sunit Ghosh | Papworth Hospital, Cambridge

Cardiopulmonary Bypass, 2nd edition, provides a practical overview of all aspects of clinical perfusion. A complete grounding in essential background knowledge is combined with specialist information on key areas in the field. Self-assessment questions at the end of each chapter make this an ideal learning resource for cardiac surgery practitioners. • Chapters are written in a short and concise style to aid quick assimilation of information by the reader • The emphasis of all the material is on clinical practice, making it ideal for use in a practical setting • Includes multiple choice questions for self-assessment at the end of every chapter, allowing readers to test their own understanding of the material Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

November 2015 234 x 156 mm 264pp 70 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 61 tables 978-1-107-42825-6 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99 P

Core Topics in Obstetric Anaesthesia Edited by Kirsty MacLennan | Manchester University Hospitals NHS Trust

This latest title in the highly successful Core Topics in Anaesthesia series will be invaluable for trainees, as an introduction to obstetric anaesthesia and as a revision aid, and also for senior staff as a reference for troubleshooting on the delivery suite. • Includes clear anaesthetic considerations for patients with complex co-morbidities and recommended management plans for specific conditions • Provides guidance on the required infrastructure for setting up services such as antenatal clinics and suggestions for multidisciplinary team education (not addressed in other similar texts) • An international team of expert obstetric anaesthetists and intensivists have contributed to this up-to-date reference Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

October 2015 246 x 189 mm 248pp 32 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 74 tables 978-1-107-02849-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 P

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

July 2015 246 x 189 mm 160pp 16 b/w illus. 86 colour illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-09877-0 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00 P

Emergency Radiology COFFEE Case Book Case-Oriented Fast Focused Effective Education Edited by Bharti Khurana | Brigham and Women’s Hospital

This book of 85 index cases is organized by clinical presentations that simulate real-life radiology practice in the emergency department. Companion cases spanning the differential diagnoses and spectrum of disease provide hundreds more examples for a fast, focused, effective education called COFFEE (CaseOriented Fast Focused Effective Education). • 85 index cases are accompanied by hundreds more that represent the differential diagnoses and spectrum of disease for the index case • A brief self-assessment and focused summary of major teaching points accompany each index case, accelerating the learning process • Numerous instructional figures and illustrations facilitate a better understanding of the relevant anatomy and pathology Emergency medicine

October 2015 246 x 189 mm 528pp 361 b/w illus. 1064 colour illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-69076-9 Paperback c. £99.00 / c. US$104.00 P Previously Announced


Medicine

Sports Medicine for the Emergency Physician

Medication-Induced Movement Disorders

A Practical Handbook Edited by Anna L. Waterbrook | University of Arizona

Edited by Joseph H. Friedman | Department of Neurology, Brown University

Written by sports trained emergency physicians, this sports medicine handbook is the only resource of its kind, created specifically for the emergency medicine provider. It is designed to be used as a reference tool, and includes high-yield physical exam skills and key management of sport injuries in the emergency department. • All chapters are written by sports-trained EM physicians for EM providers • Focuses on high-yield physical exam skills and management of sports injuries appropriate for the emergency medicine provider practicing in the ED • Includes examples of both emergent and common musculoskeletal and sports injuries seen in the ED

Covering various drugs including the major classes of medications working primarily on the brain, this all-encompassing review of medication-induced movement disorders aids early recognition and improved treatment. A vital reference for medical specialists and consultants in neurology, neuropharmacology and mental health, and clinicians prescribing medications crossing the blood-brain barrier. • Discusses current treatment strategies for medication-induced movement disorders, providing the reader with up-to-date knowledge of medications which can cause movement disorders and specific symptoms and how to approach them • Written in an accessible style by internationally renowned experts in each of the disorders discussed • Covers disorders and syndromes with potential medical-legal implications

Emergency medicine

November 2015 253 x 177 mm 368pp 149 b/w illus. 134 colour illus. 45 tables 978-1-107-44988-6 Paperback c. £55.00 / c. US$89.00 P

Common Pitfalls in Cerebrovascular Disease

Neurology and clinical neuroscience

June 2015 246 x 189 mm 208pp 2 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-06600-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Deep Brain Stimulation Management

Case-Based Learning Edited by Jose Biller | Loyola University Stricht School of Medicine

A case-based teaching tool highlighting the importance of information derived from the history and the physical examination in forming a diagnosis. Cases illustrate the way in which such clinical skills complement and inform the data obtained from ancillary testing. Highly accessible format for busy clinicians reviewing patients with cerebrovascular disorders. • Uses the successful Common Pitfalls series format as developed by clinical experts • Real-life case studies prepare the reader for the reality of clinical practice • A concise and accessible guide, allowing quick reference for busy clinicians Neurology and clinical neuroscience

July 2015 246 x 189 mm 272pp 152 b/w illus. 41 colour illus. 28 tables 978-0-521-17365-0 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99 P

Second edition Edited by William J. Marks | University of California, San Francisco

This concise guide to deep brain stimulation (DBS) covers all key aspects of practice. Fully revised throughout, the new edition includes important new chapters on the treatment of epilepsy and psychiatric conditions. A must-have reference guide for any clinician working with DBS patients. • A concise but comprehensive guide for clinicians – provides a useful guide to a variety of clinicians involved in managing DBS patients • Provides practical, clinically relevant information, written with a broad audience of clinicians in mind – neurologists, neurosurgeons, nurses, psychiatrists, psychologists, physician assistants, physiologists, and trainees (students, residents, fellows) • Extensive troubleshooting chapter – extremely useful information unavailable in one place anywhere else Neurology and clinical neuroscience

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 264pp 25 b/w illus. 44 colour illus. 978-1-107-08425-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P

Hodges’ Frontotemporal Dementia

Common Epilepsy Pitfalls

Second edition Edited by Bradford C. Dickerson | Department of Neurology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston

Case-Based Learning Dieter Schmidt | Epilepsy Research Group, Free University of Berlin

Clinical and scientific interest in FTD continues to grow rapidly. Major advances have occurred since the book’s last publication. This revision reviews these and continues to provide the leading resource for specialist and generalist neurologists, psychiatrists, geriatricians, neuropsychologists, neuropathologists, and basic scientists in relevant fields. • Describes numerous scientific advances in FTD research from the past decade, assisting clinicians in developing an up-to-date framework for treating patients • Offers a resource for understanding clinical as well as pathological and genetic features of frontotemporal dementia syndromes and related diseases, covering the most up-to-date clinical diagnostic and pathological criteria, and recent genetic discoveries • Provides practical suggestions on treatment, management, and resources to assist in the development of care plans

Epilepsy is amongst the most frequently encountered of neurological disorders, yet issues surrounding differential diagnosis, underlying causes, seizures, EEGs, treatment options and prognoses can often trip clinicians. Common Epilepsy Pitfalls is a comprehensive guide to anticipating and managing the pitfalls in the diagnosis and management of epilepsy. • Case-based approach to learning – experienced authors highlight ‘pitfalls’ in diagnosis and management of epilepsy • Questions addressed to the reader – maintains interest and heightens the real-life feel of the book • Well-illustrated – will help clinicians detect and identify characteristic problems in epilepsy management • Each case will stand alone as a complete story so that the book can be read either as a whole, or ‘dipped into’ Neurology and clinical neuroscience

September 2015 234 x 156 mm 224pp 50 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-0-521-27971-0 Paperback c. £45.00 / c. US$70.00 P

Neurology and clinical neuroscience

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 304pp 20 b/w illus. 28 colour illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-08663-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

167


Medicine

168

Essential Neuropharmacology

Rights Come to Mind

The Prescriber’s Guide Second edition Stephen D. Silberstein | Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia

Brain Injury, Ethics, and the Struggle for Consciousness Joseph J. Fins | Cornell University, New York

Essential Neuropharmacology reviews the medications used by neurologists in clinical practice. The new edition is fully updated throughout. Major additions include neurooncology drugs, new multiple sclerosis agents, medications used for sleep and new formulations. An essential, user-friendly reference for neurologists at all stages of their careers. • Provides the most complete and up-to-date summary of the practical use of neurologic drugs – ensures currency • Uniform format and design – allows readers quickly to access relevant information in a clinical setting • Expanded to include new drugs and formulations, including neurooncology drugs, new multiple sclerosis agents, medications used for sleep – comprehensive for modern neurologic practice

Through the sobering story of Maggie Worthen and her mother, Nancy, this book tells of one family’s struggle with severe brain injury and how developments in neuroscience call for a reconsideration of what society owes patients at the edge of consciousness. • Firsthand account of the first historic trial of deep brain stimulation in the minimally conscious state • Includes many exclusive interviews with patients’ families as well as accessible patient narratives with expert analysis • An up-to-date history of the science of using neuroimaging to better diagnose and treat disorders of consciousness and how neuroimaging is providing insight into these conditions • Examines policy challenges related to the care of patients with brain injury, especially in light of health care reform and the Affordable Care Act

Neurology and clinical neuroscience

Medical law, medical ethics, forensic medicine

September 2015 229 x 140 mm 480pp 978-1-107-48554-9 Paperback £51.99 / US$79.99

P

Comprehensive Management of Arteriovenous Malformations of the Brain and Spine Edited by Robert F. Spetzler | Barrow Neurological Institute, Phoenix, Arizona

Vascular malformations of the brain and spine pose management challenges. This text provides a comprehensive, up-to-date review of the natural history, treatment, and outcomes of patients with these conditions. Authored by international experts, the text is aimed at neurologists, neurosurgeons, neuroradiologists, radiation oncologists, and rehabilitation medicine physicians. • Includes comprehensive treatment plans and discussions (surgery, endovascular and radiation treatment options) for arteriovenous malformations of the brain and spine • Written by a group of international experts in fields of neurosurgery, radiology, and radiation oncology • Richly illustrated with diagnostic images and illustrations of key procedures – a key learning tool for practitioners at all career stages

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 4 b/w illus. 978-0-521-88750-2 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

P

Ethics, Medicine, and Information Technology Intelligent Machines and the Transformation of Health Care Kenneth W. Goodman | University of Miami

This unique book establishes the ‘core curriculum’ in the new field of ethics and health informatics. It discusses the effects of information technology on all aspects of medicine and research, from privacy and big data to computer-rendered diagnoses and prognoses. Compelling reading for practitioners, students, researchers and policymakers alike. • Suitable for course adoption – informatics programs and courses are growing dramatically in number • No other books comprehensively cover this rapidly changing field – fills a gap in the literature • Written by one of the world’s leading experts in the field, whose contributions have defined and shaped it for more than two decades Medical law, medical ethics, forensic medicine

Neurology and clinical neuroscience

October 2015 234 x 156 mm 192pp 978-1-107-62473-3 Paperback £34.99 / US$54.99

January 2015 276 x 219 mm 409pp 320 b/w illus. 106 colour illus. 37 tables 978-1-107-03388-7 Hardback £125.00 / US$199.00 C

Textbook

P

Communicating Quality and Safety in Health Care Rick Iedema | University of Technology, Sydney

Written by prominent and internationally renowned scholars, Communicating Quality and Safety in Health Care engages healthcare trainees from across medicine, nursing and allied health services in a comprehensive and probing discussion of the communication demands that confront today’s healthcare teams. • Engages healthcare trainees from across medicine, nursing and allied health services in a comprehensive and probing discussion of the communication demands that confront today’s healthcare teams • Emphasises the ways in which patients and clinicians communicate, and how clinicians communicate with one another • Written by a team of prominent and internationally renowned scholars, led by Professor Rick Iedema Contents: Part I. Communication in Health Care, and its Role in Quality and Safety: 1. Introduction: communicating for quality and safety; 2. A brief history of communication in healthcare; Part II. Communicating Quality and Safety across Service and Clinical Domains: 3. Communicating


Medicine

with the patient in primary care settings; 4. Communicating across rural and metropolitan health care settings; 5. Communicating in emergency care; 6. Communicating in and across specialties in intensive care; 7. Communicating about end-of-life care; 8. Communicating in surgery; 9. Communicating with people with cognitive impairment; 10. Therapeutic communication with people experiencing mental illness; 11. Communicating in partnership with service users: what can we learn from child and family health?; Part III. General Health Communication Strategies: 12. Patients’ expectations about care and care communication: shared decision-making; 13. Intra- and interprofessional communication; 14. Communicating care: informed consent; 15. Communicating bad news: bad news for the patient; 16. Communicating in an e-health environment; 17. Communicating for quality and safety in Aboriginal healthcare; 18. Communicating with culturally and linguistically diverse patients in cancer care; 19. Communicating empathy in the face of pain and suffering; 20. Taking the heat in critical situations: being aware, assertive and heard; Part IV. Regulation and Law: 21. Communicating about how the safety and quality of care are regulated; 22. Communicating bad news: when care goes wrong; 23. The role of the law in communicating patient safety. Nursing

October 2015 255 x 190 mm 336pp 978-1-107-69932-8 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

X

Textbook

Building Professional Nursing Communication Jill Lawrence | University of Southern Queensland

Building Professional Nursing Communication guides students through the concepts integral to successful communication for nurses. Bringing together authors from nursing and communication backgrounds, the text combines extensive research and practical experience in both fields and mirrors the interdisciplinary nature of the nursing role in the increasingly contemporary healthcare sector. • A diverse and experienced author team from communication and nursing backgrounds, mirroring the interdisciplinary nature of the contemporary nursing role • Addresses recent developments in the nursing and academic fields relating to online learning • Case studies, scenarios and student learning activities within each chapter help to extend learning further Contents: 1. Communication in context: developing a professional identity; 2. Communication theory and its applications in nursing and healthcare; 3. Building lifelong learning capacities and resilience in changing academic and health care contexts; 4. Communicating in academic and clinical contexts; 5. Building transcultural skills for professional contexts; 6. Developing interpersonal capabilities for healthcare professionals; 7. Digital skills in healthcare practice; 8. Professional skills for nurses and other health professionals: contexts and capability of practice; 9. Contributing to evidence-based healthcare cultures through lifelong learning.

Textbook

Foundations of Healthcare Ethics Theory to Practice John Ozolins | Australian Catholic University, North Sydney

Foundations of Healthcare Ethics covers a range of normative ethical theories, from virtue ethics to utilitarianism, while also investigating their application to contemporary issues in health care and society. It provides opportunities for selfdirected learning, and presents questions and case studies to facilitate engagement and discussion. • Provides theoretical foundations that influence discourse on controversial issues in healthcare ethics • Explores the ethical foundations of healthcare practice • Provides opportunities for self-directed learning, and presents questions and case studies to facilitate engagement and discussion Contents: 1. Why study healthcare ethics?; 2. Ethical theories; 3. Ethical principalism; 4. Personhood and human dignity; 5. Empathy and care; 6. Health care and virtue; 7. Rationality in utilitarian thought; 8. Natural law and the sanctity of human life; 9. Obligations, duties and rights; 10. A historical analysis of feminism and an application to contemporary healthcare ethics; 11. Conscience and health professionals; 12. Is there a right to life and a right to die?; 13. When does human life begin? A theological, philosophical and scientific analysis; 14. Autonomy and consent; 15. The ‘dead donor rule’ and organ donation; 16. Just care at the end of life. Nursing

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-63964-5 Paperback £60.00 / US$89.95

X

MRCOG Part One Your Essential Revision Guide Second edition Edited by Alison Fiander | Cardiff University

Fully updated to reflect changes to the curriculum and question format since publication of the original edition, this book is essential reading for all Part 1 MRCOG candidates. A new chapter has been added to mirror the new curriculum domain of data interpretation. Fully illustrated in colour throughout. • Fully updated to reflect the new curriculum and question format • Includes a new chapter on the new curriculum domain of data interpretation • Fully illustrated in colour throughout to aid understanding – featuring newly commissioned anatomy drawings Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

November 2015 249 x 210 mm 608pp 27 b/w illus. 227 colour illus. 135 tables 978-1-107-66713-6 Paperback c. £95.00 / c. US$150.00 P Previously Announced

Nursing

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-47046-0 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

X

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

169


Medicine

Androgens in Gynecological Practice

Surgical Critical Care For the MRCS OSCE Second edition Mazyar Kanani | Great Ormond Street Hospital, London

Edited by Leo Plouffe, Jr | Bayer Healthcare, Wayne, New Jersey

170

A practical approach to the common issues of too much or too little androgens in women. In addition to covering the traditional topics, such as polycystic ovary disease and hirsutism, this book provides unique insights by highlighting what can be learned from rare androgen disorders in women, or even men. • A comprehensive review providing rapid access to a broad range of key concepts on the role of androgens in women’s health • An innovative approach to androgen deprivation and excess states in women’s health provides a broad range of insights from a wide range of specialties beyond traditional gynecology and reproductive endocrinology • Covers both common and rare conditions of androgen excess in women Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

June 2015 246 x 189 mm 264pp 72 b/w illus. 7 colour illus. 29 tables 978-1-107-04131-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 P

Gynaecology: EvidenceBased Algorithms

Surgery

July 2015 186 x 123 mm 200pp 17 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-65768-7 Paperback £37.99 / US$59.99

P

Molecular Pathology

Jyotsna Pundir

This book brings together essential evidence-based guidelines to good clinical practice in gynaecology in one comprehensive resource. The content focuses on UK national guidelines; however, many chapters also contain information from important international guidelines. To assist those studying for postgraduate examinations the information is presented in schematic flowcharts. • Ideal resource for postgraduate examination preparation • Information is presented in step-by-step flowcharts to problem solving • Several chapters include a ‘what not to do’ section Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

August 2015 276 x 219 mm 320pp 593 colour illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-48069-8 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99 P

Proactive Support of Labor

A Practical Guide for the Surgical Pathologist and Cytopathologist Edited by John M. S. Bartlett | Ontario Institute for Cancer Research, Toronto

This must-have practical manual in diagnostic histopathology and cytopathology enables practising pathologists and trainees to gain in-depth understanding of molecular techniques and explains how to incorporate them into routine diagnostic practice. A practical overview of current molecular techniques is followed by specialist chapters on specific molecular features in each system. • Offers a system-specific molecular approach in tissues and cytological preparations and covers current and future trends in molecular pathology to familiarize pathologists and cytopathologists with molecular diagnostic and prognostic criteria • Describes the application of molecular techniques in diagnostic histopathology, cytopathology and clinical management • Each chapter ends with a set of key learning points, offering a summary as well as a learning tool to surgical pathologists and cytopathologists Pathology and laboratory science

The Challenge of Normal Childbirth Second edition Paul Reuwer | Department of Obstetrics, St Elisabeth Hospital, Tilburg

July 2015 246 x 189 mm 400pp 86 colour illus. 38 tables 978-1-107-44346-4 Hardback with Online Resource £84.99 / US$135.00 P

Proactive Support of Labor provides the expertise for preventing long labors – the cause of traumatic birth experiences and the cesarean pandemic. Giving step-by-step, evidence-based guidance on expert care and support during labor, the fully updated revision of this work will be essential reading for obstetricians, midwives, nurses, and trainees. • A deeply researched analysis of the ills and challenges of current obstetrics and midwifery, debunking fallacies from the misapplication of EBM – an eye-opener for many birth professionals and pregnant women • An in-depth reinterpretation of the basic biophysics dominating the natural process of birth – revaluates the basic science of parturition, reinstating real, evidence-based practice • A step-by-step exposition of all medical and non-medical components of a safe, simple, and high-quality childbirth system, supported by the best possible clinical evidence – introduces a safe, simple, and high quality birth-plan, universally applicable; promotes a spontaneous, safe and rewarding labor and delivery; and greatly improves women’s satisfaction with the childbirth experience Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 192pp 16 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-42658-0 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$89.99

This landmark revision guide has been fully updated to reflect the latest surgical guidelines, principles and procedures. With a new, easyto-navigate ABCDE format, and comprehensive discussion of both ICU and non-ICU care, it is a must-have for all surgical trainees, from final year medical students through to junior surgical registrars. • Informed by the authors’ own experience of preparing for and training others for the MRCS Part B OSCE • Questions are presented to reflect the viva exam format, enabling trainees to understand clinical problems from the examiners’ perspective • Answers are presented in a clear and systematic fashion, helping trainees to develop their approach to answering common questions

P

Pancreatic Cytohistology Barbara Ann Centeno | University of South Florida College of Medicine

A comprehensive guide to preparing and assessing pancreatic aspiration, core biopsy and brushing samples, with extensive color illustrations, correlating cytologic findings with cell blocks and surgical pathology follow-up. With a CD-ROM offering a downloadable version of all images, this is an important resource for practicing and trainee pathologists. • Includes a dedicated chapter covering the routinely used and newest molecular techniques applied to the diagnosis of pancreatic neoplasms • Over 350 downloadable images on a CD-ROM accompanying the print book • Each chapter includes clinical vignettes, helping the reader apply their learning in daily practice Pathology and laboratory science | Cytohistology of Small Tissue Samples

July 2015 276 x 219 mm 176pp 80 b/w illus. 288 colour illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-51830-8 Hardback with CD-ROM £115.00 / US$185.00 P


Medicine

Cytohistology of the Serous Membranes Edited by Claire W. Michael | University of Michigan School of Medicine

A comprehensive review of effusion pathology, with extensive color illustrations, correlating cytologic findings with cell blocks and surgical pathology follow-up. Dedicated chapters cover immunocytochemistry, molecular diagnostic features and core biopsies. With a CD-ROM offering a downloadable version of all images, this is an important resource for practising and trainee pathologists. • Content includes vignettes of interesting or unusual cases and a short discussion of special studies, providing a practice-based learning format • Reviews the processing techniques useful for body fluids, helping pathologists understand the advantages and pitfalls of each technique • Bullet points and tables of significant features enable the practising and trainee pathologist to quickly identify important information

171

Pathology and laboratory science | Cytohistology of Small Tissue Samples

July 2015 276 x 219 mm 256pp 18 b/w illus. 409 colour illus. 109 tables 978-0-521-49341-3 Hardback c. £95.00 / US$185.00 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk


Index

A

172

Abbasi, Mohammad Ali..............................140 Aboh, Enoch Oladé.......................................29 Abramowitz, Sarah Knapp..........................129 Abulafia, David..................................111, 112 Abulof, Uriel.................................................56 Accomplishing Climate Governance............150 Accounting for Carbon.................................77 Achinstein, Sharon.......................................21 Adam Smith’s Wealth of Nations..................75 Adaptive Challenge of Climate Change, The.149 Adler-Nissen, Rebecca..................................69 Admirable Adventures and Strange Fortunes of Master Anthony Knivet, The...118 Adorno’s Modernism....................................39 Advanced State Space Methods for Neural and Clinical Data.....................................154 Advances in Comparative-Historical Analysis.63 Advances in Multi-Band Microstrip Filters...158 Advances in Structures, Properties and Applications of Biological and Bioinspired Materials...............................161 Aeppli, Gabriel...........................................144 Affective Communities in World Politics........67 Affordable Care Act and Medicare in Comparative Context, The..........................95 African American Religions, 1500–2000.....106 African History through Sources..................118 African Socialism in Postcolonial Tanzania...118 Afterlives of Eighteenth-Century Fiction, The.15 Agassi, Joseph..............................................33 Aid for Elites................................................66 Alam, Shawkat.............................................88 Albaugh, Ericka A.........................................60 Alberto, Luís F. C.........................................159 Albertson, Bethany.......................................58 Albertus, Michael.........................................69 Alexander, Bruce K.......................................54 Algorithmic and High-Frequency Trading.....139 Alienation and Nature in Environmental Philosophy................................................34 Allan, Keith..................................................28 Allen, Joseph A.............................................43 Allen, Martin..............................................102 Allmand, Christopher..................................112 Allmendinger, Blake......................................21 Almond, Ian...............................................127 Alsina, Claudi.............................................134 Alwishah, Ahmed.........................................38 Ambassadors, The........................................17 American Dionysia.......................................57 American Hippies.......................................106 American Literature and the Free Market, 1945–2000...............................................23 Amery, Hussein A........................................147 Amjad, Rashid..............................................68 Analogical Investigations................................7 Analogies in International Investment Law and Arbitration..........................................84 Ancient China and the Yue.........................120 Ancient Greek Economy, The...........................8 Ancient Kanesh............................................51 Ancient Teotihuacan.....................................50 Ancient Wisdom in the Age of the New Science....................................................128 Andenas, Mads............................................86 Anderson, Clare.........................................119 Anderson, Michael R..................................165 Anderson, Owen..........................................96 Andrews, Neil...............................................99

Andrews, Peter...........................................164 Andrien, Kenneth J.....................................114 Androgens in Gynecological Practice...........170 Angell, Stephen W........................................40 Anger and Racial Politics..............................46 Anglo-Saxon England.................................102 Anjaria, Ulka................................................25 Annas, Julia....................................................7 Anpalagan, Alagan.....................................157 Ansaldo, Umberto........................................30 Anti-Imperial Metropolis.............................115 Antiquity Now................................................5 Anxious Politics............................................58 AP Foreign Correspondents in Action..........105 Ape’s View of Human Evolution, An............164 Apollonius of Rhodes.....................................6 Apollonius of Rhodes: Argonautica Book IV.....6 Appasani, Krishnarao.................................162 Appellate Body Secretariat, World Trade Organization.............................................86 Appleby, John B............................................52 Applied Thermodynamics for Meteorologists.148 Aquatic Organic Matter Fluorescence..........146 Arab Water Security....................................147 Arc Routing................................................132 Archaeological Resource Management.........48 Archaeology of Malta, The............................49 Archaeology of Prehistoric Arabia, The..........51 Archaeology of South Asia, The.....................50 Archaeology of Urbanism in Ancient Egypt, The.................................................50 Archer, Ian W..............................................103 Arctic Climate System, The..........................149 Aristotle and the Arabic Tradition..................38 Aristotle’s Physics.........................................40 Aristotle’s Politics.........................................40 Arithmetic and Geometry............................132 Arjona, Ana..................................................60 Armstrong, Guyda........................................25 Art and its Objects........................................40 Art and Vision in the Inca Empire..................49 Arthurs, Graham.........................................166 Artists and Signatures in Ancient Greece.........4 Arvidsson, Niklas..........................................43 Ascoli, Albert Russell....................................25 Ashtekar, Abhay.........................................144 Ashworth, Andrew.......................................93 Aston, Margaret.........................................102 Astrology and Cosmology in Early China.....121 At Vanity Fair................................................21 Atapattu, Sumudu........................................88 Atikcan, Ece Özlem.......................................69 Atkins, Paul W. B..........................................43 Atmospheric Boundary Layer......................148 Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy...........143 Atoms and Molecules Interacting with Light.143 Attouch, Hedy............................................138 Austrian Banks in the Period of National Socialism.................................................117 Autocracy and Redistribution........................69 Automorphic Forms and L-Functions for the Group GL(n,R)...................................131 Awakening of Muslim Democracy, The..........70 Azevêdo, Roberto.........................................87

B Baader, Franz.............................................140 Bach’s Numbers.............................................2 Bachvarova, Mary R........................................5 Bailey, Jeremy D............................................58

Bain, Jennifer.................................................1 Baker, Andy................................................146 Baker, Patrick.............................................128 Baldwin, Thomas..........................................39 Ball, Simeon...............................................133 Bang, Peter Fibiger.........................................8 Banks, Antoine J...........................................46 Bantekas, Ilias..............................................89 Bao, Zhiming................................................31 Barański, Zygmunt G....................................25 Barabási, Albert-László...............................144 Baranzini, Mauro L.......................................75 Barbarism and Religion..............................128 Barker, Andrew...............................................7 Barry, Roger G............................................149 Bartels, Lorand.............................................87 Bartlett, John M. S......................................170 Bashford, Alison.........................................123 Basu, Amrita................................................71 Basu, Sandip..............................................161 Batteries for Electric Vehicles......................160 Bavin, Edith L...............................................28 Baxi, Upendra...............................................78 Bayesian Evolutionary Analysis with BEAST.162 Bayesian Speech and Language Processing.157 Bean, Gerry..................................................97 Beck, Amir..................................................138 Beck, Hans.................................................8, 9 Beckwith, Francis J........................................58 Bedrossian, Carlos W. M.............................171 Behind the Model.........................................75 Belazzougui, Djamal...................................162 Bellassen, Valentin.......................................77 Belleflamme, Paul.........................................74 Ben Hamza, Abdessamad...........................156 Ben-David, Shai..........................................141 Bennett, Michael Y........................................26 Bennis, Mehdi............................................157 Bentham’s Theory of Law and Public Opinion.78 Berg, Helena..............................................160 Berger, Beverly...........................................144 Bergkamp, Lucas..........................................99 Bergman, David...........................................23 Berthé, Valérie............................................132 Best-Worst Scaling.......................................74 Betegh, Gábor................................................7 Between Interests and Law...........................90 Bevis, Matthew............................................16 Beyond the Band of Brothers........................66 Bhattacharjya, Debarun..............................146 Biersteker, Thomas J......................................63 Big Fish, Little Fish.....................................100 Bigamy Plot, The...........................................18 Bigg, Grant................................................149 Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements.87, 88 Biller, Jose..................................................167 Biological Materials Science........................161 Biomedical Engineering..............................154 Birth of Critical Thinking in Republican Rome, The...................................................8 Bishops, Authority and Community in Northwestern Europe, c.1050–1150........110 Bistritz, Ilai.................................................157 Bitner, Bradley J............................................41 Bittker, Boris I...............................................80 Bjorge, Eirik..................................................86 Bleich, J. David.............................................81 Bloch, Amy R..............................................112 Blumstein, Daniel T.....................................163 Blurton Jones, Nicholas...............................164 Boardman, Michael....................................134


Index

Bock, Darrell................................................41 Bock, Thomas.............................................154 Boeck, Elena N...........................................109 Bohoslavsky, Juan Pablo...............................83 Boiotia in Antiquity.........................................9 Bolt, Maxim.................................................73 Bonan, Gordon...........................................148 Borderless Wars...........................................93 Borwein, Peter............................................139 Bouckaert, Remco R...................................162 Bouhours, Brigitte......................................120 Bouhours, Thierry........................................120 Bounded Rationality and Economic Diplomacy.................................................66 Bouras, Nick...............................................165 Bourbeau, Philippe.......................................63 Boutros, Michael........................................163 Bowers, Katherine........................................24 Boxall, Peter.................................................21 Boyd, Michael..............................................49 Braber, Natalie.............................................31 Bradbury, Nicola...........................................17 Brady, Kathleen A.........................................78 Brady, Tim....................................................43 Brands, Competition Law and IP...................89 Brenner, William J.........................................63 Brenton, Scott..............................................79 Brick, Howard............................................106 Bridging the Gap between Aristotle’s Science and Ethics.......................................7 Briefel, Aviva................................................18 Brin, Michael..............................................136 Brindley, Erica Fox......................................120 British Art and the First World War, 1914–1924.............................................103 British Drama of the Industrial Revolution.....26 Broadhurst, Roderic....................................120 Broken Idols of the English Reformation......102 Bronze Age Eleusis and the Origins of the Eleusinian Mysteries..................................49 Brown, Alan S...............................................55 Brown, Michelle...........................................44 Brown, Sarah.............................................145 Bruinse, Hein..............................................170 Brummett, Palmira......................................122 Brustein, William I......................................112 Building an Authoritarian Polity....................70 Building Business in Post-Communist Russia, Eastern Europe, and Eurasia...........68 Building High Integrity Applications with SPARK.....................................................139 Building Legislative Coalitions for Free Trade in Asia..............................................68 Building Professional Nursing Communication.......................................169 Bulakh, Andrey...........................................146 Bulkeley, Harriet.........................................150 Burdett, Anita.............................................122 Burgess, David...........................................150 Burkhardt, Frederick...................................165 Burki, Shahid Javed......................................68 Burness, Timothy C.....................................130 Burrows, Donald.........................................1, 2 Burton, Richard M........................................42 Burwick, Frederick........................................26 Buscher, David F..........................................151 Butler, Marilyn..............................................15 Buttazzo, Giuseppe.....................................138 Byrne Bodley, Lorraine....................................3 Byzantine Art and Italian Panel Painting..........4

C Cabrera, Luis................................................57 Caluori, Damian.............................................7 Calvo, Clara..................................................12 Cambridge Companion to ‘Emma, The..........16 Cambridge Companion to Alfred Hitchcock, The...........................................22 Cambridge Companion to American Poets, The...........................................................22 Cambridge Companion to Asian American Literature, The............................................22 Cambridge Companion to Boccaccio, The......25 Cambridge Companion to British Fiction since 1945, The.........................................20 Cambridge Companion to Lesbian Literature, The............................................21 Cambridge Companion to Paradise Lost, The.15 Cambridge Companion to Petrarch, The........25 Cambridge Companion to Public Law, The.....80 Cambridge Companion to the Bloomsbury Group, The................................................19 Cambridge Companion to The Waste Land, The..................................................19 Cambridge Companion to Ulysses, The..........19 Cambridge Companion to Victorian Women’s Writing, The................................17 Cambridge Companion to Women’s Writing in Britain, 1660–1789, The............16 Cambridge Descartes Lexicon, The................32 Cambridge Dictionary of Probability and its Applications, The.................................130 Cambridge Guide to the Worlds of Shakespeare, The.......................................14 Cambridge Handbook of Bilingual Processing, The..........................................29 Cambridge Handbook of Child Language, The...........................................................28 Cambridge Handbook of Consumer Psychology, The.........................................54 Cambridge Handbook of English Historical Linguistics, The..........................................31 Cambridge Handbook of Environment in Human Development, The..........................52 Cambridge Handbook of Institutional Investment and Fiduciary Duty...................44 Cambridge Handbook of Learner Corpus Research, The............................................30 Cambridge Handbook of Meeting Science, The...........................................................43 Cambridge Handbook of Pragmatics, The......28 Cambridge Handbook of Strategy as Practice.42 Cambridge History of Asian American Literature, The............................................22 Cambridge History of Australia, The............123 Cambridge History of Japanese Literature, The...........................................................25 Cambridge History of Jewish American Literature, The............................................22 Cambridge History of Latin American Women’s Literature, The.............................24 Cambridge History of Painting in the Classical World, The.....................................5 Cambridge History of Science, The...............124 Cambridge Introduction to British Poetry, 1945–2010, The........................................20 Cambridge Introduction to French Literature, The............................................25 Cambridge Introduction to Postmodernism, The...................................20

Cambridge Introduction to Theatre and Literature of the Absurd, The......................26 Camera Aloft..............................................117 Camera as Witness, The..............................120 Cappellari, Michele.....................................151 Caramani, Daniele........................................69 Cardiopulmonary Bypass............................166 Carey, Mark...............................................145 Caring Autonomy.........................................82 Carlisle, Janice..............................................17 Carman, John...............................................48 Carmichael, Cathie.....................................116 Carnegie, Allison..........................................63 Carpenter, J. M...........................................141 Carroll, Kenneth C......................................147 Carson, Thomas..........................................127 Cartea, Álvaro............................................139 Cartwright, David E......................................38 Casas, Ignasi..............................................161 Catullus.........................................................5 Cave, Martin..............................................157 Cavell, Stanley..............................................32 Celebrating Shakespeare..............................12 Cenere, Phillip..............................................45 Centeno, Barbara Ann................................170 Cesari, Jocelyne............................................70 Cha, Danielle S...........................................165 Chabal, Emile.............................................114 Chakrabarti, Bikas K...................................144 Chakravarty, Anuradha.................................93 Chakravarty, Satya R.....................................73 Chalk, Brian.................................................13 Challenging Boardroom Homogeneity...........90 Chance, Strategy, and Choice......................139 Chapin, Christy Ford...................................105 Chapin, Peter C..........................................139 Charlemagne’s Practice of Empire...............108 Chayes, Antonia...........................................93 Cheek, Timothy..........................................120 Chen, Po-Yu...............................................161 Chen, Zhe..................................................154 Chen, Zhongying........................................137 Cheung, Chi C............................................151 Chhieng, David C........................................171 Chiang, Hsiao-Dong...................................159 Chien, Jen-Tzung........................................157 Chilton, Paul................................................28 Chin, Gabriel J..............................................97 China’s Military Power..................................63 China’s Party Congress.................................72 Choimet, D.................................................134 Christ and the Cosmos.................................40 Church, Jeffrey.............................................56 Cicero’s De Finibus.........................................7 Cities and the Shaping of Memory in the Ancient Near East......................................51 Citizenship and Identity in the Age of Surveillance...............................................46 Citron, Gabriel..............................................39 Civic Monuments and the Augustales in Roman Italy.................................................4 Civil Liability in Europe for TerrorismRelated Risk..............................................99 Civil Society under Authoritarianism..............72 Claassen, Ryan L..........................................59 Clague, John J............................................145 Clark, Gemma............................................103 Classical Groups, Derangements and Primes.130 Classical Solutions in Quantum Field Theory.143 Clay in the Age of Bronze.............................49 Clayton, Blake C...........................................77

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

173


Index

174

Clements, Rebekah.....................................121 Cliff, Roger...................................................63 Climate Change and Justice..........................34 Climate Change as Social Drama..................45 Climate Change, Capitalism, and Corporations.............................................44 Climate Change: A Wicked Problem............149 Climate System Dynamics and Modeling.....149 Clinic and the Court, The..............................96 Closure of Space in Roman Poetics, The...........6 Clough, Jonathan.........................................92 Clune, Michael W..........................................23 Coalitions of the Wellbeing...........................61 Coble, Paula...............................................146 Coffey, Helen..............................................1, 2 Cognitive Impairment in Major Depressive Disorder..................................................165 Cohen-Almagor, Raphael..............................95 Cohen-Vrignaud, Gerard...............................16 Cohen, H. Floris..........................................124 Cohen, Warren I.........................................107 Colantoni, Laura...........................................30 Cold War Encounters in US-Occupied Okinawa.................................................121 Coleman, Piers...........................................142 College Calculus.........................................134 Collisionless Shocks in Space Plasmas.........150 Colonial Caribbean, The................................50 Colonial Relations......................................102 ‘Colored Hero’ of Harper’s Ferry, The...........106 Colours and Colour Vision............................53 Combat and Genocide on the Eastern Front.124 Combes, Françoise......................................151 Combinatorics, Words and Symbolic Dynamics................................................132 Comic Acting and Portraiture in LateGeorgian and Regency England.................26 Coming of Age in Nineteenth-Century India.119 Commodity Markets and the Global Economy...................................................77 Common Epilepsy Pitfalls............................167 Common Pitfalls in Cerebrovascular Disease.167 Communicating Quality and Safety in Health Care.............................................168 Communicating with Asia.............................30 Communication Skills for Business Professionals.............................................45 Comparative Counter-Terrorism Law.............81 Comparing Tort and Crime............................99 Complex Planetary Systems (IAU S310).......152 Compliant Rebels.........................................62 Comprehensive Management of Arteriovenous Malformations of the Brain and Spine.......................................168 Compressed Sensing for Magnetic Resonance Image Reconstruction.............156 Computation, Proof, Machine.....................141 Computational Methods in Geophysical Electromagnetics.....................................137 Concept of Nature, The.................................37 Conceptual History of Psychology, A..............55 Conceptual Representation of Consciousness, The....................................53 Concise History of Australia, A....................123 Concise History of Bosnia, A.......................116 Concise History of International Finance, A..125 Concise History of Spain, A.........................116 Concise History of the World, A...................126 Confounding Powers....................................63 Confronting the Internet’s Dark Side.............95 Coningham, Robin.......................................50

Conrad, Joseph......................................18, 20 Constitution-Maker....................................103 Constitutional Conventions in Westminster Systems.................................79 Constructing Cause in International Relations...................................................65 Constructing National Security......................64 Constructing Race......................................106 Constructive Controversy..............................52 Consumerism and the Emergence of the Middle Class in Colonial America.............104 Contesting Immigration Policy in Court.........98 Contingent Pacifism.....................................34 Continuum Mechanics................................159 Contract Law...............................................99 Conway, John Horton.................................131 Cook, Daniel................................................15 Cook, Graham..............................................86 Coomarasamy, Arri.....................................170 Cooper, Jr, William E...................................163 Cooper, S. Barry..........................................139 Copenhaver, Brian P....................................127 Corberán, Ángel.........................................132 Cordo, Paul................................................162 Core Topics in Obstetric Anaesthesia...........166 Cornwell, Benjamin......................................47 Correspondence of Charles Darwin, The......165 Cosmic Magnetic Fields..............................151 Cosmopoulos, Michael B...............................49 Cotton.......................................................125 Course on Cooperative Game Theory, A.........73 Courteau, Stéphane....................................151 Cowgill, George L.........................................50 Crabtree, Jason............................................77 Crafting Courts in New Democracies.............81 Cramer, Ronald..........................................140 Crawford, Emily............................................93 Creating Scientific Controversies...................33 Creekmore, III, Andrew T...............................48 Crisis Communication in a Digital World.........4 Crnojević-Bengin, Vesna.............................158 Cropley, Arthur J...........................................43 Cropley, David H...........................................43 Crotchet Castle............................................16 Crowe, Tasman P.........................................163 Cubical Homotopy Theory...........................135 Cuison Villazor, Rose.....................................97 Cultural Heritage and Archaeological Issues in Materials Science II....................161 Cultural History of Translation in Early Modern Japan, A.....................................121 Cultural Politics of Obeah, The....................117 Cummings, Constance A...............................54 Cummings, Louise..................................28, 31 Cumpsty, Nicholas......................................155 Cunial, Fabio..............................................162 Curtis, William..............................................34 Cutler, A. Claire............................................64 Cyber Security and the Politics of Time..........66 Cytohistology of the Serous Membranes.....171 Czumaj, Artur.............................................133

D da Cunha Resende, Aimara...........................14 Dadure, Christophe.....................................166 Dadush, Uri..................................................87 Daechsel, Markus.......................................119 Dalton, Larry R...........................................160 Daly, Patrick...............................................150 Dam-de Jong, Daniëlla.................................84

Damgård, Ivan Bjerre..................................140 Damousi, Joy..............................................123 Damschroder, David........................................3 Dandelion, Pink............................................40 Daniels, Rhiannon........................................25 Dannerbauer, Helmut..................................151 Dante in Context..........................................25 Darmofal, David...........................................73 Darwin, Charles..........................................165 Dastyari, Azadeh..........................................82 Data Mining and Analysis...........................140 Davey, Eleanor...........................................115 Davies, Laurence..........................................20 Davis, Jennifer R.........................................108 Davis, Jim.....................................................26 Day, Alexander F...........................................46 Day, Jr, William R........................................110 de Haan, Jakob............................................76 de la Calle, Luis............................................60 de Pablo, Joan............................................161 de Pablo, Juan J..........................................153 De Vroey, Michel..........................................73 de Warren, Nicolas.......................................39 Death Rituals, Social Order and the Archaeology of Immortality in the Ancient World...........................................49 Decision-Making in Orthopedic and Regional Anesthesiology..........................165 Declaration of Independence and God, The...96 Decline of Mercy in Public Life, The...............35 Deconinck, Koen..........................................75 Dedeurwaerdere, Tom...................................94 Deep Brain Stimulation Management..........167 Defending Rorty...........................................34 Deift, Percy.................................................130 Del Caro, Adrian...........................................35 Delgado, Maria M.........................................26 Deliberative Democracy between Theory and Practice..............................................57 Dell’Orto, Giovanna....................................105 Delle, James A..............................................50 Democracy beyond Athens..............................9 Demography and Evolutionary Ecology of Hadza Hunter-Gatherers..........................164 Den Otter, Ronald C......................................90 Deng, Tao...................................................161 Desai, Deven R.............................................89 Design and Deployment of Small Cell Networks................................................157 Design of Mammals, The.............................164 Dessler, Andrew E.......................................148 Destruction of Jerusalem in Early Modern English Literature, The................................13 Dhir, Aaron A................................................90 Di Castro, Carlo..........................................142 Dick, Steven J.............................................152 Dickens’ Style...............................................17 Dickerson, Bradford C.................................167 Dickey, Eleanor.............................................11 Dickinson, Frederick R.................................117 Dieulefait, Luis...........................................132 Díez, Jordi....................................................72 Digest of WTO Jurisprudence on Public International Law Concepts and Principles, A...............................................86 Digitally-Assisted Analog and AnalogAssisted Digital IC Design........................158 Dilemmas.....................................................36 DiMatteo, Larry A.........................................90 Dine, Michael.............................................142 Diplomacy and the Making of World Politics.67


Index

Diplomacy in Renaissance Rome.................113 Diplomatic Counterinsurgency......................94 Disability in the Ottoman Arab World, 1500–1800.............................................123 Disability, Education and Employment in Developing Countries................................83 Dispute Settlement Reports 2013.................88 Distinctiveness of Religion in American Law, The....................................................78 Distribution of Responsibilities in International Law......................................86 Divakaran, Uma..........................................144 Divided Republic, A....................................114 Diving Physiology of Marine Mammals and Seabirds...........................................163 Djeffal, Christian..........................................85 Dobranski, Stephen B...................................13 Dobrenko, Evgeny.........................................24 Dodman, Trevor............................................19 Doing Interview-based Qualitative Research..55 Dolle-Samuel, Catherine...............................44 Douven, Igor................................................36 Dowd, Matthew F.......................................152 Dowd, Michelle M........................................13 Dowek, Gilles.............................................141 Downes, Paul...............................................23 Drake Equation, The...................................152 Drake, Frank...............................................152 Drama of Memory in Shakespeare’s History Plays, The.......................................13 Driven by Demand........................................77 Drummond, Alexei J....................................162 Drury, Annmarie...........................................18 Dubois, Pierre.................................................2 Duff, Alexander.............................................56 Duindam, Jeroen........................................117 DuPlessis, Robert........................................125 Duro, Lara..................................................161 Dutta, Amit................................................144 Duvanova, Dinissa........................................68 Dynamic Power Supply Transmitters............158 Dynamics...................................................159 Dynamics of Inheritance on the Shakespearean Stage, The..........................13 Dynamics of Quantised Vortices in Superfluids..............................................142 Dynasties...................................................117 Dyson, Matt.................................................99 Dyson, Michael...........................................100

E Early Modern China and Northeast Asia......121 Early Quakers and Their Theological Thought.40 Earthquake Time Bombs.............................145 Ebrey, David.................................................39 Eckert, Sue...................................................63 Ecological Climatology...............................148 Ecology of War in China, The......................121 Economic Accomplices to the Argentine Dictatorship, The........................................83 Economics of Derivatives, The.......................76 Economy of Force.........................................67 Edmondson, Paul.........................................13 Educating China.........................................121 Eggers, J.....................................................137 Eguchi, Tohru.............................................135 Ehrick, Christine.........................................118 Eidsvik, Jo..................................................146 Ekstedt, Eskil................................................43 El-Rouayheb, Khaled..................................127

Elastic Language..........................................27 Elements of Slow-Neutron Scattering..........141 Eliashberg, Yakov.......................................135 Elliot, Andrew J.............................................55 Elliott, Mark.................................................80 Ellis, Cali M..................................................65 Elsner, Ja .....................................................12 Elster, Jon...............................................37, 56 Emergence of Humanitarian Intervention, The.........................................................117 Emergence of Hybrid Grammars, The.............29 Emergency Radiology COFFEE Case Book....166 Emperor and Rome, The................................10 End of Greek Athletics in Late Antiquity, The..10 Ensuring America’s Health..........................105 Environmental Law and Contrasting Ideas of Nature..................................................89 Epistemology of Indicative Conditionals, The.36 Erdmann, Edward E......................................38 Ernest Bloch Studies.......................................3 Escaping From Predators............................163 Escudero, Paola............................................30 Eslava, Luis..................................................83 Espinosa Pesqueira, Manuel........................161 Essential Biomaterials Science....................155 Essential Neuropharmacology.....................168 Essentials of Digital Signal Processing.........156 Ethics of Nuclear Energy, The........................35 Ethics, Medicine, and Information Technology..............................................168 EU Renewable Electricity Law and Policy.......92 EU Treaties and Legislation...........................91 Eucharist in Medieval Canon Law, The.........109 Euler, Dimitrij................................................89 European Constitutionalism..........................91 European Legal Cultures in Transition............81 European Private International Law of Employment, The.......................................97 European Union Health Law.........................92 Europeanization of Politics, The.....................69 Europeans, The.............................................17 Evaluating Gas Network Capacities.............138 Evensky, Jerry...............................................75 Evertse, Jan-Hendrik...................................131 Everyday Violence in the Irish Civil War.......103 Evolution of Human Sociability, The.............164 Ewald, Björn C..............................................10 Experience and its Modes.............................37 Explaining Social Behavior............................37 Exploring Language and Linguistics..............31 Export Empire............................................115 Externalism, Self-Knowledge, and Skepticism.36 Extragalactic Jets from Every Angle (IAU S313)......................................................151 Extraordinary Responsibility..........................57 Ezrahi, Yaron................................................56

F Fabb, Nigel...................................................32 Fabry, Frédéric............................................147 Fachard, Alexandre.......................................18 Fadili, Jalal.................................................141 Fairchild, Mark D..........................................55 Falci, Eric......................................................20 Falkeid, Unn.................................................25 Falter, Florian.............................................166 Faltings, Gerd.............................................132 Fane-Saunders, Peter..................................113 Farewell to Fragmentation, A........................86 Faricy, Christopher G.....................................58

Faure, Michael..............................................99 Federalism in Greek Antiquity.........................8 Feener, R. Michael......................................150 Feldman, David............................................80 Feldman, Gerald D......................................117 Ferfolja, Tania.............................................100 Ferro, Jose..................................................167 Feyerabend, Paul..........................................33 Fiander, Alison............................................169 Fichte’s Republic..........................................38 Fictions of Mass Democracy in Nineteenth-Century America......................23 Fighting Fair.................................................99 Financial Markets and Institutions.................76 Finglass, P. J....................................................5 Finite Element Methods for Computational Fluid Dynamics.................138 Finite Geometry and Combinatorial Applications............................................133 Finlay, Christopher J......................................57 Fins, Joseph J..............................................168 Fiscal Regimes and the Political Economy of Premodern States....................................9 Fisch, Jörg..................................................126 Fisher, Kevin D..............................................48 Fitzgerald, Robert ......................................125 Flack, Leah Culligan.....................................19 Fletcher, Catherine......................................113 Flood, Colleen M..........................................95 Flow Through Heterogeneous Geologic Media.....................................................147 Fluid Mechanics.........................................153 Flynn, Terry N................................................74 Fokas, Anthanasios S..................................136 Folda, Jaroslav................................................4 Fontelos, M. A............................................137 Food Law in the United States......................80 Foreign Opera at the London Playhouses.........1 Foreign-Related Arbitration in China.............90 Forrester, Peter...........................................130 Foster, Michelle............................................82 Foundations of Ergodic Theory....................133 Foundations of Healthcare Ethics................169 Foundations of Signal Processing................157 Fouracre, Paul.....................................110, 112 Fourier Analysis and Hausdorff Dimension...133 Fox, James.................................................103 Fracture Mechanics....................................159 Fragile Democracies......................................82 Framing the European Union........................69 Frankel, Susy................................................95 Franklin, Anna..............................................55 Franx, Arie..................................................170 Free Trade and its Enemies in France, 1814–1851.............................................129 Free Will and the Brain.................................55 Freedman, Jonathan.....................................22 Freedom and Criminal Responsibility in American Legal Thought..........................106 French Visual Culture and the Making of Medieval Theater.....................................109 Freyberg-Inan, Annette.................................65 Fricain, Emmanuel..............................133, 134 Frid, Christopher L. J...................................163 Friedman, Joseph H....................................167 Frieze, Alan................................................132 From Classrooms to Conflict in Rwanda........65 From Hittite to Homer.....................................5 Fuhrmann, Christina.......................................1 Full Industry Equilibrium...............................74

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

175


Index

Fundamentals of Gels and Self-Assembled Polymer Systems......................................161 Fundamentals, Properties, and Applications of Polymer Nanocomposites.160 Fung, Francis Y. C........................................131 Funke, Peter...................................................8 Fusaro, Maria.............................................113 Future of National Infrastructure, The..........150

G

176

G. E. Moore: Early Philosophical Writings......39 G20 Development Agenda, The.....................74 Gadarian, Shana Kushner.............................58 Galaxies in 3D across the Universe (IAU S309)......................................................151 Galaxy Masses as Constraints of Formation Models (IAU S311)..................151 Galis, Tibi.....................................................92 Galligan, Brian.............................................79 Galluzzo, Gabriele........................................36 Games of No Chance 4..............................133 Ganesh, Arjunan........................................166 Gardner, Gregg E..........................................41 Garton, Jonathan.........................................97 Gattei, Stefano.............................................33 Gavin, Michael.............................................15 Gehring, Markus..........................................89 General Relativity and Gravitation...............144 Generations of Feeling................................109 Geneva Declaration Secretariat.....................67 Genome-Scale Algorithm Design.................162 Genome-Wide Association Studies..............162 Geometric Methods in Signal and Image Analysis..................................................156 Georgakopoulos, Agelos.............................133 George Bernard Shaw in Context..................26 George Frideric Handel...............................1, 2 Georgy, Cyril..............................................152 Geppert, Dominik.......................................126 Gerdes, Luke M............................................47 German Expansionism, Imperial Liberalism and the United States, 1776–1945..........113 German Merchants in the NineteenthCentury Atlantic.......................................125 Gerstel, Sharon E. J.......................................49 Ghosh, Debashis........................................129 Ghosh, Sunit..............................................166 Gies, David T.................................................26 Gill, Graeme.................................................70 Gill, Robert...................................................45 Gill, Stephen................................................64 Gilquin, Gaëtanelle.......................................30 Giménez, Javier..........................................161 Giudici, Michael.........................................130 Glannon, Walter...........................................55 Glen, Heather...............................................15 Global Burden of Armed Violence 2015........67 Global Coal Market, The...............................77 Global Volcanic Hazards and Risk...............145 Goal-based Reasoning for Argumentation...141 Godless Democrats and Pious Republicans?..59 Goebel, Michael.........................................115 Goldberg, Sanford C.....................................36 Goldfeld, Dorian.........................................131 Goldthorpe, John H.......................................47 Gollwitzer, Peter M.......................................52 Golombok, Susan.........................................52 Golsorkhi, Damon........................................42 Gonzalez, Carmen G.....................................88 Good, Jeff....................................................26

Goodman, Kenneth W.................................168 Goodman, Robin Truth..................................12 Goodrich, Peter............................................96 Goosse, Hugues.........................................149 Göpfert, Michael........................................165 Governing Borderless Threats........................64 Governing Digitally Integrated Genetic Resources, Data, and Literature..................94 Goyal, Vivek K............................................157 Goyal, Yogita................................................23 Graf, Fritz.....................................................10 Grainger, Joanne........................................169 Granger, Sylviane..........................................30 Green, Roger A...........................................156 Green, Thomas Andrew..............................106 Greenacombe, John....................................1, 2 Greenwood, Christopher...............................85 Greenwood, John D......................................55 Grieve, Jack..................................................27 Griffin, Susan M...........................................17 Grødeland, Åse B..........................................81 Groh, José..................................................152 Gross, Aeyal.................................................95 Gross, Stephen G........................................115 Groundwater-Smith, Susan.........................100 Groves, Beatrice...........................................13 Grušić, Uglješa.............................................97 Guettel, Jens-Uwe......................................113 Guide to NIP Theories, A.............................130 Guillot, Pierre.............................................141 Guitar in Tudor England, The...........................1 Gulasekaram, Pratheepan.............................80 Guldbrandsen, Erling E...................................3 Günter, Peter..............................................160 Győry, Kálmán............................................131 Gynaecology: Evidence-Based Algorithms....170

H Haber, Eldad...............................................137 Hacking the Electorate.................................58 Hadgett, Rebecca.........................................89 Hagan, John.................................................94 Hahm, Chaihark...........................................81 Hailwood, Simon..........................................34 Hajek, Bruce...............................................156 Håkonsson, Dorthe Døjbak...........................42 Hale, Thomas................................................90 Hall, Jim W.................................................150 Halme-Tuomisaari, Miia................................83 Halperin, Sandra...........................................64 Hämäläinen, Jari.........................................138 Hameiri, Shahar............................................64 Hammer, Espen............................................39 Handbook of Color Psychology.....................55 Hanson, Anna..............................................94 Hardesty, Von.............................................117 Harker, David................................................33 Harmanşah, Ömür........................................51 Harmony in Chopin........................................3 Harper, Ian...................................................96 Harris, Edward M............................................8 Harris, James A.............................................32 Harris, Phil...................................................96 Harrison, Stephen.........................................12 Hartley, Trevor..............................................97 Hartman, Edwin M.......................................44 Hashemi, Hossein.......................................158 Hashim, Azirah.............................................30 Hatchuel, Sarah............................................15 Hathaway, James C.......................................82

Hatina, Meir.................................................70 Hawley, James P...........................................44 Hayes, Jarrod................................................64 Hayes, Josh..................................................38 Hayes, Kevin J...............................................21 Hayes, Peter...............................................117 Hazell, Robert..............................................79 Heath-Brown, D. R......................................132 Hegel and Modern Society............................32 Heidegger and Politics..................................56 Hellenistic World, The...................................10 Helo, Ari.....................................................105 Hemingway, Ernest.......................................22 Hemmings, Colin........................................165 Henckels, Caroline........................................84 Henderson, Michael....................................101 Henry, Devin...................................................7 Henson, Karen................................................1 Hepburn, Samantha.....................................89 Hermeneutics of Christological Psalmody in Paul, The................................................41 Herring, Adam..............................................49 Hersh, Eitan D..............................................58 Hervey, Tamara K..........................................92 Heyes, Andrew...........................................155 Hickford, Adrian J.......................................150 Hicks, Anthony...........................................1, 2 Higashida, Randall T...................................168 High-Mountain Cryosphere, The..................145 High-Speed Marine Craft............................153 Highlights of Astronomy.............................152 Hildebrandt, Timothy....................................71 Hildegard of Bingen and Musical Reception....1 Hill, Christian.............................................144 Hill, Kim Quaile............................................59 Hiller, Benjamin..........................................138 Hillner, Julia....................................................8 Hinteregger, Monika.....................................99 Hirokawa, Keith H........................................89 History of American Civil War Literature, A.....21 History of California Literature, A..................21 History of Law and Lawyers in the GATT/ WTO, A......................................................87 History of Macroeconomics from Keynes to Lucas and Beyond, A.............................73 History of Modern Oman, A........................122 History of Psychology in Western Civilization, A............................................54 History of the Indian Novel in English, A........25 History of the Jewish War, A............................9 History of Theatre in Spain, A........................26 History of Virginia Literature, A......................21 History, Frankish Identity and the Framing of Western Ethnicity, 550–850.................108 Hobbes, Sovereignty, and Early American Literature..................................................23 Hodge, Christina J.......................................104 Hodges, Andrew.........................................139 Hodges, Dewey H.......................................159 Hodges’ Frontotemporal Dementia..............167 Hoenselaars, Ton..........................................14 Hoepner, Andreas G. F...................................44 Hoji, Hajime.................................................27 Holland, Peter..............................................15 Hollis, Martin................................................35 Holographic Duality in Condensed Matter Physics....................................................142 Horkay, Ferenc............................................161 Horowitz, Michael C.....................................65 Horrocks, Ian..............................................140 Horton, Julian.................................................3


Index

Hosaka, Kazuhiko.......................................164 How Euler Did Even More...........................139 How Solidarity Works for Welfare.................62 Howe, Nicolas..............................................45 Huang, Chu-Ren...........................................31 Hudson, Dominic A.....................................153 Huggel, Christian........................................145 Human Beings in International Relations.......65 Hume...........................................................32 Hume and the Politics of Enlightenment........57 Hunter, Richard..............................................6 Hurley, Patricia A..........................................59 Hurwit, Jeffrey M............................................4 Hutchinson, Allan C......................................99 Hutchinson, Ian H.......................................145 Hutchison, Coleman.....................................21 Hutchison, Emma.........................................67 Hyperbolic Manifolds..................................135

I I Freed Myself.............................................104 Icebergs.....................................................149 Idealism beyond Borders............................115 Idleman, Scott..............................................80 Iedema, Rick..............................................168 Illuminating Dark Networks..........................47 Imagined Democracies.................................56 Imagining the Byzantine Past......................109 Immigration and Nationality Act of 1965, The.97 Impact of Discovering Life Beyond Earth, The.........................................................152 Imperatives..................................................28 Imperial Russia’s Muslims...........................116 Imperial Underworld...................................102 In Defense of Plural Marriage.......................90 Inamura, Kazutaka.........................................8 Inclusive Wealth Report 2014.......................78 Incropera, Frank P.......................................149 Indigenous Intellectuals..............................104 Indra’s Pearls..............................................135 Inducing Compliance with International Humanitarian Law.....................................94 Industrial Crystallization.............................153 Industrial Organization.................................74 Inequalities for Graph Eigenvalues..............132 Inflectional Defectiveness.............................27 Ingram, Matthew C.......................................81 Ingrassia, Catherine......................................16 Innovations in Sustainability.........................45 Innovative Entrepreneur, The.........................75 Instantons and Large N..............................143 Institutional Effects of Executive Scandals, The...........................................................59 Insurance in Elizabethan England..................96 Integrating Omics Data...............................129 Intellectual in Modern Chinese History, The.120 International Commercial Litigation..............97 International Communism and the Spanish Civil War.....................................114 International Criminal Court in Ongoing Intrastate Conflicts, The..............................92 International Environmental Law and the Global South.............................................88 International Humanitarian Law....................93 International Law and Governance of Natural Resources in Conflict and PostConflict Situations.....................................84 International Law Reports.............................85 International Negotiation.............................65 International Sales Law................................90

International White Collar Crime...................93 Introducing Morphology...............................31 Introduction to Computational Stochastic PDEs, An.................................................137 Introduction to Description Logics...............140 Introduction to Dynamical Systems.............136 Introduction to European Law, An.................91 Introduction to International Arbitration, An..89 Introduction to International Organizations Law, An...............................86 Introduction to Law, An................................96 Introduction to Many-Body Physics.............142 Introduction to Metametaphysics, An............36 Introduction to Modern Climate Change.....148 Introduction to Nanofiber Materials............160 Introduction to Nonlinear Optimization Theory, Algorithms, and Applications with MATLAB..........................................138 Introduction to Radon Transforms...............135 Introduction to Random Graphs..................132 Introduction to the AdS/CFT Correspondence......................................143 Introduction to the Composition and Analysis of Greek Prose, An........................11 Invention of English Criticism, The.................15 Investing in Authoritarian Rule......................93 Invitation to Real Analysis...........................134 Iohom, Gabrielle.........................................166 Iraq and the Crimes of Aggressive War..........94 Iriye, Akira..................................................107 Isenberg, James..........................................144 Islam, Maidul...............................................60 Islamabad and the Politics of International Development in Pakistan.........................119 Islamic Intellectual History in the Seventeenth Century...............................127 Issacharoff, Samuel.......................................82 Italian Renaissance Humanism in the Mirror.128 Italian Renaissance in the German Historical Imagination, 1860–1930, The...128 Itoh, Noriko................................................164 Izbicki, Thomas...........................................109

J J. M. Coetzee and the Politics of Style...........20 Jacobi, Daniel...............................................65 Jacobs, Dov..................................................86 Jacobs, Nancy J...........................................118 Jacobson, Arthur J.........................................81 Jaimungal, Sebastian..................................139 James Madison and Constitutional Imperfection..............................................58 James, David..........................................20, 38 James, Henry................................................17 Janaway, Christopher..............................35, 38 Jary, Mark....................................................28 Jaszczolt, Kasia M.........................................28 Jazbinsek, Mojca........................................160 Jenkins, Susanna........................................145 Jenkins, Thomas E...........................................5 Jeong, Ho-Won............................................65 Jesus, Sin, and Perfection in Early Christianity.41 Jet Propulsion............................................155 Jewish Law and Contemporary Issues...........81 Jia, Jimmy Y..................................................77 Jiang, Xicheng............................................158 Jo, Hyeran....................................................62 Jog, C. S.....................................................153 Jog, Chandrashekhar S...............................159 Johnson, David W.........................................52

Johnson, Julian...............................................3 Johnson, Keith L...........................................44 Johnson, Sylvester A...................................106 Johnston, Freya............................................16 Johnston, Michael........................................12 Johnston, Steven..........................................57 Jones-Diaz, Christine..................................100 Jones, Carol A. G..........................................98 Jones, G. O.................................................132 Jones, Jeremy.............................................122 Jones, Justin...............................................119 Jones, Lee....................................................64 Jones, Mari C................................................29 Jones, Michael............................................112 Jones, Peter V................................................11 Jones, Philip...............................................141 Jordan, Soren...............................................59 Judicial Review in an Objective Legal System.78 Jus Cogens...................................................84 Justice and Reciprocity in Aristotle’s Political Philosophy......................................8 Justice at a Distance.....................................34 Justices on the Ballot....................................80

K Kääb, Andreas............................................145 Kaegi, Walter E...........................................108 Kagan, Olga.................................................29 Kahn, Coppélia.............................................12 Kaine, Sarah.................................................44 Kaiser, Joshua...............................................94 Kaizer, Ted....................................................10 Kakkar, Rita................................................143 Kalani, M. Yashar S.....................................168 Kanani, Mazyar..........................................170 Kant: Lectures and Drafts on Political Philosophy................................................38 Karoński, Michał.........................................132 Karremann, Isabel........................................13 Kasfir, Nelson...............................................60 Kastner, Philipp............................................83 Kawar, Leila..................................................98 Keefe, Simon P................................................2 Keller, Renata.............................................118 Keller, Vera.................................................127 Kelly, A...........................................................5 Kelly, Lynne..................................................48 Kelly, Tobias.................................................96 Kent, Brad....................................................26 Kern, Richard................................................29 Kernell, Daniel..............................................53 Kesler, Stephen...........................................147 Keynes, Simon............................................102 Khaleel, Raziuddin......................................147 Khanna, Akshay...........................................96 Khosla, Madhav...........................................80 Khurana, Bharti..........................................166 Kidnie, Margaret Jane...................................14 Kiernan, Eleanor.........................................169 Kilpatrick, Emily..............................................1 Kim, Daniel Y................................................22 Kim, Sung Ho...............................................81 King William’s Tontine..................................76 King, Elisabeth.............................................65 Kinney, Eleanor D.........................................95 Kinzer, Paul E..............................................151 Kirmayer, Laurence J.....................................54 Kirschenbaum, Lisa A..................................114 Kirwan, Peter................................................14 Kissine, Mikhail............................................28

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

177


Index

178

Klabbers, Jan................................................86 Klose, Fabian..............................................117 Klotz, Audie..................................................72 Knapp, Alexander...........................................3 Knežević, Zoran..........................................152 Knivet, Anthony..........................................118 Knowledge and Power in Prehistoric Societies....................................................48 Knowledge and the Public Interest, 1575–1725.............................................127 Ko, Frank K.................................................160 Koch, Thorsten............................................138 Kochman, Yuval..........................................157 Koikari, Mire..............................................121 Kokobobo, Ani..............................................24 Kolodziejczyk, Dariusz.....................................8 Kondziolka, Douglas S................................168 Kong, Hoi.....................................................89 Koo, Joseph................................................160 Kovačević, Jelena........................................157 Kövesi, Simon...............................................16 Král, Daniel................................................133 Kramer, Herman.........................................153 Krebs, Ronald R............................................67 Kretzschmar, Jr, William A.............................32 Krieger, Heike...............................................94 Krim, Hamid...............................................156 Kriner, Douglas L..........................................59 Kritzer, Herbert M.........................................80 Kronberg, Philipp P.....................................151 Kuethe, Allan J............................................114 Kumarasingham, H.....................................103 Kusunoki, Akiko............................................14 Kuzmin, Dmitri...........................................138 Kwak, Keumjoo............................................53 Kwon, O-Pil................................................160 Kytö, Merja...................................................31

L Labour, Employment and Economic Growth in India.........................................74 LaFeber, Walter...........................................107 Laidlaw, Emily B...........................................95 Laird, Margaret L............................................4 Lakatos, Imre...............................................34 Lal, Priya....................................................118 Lal, Ruby....................................................119 Lamberton, Cait...........................................54 Lamichhane, Kamal......................................83 Lammy, Simon............................................170 Land Bargains and Chinese Capitalism..........71 Landscape and the Spaces of Metaphor in Ancient Literary Theory and Criticism............6 Lange, Christian.........................................124 Langer, Ullrich..............................................24 Langrana, Noshir........................................161 Language and Complex Systems...................32 Language Faculty Science.............................27 Language, Literacy, and Technology..............29 Language, Space and Mind...........................28 Languages in Contact...................................30 Laporte, Gilbert..........................................132 Larsen, Mogens Trolle...................................51 Last Hindu Emperor, The.............................120 Last, Richard................................................41 Latham, Sean...............................................19 Lathi, B. P...................................................156 Latin American Constitutions......................118 Latin Literature and its Transmission................6 Lattice Coding for Signals and Networks.....157

Lauterpacht, Elihu........................................85 Law and Lies................................................81 Law of Refugee Status, The...........................82 Law’s Ethical, Global and Theoretical Contexts...................................................78 Lawrence, Jill..............................................169 Lawson, Celeste...........................................45 Lead, Jamie................................................146 Learning Latin the Ancient Way.....................11 Learning Scientific Programming with Python....................................................144 Learning to Teach in the Secondary School..101 Lebow, Richard Ned.....................................65 Lectures on Quantum Mechanics................143 Ledbetter, Stephen.....................................166 Lee, Charlotte P............................................71 Lee, Karen....................................................85 Legacies of Empire.......................................64 Legal Emblems and the Art of Law................96 Legal Normativity in the Resolution of Internal Armed Conflict..............................83 Legal Perspectives on Security Institutions.....85 Lehmann-Willenbrock, Nale..........................43 Leitner, Gerhard............................................30 Lelieveldt, Herman........................................70 Lemaître, Anne...........................................152 Lemelson, Robert.........................................54 Leroux-Martin, Philippe................................94 Lessa de Sá, Vivien.....................................118 Lester, Simon..........................................87, 88 Letters of Ernest Hemingway, The..................22 Leunissen, Mariska.......................................40 Levitin, Dmitri.............................................128 Levy, Elena T.................................................29 Lewis, Alison..............................................153 Lewis, David M...............................................8 Lewis, Michael........................................45, 52 Lexical Conflict.............................................27 Lianos, Ioannis.............................................89 Lieber, Rochelle............................................31 Lifshitz, Joseph Isaac..................................127 Liljedahl, Peter............................................139 Lim, Lisa.......................................................30 Limits of Islamism.........................................60 Lincoln in the Atlantic World.......................104 Lincoln’s Ethics...........................................127 Lindberg, David C.......................................124 Linguistic Typology of Templates, The............26 Linner, Thomas...........................................154 Lions under the Throne.................................79 Lipovetsky, Mark..........................................24 Literature and the Development of Feminist Theory..........................................12 Literature and the Politics of PostVictorian Decadence..................................19 Liu, Bing....................................................140 Liu, Huan...................................................140 Liu, Huinan................................................161 Liu, Yan......................................................142 Lloyd, G. E. R..................................................7 Lloyd, Janet....................................................8 Local Space, Global Life................................83 Lockwood, Thornton.....................................40 Logic of Infinity, The....................................130 Lõhmus, Katri...............................................82 Lomasky, Loren E..........................................34 Longair, Malcolm........................................151 Loong, C.-K................................................141 Lopez, Ericson D.........................................151 Lord, Gabriel J............................................137 Lorenzo Ghiberti’s Gates of Paradise...........112

Lost in China?..............................................98 Loughlin, Susan..........................................145 Louviere, Jordan J.........................................74 Loux, Michael J.............................................36 Love, Rosalind............................................102 Lozin, Vadim...............................................133 Lubet, Steven.............................................106 Lugo-Ortiz, Agnes.......................................114 Luigi Nono.....................................................3 Lundin, Rolf A...............................................43 Lurie, David..................................................25 Luscombe, David................................111, 112 Lutz, Carsten..............................................140 Luz, Nimrod...............................................122 Lyapunov Exponents...................................144 Lying and Christian Ethics.............................42 Lyric in the Renaissance................................24

M MacCallum, Malcolm..................................144 Macekura, Stephen....................................126 MacFaul, Tom...............................................14 Macintyre, Stuart........................................123 MacKenzie, Megan.......................................66 MacLennan, Kirsty......................................166 MacLeod, Adam J.........................................99 MacNab, William........................................166 Macnicol, John.............................................46 Maeander Valley, The....................................10 Maeda, Yoshiaki.........................................135 Mage, Anita...............................................126 Magee, Peter................................................51 Magic in Western Culture...........................127 Magna Carta and its Modern Legacy............79 Magnusson, Eva...........................................55 Mahale Chimpanzees.................................164 Mahoney, James...........................................63 Mahoney, Kristin..........................................19 Maischak, Lars...........................................125 Maiti, Surjya Kumar....................................159 Majumdar, Angshul....................................156 Mäkinen, Veli.............................................162 Making Ancient Cities...................................48 Making Foreigners......................................108 Making News in Global India........................70 Making of Vernacular Singapore English, The.31 Making We the People.................................81 Málek, Josef...............................................136 Maley, William.............................................66 Mallett, Robert...........................................114 Mamluk City in the Middle East, The...........122 Mammone, Andrea.....................................115 Mampilly, Zachariah.....................................60 Managing and Working in Project Society.....43 Managing Employee Performance and Reward.....................................................44 Mandell, Jacob...........................................166 Manidis, Marie...........................................168 Manin, Yu. V...............................................132 Mannion, Stephen......................................166 Mantle, Peter J............................................153 Manuwald, Gesine.........................................7 Mapping Mythologies...................................15 Mapping the Ottomans..............................122 Maragò, Onofrio.........................................141 Marceau, Gabrielle.......................................87 Marcus, Alfred A...........................................45 Marcus, Kenneth H.........................................3 Marden, Albert...........................................135 Marder, Tod A.................................................5


Index

Marecek, Jeanne..........................................55 Margolis, Stacey...........................................23 Marine Ecosystems.....................................163 Mariño, Marcos..........................................143 Mark............................................................41 Markowetz, Florian.....................................163 Marks, William J.........................................167 Marler, Scott P............................................105 Marley, A. A. J...............................................74 Marmura, Michael J....................................168 Marrs, Cody..................................................23 Martín Santisteban, Sonia...........................100 Martín-Casals, Miquel................................100 Martin, Philippe............................................27 Martyrdom in Modern Islam.........................70 Mashreghi, Javad...............................133, 134 Maslov, Boris..................................................6 Mason, Steve.................................................9 Massai, Sonia...............................................14 Massaro, Francesco....................................151 Material Atlantic, The..................................125 Mathematical Space Odyssey, A..................134 Mathematicians on Creativity.....................139 Mathur, Nayanika.........................................98 Mattila, Pertti.............................................133 Matzke, Michael.........................................110 Maxian Rusche, Tim......................................92 May, Larry....................................................34 Maybery, Daryl...........................................165 Mayes, Linda................................................52 Mazumdar, Madhumita..............................119 Mazur, Barry...............................................131 McAleavey, Maia..........................................18 McCluskey, Kerryn......................................100 McConnaughy, Corrine M.............................59 McCormick, John W....................................139 McCormick, Lisa...........................................46 McCrudden, Christopher...............................78 McCune, Earl..............................................158 McDonald, Christie.......................................24 McDonald, Katherine....................................12 McEathron, Scott..........................................16 McHale, Brian...............................................20 McHale, Jean V.............................................92 McInerney, Daragh.....................................129 McInerney, Thomas F.....................................84 McIntire, Gabrielle........................................19 McIntyre, Roger S.......................................165 McKenzie, Kirsten.......................................102 McKitterick, Rosamond.......................110, 112 McKnight, Stephen.....................................161 McLean, Janet..............................................79 McLean, Peter..............................................44 McNeill, David..............................................29 Mechanics of Aero-structures......................155 Medd, Jodie.................................................21 Media Freedom as a Fundamental Right.......95 Medical Accident Liability and Redress in English and French Law.............................98 Medication-Induced Movement Disorders...167 Medieval European Coinage.......................110 Medieval Islamic Hospital, The......................42 Medieval Manuscript Book, The....................12 Meier, Gerald H..........................................160 Meira, Jr, Wagner.......................................140 Melton, James..............................................79 Memories of Post-Imperial Nations.............125 Memory and Migration in the Shadow of War.........................................................123 Merchants’ Capital, The..............................105 Mercurio, Bryan......................................87, 88

Merrill, Thomas W.........................................57 Merry, Sally Engle.........................................98 Mershon, Carol............................................61 Messac, Achille...........................................159 Métailié, Georges.......................................129 Metcalf, Harold...........................................143 Meunier, Fanny.............................................30 Mexico’s Cold War......................................118 Meyers, Marc André...................................161 Meynet, Georges........................................152 Micchelli, Charles A....................................137 Michael, Claire W.......................................171 Michaille, Gérard........................................138 Micheletti, Michele.......................................62 Michiels, Wim.............................................136 Microfinance, Rights and Global Justice........57 Midler, Christophe........................................43 Migration and National Identity in South Africa, 1860–2010....................................72 Milevsky, Moshe...........................................76 Miller, Sam.................................................148 Miller, William L............................................81 Milne, Kirsty.................................................21 Milner, Stephen J..........................................25 Milton’s Visual Imagination...........................13 Min, Brian....................................................61 Mindfulness in Organizations........................43 Mineral Resources, Economics and the Environment............................................147 Minerals.....................................................146 Mining and Energy Law................................89 Mints and Money in Medieval England.......102 Mirow, M. C...............................................118 Mitra, Manipushpak.....................................73 mm-Wave Silicon Power Amplifiers and Transmitters............................................158 Moatti, Claudia..............................................8 Mobilizing Poor Voters..................................62 Mockler, Nicole..........................................100 Models of Man.............................................35 Modernism and Homer.................................19 Modification.................................................28 Moeller, Nadine............................................50 Moffat, Graham............................................97 Moffat’s Trusts Law......................................97 Mokrosinska, Dorota....................................94 Molecular Engineering Thermodynamics......153 Molecular Pathology...................................170 Molland, Anthony F.....................................153 Monson, Andrew............................................9 Montmerle, Thierry.....................................152 Monuments and Literary Posterity in Early Modern Drama..........................................13 Moore, Christopher......................................39 Mora, Teo...................................................131 Morante, Juan Ramon................................161 Moreno, Luis..............................................134 Morley, Iain..................................................49 Moroz, B. Z.................................................132 Morris, A. J. A.............................................124 Morrish, Liz..................................................31 Morse, Richard K..........................................77 Mortality and Morality of Nations, The..........56 Morzycki, Marcin..........................................28 Moss, Jeremy................................................34 Moyar, Mark.................................................66 Mozart’s Requiem..........................................2 MRCOG Part One.......................................169 Mugler, Johanna...........................................98 Mukerji, Tapan............................................146 Mulligan, William.......................................126

Multiscale Methods for Fredholm Integral Equations................................................137 Mumford, David.........................................135 Mungiu-Pippidi, Alina...................................61 Munson, Brian A.........................................135 Murphy, Andrew...........................................14 Murray, Neil.................................................30 Murtagh, Fionn..........................................141 Muscolino, Micah S.....................................121 Music in the Georgian Novel...........................2 Musical Witness and Holocaust Representation............................................4 Muslim Belonging in Secular India..............120 Muslim Expansion and Byzantine Collapse in North Africa.........................................108 Mussolini in Ethiopia, 1919–1935..............114 Must We Mean What We Say?.....................32

N Năstase, Horaţiu.........................................143 NAFTA and Sustainable Development...........89 Nageswaran, V. Anantha...............................76 Naigles, Letitia R..........................................28 Nair, Sudhakar............................................155 Nakamura, Michio......................................164 Nanostructured Metal Oxides for Advanced Applications.............................161 Nanostructures and Nanotechnology..........142 Naoi, Megumi..............................................68 Narrative and the Making of US National Security.....................................................67 Narrative Development in Young Children.....29 Nash, Kate...................................................47 Nasu, Hitoshi...............................................85 Natelson, Douglas......................................142 National Liberation in Post-Colonial Southern Africa........................................119 Nationalist Violence in Postwar Europe.........60 Natsoulas, Thomas.......................................53 Naturalism and Realism in Kant’s Ethics........38 Nature, Culture, and Society..........................48 Naughton, Barry...........................................72 Nayar, Pramod K...........................................46 Nazer, Bobak..............................................157 Neal, Larry.................................................125 Neblo, Michael A..........................................57 Nelsen, Roger.............................................134 Nelson, Brian...............................................25 Neoliberalising Old Age................................46 Nettelfield, Lara J..........................................94 Network Science........................................144 Neumann, Iver B...........................................67 New Approaches to Neo-Kantianism.............39 New Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations, The..............................107 New Cambridge Medieval History, The...... 110, 111, 112 New Constitutionalism and World Order.......64 New Essays on John Clare............................16 New Histories of the Andaman Islands........119 New Immigration Federalism, The.................80 New Windows on Massive Stars (IAU S307).152 Newman, John Paul....................................115 Nicholls, Barry............................................166 Nicholls, Robert J........................................150 Nicholson, Joanne......................................165 Niculescu, Silviu-Iulian................................136 Nielinger-Vakil, Carola....................................3 Nielsen, Jesper Buus...................................140 Nielsen, Karen Margrethe...............................7

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

179


Index

Nietzsche’s Culture of Humanity...................56 Niland, Richard............................................18 Nineteenth-Century American Literature and the Long Civil War..............................23 Noddings, Nel..............................................53 Nolan, Lawrence..........................................32 Nollkaemper, André......................................86 Noonburg, Virginia W.................................137 Noreña, Carlos F...........................................10 Norris, Pippa................................................61 North Korea.................................................71 North-Samardzic, Andrea..............................44 Norton, Michael I.........................................54 Nowakowski, Richard J...............................133 Nukavarapu, Syam P...................................161 Nyberg, Daniel.............................................44

180

O O-Minimality and Diophantine Geometry....132 O’Brien, Karen............................................149 O’Brien, Katherine......................................166 Oakeshott, Michael......................................37 Oakley, S. P.....................................................6 Obel, Børge..................................................42 Obscenity and Film Censorship.....................35 Ockham’s Razors..........................................33 Oettingen, Gabriele......................................52 Of Limits and Growth.................................126 Oh, Yong-Geun...................................135, 136 Oldfield, Paul..............................................109 Oliveira, Krerley..........................................133 Once and Future Turing, The.......................139 Oosterloo, Sander.........................................76 Opera Acts.....................................................1 Operas of Maurice Ravel, The..........................1 Opocher, Arrigo............................................74 Optical Tweezers........................................141 Optimization in Practice with MATLAB®....159 Opting Out of the European Union................69 Ordinary Differential Equations...................137 Organic Electro-Optics and Photonics.........160 Organizational Design..................................42 Origins of Global Humanitarianism, The........62 Origins of Organized Charity in Rabbinic Judaism, The..............................................41 Osakwe, Chiedu...........................................87 Oscan in Southern Italy and Sicily.................12 Oscan in the Greek Alphabet........................12 Oster, Jan.....................................................95 Oster, Sandra..............................................162 Ott, John S.................................................110 Outcast of the Islands, An.............................20 Owens, Patricia............................................67 Oyen, Michelle...........................................161 Ozolins, John..............................................169

P Pachuau, Joy L. K........................................120 Page, Christopher...........................................1 Pahta, Päivi..................................................31 Pakistan.......................................................68 Palan, Ronen................................................64 Paliwala, Abdul............................................78 Palsson, Gisli................................................48 Pancreatic Cytohistology.............................170 Pandya, Vishvajit........................................119 Pankenier, David W.....................................121 Pantheon, The................................................5 Papayannis, Diego M..................................100 Paper Tiger...................................................98

Paradise and Hell in Islamic Traditions.........124 Parent-Partner Status for American Family Law, A.......................................................91 Parental Psychiatric Disorder.......................165 Parikh, Crystal..............................................22 Paris, Jeffrey...............................................130 Park, Sung-Joon...........................................98 Parker, Kunal M..........................................108 Parrish, John M.............................................35 Partial Differential Equation Methods for Image Inpainting.....................................137 Particularistic President, The..........................59 Party System Change in Legislatures Worldwide................................................61 Paton, Diana..............................................117 Patt, Anthony.............................................150 Paul’s Political Strategy in 1 Corinthians 1–4.41 Pauline Church and the Corinthian Ekklēsia, The..............................................41 Pauwels, Luc................................................45 Peacock, Thomas Love..................................16 Pearce, Justin...............................................73 Peasant in Postsocialist China, The................46 Peitz, Martin.................................................74 Pelloni, Beatrice.........................................136 Penalva, José..............................................139 Performing Civility........................................46 Performing Orthodox Ritual in Byzantium....110 Perrin, Cheryl..............................................169 Perrino, Jr, Albert C......................................166 Perry, Adele................................................102 Pert, Alison...................................................93 Pertile, Lino..................................................25 Peterson, Linda H.........................................17 Peterson, Martin...........................................33 Pfetsch, Marc.............................................138 Phelps, Christopher....................................106 Philipsen, Niels.............................................99 Phillips, Jr, William D...................................116 Physics and Philosophy.................................33 Picturing Reform in Victorian Britain..............17 Pikhurko, Oleg............................................133 Pikovsky, Arkady.........................................144 Pindar and the Emergence of Literature..........6 Pinkus, Allan..............................................138 Piper, Donnella...........................................168 Pitman, Martha Bishop...............................170 Plague and Empire in the Early Modern Mediterranean World...............................122 Plassart, Anna............................................128 Plato: Theaetetus and Sophist.......................33 Platonic Alcibiades I, The..............................40 Pliny the Elder and the Emergence of Renaissance Architecture.........................113 Plotinus on the Soul.......................................7 Plouffe, Jr, Leo............................................170 Plunkett, Margaret.....................................100 Pocock, J. G. A............................................128 Poems of Catullus, The....................................5 Poetry of Disturbance, The............................23 Policy and Planning for Endangered Languages................................................29 Polish Underground and the Jews, 1939–1945, The......................................115 Politi, Antonio............................................144 Political Consumerism..................................62 Political Economies of Empire in the Early Modern Mediterranean............................113 Political Identity and Conflict in Central Angola, 1975–2002..................................73 Political Psychology......................................52

Political Sociology of Human Rights, The.......47 Politics of Gay Marriage in Latin America, The.72 Politics of Military Coalitions, The..................66 Politics of Objectivity, The..............................58 Politics of Public Space in Republican Rome, The...................................................9 Politics of the European Union, The...............70 Pollitt, J. J.......................................................5 Pollnitz, Aysha............................................103 Ponganis, Paul............................................163 Poole, Thomas..............................................79 Porphyry’s Commentary on Ptolemy’s Harmonics...................................................7 Porpora, Douglas V.......................................45 Porter, James I................................................6 Pouliot, Vincent............................................67 Powell, Catherine E....................................137 Power and the Vote......................................61 Power Plays..................................................63 Practical Optical Interferometry...................151 Pragmatic and Discourse Disorders...............28 Preconditioning and the Conjugate Gradient Method in the Context of Solving PDEs...........................................136 Preti, Consuelo.............................................39 Prichard, Wilson...........................................69 Prime Numbers and the Riemann Hypothesis..............................................131 Princely Education in Early Modern Britain..103 Princen, Sebastiaan......................................70 Principles of Cybercrime...............................92 Prison, Punishment and Penance in Late Antiquity.....................................................8 Prisoner’s Dilemma, The................................33 Proactive Support of Labor.........................170 Probert, Rebecca..........................................97 Problem of Universals in Contemporary Philosophy, The..........................................36 Proof of Causation in Tort Law......................82 Proofs and Refutations.................................34 Property and Practical Reason.......................99 Proportionality and Deference in InvestorState Arbitration........................................84 Protection of Immovables in European Legal Systems, The...................................100 Prothero, John William................................164 Proulx, François............................................24 Proust and the Arts......................................24 Psychiatric and Behavioral Disorders in Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities...............................................165 Psychology of Innovation in Organizations, The...........................................................43 Psychology of the Internet, The.....................54 Puberty in Crisis...........................................47 Pundir, Jyotsna...........................................170 Pure Inductive Logic...................................130

Q Qasmi, Ali Usman.......................................119 Quality Standards, Value Chains, and International Development........................75 Quantum Mind and Social Science................37 Quantum Phase Transitions in Transverse Field Spin Models....................................144 Queffélec, H...............................................134 Quest for Good Governance, The...................61 Quinn-Allan, Deirdre.......................................4 Quinn, Michael.............................................78


Index

R Rabbi Meir of Rothenburg and the Foundation of Jewish Political Thought.....127 Race............................................................48 Racial Hand in the Victorian Imagination, The.18 Radar Meteorology.....................................147 Radical Deprivation on Trial..........................79 Radical Orientalism......................................16 Radicals in America....................................106 Radio and the Gendered Soundscape..........118 Ragab, Ahmed..............................................42 Rahn Phillips, Carla....................................116 Raimondi, Roberto.....................................142 Ramakrishnan, S. Karthick............................80 Raman, Sanjay...........................................158 Ramaswamy, K. V..........................................74 Random Matrix Theory, Interacting Particle Systems, and Integrable Systems..............130 Random Processes for Engineers.................156 Random Wireless Networks........................158 Rauscher, Frederick.......................................38 Ravitch, Frank S............................................80 Rawski, Evelyn S.........................................121 Razzaque, Jona............................................88 Re-Visioning Psychiatry.................................54 Reading Latin...............................................11 Reason of State............................................79 Reb, Jochen..................................................43 Rebel Governance in Civil War......................60 Rebuilding Asia Following Natural Disasters.150 Reconstructing Atrocity Prevention................92 Reconstructing Sociology..............................45 Records of the Kurds: Territory, Revolt and Nationalism, 1831–1979.........................122 Reeves, Andrew............................................59 Reference Grammar of Chinese, A.................31 Reframing Visual Social Science....................45 Regional Variation in Written American English......................................................27 Regulating Reproductive Donation................52 Regulating Speech in Cyberspace..................95 Reichman, Jerome H.....................................94 Reimitz, Helmut..........................................108 Reisbig, Mark.............................................166 Religion and the State in American Law........80 Religion, Society and Culture at DuraEuropos.....................................................10 Religious Persecution and Political Order in the United States...................................60 Religious Refugees in the Early Modern World......................................................114 Remijsen, Sofie.............................................10 Renaud, François..........................................40 Renfrew, Colin..............................................49 Reporting the First World War.....................124 Representation in Congress..........................59 Resources, Production and Structural Dynamics..................................................75 Reupert, Andrea.........................................165 Reuter, Timothy..................................111, 112 Reuwer, Paul..............................................170 Revisiting the Origins of Human Rights.........83 Revolution and Constitutionalism in the Ottoman Empire and Iran..........................61 Reyes Trujeque, Javier.................................161 Reynolds, Darren........................................146 Richards, Martin...........................................52 Richardson, Mark.........................................22 Richer, Brighter Vision for American High Schools, A..................................................53

Rickard, Jane................................................14 Ridge Functions.........................................138 Ridout, Nicholas.........................................122 Rieber, Alfred..............................................116 Riello, Giorgio............................................125 Right of Self-Determination of Peoples, The.126 Right to Health at the Public/Private Divide, The.................................................95 Rights Come to Mind.................................168 Rigo, Michel...............................................132 Riley-Smith, Jonathan.........................111, 112 Rimell, Victoria...............................................6 Rise of Modern Science Explained, The........124 Rise of the Global Company, The.................125 Rise of the Israeli Right, The........................122 Ritchie, Fiona...............................................16 Rithmire, Meg..............................................71 Rizk, Botros R. M. B....................................170 Roach, Kent..................................................81 Roberts, Celia...............................................47 Roberts, Louisa...........................................112 Roberts, Michael T........................................80 Robinson, Eric W............................................9 Robotic Industrialization.............................154 Rodríguez-Franco, Diana...............................79 Rodríguez-Garavito, César............................79 Rodríguez, Ileana.........................................24 Roeser, Sabine..............................................35 Roessler, Beate.............................................94 Rogelberg, Steven G.....................................43 Rogers, Brian................................................39 Roithmayr, Carlos M...................................159 Roman Festivals in the Greek East................10 Roman, Marion..........................................141 Romance, Diaspora, and Black Atlantic Literature..................................................23 Romeo, Geoff.............................................101 Rorabaugh, W. J..........................................106 Rose, Andreas............................................126 Rose, Joseph L............................................160 Rosei, Federico...........................................161 Rosenbaum, Thomas F................................144 Rosenberg, Sheri P........................................92 Rosenblatt, Meg A......................................165 Rosenthal, Angela......................................114 Rosenwein, Barbara H................................109 Rosner, Victoria............................................19 Rossi, Guido.................................................96 Rothermund, Dietmar.................................125 Rotondi, Claudia..........................................75 Rottenburg, Richard.....................................98 Rottinghaus, Brandon...................................59 Rouleau, Linda.............................................42 Rowe, Christopher........................................33 Rowe, Katherine...........................................14 Rubenstein, Kim...........................................85 Rubin, Boris...............................................135 Rucker, Derek D............................................54 Rudolph, Conrad........................................128 Ruehl, Martin.............................................128 Rupprecht, Tobias.......................................116 Rural Lives and Landscapes in Late Byzantium.................................................49 Russell, Amy...................................................9 Russian Literature since 1991.......................24 Russian Writers and the Fin de Siècle............24 Rutherford, Jeff..........................................124 Ruvalcaba Sil, Jose Luis..............................161 Ryle, Gilbert.................................................36

S Sabor, Peter..................................................16 Saccocci, Andrea........................................110 Sagona, Claudia...........................................49 Saltzman, W. Mark.....................................154 Samaras, Thanassis.......................................40 Sanctity and Pilgrimage in Medieval Southern Italy, 1000–1200......................109 Sandberg, Joakim.........................................44 Sanderson, Rena..........................................22 Sandifer, C. Edward....................................139 Sarat, Austin.................................................81 Sarkar, Palash...............................................73 Sarma, Asha...............................................166 Satkunanandan, Shalini................................57 Sattler, Ulrike..............................................140 Scalarity in the Verbal Domain......................29 Scalenghe, Sara..........................................123 Scales, Len.................................................109 Scazzieri, Roberto.........................................75 Schachter, Albert............................................9 Schachter, Steven.......................................167 Schalm, Koenraad.......................................142 Schechinger, Jessica N. M..............................86 Scheidel, Walter.............................................9 Schendel, Willem van.................................120 Scherer, Maxi................................................89 Schewe, Lars..............................................138 Schieber, Jay D............................................153 Schmidt, Dieter...........................................167 Schmitt, Fernando......................................170 Schoenberg and Hollywood Modernism..........3 Schoenmaker, Dirk........................................76 Schofield, Malcolm.........................................8 Scholer, Manfred........................................150 Schönlieb, Carola-Bibiane...........................137 School Bullying in Different Cultures.............53 Schopenhauer, Arthur.............................35, 38 Schopenhauer: On the Fourfold Root of the Principle of Sufficient Reason and Other Writings...........................................38 Schopenhauer: Parerga and Paralipomena....35 Schubert’s Late Music.....................................3 Schütze, Robert............................................91 Schwartz, Bennett L......................................55 Schwartz, Louis............................................15 Schwieter, John W.........................................29 Science and Civilisation in China.................129 Scientific Basis for Nuclear Waste Management XXXVII...............................161 Scientific Foundations of Engineering..........161 Scott, Matthew............................................41 Scott, Robert B...........................................144 Scott, Rosamund..........................................52 Scottish Enlightenment and the French Revolution, The........................................128 Screen, Elina..............................................110 Seager, Nicholas...........................................15 Searching for the State in British Legal Thought....................................................79 Seckler, Marcelo.........................................153 Second Language Speech.............................30 Secord, James............................................165 Secrecy and Publicity in Votes and Debates...56 Secure Multiparty Computation and Secret Sharing.........................................140 Security........................................................63 Sedley, Stephen............................................79 Seeman, Mary V..........................................165 Seidl, David..................................................42

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

181


Index

182

Selboe, Elin................................................149 Selected Letters of Joseph Conrad, The..........20 Self-Regulation in Adolescence.....................52 Sellars, Kirsten..............................................84 Selway, Joel Sawat.......................................61 Sen, Diptiman............................................144 Sending, Ole Jacob.......................................67 Sensual (Quadratic) Form, The.....................131 Sentencing and Criminal Justice....................93 Sentiment Analysis.....................................140 Series, Caroline..........................................135 Serreze, Mark C..........................................149 Severan Culture............................................12 Shaaban, Abeer..........................................170 Shakespeare and Textual Studies..................14 Shakespeare and the Idea of Apocrypha........14 Shakespeare and the Natural World..............14 Shakespeare and the Visual Imagination.......14 Shakespeare Circle, The................................13 Shakespeare on Screen: Othello....................15 Shakespeare Survey 68.................................15 Shalev-Shwartz, Shai..................................141 Shank, Michael H.......................................124 Shaping of German Identity, The.................109 Shardlow, Tony...........................................137 Shea, John J.................................................51 Sheehan, Mark...............................................4 Shell Shock, Memory, and the Novel in the Wake of World War I.................................19 Shell, M. Scott............................................154 Shelton, Curtis P...........................................54 Sheppard, Barnaby.....................................130 Sherman, Taylor C.......................................120 Shi, Dingxu...................................................31 Shi‘a in Modern South Asia, The..................119 Shibayama, Mitsuhiro.................................161 Shields, John................................................44 Shindler, Colin............................................122 Ship Resistance and Propulsion...................153 Shirane, Haruo.............................................25 Shome, Parthasarathi....................................74 Shvetsova, Olga............................................61 Sidwell, Keith C............................................11 Siemiginowska, Aneta................................151 Siker, Jeffrey S...............................................41 Silberstein, Stephen D.................................168 Sillars, Stuart................................................14 Simmons, Allan H.........................................20 Simon, Adam..............................................147 Simon, Pierre..............................................130 Sims, Andrea................................................27 Singh, Prerna...............................................62 Singularities: Formation, Structure and Propagation............................................137 Šipka, Danko................................................27 Site Automation.........................................154 Skovgaard Poulsen, Lauge N.........................66 Slave Portraiture in the Atlantic World.........114 Slavery, Memory and Religion in Southeastern Ghana, c. 1850–Present.....119 Sleeping Sovereign, The..............................129 Slotte, Pamela..............................................83 Small Arms Survey 2015...............................68 Small Arms Survey, Geneva...........................68 Smith, Bruce R..............................................14 Smith, David T...............................................60 Smith, Hazel.................................................71 Smith, Peter K...............................................53 Smith, Philip.................................................45 Smith, Samuel Bruce...................................139 Smith, Tara...................................................78

Sober, Elliott.................................................33 Social Dimensions of Privacy.........................94 Social Media Mining...................................140 Social Organizations and the Authoritarian State in China............................................71 Social Sequence Analysis..............................47 Socialism of Fools, The................................112 Sociology as a Population Science.................47 Socrates and Self-Knowledge........................39 Sofaer, Joanna..............................................49 Sohrabi, Nader.............................................61 Soifer, Hillel David........................................72 Solomon, Norman..........................................3 Solving Polynomial Equation Systems..........131 Somanathan, T. V..........................................76 Song, Min....................................................22 Sonin, Edouard B........................................142 Sorell, Tom...................................................57 Soviet Internationalism after Stalin.............116 Spanier, Sandra............................................22 Spanish Atlantic World in the Eighteenth Century, The............................................114 Sparkes, Peter.............................................100 Sparks, Steve..............................................145 Sparse Image and Signal Processing...........141 Spatial Analysis for the Social Sciences..........73 Spectrum Management..............................157 Spencer, Robert G. M..................................146 Spetzler, Robert F........................................168 Spiegler, Peter..............................................75 Sports Medicine for the Emergency Physician.................................................167 Spulber, Daniel F...........................................75 Srebrenica in the Aftermath of Genocide.......94 Srikanth, Rajini.............................................22 Stability Regions of Nonlinear Dynamical Systems...................................................159 Stability, Control, and Computation for Time-Delay Systems.................................136 Stahl, Stephen M........................................168 Staiti, Andrea...............................................39 Stalin and the Struggle for Supremacy in Eurasia....................................................116 Stam, Allan C................................................65 Stamatov, Peter............................................62 Standards of English in Higher Education......30 Stanić, Zoran..............................................132 Stape, J. H....................................................18 Starck, Jean-Luc.........................................141 Stargazing Basics.......................................151 State Building in Latin America.....................72 State Capitalism, Institutional Adaptation, and the Chinese Miracle............................72 State-Building and Multilingual Education in Africa....................................................60 Static and Evolutive Treaty Interpretation......85 Statistical Mechanics and Applications in Condensed Matter...................................142 Statistics Using IBM SPSS...........................129 Stee, Philippe.............................................152 Steedman, Ian..............................................74 Steel, Sandy.................................................82 Steele, Brian...............................................104 Steele, Jeffrey...............................................30 Stein, William.............................................131 Steinberg, Jonathan....................................116 Steinberger, Peter J.......................................58 Stelow, Edward B........................................170 Stephan, Nicolas..........................................77 Stern, David G..............................................39 Stesichorus in Context....................................5

Stevens, Tim.................................................66 Stevenson, Louise L....................................104 Stimson, James A..........................................59 Stirzaker, David...........................................130 Stochastic Interest Rates.............................129 Stolle, Dietlind..............................................62 Stone Tools in the Paleolithic and Neolithic Near East....................................51 Strakoš, Zdeněk..........................................136 Strategic Treaty Management.......................84 Structure of Spoken Language, The...............27 Stuck, Garrett.............................................136 Student’s Guide to Numerical Methods, A...145 Student’s Manual for A First Course in General Relativity, A................................144 Sublime in Antiquity, The.................................6 Success in Professional Experience..............100 Successful Grant Proposals in Science, Technology, and Medicine........................162 Sullivan, Philip A.........................................160 Sun, Xiao Wei.............................................161 Sun, Ya-Wen...............................................142 Supersymmetry and String Theory...............142 Surgical Critical Care..................................170 Surveys in Combinatorics 2015...................132 Suzuki, Tomi.................................................25 Swain, Simon...............................................12 Swindle, Glen...............................................76 Swinnen, Johan............................................75 Sydow, Jörg..................................................43 Symplectic Topology and Floer Homology.. 135, 136 Symplectic, Poisson, and Noncommutative Geometry................................................135 Systems Genetics........................................163 Szurmuk, Mónica.........................................24 Szwarcberg, Mariela.....................................62

T Taebi, Behnam.............................................35 Tahko, Tuomas E...........................................36 Taking Rites Seriously...................................58 Talbot, Cynthia...........................................120 Tamerler, Candan.......................................161 Targeted Sanctions.......................................63 Tarrant, Harold.............................................40 Tatlow, Ruth...................................................2 Taxation, Responsiveness, and Accountability in Sub-Saharan Africa..........69 Taylor, Charles..............................................32 Taylor, Simon................................................98 Teaching and Digital Technologies..............101 Teaching and Learning Strategies................101 Teets, Jessica C.............................................72 Terpstra, Nicholas.......................................114 Territorial Jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court, The....................................92 Terrorism and the Right to Resist..................57 Teslow, Tracy..............................................106 Tesón, Fernando R........................................34 Test Tubes for Global Intellectual Property Issues........................................................95 Thakur, Ramesh............................................66 The Editors of the Darwin Correspondence Project....................................................165 The Mystic Ark............................................128 Thelen, Kathleen..........................................63 Theorising the Responsibility to Protect.........66 Theory and Practice in Aristotle’s Natural Science......................................................39


Index

Theory and Synthesis of Linear Passive Time-Invariant Networks..........................158 Theory of H(b) Spaces, The..................133, 134 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics.154 Thermodynamics of Surfaces and Interfaces.160 Thilaganathan, Baskaran............................169 Thomas Jefferson and American Nationhood.............................................104 Thomas Jefferson’s Ethics and the Politics of Human Progress..................................105 Thomson, Jeffrey............................................5 Thonemann, Peter........................................10 Thorsheim, Peter........................................126 Thought of Nirad C. Chaudhuri, The............127 Thurber, Mark C............................................77 Tides of Consent..........................................59 Tileagă, Cristian............................................52 Time, Tense, and American Literature.............24 Tip-of-the-Tongue States and Related Phenomena...............................................55 Toda, Yuichi..................................................53 Todd, David................................................129 Tollefsen, Christopher O................................42 Tomescu, Alexandru I..................................162 Toth, Paolo.................................................138 Tourinho, Marcos.........................................63 Training the Party.........................................71 Tran, Martino.............................................150 Transactions of the Royal Historical Society.103 Transformations of Musical Modernism...........3 Transforming Energy...................................150 Translation as Transformation in Victorian Poetry.......................................................18 Transnational Neofascism in France and Italy........................................................115 Transparency in International Investment Arbitration.................................................89 Trials for International Crimes in Asia............84 Tripp, Aili Mari..............................................73 Trogdon, Robert W........................................22 Tsai, Kellee S................................................72 Tseng, George C.........................................129 Tuck, Richard..............................................129 Tuckness, Alex..............................................35 Tuna, Mustafa............................................116 Tuori, Kaarlo.................................................91 Turnock, Stephen R.....................................153 Tushnet, Mark..............................................80 Twelve Landmarks of Twentieth-Century Analysis..................................................134 Tyler, Daniel..................................................17

U Udupa, Sahana............................................70 Uhlir, Paul F..................................................94 Ullman, Jacqueline.....................................100 Ultrasonic Guided Waves in Solid Media.....160 Ultrasound in Anesthesia, Critical Care, and Pain Management............................166 Ultrasound-Guided Regional Anesthesia in Children..................................................166 Uncertain Causation in Tort Law.................100 Understanding Machine Learning...............141 Understanding Sociological Theory for Educational Practices...............................100 Unified Transform for Boundary Value Problems.................................................136 Unit Equations in Diophantine Number Theory.....................................................131 United Nations Environment Programme......78

United Nations University International Human Dimensions Programme.................78 United States Migrant Interdiction and the Detention of Refugees in Guantánamo Bay.82 Universal Empire............................................8 Unstable Constitutionalism...........................80 Uzzi, Jeannine Diddle.....................................5

V Vaara, Eero..................................................42 Vadi, Valentina.............................................84 Vagias, Michail.............................................92 Vakoch, Douglas A......................................152 Valerius Flaccus..............................................7 Valerius Flaccus: Argonautica Book III.............7 Valuation and Risk Management in Energy Markets.........................................76 Value of Information in the Earth Sciences..146 Value of the Novel, The.................................21 van den Dries, Kees....................................148 van der Straten, Peter.................................143 Van Dussen, Michael....................................12 van Heerwaarden, Chiel C...........................148 van Rosmalen, Gerda.................................153 van Stratum, Bart J. H.................................148 Vandemoortele, Thijs....................................75 Vandeplas, Anneleen....................................75 Vannelli, Ron..............................................164 Vannithamby, Rath.....................................157 Variational Analysis in Sobolev and BV Spaces....................................................138 Varlik, Nükhet............................................122 Vaze, Rahul................................................158 Vehicle Routing..........................................138 Velazquez Castro, Adrian............................161 Vencovská, Alena.......................................130 Venkatachalam, Meera...............................119 Verbitsky, Horacio.........................................83 Verdugo, Miguel.........................................151 Vetterli, Martin...........................................157 Viana, Marcelo...........................................133 Victory.........................................................18 Vienne-Guerrin, Nathalie..............................15 Vigil, Kiara M.............................................104 Vigo, Daniele..............................................138 Vilà-Guerau de Arellano, Jordi.....................148 Violence and the Civilising Process in Cambodia...............................................120 Violent Conjunctures in Democratic India......71 Virtue in Business.........................................44 Volić, Ismar................................................135 Volpe, Giovanni..........................................141 Vomiero, Alberto........................................161 Vye-Brown, Charlotte.................................145

W Wade, Peter..................................................48 Wagner, Sarah E...........................................94 Waitzer, Edward J.........................................44 Wallace, Patricia...........................................54 Waller, Spencer Weber..................................89 Walton, Douglas.........................................141 Wan, Yuqin.................................................160 Wang, Haicheng...........................................50 Ward, Keith..................................................40 Wars before the Great War, The..................126 Waste into Weapons..................................126 Watanabe, Shinji........................................157 Waterbrook, Anna L....................................167 Weatherall, Thomas......................................84

Weatherby-Fell, Noelene.............................101 Webb, William............................................157 Weeks, William Earl....................................107 Wegner, Patrick S..........................................92 Weigert, Laura............................................109 Weinberg, Erick J........................................143 Weinberg, Sharon Lawner...........................129 Weinberg, Steven.......................................143 Weiner, Merle H............................................91 Weinstein, Cindy..........................................24 Welfare for the Wealthy................................58 Wells, Stanley...............................................13 Wendt, Alexander.........................................37 Wenk, Hans-Rudolf....................................146 Westphal, Kenneth R....................................38 What is Poetry?............................................32 White, Andrew Walker................................110 Whitehead, Alfred North...............................37 Whitton, Diana...........................................101 Why Elections Fail........................................61 Why Leaders Fight........................................65 Why Switzerland?......................................116 Wiesner-Hanks, Merry.................................126 Wilkie, A. J..................................................132 Wilkinson, Kate..............................................9 Wilkinson, Stephen.......................................52 Williams, Bernard.........................................35 Williams, Christian A...................................119 Williams, David..................................104, 155 Wilson Jones, Mark........................................5 Wilson, Sylvia H..........................................165 Wintenberger, Jean-Pierre...........................132 Wirth-Nesher, Hana......................................22 Wittgenstein: Lectures, Cambridge 1930–1933...............................................39 Wlodarski, Amy Lynn......................................4 Wolf, Hans-Georg.........................................30 Wolford, Scott..............................................66 Wollheim, Richard........................................40 Woman Suffrage Movement in America, The.59 Women and Modesty in Late Antiquity............9 Women and Power in Postconflict Africa.......73 Women and Shakespeare in the Eighteenth Century....................................16 Wong, Meagan............................................89 Woolmer, Mark..............................................8 World of Indicators, The................................98 World Trade Organization.............................88 World War I and the Triumph of a New Japan, 1919–1930..................................117 Worman, Nancy.............................................6 Worrall, John................................................34 Wrapson, Lucy J..............................................4 Wright, Christopher......................................44 Wright, David.............................................135 Writing and the Ancient State.......................50 Writing the Monarch in Jacobean England....14 Wroth, Kinvin...............................................89 WTO Accessions and Trade Multilateralism....87 WTO Appellate Body Repertory of Reports and Awards...............................................86 Wu, Guoguang.............................................72

X Xu, Yuesheng.............................................137

Y Yang, Fan.....................................................90 Yeats, Robert..............................................145 Yeh, Tian-Chyi ...........................................147

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

183


Index

Youla, Dante..............................................158 Young, Ruth.................................................50 Yuan, Hsiangkuo........................................168 Yugoslavia in the Shadow of War................115

Z

184

Zaanen, Jan...............................................142 Zacks, Aaron................................................18 Zafarani, Reza............................................140 Zagaris, Bruce..............................................93 Zahar, Elie....................................................34 Zahopoulos, Christos..................................161 Zair, Nicholas...............................................12 Zaki, Mohammed J.....................................140 Zamir, Ram.................................................157 Zamma, Koichiro........................................164 Zarrow, Peter..............................................121 Zastawniak, Tomasz...................................129 Zhai, Helen.................................................139 Zhai, Xiaobo.................................................78 Zhang, Grace................................................27 Zhou, Xianghong Jasmine...........................129 Ziegler, Bodo L...........................................151 Zimbabwe’s Migrants and South Africa’s Border Farms.............................................73 Zimbler, Jarad...............................................20 Zimmerman, Joshua D................................115 Zucker, Alex..................................................92


Contents Music...........................................1 Film, media and sport ������������������ 4 Classical studies...........................4 English literature........................12 American literature.....................21 European and world literature....24 Drama and Theatre.....................26 Language and linguistics............26 Philosophy.................................32 Religion.....................................40 Management.............................42 Sociology...................................45 Anthropology.............................48 Archaeology...............................48 Psychology.................................52 Politics, social theory, history of ideas.....................56 Economics, business studies........73 Law...........................................78 Education ................................100 British history...........................102 American history......................104 European history......................108 History – other areas................117 History – cross discipline..........124 Statistics and probability...........129 Mathematics............................130 Computer science.....................139 Physics.....................................141 Earth and environmental science...............................145 Astronomy...............................150 Engineering..............................153 Life sciences.............................162 Medicine..................................165

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East & North Africa - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press 32 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10013-2473, USA Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Asia

The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.


Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop and Catalogshop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly • Download all Cambridge publicity material in PDF and other formats from Catalogshop

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press,University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

Academic & Professional Publishing | New Books July – December 2015

Services for Booksellers

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books July – December 2015 www.cambridge.org/knowledge


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook